EMPLOYMENT

4) Examine the issues and concerns that are associated with using technology as learning tool for kids. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Technology is the backbone of 21 st century generation. It has many roles, benefits and it’s use as a learning tool for kids is no
exception. It is important to use technology in terms of internet use, devises like mobile, laptops, informative apps in order to enhance the
learnability and grasping capacity of kids in today’s generation. Use of technology is also crucial for providing an edge to kids in this competitive
world. However it is creating many issues and concerns :-

Health issues :- Unchecked and unfiltered, screen-time can be dangerous for kids. It has clear health implications, in that it can affect sleep, or
prevent kids from engaging in physical activity, thereby contributing to India’s rising childhood obesity rates. It can exacerbate mental health
issues, and perpetuate social isolation. And studies have shown that young children who are screen users exhibit higher rates of aggression.
Addictive tendencies generation :- Online apps and games, which are created with the specific intent to attract and hook their users, are
particularly addictive for kids.
Issues of mental churning and psychological impact of technology on kids :- Young children don’t have the ability to spot the differences
between advertisements, or sponsored content, and real content. They lack the cognitive sophistication and experience to think critically about
what they’re seeing and evaluate its veracity. And they are keenly observing and rapidly absorbing the social and moral messages they are
seeing on those screens, leaving them vulnerable to picking up and perpetuating stereotypes and biases.
Issues of parenting with advanced generation :- Kids’ content is most beneficial when it’s accompanied by an active discussion or when it is
supporting an activity offline. In other words, when there is a level of parental explanation and mentorship around what kids are seeing and
hearing.
Distractions, misuse and exploitation of technology :- smartphones and tablets, with internet connectivity and text messaging services, can
merely be a source of distraction for students as opposed to a learning tool. It may be difficult for a teacher to monitor her students so closely
in class as to determine whether they are utilizing educational apps on their tablets or browsing Facebook. The teacher must decide whether or
not to use filtered browsing on the devices to cut down on distractions, which might not be an option if the child owns the device.

Devices and digital media are a godsend for busy parents who need a bit of a break from parenting. But let’s not call it educational. Devices, alone,
are not going to teach our children empathy, compassion, morals, values, manners, or even math. We are lucky to live in a time when we have these
tools, now we just have to learn how to use them.

6) Why and how should India build a very credible underwater capability with a judicious mix of conventional and nuclear-propelled submarines?
Examine. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

India seeks to augment in a significant manner over the next two decades when there is steadily shrinking force levels of the ‘boats’
There will be diesel electric Scorpene-class submarines; SSBNs (nuclear-propelled submarines equipped with a nuclear-tipped ballistic
missile) to follow INS Arihant; and SSNs (nuclear-propelled submarines) used in an attack role.
When all these boats are operationally inducted, India will have a very credible underwater capability with a judicious mix of conventional
and nuclear-propelled submarines.

Why India should build a very credible underwater capability

1. Security of the Indian Ocean

Chinese aggressiveness in the Indian waters and the surrounding regions has become a critical issue for strategic reasons.
Therefore it is imperative to ensure peace and security in the Indian ocean region for which underwater capaibalities need to be enhanced
comprehensively.

2.Saving lives in critical situtions of the navy(wo)men

To prepare for any exigency, every submarine-operating navy also invests in a deep submergence rescue vessel (DSRV) or has access to the
same with navies that have such a capability.
Currently the Navy does not have a dedicated DSRV and this void will be filled only in 2018. India has already lost its soldiers in absence of
this, most recently in Argentine Navy’s submarine, the San Juan.

How should India proceed?

Robust policy making

The complacency in decision-making and fecklessness in critical policy formulation have adversely impacted the growth of the Indian
military profile in many ways.
Indigenous submarine-building capability got off to an encouraging start in the mid 1980s with the West Germany yard, HDW. Two boats
were acquired from abroad and two were to be built at Mazagon Dock, Mumbai, as the foundation for an indigenous submarine
programme. However, allegations of financial impropriety in the HDW deal led to then Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi peremptorily cancelling
the whole programme – and the indigenous submarine programme was set back by three decades.
Insulating core national security interests from the vagaries of mercurial political/electoral compulsions is a matter that warrants the
most serious and urgent deliberation by legislators.
Legislative commitment and nurturing the integrity of decision-making remains an institutional void.

Stregthen defence partnerships

Concurrently, the Navy is also invested in building conventional boats in India through partnership programmes with foreign suppliers.
Collaboration with countries having comparative advantages in building submarines.

Develop skilled human resource for indigenous manufacturing

 India is the first country in the world to move straight to designing and building an SSBN, without moving up the scale from conventional
boats and then SSNs.
It has been possible due to the dedication and rigorous professionalism of the human resource that lies at the core of the submarine arm, from
its formative years to where it is now poised.

A strong credible underwater capability is need of the hour in order to maintain peace in the region and to protect the country from the any potential
attacks.

4) “Pakistan’s original sin is its construction and treatment of Ahmadis.” Discuss critically why anti-Ahmadism in Pakistan is threatening its socio-
political fabric. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

What is Original Sin?

Most nations often labour under the shadow of an original sin. This is a form of injustice that inflects the nation’s identity.
It often acquires a power of its own such that it rears its head even in attempts to overcome it. Its shadow continues to govern and distort
politics in deep ways.

Role of state to address social injustice

Race and the legacy of slavery are such issues for the United States; arguably caste and communalism arising from the shadow of Partition for
India. In both these cases, the state and political culture have tried to overcome them, with some success.

Pakistan’s state role contrary

In countries where the state itself perpetuates its original sin, however, there is likely to be chaos. A good example of this is Pakistan.
Pakistan’s original sin is its construction and treatment of Ahmadis.
Anti-Ahmadism, arguably, cuts even deeper than anti-Indianism in more intimate and existential ways. It has become more central to
Pakistan’s identity as a state.
It makes the state, and loyalty to the state, depend upon deep theological adjudication.
It makes the state, not the protector of freedom, but the custodian of belief — to furnish its Islamic credentials.

Pakistan founding priciples

Iqbal, who had a complicated relationship with Ahmadis in his early life, finally began to argue that Ahmadis were both a threat to the unity
of Islam, and he argued, to India as well.
By denying the finality of the Prophet and the oneness of god, they were denying the essence of Muslimhood.
He advocated a peculiar toleration for them as a separate community. But they could not identify as Muslims.

Consequences on society

There were riots on this issue as early as 1953, and in 1974, amendments to the constitution declared Ahmadis non-Muslim.

5) The investment model used in the Hyderabad Metro Rail Project is hailed as worthy of emulation. Examine why. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

The Prime Minister inaugurated a 30 km section of the 72-kilometre-long Hyderabad Metro Rail Project.
It is a state-of-the-art metro system, superior to any other in India.
Its technology is the latest, the stations and structures are innovative and elegant, the trains are driver-less and sleek.

Features of the investment model

1. Private enterprise

Hyderabad Metro is primarily financed through private investment, unlike other metro projects that are entirely funded by the public
exchequer.
It is also the largest PPP (public-private partnership) investment in India, and one of the largest in the world. The total investment could well
be about Rs. 20,000 crore, if around 10% is assigned for real estate development.

1. Real estate devlopment

Besides assigning the right of way for the elevated metro tracks and stations, the State government is only required to provide the land for
three maintenance depots where real estate development can be undertaken above the ground floor.
Some small plots of land have also been added for parking and shopping purposes.

1. Fares affordable

The fare structure laid down in the Concession Agreement will always remain affordable on account of greater efficiencies as well as the
cross-subsidisation from real estate development.

1. Accountability framework

There will surely be some problems, especially on account of the scant regard for sanctity of contracts.
However, the accountability framework laid down in the Concession Agreement is clear and precise as it can identify and address any
defaults or malfeasance.
BIOTECHNOLOGY

8) Discuss the relevance of works and life of mathematician Srinivasa Ramanujan. (250 Words)

Down to Earth

Srinivas Ramanujan, born in British Raj in 1887 was an Indian mathematician who is known for his contributions to number theory, mathematical
analysis, infinite series & theta functions. His birthday is celebrated in India as National Mathematics Day.

Ramanujan was the first Indian fellow of Trinity College, London. Being selected at the age of 30, he was also one of the youngest fellows in
the history of Royal Society. These facts still inspire the Indians, specially those working in the field of science & mathematics.
Though not having proper formal education in mathematics, Ramanujan was interested in the wonderful ‘game’ of maths & his interest got
reflected into his research. This research attracted the eyes of the Indian & western mathematicians. So he was called to Cambridge where he
worked on Mock theta functions.
Ramanujan Prime, Theta functions & many more mathematical formulas were his original contribution. After his death, the
mathematicians all over the world are surprised to see the work on such formulas by Ramanujan in that time.
The scientists & mathematicians are working to use the research of Ramanujan to find out more facts about black-holes & formation
of Universe.

6) Do you think taxing carbon would curb pollution in India? Discuss. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

About 75% of all greenhouse gas emissions are CO2 emissions produced through burning fossil fuels — oil, coal and natural gas — to
generate energy.
Since the early 2000s, carbon emissions have increased because of high growth in the Indian economy. In 2014, India’s total carbon emissions
were more than three times the levels in 1990, as per World Bank data.

Need for taxing carbon

1. Environmental pollution and health impact

A report of the Lancet Commission on pollution and health states that around 19 lakh people die prematurely every year from diseases
caused by outdoor and indoor air pollution.

1. Unwanted dependence on fossil fuel

There is India’s heavy dependence on fossil fuels

1. Low energy efficiency

There is a dramatically low level of energy efficiency.

Efficient use of Carbon revenue

1. Remodel the energy mix

 Taxing carbon can be used to persuade people to move away from fossil fuels and adopt greener forms of energy.
A part of the carbon revenue thus generated can be used for a systemic overhaul of the energy mix, which, to a large extent, would
address the pressing problem of environmental degradation.
The Indian economy’s energy mix needs to be remodelled through investments in clean renewable sources of energy like solar, wind,
hydro, geothermal and low-emissions bioenergy,

1. Enhance energy effiiciency

Raising the level of energy efficiency through investments in building retrofits, grid upgrades, and industrial efficiency.

Issue with carbon tax

1. Regressive nature of tax

It’s regressive in nature — it affects the poor more than the rich.
But ‘tax and dividend’ policy can be employed according to which the revenue thus generated is distributed equally across its citizens
and as a result, the poor are more than compensated for the loss, since in absolute amounts the rich pay more carbon tax than the poor.
Such a policy of cash transfer, which might work in the West, however, has a problem in the Indian context.

Way forward

Instead of a cash transfer, the other part of the carbon revenue can be used for anin-kindtransfer of freeelectricity to the population
that contributes less carbon than the economy average, and universal travel passes to compensate for the rise in transport costs and to
encourage the use of green public transport.
MAJOR CROPS CROPPING PATTERNS IN VARIOUS PARTS OF THE COUNTRY, DIFFERENT TYPES OF
IRRIGATION AND IRRIGATION SYSTEMS STORAGE, TRANSPORT AND MARKETING OF AGRICULTURAL
PRODUCE AND ISSUES AND RELATED CONSTRAINTS

8) Critically comment on the objectives and consequences of Indian army’s ‘Operation All Out’ in Kashmir. (150 Words)

The Hindu

reference

Operation All Out of the Army seeks to strangle the terror network in the Kashmir which exists externally or internally through the armed
intervention.

Introduction:

Dineshwar Sharma was appointed “as the Representative of the Government of India to initiate and carry forward a dialogue with the elec​-
ted representatives, various organisations and concerned individuals in the State of Jammu and Kashmir”
By denying space for dialogue, the Narendra Modi government has reinforced its policy of a military approach to Kashmir which will
only give more opportunities for extremism and violence.
 Home Minister Rajnath Singh spelt out the contours of a plan of engagement in Jammu and Kashmir.
He said that a permanent solution to the Kashmir problem was based on five Cs, which he would define as “compassion, communication,
coexistence, confidence building and consistency”.

Compassion

On the political front as had been indicated at the height of the 2016 summer uprising when he tried to reach out to the separatist camp.
However, the hard-line approach of the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP)-led government at the Centre seems to have stalled any such move, and
Rajnath Singh found himself isolated in view of the strong lobby that advocated and pursued a security-oriented approach.

Communication

Communication has been missing.

The line of communication has been kept open only with those who do not challenge India’s rule in Kashmir.
By gathering the pro-India political parties again and again to understand the Kashmir problem, the government has been defeating the idea of
communication with the people of Kashmir.
Shutting the door on those who have been spearheading the resistance against the state has not been helpful in past and the same would be the
case with the present and the future.
By not engaging in a political dialogue with forces such as the All Parties Hurriyat Conference, the Government of India is also giving them
an excuse to not do anything.
Having a line of communication and putting their ability to test would have helped people think about the capacities of the leadership, but that
perhaps cannot come without communication that has no precondition.

Coexistence

There is no coexistence on the ground.

Particularly in the past few years, the effort has been to isolate the community.
New Delhi has defeated the idea of Jammu and Kashmir being an “integral part of India” on the ground by not showing any respect for
coexistence.
Use of military power, that too, indiscriminately against the civilian population, putting them under curfew for 54 days at a stretch, and
protecting those who commit human rights violations are some of the hard facts that talk about a different existence.

Confidence building

Confidence-building measures have been another casualty. Confidence has been shaken for a long time now.
Deploying more and more forces does not help to build confidence; it dents the very essence of it.
Confidence comes from measures that are aimed at addressing the concerns that are directly linked to people’s existence, their daily life, and
their rights.
The government’s loss of confidence in the people has dealt a severe blow to any process of reconciliation.
When institutions fail to deliver justice, there can be no hope of confidence building. By treating the people as the “other”, confidence-
building measures can become far-fetched and that is how it has played on the ground.
The finest example of confidence building vis-a-vis Kashmir was when former Prime Minister A.B. Vajpayee took a giant step by extending
a hand of friendship to Pakistan from Srinagar on April 18, 2003.
This gesture was followed by opening the roads between the divided Jammu and Kashmir, starting trade exchanges across the Line of Control
(LoC) and allowing people on the borders to live peacefully.

Consistency

Consistency is the only requirement in dealing with an issue like Kashmir.

No matter what happens, foreign policy has to be consistent.

Border management

It is a reasonable expectation that J&K could turn restive at the onset of war. Pakistan has not sustained the insurgency in Kashmir
out of a sense of affinity with Kashmiris alone. Its military overlords have national security and the military’s institutional interests at heart.
Operationally, they wish to undercut India’s conventional military advantage prior to its application on the western front.
Keeping rear areas insecure helps in interdicting and disrupting the Indian forces en route to the frontline.
An example is Pakistan’s choice in the late 1990s of the Hill Kaka area in Surankote tehsil as a base for terrorism.
Not only would the terrorist base prove useful for disrupting India’s defences in Poonch sector from the rear, but would also help
sustain the insurgency across the Pir Panjal range in the Kashmir Valley.
The base was finally evicted in a division-level operation, Operation Sarp Vinash (2003), on the heels of Operation Parakram (2001–
02).

3) UNESCO encourages international peace and universal respect for human rights by promoting collaboration between nations. Critically comment
on the exit of Israel and the US from UNESCO and politicisation of this cultural body. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:- The United States’ decision to withdraw from the UNESCO is “a loss for multilateralism”

– Irina Bokova.

UN heritage agency’s Director General

The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization is a specialized agency of the United Nations (UN) based in Paris. Its declared
purpose is to contribute to peace and security by promoting international collaboration through educational, scientific, and cultural reforms in order
to increase universal respect for justice, the rule of law, and human rights along with fundamental freedom proclaimed in the United Nations
Charter. It is the successor of the League of Nations‘ International Committee on Intellectual Cooperation.

Importance and role of UNESCO :-

It promotes intellectual co-operation and mutual understanding of peoples through all means of mass communication;
 Gives fresh impulse to popular education and to the spread of culture;
Maintains, increases and diffuses knowledge;
Encourages scientific research and training;
Apply sciences to ensure human development and the rational management of natural resources.

Politicisation of UNESCO :-

On 12 October 2017, the United States notified UNESCO that it will again withdraw from the organization on 31 December 2018 and will seek to
establish a permanent observer mission beginning in 2019. The Department of State cited mounting arrears at UNESCO, the need for fundamental
reform in the organization, and continuing anti-Israel bias at UNESCO.

The United States indicated to the Director General its desire to remain engaged with UNESCO as a non-member observer state in order to
contribute U.S. views, perspectives and expertise on some of the important issues undertaken by the organisation, including the protection of
world heritage, advocating for press freedoms, and promoting scientific collaboration and education.
S. laws bar funding to any U.N. agency that recognises the Palestinian state.
Israel and UNESCO have a contentions relationship, and Israel recalled its Ambassador to UNESCO last year, accusing it of ignoring Jewish
views of the heritage of the region.

The Politicisation of a body like UNESCO signals dangerous trend. UNESCO has been involved in humanitarian, educational, cultural work and is
working on many projects like preserving world heritage sites, Man and biosphere reserve program, student and cultural exchange between countries
which not only benefits the nations but also promote the bonds of unity, respects towards each other.

Withdrawal of world superpower like United States over it’s politics will not only be a setback to noble works of UNESCO but also may promote
further politicization of UNESCO by other countries as it will act as a precedence.

It is time for countries of world to recognize and separate political stance from global decisions and need of the hour is to work co-operatively with
each other to curb menace of extremism, terrorism, global hunger, malnutrition, disaster risk reduction etc.

4) What are the geopolitical implications of the sale of Essar Oil to Rosneft, given the deepening of energy relations between China and Russia?
Examine. (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- The recent business transaction of sale of Essar oil to the Russian company Rosneft for $13 billion is of eminent commercial and
strategic sense for both parties. Russia sold this big company to China and it will have many geopolitical implications :-

The deal is a solid commercial transaction driven by strategic logic. China needs to reduce its dependence on oil supplies from the Middle
East and the maritime risks of disruption in the straits of Malacca and the South China seas.
It confirms the deepening energy relations between the two countries. Russia is already, for instance, the largest supplier of crude oil to China
delivering approximately 1.1 million barrels a day.
Some positive possibilities can be explored like given Rosneft’s direct and indirect (via China) involvement with Iran, Pakistan and India,
could it be persuaded to broker the resurrection of the economically compelling Iran-India-Pakistan gas pipeline, the creation of an Asia
Pacific energy infrastructure linking Central Asia-Iran-Pakistan-India-South East Asia and China

The 19th century British Prime minister Viscount Palmerston once said, “we have no eternal allies and no perpetual enemies, only eternal and
perpetual interests.” Hence move by Essar Oil signals greater cooperation among nations in international relations based on mutual benefits and
interests.

4) The union government’s decision to advance introduction of BS-VI grade petrol and diesel in Delhi by two years to April 2018 appears to be a
logical step in fighting air pollution. But what are the practical, financial and technological hurdles to meeting the deadlines on govt’s clean fuel
roadmap? Examine. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Delhi is suffering from worst form of air pollution today. As a step to reduce air pollution Union Petroleum ministry has decided to
advance the introduction of BS- VI grade petrol and diesel in New Delhi by two years to April 2018. Previously in Jan 2016 it had decided to skip
BS- V and go directly to BS- VI by 2020 which was originally scheduled for 2024 in line with India’s promises at 2015 Paris Climate Change
conference.

BS Norms (Bharat Stage norms)

BS emission standards are norms instituted by government to regulate the output of air pollutants from internal combustion engine equipment
including motor vehicle.
India has been following European (Euro) emission norms with a time lag of five years.
They were introduced first in 1991 tightened in 1996 fuel specification 1996 to be implemented by 2000
Supreme Court order in April 1999 centre notified BS-I and II norms. Then in auto fuel policy 2003 and in subsequently in 2005, 2010 they
were upgraded to BS- IV

Implementation hurdles :-

Practical hurdles :-

India took as many as seven years for entire country to shift to BS- Now directly shifting to BS- VI that too within two years advance poses
implementation difficulties for both oil companies and automakers.
Higher grade fuel can be beneficial only if it is used in BS- VI compliant vehicle. So automakers have to manufacturing new vehicles. It will
be impractical to make BS- VI vehicles just for one city. Full migration to BS- VI vehicles countrywide will take time (2020).
If applied only for Delhi the interstate trucks, the biggest polluters are forced to stay on BS- VI norms and their cost, fuel compatibility might
not be there

Financial Hurdles :-

It will increase the prices of vehicles by Rs. 20000 to Rs 2 lack owing to the additional investment by automakers.
 The overall cost for up gradation to BS- VI norms might be around Rs. 40000 crores.

Technological hurdles :-

For Automakers :- There is no enough time to carry on design changes that include two critical component like Diesel Particulate filter and
selective catalytic reduction module.
DPFs have specific problems in Indian context and would have to be optimised for these conditions like low driving speeds. This would
require validation tests over 6-7 lack km, which may take upto seven years.
Optimisation of SCR module would take 3-4 years
Since BS- V is bypassed DPF and SCR both to be tested together which makes it difficult to detect which of the technologies is at fault in case
of errors.

6) Do you think philanthropy can effectively solve public problems? Discuss with a note on the Co-Impact initiative. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- The new Co-Impact initiative launched is meant to target precisely that kind of change. It is born out of the Giving Pledge—Bill
Gates’ and Warren Buffett’s 2010 pact which around 170 billionaires have now signed on to, promising to give at least half their fortunes to charity.

Co-Impact is aimed at providing the expertise and linkages necessary for channelling such big-ticket philanthropy towards equally big-ticket
projects that have usually been the province of states: global health, education, equality and the like. And it has enough big names on board—Bill
and Melinda Gates, former eBay president Jeffrey Skoll and Infosys co-founder Nandan Nilekani, among others—to give it heft.

Can philanthropy solve public problems is seen by two examples of India and United States :-

If we take the example of US. It is the most charitable country in the world as a percentage of gross domestic product, and therefore, given the
size of its economy, in terms of volume. Last year, it saw almost $400 billion given for philanthropic purposes. The bulk of this, by far, comes
from mega-donors. A move towards long-term global agendas in areas such as vaccination, malaria eradication and primary education, driven
by rigorous data analysis—randomized control trials have become the gold standard over the past decade or so—stands to maximize value for
money and minimize opportunity costs.
India is a good example of another important benefit. Individual philanthropy here has grown rapidly over the past decade, outstripping
corporate social responsibility funds and foreign aid handily. Bain’s “Indian Philanthropy Report 2017” notes that individual philanthropists
contributed Rs36,000 crore in 2017, a sixfold increase from Rs6,000 crore in 2011. These donations account for an increasingly substantial
chunk of total development expenditure.

Designing this philanthropic intervention for maximum impact is essential in order to solve public problems. Co-Impact pledgers like the Bill and
Melinda Gates Foundation and Nilekani, which are active in India, can be useful in multiple ways here—from building the linkages necessary for
innovative development solutions to access funds, to championing a move towards more data-driven philanthropy.

3) Why is militant Buddhism on the rise in few Asian countries? Examine the justifications given by votaries of violence in Buddhism. Also
comment on India’s response to militant Buddhism in its neighbourhood. (250 Words)

The Wire

Introduction :- Millitant Buddhism refers to acts of violence and aggression committed by Buddhists with religious, political, socio-cultural
motivations as well as self-inflicted violence during ascetics or for religious purposes.

It’s not just in Myanmar that this militant Buddhism is on the rise: it’s also surfacing in the other two leading Theravādin countries: Sri Lanka and
Thailand. In all three countries, Buddhists make up the vast majority of the population: 70% in Sri Lanka, 88% in Myanmar, and 93% in Thailand.

Reasons for it’s rise :-

The conviction that Buddhism is under threat psychologically instigate the monks to adopt the path of violence in self defence.
The notion that a non-Buddhist minority is the vanguard of an imminent invasion is very strongindeed which provokes the monks to adopt
violent path.
There is an absence of strong checks and balance system, political empowerment of minority and the issue is being politically appeased in
order to create chaos.
The social insecurity and instability is also another reason for the rise of militant Budhhism trend.
The rising threats due to other religion like Muslim jihad for example many monks were killed by Muslims in south Thailand. In past
Bamiyan Buddha image and Nalanda University was badly devastated by Islamic forces.

Justification given :-

Militant monks usually start their argumentation by pointing out that even the Buddha himself showed some understanding for the wars
conducted by his benefactor King Pasenadi instead of condemning them.
Burmese monks are preaching violenceinstead of peace, and “firm action” instead of meditation. They justify killing in defence of their own
religion hence they are justifying persecution of Rohingyas

Indian response :-

India is the birthplace of Buddhism which is in itself a very peaceful religion hence India will not support such activities. India will always oppose
killings, devastation of people under the garb of religion in danger.

4) Examine the environmental impact of China’s growing footprint on the globe. (250 Words)

Down to Earth

Consumer of wildlife products

For a start, China is overwhelmingly the world’s biggest consumer of illegally poached wildlife and wildlife products.
From rhino horn, to pangolins, to shark fins, to a menagerie of wild bird species, Chinese consumption drives much of the global trade in
wildlife exploitation and smuggling.
 Over the past 15 years, China’s rapacious appetite for ivory has largely driven a global collapse of elephant populations. In response to
growing international criticism, China promised to shut down its domestic ivory trade by the end of 2017.
China is also the world’s biggest importer of illegal timber, a trade that imperils forests while defrauding developing nations of billions of
dollars each year in timber royalties. Most illegal timber flows across its border with Myanmar.

Infrastructure projects are environmentally consequential

China’s One Belt One Road initiative alone will carve massive arrays of new roads, railroads, ports, and extractive industries such as
mining, logging, and oil and gas projects into at least 70 nations across Asia, Europe, and Africa.
Chinese President Xi Jinping promises that the Belt and Road initiative will be “green, low-carbon, circular and sustainable”, but such a claim
is profoundly divorced from reality.
There will be large-scale deforestation, habitat fragmentation, wildlife poaching, water pollution and greenhouse gas emissions.

Exploitation of natural resources

China’s pursuit of natural resources is also escalating across Latin America.

In the Amazon, for example, big mining projects – many of which are feeding Chinese industries – don’t just cause serious local
degradation, but also promote widespread deforestation from the networks of roads bulldozed into remote areas to access the mines.

Overall, China is the most aggressive consumer of minerals on the planet, and the biggest driver of tropical deforestation.

Exporting its carbon use by building in developing countries

A World Bank study of more than 3,000 overseas projects funded or operated by China revealed how it often treats poor nations as “pollution
havens” – transferring its own environmental degradation to developing nations that are desperate for foreign investment.

Conclusion

Though, China is beginning to temper its appetite for domestic fossil-fuelled energy. It is now a leading investor in solar and wind energy, and
recently delayed construction of more than 150 coal-fired electricity plants in China.
China now produces more than twice the carbon emissions of the United States, the second-biggest polluter, following the greatest
building spree of coal, nuclear, and large-scale hydro projects in human history.
CYBERSECURITY

6) What do you understand by household expenditure? Examine India’s recent service sector-led growth from the perspective of household
expenditure. (250 Words)

EPW

Introduction:

Household expenditure provides an idea about the level of consumption of goods and services at the household level. It thus indicates the following
 Averge household savings
Willingnesss as well as capacity to spend
Diversity of market ( from where they buy due to factors like accessibility and affordability)

Relationship with service sector

A significant portion of demand for services comes from poor households.

Since 2004–05, a new trend emerged in which the difference is shrinking in the share of monthly expenditure spent on services between
rich and poor households. It is important in the context of service tax which are applied uniformly on all irrespective of their economic
status.
Since economic reforms, service sector has grown due to expanded market and increased per capita income.
However household expenditure in India is still very small in comparison to developed nations.

Services

Restaurants, hotels
Recreation – tourism, multiplaxes, airservices, rails etc
Education – Tution etc
Medicine
Clothing has diversified. Cosmetic use has also increased.
Internet services
Communication services

5) Five years after a gangrape in Delhi sparked widespread protests on the issue of sexual assault, stringent laws have not proved to be a deterrent,
or created safe spaces for women. Critically comment. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

Justice J.S. Verma suggested recommendations which laid the foundations of a new rape law and act as a deterrent against rape
incidents in the aftermath of Delhi gangrape.
Within two months, the government enacted the Criminal Law Amendment Act, 2013, which brought in significant changes in the then
existing rape laws.
A broadened definition of rape and stringent punishment were the key features of the new law.
It did not recommend the death penalty but stipulated imprisonment for the remainder of the convict’s life.
In cases of repeat offenders, the law stipulated the death penalty.

Deterrence not effective

The crime statistics recently released by the National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB) stare us in the face. If they are anything to go by,
stringent rape laws have not proved to be a deterrent nor have they created a safe space for women
There was an increase of 12.4 per cent in the reported cases of rape from 34,651 cases in 2015 to 38,947 in 2016. The capital city continued to
have a major share of reported cases of rape — 13,803, followed by 5,128 cases reported from Mumbai. Delhi has not been able to shed its
image as the rape capital of India.
There is no evidence that concrete changes in the attitudes of men on the street are taking place either in Delhi or elsewhere.

Safe spaces not a reality

Worse, they do not feel safe in their homes and in their workplaces.
Better street lighting or mobile apps and pepper sprays and encourage young girls to learn martial arts to fight the rapists are not the ultimate
solutions.
Around 95 per cent of rapes are by known persons — family members, neighbours, lovers, people in authority.

Way forward

We need to move beyond the theory of stringent punishment as a deterrent.

The nation’s collective protest in one isolated case is not going to bring in necessary changes.
We need to address the issue at the mundane level to counter the culture of violence against women in society.

5) The World Inequality Report 2018 released by the World Inequality Lab last week says that income inequality in India has increased since
economic liberalisation. Discuss the findings of this report and causes of raising inequality in India. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

The World Inequality Report 2018 released by the World Inequality Lab last week says that income inequality in India has increased since
economic liberalisation.

Findings of the report

Income inequality in India has reached historically high levels with the share of national income accruing to India’s top 1 per cent earners
touching 22 per cent in 2014, while the share of the top 10 per cent was around 56 per cent
Inequality in India has risen substantially from the 1980s onwards, following profound transformations in the economy that centered on the
implementation of deregulation and opening-up reforms, as per the report.
Middle 40 per cent have seen relatively little growth in their incomes.
Post 1980s, inequality has risen in China and India. Inequality rose to extreme level in India and moderate level in China as China invested
more in education, health and infrastructure for its bottom 50 per cent population.
The report shows unequal impacts of globalisation over past 40 years.

Causes
 1. Structural changes to the economy

Income not from work

As regards the top 10%, and especially the top 1%, much of their income comes from profits from business, dividends and interest
from stocks and bonds, rent from land and buildings, and salaries and bonuses deriving from management control in business
enterprises, the latter more like property income rather than income from work.
Moreover, over the last three decades, it is likely that real wages have been lowered relative to labour productivity, thus increasing the
share of property incomes over incomes from work in value added.
And, even within property incomes, the eschewing of antitrust action to reduce monopoly power has concentrated profits in the hands of the
big oligopolies to the relative detriment of small businesses.

Monopoly of natural resources

The access of big business to undervalued assets of the public sector, of mineral and forest resources, of land, and of the allocation of
the spectrum for telecom.

1. Change in taxes

Changes in tax regulation, appear to have had significant impact on income inequality in India since the 1980s.
The eminent economist D R Gadgil wrote in 1949 that “tax evasion by the rich may … have to be taken as a chronic feature of the
Indian economic situation”, is applicable still.
HISTORY OF THE WORLD WILL INCLUDE EVENTS FROM 18TH CENTURY SUCH AS INDUSTRIAL
REVOLUTION, WORLD WARS, REDRAWAL OF NATIONAL BOUNDARIES, COLONIZATION,
DECOLONIZATION, POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIES LIKE COMMUNISM, CAPITALISM, SOCIALISM ETC.-
THEIR FORMS AND EFFECT ON THE SOCIETY.

3) The publication of “Investing in Health,” the World Bank’s highly influential 1993 World Development Report, has guided structural adjustment
policies and health sector reforms in many developing countries. Critically examine how India’s healthcare industry has evolved since the
publication of above said report. (250 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- World Bank had published a much researched World Development Report of “Investing in Health”which gave guidelines for
structural adjustment policies and health reforms in developing countries as follows :-

For developing economies, the WDR recommends a three-pronged approach:

Fostering an environment that enables households to improve health:

Improving government spending on health:
Promoting diversity and competition:

For developing countries, the WDR suggests a range of health policy reforms:
 Low-income countries:
provide primary school for all children, especially girls;
invest in cost-effective public health measures;
Middle-income countries:
phase out public subsidies for better-off groups;
extend insurance coverage more widely and give consumers a choice of insurer;
Formerly socialist countries:
improve the efficiencies of government health facilities;
find new ways to finance health care;

Evolution of India’s healthcare industry since the publication of report :-

The term “healthcare industry” is used as an umbrella term encompassing hospitals and diagnostic centres, drugs and pharmaceutical manufacturers,
medical equipment and device manufacturers, and the health insurance industry.

It is seen that there is an increasing number of organised for-profit private healthcare providers, and it is no longer the case that there are a few
corporates providing tertiary-level/super-specialty care confined to the metros.
Ownership is no longer confined to medical professionals/doctor entrepreneurs, nor is it local. Foreign institutions held 45% stakes in the
Apollo Health Enterprises Limited.
Several foreign/multinational companies are operational in India, either through greenfield ventures or acquisition of local hospitals.
Examples of the former are Columbia Asia with origins in the United States (US) and the Japanese venture, Sakra World Hospitals;
meanwhile the NMC Healthcare, Dubai has acquired several hospitals.
Indian entities are seen to be expanding their activities across the country, including previously uncovered regions in eastern and central India.
Corporate hospital chains were acquiring standalone hospitals; the focus and attention is on low-cost models and Tier II cities to drive their
growth plans, due to the high competition and high land costs in Tier I cities
The Indian healthcare business is now seeing emergence of small-format providers in single-specialty segments such as the short-stay surgery
care format started by Nova Medical Centres, nephrology, and eye care, largely supported by private equity.
Companies are also introducing a corporate model for primary healthcare, by drawing individual practitioners and clinics into a network.
Experience all over the world shows that corporations, big or small, wield great social, political and cultural influence, nationally and
globally; and influence local communities, and behaviour and values of ordinary individuals. For instance, we see that the healthcare industry
is active in promoting health insurance for low income groups, in creating demand and consumer awareness of market opportunities for
buying healthcare, in portraying health as an individual responsibility, and so on.

The World Development Report addresses the challenges to advancing health in developing countries directly, contributes ideas and methods that
are relevant to the most pressing problems, and encompasses these in a strategic approach that is broad and clear.

2) The Balfour Declaration is an inexcusable historical mistake. Comment. (150 Words)

The Hindu

The Guardian

Introduction :- The Balfour Declaration was a public statement issued by the British government during World War I announcing support for the
establishment of a “national home for the Jewish people” in Palestine, then an Ottoman region with a minority Jewish population. It read:

His Majesty’s government view with favour the establishment in Palestine of a national home for the Jewish people, and will use their best
endeavors to facilitate the achievement of this object, it being clearly understood that nothing shall be done which may prejudice the civil and
religious rights of existing non-Jewish communities in Palestine, or the rights and political status enjoyed by Jews in any other country.

The declaration was contained in a letter dated 2 November 1917 from the United Kingdom’s Foreign Secretary Arthur Balfour to Lord Rothschild,
a leader of the British Jewish community, for transmission to the Zionist Federation of Great Britain and Ireland. The text of the declaration was
published in the press on 9 November 1917.

This British Mandate created the conditions for the Jewish minority to gain superiority in Palestine and build a state for themselves at the expense of
the Palestinian Arabs. But it is an inexcusable historical mistake owing to it’s inherent contradictions and problems it created :-

The declaration had many long-lasting consequences. It greatly increased popular support for Zionism, and led to the creation of Mandatory
Palestine, which later became Israeland the Palestinian territories.
As a result it is considered to have caused the ongoing Israeli–Palestinian conflict, which is often described as the world’s most intractable
conflict.
Those Jews managed to remain in their homes number roughly 1.75 million, and live within a system of institutionalised discriminationin
what is now the state of Israel.
Approximately 2.9 million live in the West Bankunder a draconian military occupation-turned-colonisation

· The issues and controversies involved like The term “national home” was intentionally ambiguous The term was intentionally used instead of
“state”, Scope of the national home “in Palestine”, Civil and religious rights of non-Jewish communities in Palestine, Rights and political status of
Jews in other countries etc. have created situation of confusion and conflict.

· Britain didn’t control the land it was promising in the Balfour Declaration. When the Balfour Declaration was issued, Britain was in the midst of
fighting World War I.

The physical act of the signing of the Balfour declaration is in the past – it is not something that can be changed. But it is something that can be
made right. This will require humility and courage. It will require coming to terms with the past, recognizing mistakes, and taking concrete steps to
correct those mistakes.

7) Which are the ways through which government can capture data of informal sector? Examine the importance of data collected through GST and
demonetisation for policymakers. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:
 The informal sector is defined as that part of the economy where the establishment does not maintain regular accounts.
It is informal because it is not subject to most of the traditional ways in which you can capture data.

Capturing data from the informal sector

For the informal sector, the principle source of data is through establishment surveys.
Regular establishment surveys, as recommended by the taskforce under [Arvind] Panagariya, will help.

Importance of GST in understanding informal sector

GST will certainly capture a lot more monthly data.

1. Types and scope of production

In GST form, every producer of a good or service makes his payment and also gives some details about the production which is subject to
tax. From that, policymakers can draw conclusions.
Because the entities who will be filing this regular monthly return will be the larger companies, not the informal sector. We will get fairly
quick disaggregated data for the larger entities from the GST database.
However, the input tax credit where the larger entities outsource goods and services to smaller entities in the informal sector will be of
great help.

2.Spatial divergences of production

In addition to aggregates, you will also get data on inter-State transactions which was previously not available.
This will give us a much better picture of a spatial spread of economic activity.
The spatial divergences in India can then be very easily traced and tackled with which does have an impact on the informal sector.
That sort of information will be very useful to the policy establishment when they start looking at GST data more closely.
ACHIEVEMENTS OF INDIANS IN SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY

7) The recently published report “Performance Audit of Rejuvenation of River Ganga” has put a question mark on the success of union
government’s most ambitious programme for cleaning River Ganga. Critically examine why cleaning River Ganga remains a distant dream. (250
Words)

Down to Earth

Introduction:

The recently published report “Performance Audit of Rejuvenation of River Ganga” of (CAG) slammed the government for not
performing upto the mark.
The National Mission for Clean Ganga (NMCG) was established in August 2011 for project planning, management and
implementation of activities related to river Ganga.
The CAG audit is the first attempt to assess the impact of NMCG on management of the river.
Issues

1. Underutilisation of funds

The report found that Rs 2500 crore sanctioned to different government organisations and public sector undertakings has not been
utilised.
From the corpus of Rs 198.14 crore (as of March 31, 2017) available in the Clean Ganga Fund, money was not utilised due to non-
finalisation of action plan.
Funds released by NMCG for construction of individual household latrines, information, education and communication activities and
management of solid and liquid waste were not utilised by all five states of Bihar, Jharkhand, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal.
Only Uttarakhand achieved the target of construction of 100 per cent Individual household latrines. But in Uttarakhan too, the pace of solid
and liquid waste management was slow and restricted to only to 13 Gram Panchayats.

2.Non implementation of projects

The report highlighted delay and non-implementation of project related to cleaning of the river, installation of sewage treatment plants,
and construction of toilets in households.
Only Uttarakhand has undertaken initiatives to identify the River Conservation Zones.
For pollution abatement and ghat cleaning, sewage treatment plants, interception and diversion projects and canal works are delayed in
execution as land was not available or clearances could not be procured or contractors were slow.

3.Shortage of manpower

The programme suffers from overall shortage of manpower.

4.Monitoring in shambles

The monitoring meeting did not happen on prescribed frequency.

The implementation of Bhuvan Ganga, a web portal which was conceptualised to enable execution and monitoring of projects was
slow.
Along with this, the role of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) in monitoring and evaluation was also ambiguous as only 7.44 per
cent of the sanctioned amount has been utilised.
Improper management and implementation dilutes the concept of improving water quality. Total coliform bacteria levels in all the cities of
Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and West Bengal ranged between 6 to 334 times higher than prescribed levels.

Way forward

The audit provides a set of 12 recommendations for realistic planning, better functioning of funds, strict monitoring and evaluation and
management of goals to make river Ganga clean.

1. Timely release of funds

CAG says that major focus should be on the timely release of funds particularly Clean Ganga Fund.

2.Conceptualise plan and implement

NMCG should also finalise Ganga River Basin Management Plan and implement it in a time bound manner.

3.Streamline appraisal process

The appraisal process should be kept smooth and proceed in time bound manner.

4.Identify Conservation Zones

NMCG should also identify and declare River Conservation Zones

5.Capacity building to tackle sewerages

NMCG should address the capacity gaps of sewerages, in order to conserve the River Ganga from encroachment and construction activities.
DEVELOPMENT

4) Post Doklam issue, what efforts are being made by India and China to repair their relationship? Critically examine. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

What’s new, though, is the fact that Beijing and Delhi are finally acknowledging the deeply problematic nature of the relationship.
This public admission of trouble is a welcome departure from the entrenched habit of sweeping differences under the carpet and masking
problems with grandiose rhetoric on “building a new Asian century” and “promoting multipolar world”.

Post -Doklam

1. Chinese insistence for “new” relationship with India

The idea that the two sides must “turn to a new page” has been articulated frequently, in recent times by the Chinese ambassador to India,
Luo Zhaohui.
One of his proposals is to sign a “treaty of good neighbourliness and friendly cooperation”.
India and China have had a tradition of hoary declarations that created an illusion of mutual understanding but deepened mutual distrust. The
declaratory approach was of no help in addressing the real disputes over territorial sovereignty.
As Beijing’s comprehensive national power has grown, it has become more assertive on territorial disputes and its appetite for risk taking has
increased. India, which took peace on the border for granted until recently, is ready to throw everything it has to prevent any further
weakening of its position.
Without a renewed effort to resolve the boundary dispute, the Sino-Indian frontier is unlikely to remain tranquil.
Panchsheel agreement signed in 1954 was of no help in resolving the difficulties over Tibet and the boundary that emerged in the late
1950s.
What we need now is not another declaration but steps that address the core problems in the relationship that generate the mistrust.

2. On BRI

If the Chinese leadership has invested much personal and political capital on the BRI, India’s concerns have been so deep that Delhi took the
unusual step of publicly criticising the BRI and staying away from it.
China insists that the BRI is a win-win for both; Delhi fears it might just mean two wins for Beijing.
Delhi, however, has also said it is open to a dialogue with Beijing on the BRI. China is yet to respond.
Unconditional bilateral discussions on the BRI make good sense. After all, both Delhi and Beijing say they are eager to promote connectivity
in their shared neighbourhood.

Conclusion

As the stronger power today, China might think it can afford to be unilateral — on the frontier as well regional economic initiatives.
Without a return to genuine bilateralism that takes into account the interests of both parties, Beijing will find the chasm with Delhi
continues to deepen.

5) Laws that are based on gender are actually detrimental to women’s freedom and rights, hence our laws should be gender-neutral. Critically
comment. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

Instead of being a progressive agent, the state has used the law to perpetuate cultural practices.
In the light of its failure to provide security, the state has resorted to protecting the interests of women through ad hoc provisions that
are counterproductive.
Law plays an important role in shaping the way women are viewed. Unfortunately, our laws are not the most liberal.

Examples of gender-biased laws

1. Criminalisation of minors’ sex as rape

Law criminalizes consensual sex between minors as rape committed by the boy

2.Legal entitlement of girl upto marriage

women are legally entitled to maintenance from their father until they get married, while boys are only allowed this until they are 18;

3.Inheritance
 If a woman dies without a will, the Hindu inheritance laws put the rights of her husband’s heirs above those of her parents;

4.Jail exemption to women in certain cases

Women cannot be jailed for not filing their income tax

5.Marital rape not criminalised

Marital rape is considered an oxymoron.

6.Maternity leave, not Paternal leave

Take the recent legislation mandating paid maternity leave of 26 weeks and crèche facility in companies hiring more than 50 employees.
The law intends to benefit working women, but the second-order effects of the piece of legislation will likely be that firms will hire fewer
women, and pay those they hire less salary to compensate for the maternity benefits.
The law furthers several stereotypes as well—that all women want to have babies, that all women want 26 weeks of paid leave, that it is
only the woman’s job to take care of the newborn.

State’s role unfulfilled

It cannot be denied that most women’s freedoms in this country are trampled on in the name of security.
These are serious constraints on a good life, and they are caused by one major issue—the state’s failure to provide security.
It is the state’s fundamental duty to protect the life and property of citizens from physical injury.
In the absence of adequate policing and a slow judiciary, women are exposed to threats from the physically stronger gender, and it is
the men in their family and friends who end up providing security. This establishes the subordination of women to men in other domains of
life—whether it is to fathers, brothers or husbands.

Conclusion

Gender-based laws are like a double-edged sword.

Sometimes, the conservatives wield it to preserve our culture, at other times, progressives take positive discrimination too far.
INFRASTRUCTURE: ENERGY, PORTS, ROADS, AIRPORTS, RAILWAYS ETC.

5) Discuss the geopolitical significance of the Horn of Africa to India. Also discuss nature of India’s engagement with this region. (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- The Horn of Africa is a peninsula in Northeast Africa. It juts hundreds of kilometres into the Arabian Sea and Indian Ocean, lying
along the southern side of the Gulf of Aden. The area is the easternmost projection of the African continent. The Horn of Africa denotes the
region containing the countries of Djibouti, Eritrea, Ethiopia, and Somalia. The area has experienced imperialism, neo-colonialism, Cold War,
ethnic strife, intra-African conflict, poverty, disease, famine and much else.
Geopolitical significance :-

The four different states constituting the Horn — Somalia, Ethiopia, Eritrea and Djibouti — along with Yemen across the Red Sea have long
been described as one of the world’s pivotal regions.
India’s major Oil and natural gas trade passes through the critical point of horn of Africa.
Many regional powers are now trying to shape the strategic landscape of the Horn through military bases and armed interventions.
Djibouti, for example, is reported to host military facilities of Saudi Arabia and Qatar; Eritrea has bases for UAE, Saudi Arabia and Qatar;
UAE and Turkey have facilities in different regions of Somalia.
Our strategic community and official agencies should pay more attention to the conditions and power dynamics in the Horn of Africa because
what happens in the region has a direct bearing on our security.

India’s relationship with region :-

India currently does not have an embassy in Djibouti. Independent India discarded this geopolitical thinking as it adopted an inward economic
orientation and replaced its inherited regional security role with non-alignment and military isolationism. As a result, India’s influence on the
ground steadily diminished. Things began to change in the 1990s as Delhi turned to economic globalisation.
It is worth noting that a considerable degree of consultation, coordination and cooperation in capacity building in anti-piracy operations has
been taking place between India and horn of Africa.
India’s engagement with horn of Africa goes much beyond the piracy angle and involves the medical tourism, student exchange, work of UN
peacekeeping force etc

5) Pulses have seen an average annual inflation rate of 12%—the highest among food crops—in the past 12 years. What steps can government take
to stabilise prices of pulses? Examine. (200 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- One of the key debates going around the country’s agricultural front today is the upswing in the prices of pulses. The retail prices of
almost all the varieties of pulses have reportedly crossed ₹100 per kg in metropolitan cities. Consumers worry about high prices of pulses and
producers about low prices. Inflation peaks whenever there is a production shortfall. The steepest peak (49%) was in November 2015 and the
steepest fall (-32.6%) in June 2016 shows volatility of price for pulses.

Efforts are needed to stabilize prices :-

Flexibility in export policy, in terms of permitting exports of the restricted pulses during times of excess production.
Only a fifth of the area under pulses has irrigation support. This exposes production to the vagaries of the monsoon and amplifies the price
cyclicality. Hence, there is a need to develop an irrigation buffer.
Developing agricultural markets is always important, particularly for essential commodities such as pulses that are prone to price
manipulation.
The government should reduce the transportation costs of farmers by linking them to markets with better roads.
To incentivize private sector participation, ad hoc restrictions on stocks should be avoided.
Forward contracts help reduce the uncertainty of future market prices. The government can use future market signals to fix MSP values and
make appropriate interventions before crises occur.

Governments efforts like setting up of price stabilization fund for pulses, revising MSP prices and promoting farmers to cultivate more pulses by
diversifying the mono-cropping of wheat and rice are some noteworthy efforts.

6) Comment on the existing approaches for resolving incidences of human–wildlife conflict and suggest measures to alleviate these conflicts
effectively. (250 Words)

EPW
Introduction :- Human–wildlife conflict refers to the interaction between wild animals and people and the resultant negative impact on people or
their resources, or wild animals or their habitat. The conflict takes many forms ranging from loss of life or injury to humans, and animals both wild
and domesticated, to competition for scarce resources to loss and degradation of habitat.

Causes of this conflicts :-

As human populations expand into wild animal habitats, natural wildlife territoryis displaced.
Reduction in the availability of natural prey/food sources leads to wild animals seeking alternate sources.
Alternately, new resources created by humans draw wildlife resulting in conflict.
The population density of wildlife and humans increase with overlaps in geographical areas used increasing their interaction thus resulting in
increased physical conflict.
By products of human existence offer un-natural opportunity for wildlife in the form of food and sheltered interference and potentially
destructive threat for both man and animals.
Competition for food resources also occurs when humans attempt to harvest natural resources such as fish and grassland pasture.
Another cause of conflict comes from conservation biased toward flagship or game species that often threatens other species of concern.

Existing approaches for resolving incidences of human–wildlife conflict such as predator attacks on people or livestock typically use methods that
address physical loss but ignore social, cultural, and emotional trauma.

To holistically and more permanently alleviate conflicts, wildlife management agencies and other conservation practitioners require resources and
training in outreach and public relations, and need to expand their toolkit of approaches in order to connect with varied stakeholders in a greater
diversity of settings. Steps like following can be adopted :-

An united effort :- In order to be truly effective, prevention of human-wildlife conflict has to involve the full scope of society: international
organizations, governments, NGOs, communities, consumers and individuals. Solutions are possible, but often they also need to have
financial backing for their support and development.
Land-use planning :- Ensuring that both humans and animals have the space they need is possible. Protecting key areas for wildlife, creating
buffer zones and investing in alternative land uses are some of the solutions.

Community-based natural resource management :- The local community is key since they are the ones who may wake up in the morning
with a tiger or bear in their back yard. But they are also the people who can benefit the most from this. If people are empowered to manage
their relationship with wild animals, these “unwanted” neighbours can become allies in bringing income and promoting a better quality of life
for all.
Compensation / insurance :- Compensation or insurance for animal-induced damage is another widely accepted solution. There are different
ways this can be done. In Namibia, for example, community-based insurance systems exist for damage done to livestock. The Nepalese
government pays compensation in areas around national parks.

Field based solutions :- There are a number of practical field-based solutions that can limit the damage done both to humans and human
property, and to wildlife, by preventing wildlife from entering fields or villages. However, such solutions can only be applied on a case-by-
case basis. What people see as solution in one place, they may resist in another. And what works in one place, may have the opposite effect
somewhere else.

Techniques like Strobe Lights, Natural Barriers, Disguise, corridors, mappings can help in handling the conflict in more smoother
manner.

6) Why does Geographical Indication (GI) tag matter? It is argued that Geographical Indications have potential to be India’s growth engine.
Examine why. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Reference

Introduction :- A geographical indication (GI) is a name or sign used on products which corresponds to a specific geographical location or origin
(e.g. a town, region, or country). The use of a geographical indication may act as a certification that the product possesses certain qualities, is made
according to traditional methods, or enjoys a certain reputation, due to its geographical origin.
GI tags matters owing to it’s effects on following things. :-

It provides legal protection to the products.

It prevents unauthorized use of a GI tag products by others.
It gives a structuring of the supply chain around a common product reputation.
increases and stabilizes prices for the GI product.
Adds value distributed through all the levels of the supply chain,
Preserve the natural resources on which the product is based, the traditions and traditional know-how.
It enhances tourism and related activities in the region.

How it can be growth engine of India :-

The Article 22 of the Agreement, which forms the centrality of GI protection, provides for a general level of cross-border protection of GIs in
the course of trade which helps in trade of GI.
Benefits of the registration of a product as GI is actually realized only when these products are effectively marketed and protected against
illegal copying. Hence registering under GI is the first step.
legal protection to GIs also extends to protection of traditional knowledge and traditional cultural expression contained in the products. In
doing so, not only are livelihoods protected but also possibilities of employment generation are encouraged.
Since many of Indian GI products relate to textile and tea—which are largely exported to EU countries—there is a merit in negotiating to
implement equal treatment for Indian GI products.

GIs have the potential to be our growth engine. Policy-makers must pay a heed to this and negotiate harder to give Indian GI products their true
reward.

4) Discuss the importance of saving traditional seed varieties in organic farming. (150 Words)

Down to Earth

Introduction :- In agriculture and gardening, seed saving (sometimes known as brown bagging[1]) is the practice of saving seeds or other
reproductive material (e.g. tubers) from vegetables, grain, herbs, and flowers for use from year to year for annuals and nuts, tree fruits,
and berries for perennials and trees. However in the wake of GM crop era saving of traditional seed varieties has not only become difficult but also
necessary. At the 19th Organic World Congress, more than 55 groups have come together to call for the conservation of indigenous seeds and
shunning GM crops.

Importance of saving traditional seed varieties :-

Native crop varieties are not only drought and disease resistant, but are nutritive and retain the soil fertility as they do not need chemical
fertilisers and excessive water.
The conservation of native seeds is important to prevent the exploitation of already distressed farmers.
Farmers often become dependent on these companies for seeds as these cannot be saved for the next sowing season. In this context,
conservation of native crops becomes paramount to
Native crops are likely to become extinct as large seed companies promote and patent hybrid seeds.
The selection and conservation of good seeds are central to sustainable agriculture and global food security. For this conservation of native
seed holds much importance.
Without a strong base of diverse seeds, food production is threatened by disease and climate change. Conservation of native seeds becomes
important in the wake of climate change. For ex traditional rice varieties ripen simply with the changing seasons. So if a single rice variety is
planted at different points of time all of it is still ready for harvest at nearly the same time.
Abundance of traditional seeds and widespread cultivation of High yield varieties have proved to be detrimental like can be seen in case of
Punjab which due to such overuse has become the cancer capital of India.

Hence it becomes important to save the native varieties of seeds. Efforts taken by organisations like Save Our Rice campaign Bharat Beej Swaraj
Manch or India seed Sovereignty Alliance and individuals like Rahibai in Maharashtra, Babulal Dahiya in Madhya Pradesh is noteworthy.

5) One of the purported objectives of demonetisation was digitisation of India. Discuss critically the role of fin-tech multinationals in pushing India
towards digitisation and the impact of demonetisation on making India a cashless economy. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- The stripping of legal tenders of notes of Rs 500 and Rs 1000 one year back paved the way for demonetization in India.
Demonetization had digitalization as one of it’s objective.

Role of fin-tech multinationals in pushing India towards digitization :-

Global financial forces are constantly looking for new avenues of profit. There is a push to eliminate the use of physical currency, popularly
called the global “War on Cash”.
The idea of forced digitalisation of the Indian economy by massive demonetisation was probably a part of this push.
The network of international financial technology (fintech) corporations, payment sector organisation like the credit/debit card and mobile
payment companies earn their revenue from the charges levied on digital transactions.
The US organisation of Better Than Cash Alliance (BTCA) in 2012 was established. Members of the BTCA include Citi Foundation, Master
Card, VISA Foundation, Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Ford Foundation, Omidyar Network and USAID. Its stated objective is to
accelerate the transition from cash to digital payments globally. India’s entry into BTCA kicked off many MoUs.

However the increased role of foreign apps, credit agencies in India is not desirable. They even drain India financially by charging taxes and charges
on their transactions.

Steps needed :-

The government must establish a fully empowered, statutory Digital Payments Regulatory Authority under the RBI, which will ensure
minimum commissions to card companies.
Government must ensure a high-speed, robust and safe communications network.
It must promote Indian credit card companies so the commissions do not go out.

Impact of demonetization on digitalization :-

According to a 2014 study by Tufts University, The Cost Of Cash In India, cash operations cost the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and commercial
banks about Rs21,000 crore annually.

The latest NPCI data shows that the Unified Payment Interface (UPI) transactions made a giant leapfrog from just 1,03,060 transactions in October,
2016 to 91,67,277 transactions in May 2017, recording a stupendous 89 times growth. Value-wise, UPI recorded a growth of Rs 0.49 billion to Rs
27.65 billion, more than 56 times growth during the same period.

However a large part of the population is still outside the banking net and not in a position to reduce its dependence on cash. According to a 2015
report by PricewaterhouseCoopers, India’s unbanked population was at 233 million.

Even today Nearly 95% of transactions take place in cash. Large size of informal / unorganised sector entities and workers prefer cash based
transactions.

4) Despite two key measures – demonetisation and GST, India has made very slow progress towards becoming a formal economy. Discuss the
reasons and measures needed to formalise economy. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Livemint

Introduction :- Sector which encompasses all jobs with normal hours and regular wages, and are recognized as income sources on which income
taxes must be paid is formal sector of Economy.

According to NSSO data, there have been more jobs created in the informal sector than the formal and more than 90% of the population is
employed in informal jobs.

Reasons for formalizing economy :-

 At present, only 10% of India’s over 470 million workforce is in the formal sector.

Formalizing the informal sector will lead to fair representation/measurement of economy.

It will lead to enhanced tax collection through improved tax base and tax consolidation
The daily labours and others will be subject to workers regulations hence probability will be higher to curb illegal practices like child labours,
bonded laboures and social security of workers will be enhanced.
Skills and education will be more emphasized when formalized.
Formal businesses (informal businesses formalized) have better access to bank loans. This will end the money mafias who charge high rates of
interest.

One-time initiatives like currency swap and some reformation in taxation system might signal intent, but increasing the size of India’s formal
economy will require a sustained effort

Following steps must be taken by government in order to increase the scope of formal sector:-

Financial Inclusion- Access to formal credit, banking facilities and impart financial knowledge. The recent push for promoting digital cashless
economy, Scehems such as Jan Dhan Yoajana, Bank Mitras, Lead Bank Scheme, Priority Sector Lending are good steps by the government
towards promoting formal economy
Improve quality of human capital- Boosting education and skill levels will provide necessary foundation for the formalization of economy.
The Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan, Mid Day Meal Schemes, SWAYAM, Skill Inida Mission are some good initiatives by the government.
Providing robust infrastructure: Improving connectivity through better roads and railways, improving access to cheap electricity would act as
an incentive for setting up of formal companies.
Labour laws :- In India there are multiple labour laws and many outdated laws. Easy to understand and coherent set of law is necessary to
enable formal sector to comply with it. Focus on increasing Ease of Doing business is also important.

According to the Arjun Sengupta committee report 92.4% of the population is engaged in informal sector ,which is a paradox to the inverse
relationship between economic growth and informal sector numbers , in Indian economy. Hence enhanced efforts to increase the size of formal
sector must be taken.

5) Analyse the progress made by state governments in expanding digital governance through various e-governance initiatives. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

Just like US states, Indian states can serve as laboratories of democracy—and their experiments are getting more and more cutting edge.
States made digital governance a focus of their reforms across a wide variety of sectors. Their efforts showed that states recognize the
importance of citizen involvement as a link to political support.

1. Easy access to governance

Nagaland has moved its entire Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme payment architecture to digital payments.
Workers’ wages will now be credited directly to their bank accounts, increasing transparency and minimizing opportunities for fraud.
Maharashtra launched the MahaDBT portal, which will allow beneficiaries of all state government schemes to have cash benefits deposited
directly into their bank accounts.
Six states (Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Gujarat, Telangana and Uttar Pradesh) as well as the Union territory of Puducherry
announced that they would use the Central government e-marketplace (GeM) to conduct procurements.
Karnataka’s agriculture department is working with Microsoft to use Big Data to develop a price forecasting model that will help farmers
determine what crops to plant to obtain the best return on their investment.
In a boost for manual labourers, the Punjab labour department has decided to use an online portal to register construction workers and to
increase transparency and accuracy in the distribution of benefits to them.

2.Enhancing capabilities of masses

Gujarat signed a memorandum of understanding with Google to advance its ‘Digital Gujarat’ agenda to train small and medium
entrepreneurs to use digital platforms for business development
Haryana’s chief minister partnered with the Dell Foundation to create a cell in his office to lead efforts to raise the quality of education and
skills training in the state.
Chhattisgarh has decided that empowering women through distribution of smartphones will be a way to improve access to services and
information which can be used to conduct small business.
West Bengal has decided to launch a new portal to support a new state agency created by the passage of the state’s Single Window System
Bill to expedite industrial clearances for businesses.

3.Delivery of healthcare services

Telangana signed a memorandum of understanding with Microsoft India to use cloud-based analytics to improve the state’s child-health
screenings. The programme will draw on the Big Data contained in Microsoft’s Intelligent Network for Eyecare to catch vision issues
before they are detectable.
Telangana, specifically Hyderabad, is also home to a pilot of digital health records that will test whether digitization can increase access to
state-provided benefits for women and children while also reducing the administrative load.
Karnataka is partnering with Tata Trusts to open a health services hub that will use digitization of health records to better track whether area
residents are receiving benefits using Aadhar. The project hopes to increase use of local primary healthcare centres by 50%.
Uttar Pradesh will introduce telemedicine clinics to expand healthcare reach to citizens who are not in areas with easy access to hospitals.
Control rooms in five cities will be armed with a team of doctors available 24×7 to provide consultations to patients.

Way forward

Digital governance holds out the exciting possibility that even India’s smallest and least-developed states can see huge gains in their
governance capabilities.
Given the global interest in the potential for innovation in this area, states should have no trouble finding partners willing to provide funds and
expertise.
 But truly achieving the potential for digital innovation requires that state governments be willing to accept the need for transparency and
reform.

4) Last week, the U.S. protested at the World Trade Organisation against China’s bid for recognition as a market economy. What is market
economy? Why does China want this status? Why is the US opposing it? Also examine how will China’s elevation as market economy affect India.
(250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

A market economy is an economic system where decisions regarding investment, production, and distribution are based on the interplay of supply
and demand, which determines the prices of goods and services.

Under WTO norms, once a country gets MES status, its exports are subjected to minimum stipulated levies in the WTO compliant countries.

Why China is seeking the status?

It seeks to make its exports competitive in the global market in the context of “Chinese normal” growth. The exports will help it sustain its
economic growth.
There are also strategic reasons for China to pursue the status as it wants to capture the global markets as USA is receding from globalisation.
In the CPEC summit, Chinese President asserted “inclusive globalisation” of which global trade is an integral part.

US Opposition

Western resistance to accord China the necessary recognition is rooted in concerns over a glut of Chinese imports flooding domestic markets
and causing job losses in the manufacturing sector.
Most importantly, it is important from US point of view to put constraints on the hegemonic tendencies of China in the global market.

Impat on India

In the economic terms, Chinese Market Economic Status will put Indian government in the cage to not put anti-dumping duties. It will be
significant as trade deficit with China is extremely huge.
There are several sectors like chemicals, steel, electrical and electronics which will be hurt severly.
Further, the economic dependence on China for the products ranging from consumer goods to steel, the strategic advantage will be accorded
to China in case of war.
India, being a developing country, seeks to diversify its market in Africa and Latin America which will be directly impacted if China gets
access on account of its status of Market Economy under WTO.

5) What does recent 2G ‘scam’ verdict by the special CBI court reveal about functioning of CAG? Critically comment. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

Article 148 provides for the institution of CAG. He is the guardian of the public purse and controls the entire financial system of the
country at both the levels—the Centre and the state. His duty is to uphold the Constitution of India and laws of Parliament in the field of
financial administration.
This is the reason why Dr B R Ambedkar said that the CAG shall be the most important Officer under the Constitution of India. He is one of
the bulwarks of the democratic system of government in India; the others being the Supreme Court, the Election Commission and the
Union Public Service Commission
The catalyst and subsequent leitmotif of the 2G scam was Rs1.76 trillion—the CAG’s estimate of the notional loss to the exchequer in the
allocation of 2G licences. This was a dubious figure based on dubious assumptions such as the use of 3G spectrum bids as a benchmark.
In 2012, representatives of the supreme audit institutions of the US, Australia, Canada, Denmark and the Netherlands conducted a peer review
of the CAG’s recent audits, International Peer Review Report on the Performance Audit function of Comptroller and Auditor General of
India. There are positives aplenty, but also shortcomings. Among the latter was a lack of sufficient evidence in about half of the 35 audits
considered.

Problems

1. Institutional overreach by interfering in policy question

CAG began with a faulty premise: that the government’s guiding principle should have been revenue maximization. Governance does not
always move along such straight lines; there are occasions when other imperatives such as public welfare take precedence.
This overreach was born of institutional shortcomings. The question of where exactly the CAG fits into the accountability framework of the
Indian state has never really been answered adequately in practice.
In the US and UK, for instance, legislation establishes corresponding audit bodies firmly as agents of the legislative branch of government.

2.Pre-independence hangover

The CAG is the successor to the pre-independence auditor general.

Constitution made interim provisions rather than providing a final solution—understandable given the ambiguities of governance in a
fledgeling republic.
As per the Constitution, the legislature would decide the CAG’s remit. Parliament finally established the CAG’s duties only in 1971 with the
Comptroller and Auditor-General’s (Duties, Powers and Conditions of Service) Act.

3.Ambiguous relationship with Parliament

The legacy of the decades of ambiguity is an uneasy working relationship between the CAG and Parliament, the body it is answerable to.
Parliament has been apathetic both in its oversight and in its usage of CAG reports.
The CAG has responded by often appropriating an outsize role for itself.
Appleby’s criticism of CAG

Paul H Appleby, in his two reports on Indian Administration, was very critical of the role of CAG and attacked the significance of his work. He also
suggested that the CAG should be relieved of the responsibility of audit. In other words, he recommended the abolition of the office of CAG.
His points of criticism of Indian audit are as follows:

The function of the CAG in India, is in a large measure, an inheritance from the colonial rule.
The CAG is today a primary cause of widespread and paralysing unwillingness to decide and to act. Auditing has a repressive and negative
influence.
The Parliament has a greatly exaggerated notion of the importance of auditing to Parliamentary responsibility, and so has failed to define the
functions of the CAG as the Constitution contemplated it would do.
The CAG’s function is not really a very important one. Auditors do not know and cannot be expected to know very much about good
administration; their prestige is highest with others who do not know much about administration.
Auditors know what is auditing, which is not administration; it is a necessary, but a highly pedestrian function with a narrow perspective and a
very limited usefulness.
A deputy secretary in the department knows more about the problems in his department than the CAG and his entire staff

Conclusion

These shortcomings have resulted in an occasionally adversarial approach.

The peer review has noted that in a number of the audit reports it examined, the CAG could have been “more balanced in content and
tone. Such an approach could perhaps have produced a more reasonable report on the 2G licences.
But the CAG is a vital component of the system of checks and balances in the Indian state«and for all the good it has done, the 2G case
shows that it has some distance to go yet.

6) What are the provisions of the Financial Resolution and Deposit Insurance Bill, 2017? Why is its “bail-in” clause controversial? Examine. (150
Words)

The Hindu

The FRDI Act defines the resolution mechanisms being pushed by the government as an alternative to recapitalisation.

1. Creation of independent Resolution Corporation

At the centre of the new scheme is the creation of a new independent corporation that would take over the task of resolution of
bankruptcy in banks, insurance companies and identified “systemically important financial institutions” (SIFIs).
The Resolution Corporation will also take over the task of insuring bank deposits, compensating depositors up to a specified maximum
amount (at present Rs.1 lakh) in case of bank failure.

2.Classification of financial institutions

As part of its responsibilities, the corporation is to be mandated to classify the financial institutions under its jurisdiction under
different categories based on risk of failure, varying from “low” and “moderate” (where the probability of failure is marginally or well
below acceptable levels) to “material” or “imminent” (implying failure probabilities that are above or substantially above acceptable levels)
and, finally, critical (being on the verge of failure).

3.Imminent firms under the radar

In cases of financial firms placed under the material or imminent category, the Resolution Corporation is to be given the power to: (i)
inspect the books to obtain information on assets and liabilities; (ii) restrict the activities of the firm concerned; (iii) prohibit or limit
payments of different kinds; and (iii) require submission of a restoration plan to the regulator and a resolution plan to it, if necessary
involving a merger or amalgamation.

4.Critical firms to be taken over

In cases identified as critical, the Resolution Corporation will take over their administration and proceed to transfer their assets and
liabilities through merger or acquisition or liquidation with permission from the NCLT.
Closing all options, the law prohibits recourse to the courts to stay the proceedings at the NCLT or seeking alternative routes to
resolution.
Since liquidation involves compensating stakeholders according to their designated seniority, depending on the net assets available, any
stakeholder can be called upon to accept a “haircut” or loss, including holders of deposits more than the maximum amount insured against
loss.

Need for bail-in clause in FRDI bill

The biggest challenge for a government launching a “bail-in” attack on deposits is that depositors can promptly withdraw their money
from the bank by demanding cash.
Such an event can lead to severe bank runs and destabilise the banking system because bank deposits are only fractionally backed by
actual cash.

There are fears that it will enable banks to be ‘bailed in’ by depositors’ funds rather than being ‘bailed out’ by taxpayers (or potential buyers).
The need for a specialised regime to cope with large financial firms on the verge of going bust is well-understood especially since the
global financial crisis of 2008.
As a resolution tool for stressed financial firms, the bail-in clause has been the subject of much debate, but it remains the least well-
established across the world.

Way forward

1. Use bail in sparingly

Bail in should typically be used where continuing a firm’s services is considered vital but its sale is unviable — not as a lazy default
option.
 If lenders don’t believe that a bail-in plan would salvage a firm, triggering the clause could end up causing a run on the bank instead of
preventing one.
With its thrust on initiatives such as the Jan Dhan Yojana and demonetisation, the government has nudged more people towards the formal
banking system.
To ensure that those gains are not lost, the government must communicate more clearly the rationale behind the bail-in provision, and
the circumstances in which it may ultimately be used, if at all.

2.Enhance the deposits to be returned in case of bankruptcy

Most importantly, it must enhance the amount of bank deposits that will remain safe under the new dispensation.
3.Lesson from Financial Stability Board
This resolution framework is merely the replication in the Indian context of a regime recommended by the Basel-based Financial Stability
Board (FSB)
The FSB was established in the aftermath of the global financial crisis of 2007-08, which was centred round the United States, the
United Kingdom and Europe.
However, in those jurisdictions, the resolution of the post-crisis problem of potential insolvency of banks came through government
purchases of equity and liquidity infusion by Central banks, unlike the FRDI Bill.

8) In the light of the dizzying increase witnessed in the value of cryptocurrencies, critically examine various issues associated with its acceptance as
medium of currency to exchange goods and services. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Extraordinary return the digital currency has given investors as its price has witnessed a meteoric rise, from just a few cents in 2010 to hit a
lifetime high of over $11,000 last week.
In 2017 alone, bitcoin price has increased by over 1000%.
Other cryptocurrencies like Ethereum too have shown equally impressive gains and falls, particularly over the last year.

Arguments in favour

1. Competition to national currencies good

Enthusiasts argue that cryptocurrencies like bitcoin are rapidly transforming into mainstream money that will offer serious competition
to national currencies issued by central banks.

1. Excellent returns

Therefore they see bitcoin’s current price rise as merely a reflection of its bright future as a stateless currency.

Arguments against

1. Financial bubble

Sceptics, however, have pointed to the Tulip Bubble of the 17th century and Internet stocks of the late 1990s as cautionary examples.

1. Acceptability low

Yet the fundamental value of any currency is based not on its underlying technology but on its general acceptability as money for the purpose
of commerce.
Bitcoin, or any other cryptocurrency, is nowhere close to widespread use as a medium that helps in the exchange of goods and services.
Earlier this year, a Morgan Stanley research note concluded that bitcoin’s acceptance “is virtually zero”.
In fact, it found that the acceptance of bitcoin among the top 500 online retailers actually dropped in the last year.

Conclusion

The blockchain technology may well have some merits, as shown by increasing interest in it even among central banks and other
financial institutions. Many have even started offering financial products and services centred around bitcoin.
It is also a telling sign of the times where easy monetary policy has pushed investors starved of yield in traditional assets into highly
risky assets like bitcoin.
 INDIAN

5) Examine the factors that have shaped nuclear disarmament movement around the world and the challenges this movement poses to nuclear power
states. (250 Words)

EPW

Nuclear Disarmament movement

The very first resolution of the United Nations General Assembly (UNGA) First Committee on international security from 1946 called
for proposals for “the elimination from national armaments of atomic weapons and of all other major weapons adaptable to mass
destruction”.
Nevertheless, there has not been an international treaty that legally prohibits nuclear weapons.
That changed in July 2017, when 122 countries voted at the United Nations (UN) to adopt the Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear
Weapons (or the Ban Treaty)
Nobel Peace Prize has been awarded to the International Campaign to Abolish Nuclear Weapons, in recognition of its work over the past
decade to make this treaty possible.

1990s

During the 1990s, there had been some developments aimed at furthering nuclear disarmament, most notably the negotiation of the
Comprehensive Nuclear-Test-Ban Treaty (CTBT), the international agreement banning explosive nuclear weapons tests, which was
originally proposed in 1954 by Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru.
But, since the CTBT was negotiated in 1996, there had not been a single multilateral nuclear treaty for nearly a decade when ICAN
was initiated.

ICAN effect

Lack of action on disarmament by the five nuclear weapon states recognised by the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty was also an
important driver for frustration amongst those seeking the elimination of nuclear weapons.
The Ban Treaty provides various mechanisms for increasing pressure on the nuclear weapon states to get rid of their means of mass
destruction. How successful this pressure will be remains to be seen.
To start with, the treaty creates the obligation, under Article 12, for signatories to practise disarmament diplomacy by mandating that “each
State Party shall encourage States not party to this Treaty to ratify, accept, approve or accede to the Treaty, with the goal of universal
adherence of all States to the Treaty”.
If Ban Treaty states follow this injunction, they must seek new kinds of official and public engagement with peace movements and civil
society and governments in weapons states.
PARLIAMENT AND STATE LEGISLATURES – STRUCTURE, FUNCTIONING, CONDUCT OF BUSINESS,
POWERS & PRIVILEGES AND ISSUES ARISING OUT OF THESE.

1) Examine the achievements and contributions of Cornelia Sorabji to women empowerment in India. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Cornelia Sorabji (15 November 1866 – 6 July 1954) was an Indian woman who was the first female graduate from Bombay
University, the first woman to study law at Oxford University (indeed, the first Indian national to study at any British university), the first
female advocate in India, and the first woman to practice law in India and Britain.

Contribution of Cornelia Sorabji to women empowerment :-

Education and career :- She enrolled in Deccan College, and claims to have topped the Presidency in her final degree examination, which
would have entitled her to a government scholarship to study further in England.
Setting examples for others :- In England, she was refused a scholarship simply because she was a woman, was not allowed to read in
the Lincoln Library and had the hardest time sitting for the barrister’s examination. Yet her sheer determination and spunk saw her
through and she went on to become the first female lawyer not only in India but also in England.
Social reform :- Sorabji was involved in social reforms. She was associated with the Bengal branch of the National Council for Women in
India, the Federation of University Women, and the Bengal League of Social Service for Women. For her services to the Indian nation, she
was awarded the Kaisar-i-Hind Gold Medalin 1909.
Sorabji had supported the campaign for Indian Independence, relating women’s rights to the capacity for self-government. Although she
supported traditional Indian life and culture, Sorabji promoted reform of Hindu laws regarding child marriageand the position of widows.

All these achievements and contributions of hers inspired the women of her time to step forward with education, employments, etc. Many of her
friends contributed towards Indian Freedom Movement. The success stories of her and other great women of her time would contribute a lot even to
today’s girls, especially at the time when our government is pushing at their best level to promote women empowerment.

4) Opacity in political financing, fear of party fragmentation, dynastic succession, and lack of intra-party democracy are all mutually reinforcing
variables. Analyse. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- The recent comment by Prime Minister Narendra Modi about debate over intra party democracy requires a holistic overview of
India’s existing political system and their issues.

Opacity in political funding :-

In June, 2013, the Central Information Commission held that political parties are under the Right to Information Act. But this was subsequently
rejected. Non transparent display by parties has led to menace of corruption, growth of black money

Fear of party fragmentation :-

Owing to this many parties centralize the power and again become functionally less efficient and less dynamic, less democratic. Even if a leader
disillusioned with the centralized control in her party goes on to establish a new party, the results are not very different.

Dynastic succession :-

The logic of dynastic politics is the logic of patronage. The dynast trades economic largesse and access to the machinery of the state for long-term
fealty. Economist Mancur Olson has described it as stationary bandits versus roving bandits. While the stationary bandits means dynast has
advantages of already establishes set up the roving bandits means non dynast face mismatch between efforts and pay off hence it discourages their
faith in fairness in democracy.

Philippines is a classical example where dynastic politics created problems in national developments. Since the restoration of democracy in 1987,
more than 60% of the country’s House of Representatives has been made up of dynastic clans.

In Indian case a recent Harvard paper, Understanding The Economic Impacts Of Political Dynasties: Evidence From India, by Siddharth George and
Dominic Ponattu, analysed night-time luminosity as a measure of economic growth to find that constituencies where dynasts won grew 6.5
percentage points slower annually than constituencies where dynasts lost.

Intra party democracy :

Quality of a democracy ultimately depends on internal democracy (or the lack of it) in political parties. In its 170th report in 1999, the Law
Commission of India underscored the importance of intra-party democracy by arguing that a political party cannot be a “dictatorship internally and
democratic in its functioning outside”.

Politics is inseparable from political parties as they are the prime instruments for the execution of democracy in the country. The selection of
candidates, the mobilisation of the electorate, the formulation of agendas and the passing of legislation are all conducted through political parties.
Hence there is a inherent need to make it more democratic.

Hence it’s important that efforts and reforms should be initiated from within the party in order to make then suitable, relevant and more effective in
present time.

2) Is moving to paper ballots instead of electronic voting machines in elections a good idea? Analyse. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

There are recent allegations by opposition parties related to tempering of EVMs in some assembly and municipal elections started new debate
around use of EVMs in election and moving back to use of ballot paper. Complaints about EVMs are neither new nor unique to India. They abound
in the West, too.There is requirement to address such concern.

But such decisions of using ballots have often been driven by sentiment rather than a careful weighing of evidence.

Some disadvantages of using ballot papers in election

1. No scope for automation so increases manual work

2. Counting takes very long time compared to EVMs
3. Paper may get damaged in ballots, so impossible to retrieve votes
4. Costlier to environment also due to use of paper
5. Cost of expenditure is higher compared to EVM
6. Easy to insert bogus paper votes in ballots by corrupt officials

Advantages of using EVMs instead of ballot paper :

1. More efficiency in electoral process as less time consuming

2. Analysis shows that introduction of EVMs led to a sizeable decline in electoral frauds
3. It led to greater participation of women and of voters belonging to scheduled castes and tribes
4. The design of the machines makes booth-capture difficult
5. They run on an ordinary 6-volt alkaline battery, therefore, can be used in areas without power connections.
6. They reduced the cost of conducting elections as the ECI could avoid printing of millions of ballots
7. Unpleasant and illegal procedures can be minimised while using the EVMs. Since only 5 votes can be cast in a minute

Way forward

Since trust of people in electoral procedure is backbone of our democracy, so use of ballots instead of EVMs is not the solution, instead EC should
take the steps necessary steps to address the concerns. Use of VVPAT and increased protection of EVM would be such positive steps in this
direction.

4) What are the possible consequences of the U.S. President Donald Trump’s decision to recognise Jerusalem as the capital of Israel. In your
opinion, what should be India’s stance on this issue? (150 Words)

The Hindu

The Hindu

Introduction:

“There is No Permanent Enemy or Friend vis-a-vis Foreign Relations But Only Convergence or Divergence of Interest.”

This is discernible from India’s present foreign policy which is shifting from Non-Alignment to Strategic Alignment. The strategic Alignment is
visible from India’s de-hyphenated foreign policy with Israel-Palestine.

With recent developments,the critics say that there has been a shift in India’s position with Palestine.

India’s disposition towards Israel

The recent visit of India’s PM to Israel,declaring Israel as Strategic Partner, consolidating defense agreements particularly besides hosts of
other agreements.

Impulsive Attitude of Trump Administration

This is conspicuous from recent US stand on Jerusalem to declare it as the capital of Israel, which is a controversial issue in not only Palestine,
but also the entire Muslim world.

India’s Position on Palestine

India’s position on Palestine is independent and consistent. It is shaped by our views and interests, and not determined by any third country.
Along with political support, India has been contributing material and technical assistance to the Palestinian people.
In 2016 India pledged a USD 1.25 million to the UN relief agency for Palestinian refugees
India has always been a leading partner in educational support and capacity building process
The recent visit of India’s President to Palestine manifests India’s support to Palestine cause is still intact.
The critics view is that Indian policy is certainly affected by US in recent times.

Why Indian Policy shouldn’t change?

1. Avert Islamic terrorism

Peace and stability in the Middle East is, perhaps, the most important imperative of Indian foreign policy, and it will be adversely affected by
the dynamics that Trump’s policies will unleash.
The US decision, against international consensus, could well stoke off further instability in the volatile region and lead to yet another bout of
Islamist radicalism – all matters of direct concern for India.
 2.Oil dependence on Middle East

Some 70% of our oil comes from the region, seven million of our citizens work there. Four times in recent history, India has had to evacuate
its nationals from the region; in 1990 from Kuwait, Lebanon in 2006, Libya in 2011 and Yemen in 2015.

3.Chinese diplomatic aggressions

China like Rohingya issue in Myanmar is actively asserting its diplomatic profile to resolve issues in Israel and Palestine against the US
polcies. It is favouring solutions like “Two states” as initially propounded by India.
It will lead to ceding of space for India.

Conclusion

However, it would be too early to say that India has changed its pro-Arab historical stance on the Israel-Palestine conflict. At the same time it can’t
be denied that in recent time India have disposed from towards Israel.

3) India’s strategic embrace of the US has failed to extend to the WTO. Comment. (150 Words)

The Wire

India’s Strategic Embrace of the US Has Failed to Extend to the WTO. Comment.

India’s strategic embrace and WTO failure

Over the last three years, India has proudly claimed to have built a deeper, strategic relationship with the United States with Prime Minister
Narendra Modi making a great number of high profile visits to America.
However, despite this new paradigm of so-called “strategic embrace”, India doesn’t seem to have succeeded in making the US budge on its
key areas of economic interests at the WTO.
The current ministerial level talks at Buenos Aires, Argentina, have collapsed largely because of US’s lack of will to find solutions to
the pressing problems of the developing world.
US is not budging an inch from its past position that India is flouting WTO norms by procuring foodgrains from farmers at prices
which violate established norms and which, of course, are deemed to be patently unfair.
What’s more, on the most critical issue for India – a permanent solution to its public food stocking programme which involves procuring
food grains from millions of farmers – it is China that is on India’s side

India’s position

A permanent solution to the ‘Peace Clause’ will necessitate making clear that 1986-88 benchmark price would be adjusted for
inflation.
That would give India flexibility to increase MSP for its key crops in line with movement in agriculture production costs without
breaching the 10% cap.
India had vowed to keep WTO focus on the Doha development agenda and prevent inclusion of new issues.

1. Liberalisation of agriculture and services trade

India, which has been pushing hard for further liberalisation of agriculture and services trade, has been caught in a difficult situation as
no outcome would be possible in these two areas unless all members agree.
That means India will have to play ball with developed countries on new issues to secure their support to ensure farm and services
negotiations are not abandoned.
India’s exports are stagnating while imports continue to increase, a trend that should worry the country economic planners.
So, it is very likely that India would try to find enhanced market access for merchandise and services exports.

2. Consequent trade pacts bilaterally

There will be now added pressure on India to sign bilateral and regional trade pacts. However, that is not going to be easy.
India has been trying to cut a bilateral free trade pact with the European Union. However, there is little sign of talks being concluded
anytime soon.

3.Free movement of professionals with EU and US

India stands to gain from any agreement on free movement of professionals.However, the EU is seeking quid pro quo in areas like
legal services.
It also wants India to lower customs duty on automobiles, wines and spirits.
With both sides bargaining hard, talks are moving at a tardy pace, with no conclusion yet in sight.
Securing a free trade pact with the US would be even more difficult for India , with American president Trump openly following a
protectionist policy to please his core political constituency.
Given the way the US has tightened H-1B visa rules under the Trump presidency, it looks unlikely that it will generously accept
India’s demand for allowing free movement of professionals under mode 4 of the WTO services agreement.
ORGANISATIONS

1) The recent 2017 amendment to the Maternity Benefit Act of 1961 (Amendment) is a step forward in the right direction towards increasing gender
diversity at the workplace. Comment. (150 Words)

The Wire

Introduction :- In 2012, which is the most recent data available, only 27% of Indian women worked compared to 55% in OECD countries and 63%
in East Asia. This deficit shaves off an estimated 2.5% from the country’s gross domestic product every year. The amendments to the Maternity
Benefit Act, which were introduced this year, in particular the provision of 26 weeks of paid maternity leave and the mandatory crèche facility, are
path-breaking.

Four major changes have been made to the law relating to maternity benefits and which will prove to be the game changers in labour force
participation are

Firstly, it extends the period of maternity benefit from 12 weeks to 26 weeks of which not more than eight weeks can precede the date of the
expected delivery. This exceeds the International Labour Organisation’s minimum standard of 14 weeks and is a positive development.
Secondly, women who legally adopt a child below the age of three months or a “commissioning mother” will be entitled to maternity benefit
for 12 weeks from the date on which the child is handed over to her.
Thirdly, it gives discretion to employers to allow women to work from home after the period of maternity benefit on mutually agreeable
conditions. This would apply if the nature of work assigned to the woman permits her to work from home
Fourthly, it requires establishments having 50 or more employees to have a crèche facility, either separately or along with common facilities.
Further, employers should allow the woman to visit the crèche four times a day, which “shall also include the interval for rest allowed to her.”
The Bill introduces a provision which requires every establishment to intimate a woman at the time of her appointment of the maternity
benefits available to her. Such communication must be in writing and electronically.

In order to ensure that the mandatory nature of the Amendment is not self defeating in the purpose of increasing gender diversity, thereby risking
decline in hiring of women workforce, the government may have to put on its thinking cap on how to distribute/reduce the financial burden on the
employer. It could do this perhaps giving tax benefits to companies to implement and incentivize this much needed boost to women empowerment
at work and in society and address other important milestones to be covered such as introduction of paternity leave which is a crucial piece missing
from this progressive legislation.
APPOINTMENT TO VARIOUS CONSTITUTIONAL POSTS, POWERS, FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
OF VARIOUS CONSTITUTIONAL BODIES.

3) Examine why India urgently needs a national dementia policy. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Dementia is a broad category of brain diseases that cause a long-term and often gradual decrease in the ability to think and
remember that is great enough to affect a person’s daily functioning. Other common symptoms include emotional problems, problems
with language, and a decrease in motivation. A person’s consciousness is usually not affected. A dementia diagnosis requires a change from a
person’s usual mental functioning and a greater decline than one would expect due to aging. These diseases also have a significant effect on a
person’s caregivers.

Dementia in India :-

According to recent published figures, over four million Indians above 60 have the condition, which is around 3.7 percent of that population.
Approximately, one out of every 16 households with an elder has someone with dementia.

Urgent need of National Dementia policy :-

Alzheimer’s & Related Disorders Society of India (ARDISI) advocated the need for more attention to the condition, given that the number of
people with dementia is expected to rise to about 7 million by 2020 and rapidly escalate to reach 13 to 14 million by 2050.
As per the India Dementia Report 2010 about Rs 43,000 annually per family is spent to take care of a person affected by dementia. The cost is
high for many.
Current treatments merely address the symptoms and not the underlying biological cause of the disease. With this lack of awareness, lack of
specialized doctors make it necessary to formulate a national policy.
Rising tendencies of old age family problems in India make it necessary to have adequate services for Dementia’s treatment with sensitivity
towards the care-givers, who are mostly from the family and ageing themselves.
Support from the Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment becomes crucial in India as the disease has many social aspects which need
awareness and service facilities at the community level, legal provisions to safeguard and protect the rights, dignity and respect of those
affected and in minimising economic costs and the burden of the disease, building public campaigns and dementia-friendly initiatives are
necessary.
The Global Plan of Action on the Public Health Response to Dementia 2017-2025, adopted by 194 countries of the WHO, calls for a national
dementia policy, recognition of human rights of people with dementia and the potential of dementia friendly-communities to give those rights
practical effect.
The 2011 World Alzheimer Report said that while there is evidence that early interventions are effective, an astonishing 28 million of the
world’s 36 million dementia patients remain undiagnosed

An important aspect of action in dealing with dementia is to work towards risk reduction of the disease. The non-communicable diseases plan of
action should include building resources for strengthening brain health by associating it with physical and spiritual health. Above all, it is important
that there be focus on supporting people with dementia to maintain their independence as much as they can and retain their inclusion in families,
community and society. Stop discrimination against them. Hospitals like NIMHANS, Bangalore are an excellent resource for getting dementia
treatment and care. Such institutions can be roped in together once a national policy is in place.

1) “The naxal movement has remained relevant and active mainly due to the deepening and widening socio-economic disparities, deprivation and
exclusion of tribal people who have always been seen as a dispensable population.” Critically comment. (250 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- A Naxal or Naxalite is a member of the Communist Party of India (Maoist). The term Naxal derives from the name of the
village Naxalbari in West Bengal, where the movement had its origin.

Why naxalism is still relevant :-

Failure to address the rout causes of problems like deepening and widening socio-economic disparities, deprivation and exclusion of tribal
people, use of brute force instead of confidence building approach at first etc. Naxalism is more developmental problem rather than law and
order problem. So it will persist unless root cause is not addressed.
Close coordination between state and central force has yet not been achieved
Intelligence failure- 300 Maoist guerrillas attacked CRPF Jawans in Sukma which was not preceded by any warning from intelligence
agencies
Lacking capacity of State police in Chattisgarh, about 10,000 vacancies in different ranks in the state police exist with 23 sanctioned police
stations still not set up
Lacking technology- The paramilitary forces and the State police forces were supposed to acquire the capability for using small/micro UAVs
that can be launched from the battalion/district headquarters and remotely operated vehicles to defuse IEDs. However, the deaths from IEDs
still continue
Leadership issues- Vacancies in Paramilitary forces at leadership level or an Indian Police Service officer heading such forces have seen to
affect the morale of soldiers

What needs to be done :-

 The government has proposed a three-pronged strategy to combat Naxalism:

Gain confidence of local people by taking up more welfare related activities.

Build up infrastructure in naxal-affected areas and generate employment.
Launch joint security operations with neighbouring states to eliminate left wing extremists.

Other suggestions :-

The villagers are not against the state per say but against corrupt officials, politicians and contractors. It is corruption, which is one of the
main problems. Unless the state is able to identify and punish people, who are stealing money meant for development of these areas, it is not
going to be able to deal with the problem.
Development should come simultaneously with counterinsurgency measures. Grouping of public health, education, public works, agriculture
and irrigation to form cohesive multi-disciplinary task force and efforts to generate employment opportunities for people will send a message
of the government seriousness in addressing the basic problems of the people.
Moreover, it is important provide good and sophisticated weapons to the security personnel and to train them in all aspects including
networking with the local population, intelligence gathering, sharing, combat operations and coordinated developmental activities.
“Locate, isolate and eradicate” – Locate the insurgents, isolate them from the local population and their channel of communication and then
finish them.
In order to tackle the problem, there is a need for simultaneous and coordinated action on all the core fronts of credible governance including
development, security, perception management and political form. The state must re-establish connectivity with local and tribal people as this
can hit the Maoists the most where it matters.

The process of development must also have a human face to prevent tribal alienation. Moreover, displacement without compensation should be
avoided. The government must device a public-private partnership to ensure implementation of developmental projects and utilize the media to
spread awareness of its good intentions.

4) Without formal government bilateral talks, how can cultural and intellectual interactions help improve bilateral relationship meanwhile? What are
the challenges these kinds of interactions face? Discuss critically. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Cultural and intellectual interaction has been a bedrock of soft diplomacy for creating robust bilateral relationship among various countries.

In following way they help in improving the bilateral relationship –

1. GI tags

They promote economic trade between the two nations when one f the nations carry GI tags. In case of ancient civilisations like India, it is of
utmost importance.
India GI tag products are quite famous in foreign countries and thus they give boost to trade.

2.Traditional practices gaining popularity worldwide

They create a sense of belongingness in the heart of people for other country.
Yoga has become quite famous throughout the world in recent decades. After the UN declared International Yoga Day in 2015, Indian
government is capitalising on this particular soft power.

3.Knowledge dissemination

They allow for transfer of knowledge, skills and technological exchange between countries.

4.Enhances people to people relationships

It encourage people to people interaction and allow to know more about best cultural practices of different countries.
It therefore in turn act as hedge against political conflicts.

Challenges

1. Ideological conflicts

The shared heritage between India and Pakistan has been trumped by civilisational and ideological conflicts.

2.Low political will

Proponents as well as opponents of soft power often conflates it with communal overtones to further their personal interests.

3.Geopolitical games

China and US involvement in the subcontinent has reduced the efficacy of soft power tools.

Cultural and intellectual interaction should be promoted so that issue would be solved by bilateral talks, love and compassion rather then by force.
Government should provide platform for such interaction whenever required
FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE UNION AND THE STATES, ISSUES AND CHALLENGES
PERTAINING TO THE FEDERAL STRUCTURE, DEVOLUTION OF POWERS AND FINANCES UP TO LOCAL
LEVELS AND CHALLENGES THEREIN.

6) Discuss the causal relationship between indoor and outdoor air pollution with the rise of disease burden in India. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :– On 14th November the Health ministry had published a report called “Study of health of nation’s states ” which is a study of how
the burden of disease has changed in Indian states from 1990 to 2016.

Findings of the report :-

India’s health gap :- India faced double whammy of increase in the burden of both lifestyle diseases associated with sedentary lifestyle, wealth
and infectious diseases.
Alarming rise in disease burden due to Air pollution which shows more than 10% of total disease burden in 2016 second only to child and
maternal malnourishment.
Nationally indoor air pollution since 1990 has seen a drastic decrease and the outdoor air pollution has seen an increase.
Disproportionate burden on poor :- States with higher risk of air pollution were identified as eight Empowered Action Group states of Bihar,
Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Rajsthan, Odisha etc.
The indoor air pollution disease burden was high in EAG states
The outdoor sir pollution disease burden was high in Northern states of Uttar Pradesh, Haryana, Punjab etc.
Reasons for increased risk from outdoor air pollution can be gauged from various sources like power production units, industry, vehicles,
waste burnings, constructions etc.
Substantial contribution has been caused to Cardiovascular and respiratory disease burden which has affected children for ex. Many children
in Delhi fails in their lungs test and have small lungs compared with other areas children.

4) Aadhaar-based Biometric Authentication does nothing in the battle against graft — there are better alternatives. Comment. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- In 2009, the government of India launched a new identification program that has gone on to become the largest biometric database
in the world. The program, known as Aadhaar, has collected the names, addresses, phone numbers—and perhaps more significantly, fingerprints,
photographs, and iris scans—of more than 1 billion people. In the process, Aadhaar has taken on a role in virtually all parts of day-to-day life in
India, from schools to hospitals to banks, and has opened up pathways to a kind of large-scale data collection that has never existed before.

Issues of Aadhaar-based Biometric Authentication

Context:

The public distribution system (PDS) and its disbursal of rations to the poor have come under the scanner in Jharkhand after three persons
died recently, allegedly owing to lack of food.
Santoshi Kumari, an 11-year-old from Simdega district, died. Her mother, Koyli Devi, said the child died of hunger as the family was not
getting rations under the State-run PDS for the past several months because of a biometric mismatch.

The ABBA system in PDS outlets is built around a set of “fragile technologies” that need to work simultaneously for successful transaction. These
are:

Seeding of Aadhaar numbers: An eligible individual can become a beneficiary and access the PDS system only if her Aadhaar number is
correctly seeded onto the PDS database and added to the household ration card.
Point of Sale (PoS) machines: The entire process at the PDS outlet is dependent on the PoS machine. If it malfunctions, no transaction can be
 made. The first step in the process requires the dealer to enter the ration card number of the beneficiary’s household onto the PoS machine.
Internet connection: Successful working of the PoS machine depends on internet connectivity as verification of the ration card number and the
beneficiary’s biometric fingerprint is carried out over the internet.
Remote Aadhaar servers: Remote Aadhaar servers verify the ration card number and initiate fingerprint authentication.
Fingerprint recognition software: The beneficiary proves her identity by submitting to fingerprint recognition in the PoS machine. Upon
verification, the PoS machine indicates that the beneficiary is genuine and that foodgrains can be distributed to her household.

Since the PDS was introduced to overcome chronic hunger and malnutrition, exclusion errors should be of greater concern.

Though Aadhaar is technically not an eligibility criterion, ABBA is systematically leading to exclusion at two levels.
The lack of an Aadhaar number automatically disqualifies eligible individuals from being listed in the household ration card.
Beneficiaries face persistent and pervasive issues related to ABBA due to issues with one or more of the five technological components of the
system such as reported fingerprint authentication errors, Aadhaar seeding issues, and poor connectivity.
Several surveys revealed a fact that 10% of households are excluded due to ABBA and two-thirds reported errors with one or more of its five
technological components.
It raises Privacy issues.
It is flexibility (an elderly person asking a neighbour to fetch their grain would count as identity fraud) that is lost when the ABBA is made
mandatory.
ABBA has minimum role in reducing corruption in the short time.
Aadhaar endeavours of government are in violation of several Supreme Court orders that had ruled (even after the passage of the Aadhaar bill
in Lok Sabha) that Aadhaar cannot be mandatory to access welfare services.

Alternatives need to be explored like Smart Cards :-

Biometrics allows for identification of citizens even when they don’t want to be identified. Smart cards which require pins on the other hand
require the citizens’ conscious cooperationduring the identification process.
Once smart cards are disposed nobody can use them to identify. Consent is baked into the design of the technology.
If the UIDAI adopts smart cards, the centralized database of biometrics can be destroyed just like the UK government did in 2010. This would
completely eliminate the risk of foreign government, criminals and terrorists using the breached biometric database to remotely, covertly and
non-consensually identify Indians.
Smart cards based on open standards allow for decentralized authentication by multiple entities and therefore eliminates the need for a
centralized transaction database.

The results suggest that the ABBA system is neither as efficient nor as dependable as it is made out to be, even in a seemingly best-case
environment.

The Food and Public Distribution Department has directed officials to adopt a humane approach by giving rations to even those who are not
on the list yet.
The Department is also trying to provide compensation as per the National Food Security Act to those who have not got PDS supplies.
It is essential to deal with issues of duplication, less disruptive methods than Aadhaar such as food coupons, smart cards, and last-mile
tracking can be used to produce the same effectiveness with far less administrative burden.

3) Accredited social health activists (ASHAs), despite being at the forefront of health activism and acting as crucial link in the institutionalisation of
state health service delivery in India, face myriad of problems. Comment. (250 Words)

Down to Earth

Introduction:

Accredited social health activist (ASHA) is a crucial last link to India’s rural healthcare delivery system.
It has been 12 years since ASHAS were introduced by the Union government under the National Rural Health Mission (NRHM).
She is responsible for maintaining the health of the pregnant women in her community, encouraging them to undergo institutional delivery,
ensuring newborns get immunised at the right time and the mother gets the right nutrition after child birth

Significance

1. Interface between community and Public health system

The primary role of the volunteer, selected from within the community, is to act as an interface between the community and the public health
system.

2.Range of functions is wide

Under the scheme guidelines, there are 43 different functions along with specific remuneration for each of them.
They range from a maximum of Rs 5,000 for administering medicines to drug-resistant tuberculosis patients to just Rs 1 for distributing an
ORS (oral rehydration solution) packet.

3.Critical in improving maternal and child health

Several studies credit them for the improvement of critical health indicators in the country.
Institutional delivery in Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh increased from 12 per cent in 1992-93 to 55 per cent in
2008 due to the introduction of ASHAs.
The role of ASHAs in dramatic turnaround in immunisation numbers and tackling malnutrition is also well documented.

Problems

1. Low and non-fixed salary

There are over 0.87 million ASHAs across India

In the past three years, ASHAs from at least 17 states have demanded fixed salaries, higher incentives and inclusion in social safety schemes
such as pensions
ASHAs are not recognised as workers and thus get less than Rs 18,000 per month. They are the cheapest healthcare providers in India.
 ASHAs say they normally earn through antenatal care (Rs 300), institutional delivery (Rs 300), family planning (Rs 150) and immunisation
rounds (Rs 100) as cases of other diseases are far and few.

2.No dedicated fund

They are paid from the NRHM fund for which they have to wait for long time. The scheme does not have a dedicated budgetary allocation
and the funds are arranged on an ad-hoc basis from different government schemes under NRHM such as National Immunisation Programme.
The delays in reimbursement of incentives hurt the self esteem of ASHAs and has a bearing on her service delivery.

3.Abysmal training

Under the scheme, every ASHA receives induction training where she is given a broad training on healthcare and her role in it. Subsequently,
ASHAs should receive regular trainings on specific subjects such as maternal and child health, family planning or HIV-AIDS.
The residential trainings at the block-level should happen once every year.
In practice, the trainings do not happen regularly.

Way forward

1. Fixed salary and dedicated fund

A Parliamentary Committee on Empowerment of Women way back in 2010 recommended fixed salaries for ASHAs.
There should be a dedicated fund for ASHAs, which will ensure timely payment of the incentives and boost the morale of the volunteers

2.Skill training

Skill upgradation should be an integral part of the scheme.

Volunteers should be encouraged to take short-term courses on auxiliary nurse mid-wives/general nursing and midwifery. This will not only
help the volunteers in getting a better incentive, but will also ensure that the people living in remote areas have better health access.
Currently, nursing schools in 11 states give preference to ASHAs for auxiliary nurse mid-wives and general nursing courses.

1) What do you understand by cultural capital? Discuss its importance in society such as India. (150 Words)

EPW

Cultural Capital

Cultural capital is a form of power beyond the economic form, and is exercised through different non-economic goods and services such
as information, articulation, education, and aesthetics.
It helps to understand the existence of power and domination within society, through cultural stratification, and to argue that success can be
better explained by the inheritance of cultural capital from the family, rather than through individual talent.

Social Mobility in India

Understanding social mobility in the Indian context is a challenge, since the social structure in India has evolved with features of both
caste and class within its fold.
The class-like characteristics found in the caste system and vice versa, make the phenomenon more complex.
There is lack of cultural capital, in all its forms, in the cases of the Scheduled Castes (SCs) and Scheduled Tribes (STs), as well as rural
residents, restricts their upward intergenerational social mobility, and instead paves the way for downward social mobility in the
competitive market situation
Abundant cultural capital comes from within the family, if an individual belongs to a relatively higher caste, upper class, urban residence,
where members possess better educational backgrounds.
Thus, access to adequate cultural capital enables the reproduction of intergenerational social mobility. On the other hand, individuals
with a lower caste and/or class status, rural upbringing, poor educational background, and experiencing relative poverty, have to
struggle at every step in their search for better career prospects in order to achieve upward social mobility.
Individuals possessing greater cultural capital also get immediate access to inspirational membership reference groups since they can
access role models within the family, neighbourhood and peer groups who help shape their career aspirations right from childhood.
On the other hand, those individuals without any or with very little access to any kind of cultural capital depend upon the non-membership
reference groups for inspiration and motivation while identifying role models, and undergo the painful process of anticipatory socialisation.

7) Discuss the applications and significance of findings of the Laser Interferometer Gravitational-Wave Observatory (LIGO) detector. Also examine
how does its setting up in India help science and technology in India. (250 Words)

The Hindu

LIGO Significance

Unlike light and other electromagnetic radiation, gravitational waves do not travel through space.
But, like ripples created in water by a moving object, say, a boat, they transfer distortions created by massive astrophysical phenomena to
neighbouring regions, and so on.
According to Einstein, space and time are malleable, and the combined four-dimensional space-time (the three dimensions of space
and the one dimension of time) vibrates with gravitational waves that are created when a mass accelerates—like when an ice skater
pirouettes, a star explodes in a distant galaxy, or two black holes rotate around each other.
One piece of indirect evidence came in the 1970s, when the U.S. astronomers Joseph Taylor and Russell Hulse, recipients of the Nobel Prize
in Physics in 1993, used a large radio telescope to observe a pair of extremely dense stars, a double pulsar. They were able to show that
the stars rotated around each other at increasing speeds while losing energy and moving closer together.
The amount of lost energy corresponded to the theoretical calculations for gravitational waves.
Weiss entered the scene in the mid 1970s. He designed a laser-based interferometer that drowned all the background noise that
disturbed measurements.
So far, all sorts of electromagnetic radiation and particles, such as cosmic rays and neutrinos, have been used to explore the universe.
However, gravitational waves are a direct testimony to disruptions in space-time itself.

Indian Context
 A new gravitational wave detector to measure ripples in the fabric of space and time is set to be built in India by 2025, in collaboration with
universities from across the globe.
The new Laser Interferometer Gravitational-Wave Observatory (LIGO) detector will add to the two already operational in the US. .
The LIGO India partnership is funded by the Science and Technology Facilities Council (STFC) through its Newton-Bhabha project on
LIGO. The Raja Ramanna Centre for Advanced Technology in Indore and Institute for Plasma Research in Ahmedabad are in charge
of building various parts of the system
IndIGO, the Indian Initiative in Gravitational-wave Observations, is an initiative to set up advanced experimental facilities, for a multi-
institutional Indian national project in gravitational-wave astronomy.
The IndIGO Consortium includes Indian Institutes of Technology (IIT), Indian Institutes of Science Education and Research (IISER)
and Delhi University, among others. Since 2009, the IndIGO Consortium has been involved in constructing the Indian road-map for
Gravitational Wave Astronomy and a strategy towards Indian participation in realising the crucial gravitational-wave observatory in the
Asia-Pacific region.

2) Do party leaders and their ideological messages influence people in deciding their voting behaviour in India? Examine the other factors that
influence voters. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Ideology as a factor

In the 2009 and 2014 NES, Lokniti-CSDS asked voters what mattered more to them when they were deciding whom to vote for in the
recent election — the party or the candidate?
The data presented show that party-level characteristics were the most important consideration against candidate-level characteristics,
social network and clientelistic benefits (received or expects to receive benefits, or has personal ties).
It signifies the importance of ideology where those who are attracted to a party’s overall programme or its leadership.

Individual leader as a factor

Ideally, in a parliamentary democracy, the responsibility of communicating the party’s ideological vision should lie with the party
itself. However, in India, parties across the board are weakly institutionalised.
As a result, leaders and their parties have become mirror reflections of each other.
There is no distinction between the two as far as the ideological message is concerned.
The widespread grief after the deaths of political leaders such as Y.S.R Reddy, Bal Thackeray, Kanshiram and Jayalalithaa could testify that
the hold of such leaders on the masses in India cannot be explained simply by a transactional arrangement between them, brokered by
middlemen.

Middlemen to access services as a factor

Middlemen help citizens get documents, navigate the bureaucracy, access the benefits of government schemes and other such things,
and thus they have “control” over voters’ choice on election day.
Local politicians protect and nurture middlemen who mobilise voters on their behalf during elections.
There is no doubt that politicians in India serve as providers of patronage to citizens.
EFFECT OF POLICIES AND POLITICS OF DEVELOPED AND DEVELOPING COUNTRIES ON INDIA’S
INTERESTS, INDIAN DIASPORA.

1) Discuss the relevance and significance of political philosophy of Jayaprakash Narayan. (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Jayaprakash Narayan (11 October 1902 – 8 October 1979), popularly referred to as JP or Lok Nayak was an Indian independence
activist, theorist and political leader, remembered especially for leading the mid-1970s opposition against Prime Minister Indira Gandhi, for whose
overthrow he called a “total revolution“.

Political philosophy of Jayaprakash Narayan :- Relevance and significance

JP was fully convinced that socialism in India could be established if sufficient power was obtained by a socialist party. He was in support of
adult franchise on a functional basis, organising cooperatives, strengthening the producing masses with the powers and overpowering role of
the state in the economic life of the country. These ideas became the philosophy and objectives of the Congress Socialist Party.
He broadened the philosophy of socialism. As Socialism is not merely anti-capitalism, nor statism. Nationalization of industry and
collectivization of agriculture are important aspects of socialist economy; but in themselves they are not socialism. Under socialism there is no
exploitation of man by man, no injustice and oppression, no insecurity and an equitable distribution of wealth and services and opportunities.
He was a democrat. For him the state in socialist India must be a fully democratic state. There can be no socialism without democracy. He was
convinced that a democratic society offers the chances for socialism to come into existence. Otherwise the bureaucratic state emerges with the
support of the capitalist class. At this point people will resort to violent means; hence democracy is the only system for a free, non-violent
socialist society.
In 1948 he, together with most of the Congress Socialists, left the Congress Party and in 1952 formed the Praja Socialist Party. Soon
becoming dissatisfied with party politics, he announced in 1954 that he would thenceforth devote his life exclusively to the Bhoodan Yajna
Movement, founded by Vinoba Bhave, which demanded that land be distributed among the landless.
In 1974 Narayan suddenly burst on the Indian political scene as a severe critic of what he saw as the corrupt and increasingly undemocratic
government of Prime Minister Indira Gandhi. Although he gained a following from students and opposition politicians, there was less
enthusiasm from the masses.

The relevance of Jayprakash Narayan’s political views hold relevance today in terms of impact they have created not only on Indian masses but also
on Indian constitution, welfare programs and changes brought by his total revolution. Movements like the one done by Anna Hazare can be gauged
on lines of Jayprakash Narayan’s ideas and vision. There can be much positive results is we apply them in politico, socio and economic life of
country.

2) The revival of the Trans-Pacific Partnership minus the U.S. opens opportunities for India. Examine. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- When Donald Trump abandoned the 12-nation Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) in his very first week after being sworn in as U.S.
President, there were doubts whether the trade agreement, painstakingly negotiated over more than a decade, would survive.

The remaining 11 nations agreed in Danang in principle to a new pact, the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for the Trans-Pacific
Partnership (CPTPP), revising some of the features of the TPP

Benefits for India :-

Access to lucrative US market to be cut for India’s export competitors:The TPP positioned textile manufacturer Vietnam and information
technology outsourcing powerhouse the Philippines in a favourable position to get access to the high-value American market. India’s
domestic textile industry has been continuously eclipsed by nations like Bangladesh and Vietnam with cheaper production costs and
aggressive marketing.
The Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership deal to come into focus: The RCEP is a proposed trade deal between the 10
countries of the Asean (Association of Southeast Asian Nations) and FTAs with six other countries including Australia, China, India, Japan,
South Korea and New Zealand. Negotiations, which formally began at the end of 2012, have progressively become more complicated after 15
rounds and four ministerial meetings. The absence of TPP will give member nations more reason to push for

a successful RCEP at the earliest.

India’s concerns over trade diversions and other non-tariff barriers to lessen: India had been wary of the effect of TPP on its own Major
issues of concern for the country have been the proliferation of non-tariff barriers (NTB) to trade as a result of TPP and
greater trade diversion. Trade experts had warned that NTBs, which constitute various forms of trade restrictions like quotas, embargoes and
sanctions, might be imposed on India by nations signatory to the TPP to keep the balance of trade with other member nations.
Greater chance of bilateral boost to trade by India and US: The TPP had been billed as a battle between the US and manufacturing
powerhouse China over domination of global Even if the US does not enter TPP to contain China, the nature of global commerce goes against
isolationism. Thus, experts point out that the US will have to step up bilateral understandings on trade matters, even with India.
Pressure to conform with TPP standards in ongoing trade negotiations to slide: There has been pressure on India to conform to stricter
standards of labour, intellectual property and investment, officials from the Ministry of Commerce have said. Countries present at the TPP and
RCEP trade deals had been arguing in favour of it. India, however, has been opposed to such demands.
In its free trade agreement (FTA) negotiations with Australia and New Zealand, it may now be in a better position to protect sensitive items
such as dairy products from cuts. India’s FTA talks with Canada had hit a road block because of the latter’s unhappiness with the provisions
on investor-state dispute in India’s draft bilateral investment treaty. With the Trump regime appearing to distance itself from Canada, Ottawa
may be in a more accommodating frame of mind.
The US’s withdrawl from the TPP would also benefit the domestic leather industry, said a top official of industry body Council for Leather
Exports.

The TPP’s future is uncertain given the US withdrawal, but several signatories have signaled their intentions to re-work the TPP without the
participation of the US. Mr. Trump’s agenda to pull his country out of multilateral agreements has coincided, ironically, with the rise of China as the
leading world power promoting globalisation. Trump’s decision to walk out of the TPP may not have a direct impact on India, but there could be
indirect spin-offs. The extent to which India can positively handle the pressure and use the frustration of TPP members from a failed agreement to
its advantage would be something to watch out for.

1) Discuss Jawaharlal Nehru’s views on science and religion, and their relevance today. (250 Words)
The Indian Express

Introduction :- Jawaharlal Nehru was the first Prime Minister of India and a central figure in Indian politics before and after independence. He
emerged as the paramount leader of the Indian independence movement under the tutelage of Mahatma Gandhi and ruled India from its
establishment as an independent nation in 1947 until his death in 1964.

When the country celebrates the 125th birth anniversary of Pandit Nehru, an occasion arrives to explore his most important contribution to all of
us. His views on science and religion stands out and his efforts to inculcate them in India needs to be remembered.

Jawaharlal Nehru on Science :

Pandit Nehru laid the brick and mortar of science in newly independent India. Nehru’s enormous contributions to the establishment of the
IITs, of the large network of research laboratories of the CSIR and DRDO and of the atomic energy establishment are all well known.
But more than the brick and mortar the hardware or establishment of physical facilities as it were Nehru was preoccupied with what he at
different times called the scientific method, the scientific approach, the scientific outlook and the scientific temper the soft-ware.
To Nehru, scientific temper was something to be inculcated in society at large. He used to believe that Science was not merely an individual’s
search for truth; It was something infinitely more than that if it worked for the community.
His emphasis on the development of scientific temperament is a great contribution to India because it initiated the fight against religious
obscurantism and superstition which the whole country was steeped in.

Nehru on religion :-

Despite his celebration of science, the deeper metaphysical/spiritual question fascinated Nehru. He repeatedly argued, the burden of religion
has to be lessened.
Almost like Max Weber, he would allow himself to be troubled by the question relating to the meaning of existence in a world characterised
by increasing rationalisation and secularisation.
He admitted that Science ignored the ultimate purposes and some faith seems necessary in terms of the spirit which are beyond the scope of
our physical world.
A secular Nehru was more sensitive to the fineness of spiritual wonder than what these days the zealots and state-sponsored celebrity babas
are doing.
From his dissection of communalism Nehru discovered that secularism was the sole response to the communal forces. Scientific life-style was
its pragmatic base. When secularism was to be practised, no other political system could be established except one which was a functional
democracy. This is very much relevant even today when we are a diverse country.

Today we experience the presence of his absence. His scholarship, his passion, and his wonder we miss in a political culture. We have lost what
made his ‘discovery’ possible — a spirit of nuanced dialogue, decolonised cosmopolitanism and cultural syncretism.

1) Providing relief to people in the Indian city now lies beyond the scope of conventional solutions and conventional governance. In the light of
pressing problems being faced by metros like Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Bangalore and Kolkatta which have caught global attention, critically
analyse. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Population growth and rapid urbanization are combining to create huge challenges for Indian cities. According to McKinsey, the
country’s cities are expected to grow from 340 million people in 2008 to a whopping 590 million in 2030. Nearly 50% of people will reside in
Indian cities by 2050.

Conditions of Indian cities :-

Delhi is suffering from worst air pollution problem. As temperatures drop and crop stubble is burnt in neighbouring Punjab and firecrackers
are lit — despite bans — toxic particulate matter rises to alarming levels.
In Bengaluru, traffic comes to a virtual halt during peak hours. The city has almost 70 lakh motorized vehicles — a number that has grown by
6,000 per cent from the 1970s. As a result, the average speed of vehicles in the city has dropped radically.
Mumbai experience recurrent urban floods. People are stranded on embankments, swallowed up by open manholes, electrocuted by low-
hanging wires, injured under collapsed buildings, or plain incapacitated in their daily routines between home and office.
Kolkata’s affliction is not new and stems from a lack of civic amenities. With rationing, power cuts and blackouts, India’s oldest and once-
most sophisticated modern city is now it’s most un-modern and antiquated.

However the increasing new challenges in Indian cities conveys that providing relief is beyond conventional solution and governance :-

As both of which have denied residents a better quality of life.

Odd and even-numbered cars, a ban on diesel, planting trees, reviving mangroves, establishing flood break-heads, rationing utilities and
reviving public transport are minor and ad- hoc solutions to problems that are now beyond environmental and bureaucratic control.
Conventional solutions are not being able to cope up with the rising challenges and their dynamicity of occurrence. Further phenomenon like
climate change, extreme events are making them more complex to be addressed by conventional ways.

Hence there is a need to explore new methods and out of the box ideas in order to deal with them :-

Bengaluru can think if it can be benefited from the graded transition from fossil-fuel powered cars to electric cars over the next decade or
from the reduction and eventual eradication of cars altogether or private pod transport is an answer to traffic problems etc.
Mumbai should think of cleaning up its storm drainage system before the monsoon or upgrading it as is normally done prior to the rainy
season or seriously examining the possibility of creating large catchment areas throughout the city.
Delhi should encourage carpooling in winter and levy fines on burning coal and provide government subsidies to private air purifiers, reduce
construction and create biomass parks with a sizeable proportion of trees per person in every neighbourhood like done in many south
American countries.

In the words of Woody Allen “More than any time in history mankind faces a crossroads. One path leads to utter despair and hopelessness, the other
to total extinction”. This is aptly true to Indian urban scenarios today hence concrete steps are need to be taken.

2) Discuss the nature and significance of contributions of Anasuya Sarabhai to women’s empowerment in India. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Anasuya Sarabhai (11 November 1885 – 1972) was a pioneer of the women’s labour movement in India. She founded the
Ahmedabad Textile Labour Association (Majoor Mahajan Sangh), India’s oldest union of textile workers, in 1920.

Nature and significance of contribution of Anusuya Sarabhai to women’s empowerment in India :-

Self empowerment and determination :- She was born in Gujarati family and married at youger age of 13 to her uncle. But with her grit and
zeal to fight any form of social evils, she walked away from the marriage and went to England to study at the prestigious London School of
Economics.
Women empowerment :- After the school, she also started a crèche, toilets for women, a maternity home and a hostel for harijan girls. It was
then that she became aware of the status of the working class in India and decided to take up their cause. She mentored Ela Bhatt who went on
to establish the Self Employment Women Association which worked for women at large scale.
Representation :- In 1914, she helped Ahmedabad’s weavers successfully organise their first strike to demand higher wages and through
years, she went on to become their most trusted vocal supporter, negotiating with mill owners (including her brother) for better working
conditions.
Work for weaker section :- She did not limit her knowledge and as a teacher made it her mission to educate the poor and downtrodden. She
opened a school for poor students of all castes.
She was influenced by the great personalities and struggles of time like in Ahmedabad mill strike with Mahatma Gandhi and by British
women activists in Suffragette Movement.

Anasuya Sarbhai’s respectfully called Motabehn is heralded as the change maker in India’s freedom struggle owing to her immense contribution for
women empowerment in unfavorable circumstances.

3) The anti-defection law works best as an insurance against violation of the people’s mandate for a party, but it cannot be made a tool to stifle all
dissent. Comment on the statement and discuss the significance of the Tenth Schedule of the Indian Constitution. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Tenth Schedule of the Constitution (which embodies the anti-defection law) is designed to prevent the evil or mischief of political defections
motivated by the lure of office or material benefits or other similar considerations.
It is intended to strengthen the fabric of Indian parliamentary democracy by curbing unprincipled and unethical political defections.
It was passed by a unanimous vote by both the Houses of Parliament and hailed as ‘a proof, if any, of the maturity and stability of
Indian democracy’.

Significance of 10th schedule

1. Stable polity

It provides for greater stability in the body politic by checking the propensity of legislators to change parties.

2.Ideological alignment of parties

It facilitates democratic realignment of parties in the legislature by way of merger of parties.

3.Reduces horse trading

It reduces corruption at the political level.

Criticism

Though the anti-defection law been hailed as a bold step towards cleansing our political life and started as new epoch in the political life of
the country, it has revealed may lacunae in its operation and failed to prevent defections in toto.

Does not differentiate between disent and defection

It does not make a differentiation between dissent and defection. It curbs the legislator’s right to dissent and freedom of conscience.
Thus, ‘it clearly puts party bossism on a pedestral and sanctions tyranny of the party in the name of the party discipline’

Way forward

1. Role of presiding officer should be reviewed

Further, Rule 7(3) of the Members of Rajya Sabha (Disqualification on Grounds of Defection) Rules clearly stipulates that a member
against whom the petition has been made, has to forward his comments to the chairman within seven days of the receipt of copy of the
petition.
Rules prescribed by the Rajya Sabha show that the Chairman is required either to proceed to determine the question himself or refer
it to the committee of privileges for a preliminary inquiry.
But reference to the committee is contingent upon the Chairman satisfying himself that it is necessary or expedient to do so; it is not
mandatory.
As a matter of fact, in several cases in the past, the Speaker of the Lok Sabha and the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha, whenever “the
circumstances of the case” so warranted, have “determined the question” themselves, without referring it to the committee.
The presiding should take the assistance of the privileges committee before deciding such cases.

2.Provisions to recognise dissent

Suitable provisions should be inserted so that genuine dissent with the party “high command” is not subverted through 10th schedule.
In a vibrant democracy, such differing opinions within a party will only enhance the intra-party democracy.

4) Can India have an uniform data protection law? Examine the challenges India faces in drafting robust data protection law for its citizens. (250
Words)
The Hindu

Introduction:

Fast progressive technology has put forward new set of challenges before world. Formulating a uniform data protection law is one such challenge
and developing countries are specially affected by it. The peculiar case of India has following issues in uniform data protection law:

1. Imported technology

India relies on many imported technologies which follow the standards of their origin countries and have dissimilar rules for data protection.
A digital economy — such as India’s — that relies overwhelmingly on imported technologies cannot be levelled overnight to make way for a
uniform data protection law.
For instance, more than 80% of Indian smartphone users today rely on Google’s Android operating system. But the majority of those mobile
devices are sold by Samsung, Xiaomi or Oppo

2.Localisation of data not feasible

Major players are not only based abroad but also send data to overseas and thus beyond India’s jurisdiction because of lack of infrastructure of
data localization.
Many of the world’s giant data centres are located in northern climes near water bodies, since they require mild temperatures and enormous
quantities of water to cool thousands of servers.
India with its round-the-year warm climate and scarce natural resources, cannot really afford to divert electricity and water to maintain data
centres, besides huge physical security of the infrastructure created hence.

3.Different belief systems may conflict of global common internet

Data protection rules are embedded into technologies by software developers according to their beliefs, culture, domestic law and
organizational ethics which may not reflect India’s statutory considerations.

Way forward

India needs to recognise the known sources of vulnerability, conceive a logical and acceptable definitions of “sensitive” data to all
stakeholders and keeping in mind the data needs of technology development industry to have local socio-economic specific data to develop
better products.
The best way forward is to allow companies to pursue independent data protection policies but monitor their enforcement through a national,
multi-stakeholder agency.
The rule of law demands that we recognize that there are different stakeholders and they shall be treated differently to uphold the principle of
equality.

1) Discuss the merits and demerits of the proposed Muslim Women (Protection of Rights on Marriage) Bill 2017. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Supreme Court has already declared, and correctly, that the practice of talaq-e-biddat, or instant divorce of a Muslim woman by
uttering the word ‘talaq’ thrice, is illegal and unenforceable.
Its consequence is that the husband’s marital obligations remain, regardless of his intention in pronouncing it.
The Centre’s proposal is to make instant triple talaq an offence punishable with three-year imprisonment and a fine.

Why Criminalization will not help women?

1. Not a sufficient deterrent

It is well established that criminalising something does not have any deterrent effect on its practice.

2.Civil issues should not be criminalised

Since marriage is a civil contract, the procedures to be followed on its breakdown should also be of civil nature only
Civil character of children custody and allowance of marital law must be preserved.

3.Alternate available

When existing laws, under Section 498A of the Indian Penal Code or provisions of the Protection of Women from Domestic Violence
Act, 2005, already allow the prosecution of a husband for inflicting physical or mental cruelty, emotional and economic abuse, and for
deprivation of financial resources.
in the best interests of justice to Muslim women is to invoke a secular law that already exists: Protection of Women from Domestic
Violence Act (PWDVA), 2005. Parliament should pass a law unambiguously stating that the very utterance of the words “talaq, talaq, talaq”
would amount to “domestic violence” as defined in the PWDVA.
PWDVA was conceived as a law that ensures speedy relief — ideally within three months — to an aggrieved woman: Right to stay in the
marital home, protection against violence, right to maintenance etc

4.Maintainence and children future be affected in case of jail to husband

Criminalising it risks defeating the objective of preserving the husband’s legal obligations, and the payment of maintenance.

Why criminalisation is necessary?

The pro-criminalisation progressives maintain that the prime intent behind enacting a stringent law is not to punish the offender but to
act as a deterrent.
Also, the fine amount under consideration could as well be awarded as maintenance or subsistence allowance.

4) In the last two decades, there has been rapid commercialisation of medical services which has led to cut-throat competition among doctors to
attract patients for higher revenue generation. What do is cut practice in medical field? Examine the aspects of cut practice, such as its prevalence,
trends and the ways to stop it.(250 Words)

EPW

Introduction:

The cut practises is commissioning system which have come into prominence in Medical profession where docters get commission from
testing Labs by sending patients.

Prevalence

Corporate labs appoint personal relation managers to maintain relation with doctors and bring more and more patients.
In Medical tourism, agents bring patient to corporate hospital for commission.
Even Medical stores give commission to doctors by selling medicines to patients.
This raises serious ethical issues.

EFFECTS

It creates unethical practises among doctors.

It increases out of pocket expanses of patients and hamper quality of care.
The patients have to suffer physiological trauma when unnecessary tests are done like eg- Cancer, Heart disease etc

REMEDIAL MEASURES

Prevention of Cut Practice in Healthcare Services Act should be brought by central government.
Clinical Establishments (Registration and Regulation) [CERR] Act should be passed to regulate private hospitals.
Universal Health Care (UHC) should be provided to all as there is no transaction of money at the time of service delivery, the medical
service is bought and financed by an independent agency, standard treatment protocols, regulation of rates, gatekeeping mechanisms, and
prescription and procedure audits could be enforced.
The government, the society, the civil society organisations, policymakers, politicians, and elected representatives need to think over the
matter seriously.
Awareness should be brought among citizens through campaign n mobilisation of public opinion.

Conclusion

Healthcare is not commodity to trade with, a patient comes with trust in the doctor n consider him as God but if that trust is broken then there
there are incidents like attacks on doctors will increase.

1) From Iraq’s Kurd region and Catalonia, what are the lessons for national determination movements that one should learn? Examine. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Kurdistan

The Kurds have already paid what they regard as an unconscionably high price for the mere act of staging an independence referendum.
In a punitive move, Iraqi federal government forces, acting in lockstep with Iran-backed Shia paramilitaries, retook by force most of
the areas that had fallen under the control of the Peshmerga when the Kurdish force defeated Islamic State in 2015.
The loss of substantial oil-rich territory, revenue and border control by Iraq’s Kurds following the September 5 vote is merely the latest
in a seemingly endless string of misfortunes that have befallen the Middle East’s 30 million Kurds

Catalonia

The Catalan historical narrative is, of course, very different from the Kurdish saga of suffering, betrayal and heroism.
But as with the Kurds of Iraq, there is no denying the deep-seated desire among a sizeable segment of the Catalan population, who have
their own language, culture and history, to break free from Spain.
Although it has 16 per cent of the Spanish population, Catalonia generates more than 19 per cent of Spain’s GDP and 25 per cent of its
exports
If it could retain access to both Spanish and European Union markets, an independent Catalonia could be as viable a country as any other EU
member state.
Additionally, in Barcelona the Catalan region has a world-class city that is also a major tourist attraction.
Despite these advantages, the separatist Catalan political parties failed to convince the rest of Spain as well as Europe of their case for
independence on the basis of an underwhelming referendum turnout – 42 percent, compared with the Kurds’ 72 percent.
Up until October 1, Catalans in Spain enjoyed a high degree of political autonomy with their own parliament. Today, the separatist
parties are in disarray, their leaders either in jail or on the run.

East Timor

East Timor became the world’s youngest nation on May 20, 2002, to the immense relief of an international community that was powerless
to stop Indonesia from invading the former Portuguese colony in 1975 and launching an occupation that caused the deaths of more than
200,000 people.
Fifteen years have elapsed since a long and traumatic struggle culminated in independence, but tensions attributable to income inequality
and high unemployment continue to periodically boil over in the Democratic Republic of Timor-Leste.
The prospect of turning into a “failed state” stares Timor-Leste in the face, placing the Southeast Asian country somewhere between Kosovo
and South Sudan in the world’s ranking of fragile states.

South Sudan

South Sudan, which broke away from Sudan in 2011 as the outcome of an agreement that ended Africa’s longest-running civil war, the
world’s youngest country has steadily become synonymous with poor leadership, ethnic cleansing, sexual violence and economic
collapse.
Between 2013 and 2015, a civil war displaced 2.2 million people, killed tens of thousands of South Sudanese and devastated the economy.
 South Sudan, which has sub-Saharan Africa’s third-largest hydrocarbon reserves, was supposed to become a prosperous country following
secession.
Instead, crude output has dropped to half in recent years over security concerns and internal strife, with fighting disrupting production
in the country’s northern oilfields.
To sum it all up, six million people – that is, half of South Sudan’s population – are currently in desperate need of humanitarian assistance,
and more than 1.2 million are at risk of famine.

Conclusion

None of this is to say that people around the world should accept injustice, discrimination, inequality, ethnic cleansing or state
violence as destiny and keep their aspirations for independence accordingly in check.
Rather they should prevail upon their leaders to understand that in an age of raw power politics, what really counts is neither the lofty
rhetoric of political slogans nor the moral rights of oppressed peoples but the immediate interests of sovereign states and major
powers.
Nations pay a price for the foolhardiness of their leaders, as the Kurds recently found out.
The road to sovereign statehood may be paved with good intentions, but so is the proverbial road to hell.

2) IAS-IPS Turf Wars Are Not Good For Governance. Discuss the gravity and ramifications of turf wars between IAS and IPS, and measures
needed to address tussle between these two All India services. (250 Words)

The Wire

Prioritise the nation and its people

What is good for the IAS is not necessarily good for the country, and the same thing applies to the IPS.
Their tendency to arrogate themselves to the colonial mai-baap status needs a reality check.

Complex political economy and thus no expertise

In an age of specialisation and digitisation, the IAS can’t expect themselves to be experts on everything.

Non-parity between IAS-IPS

There is a lot of bad blood between the IAS and IPS over issues like pay parity, promotions, central empanelment and avenues for deputation
and foreign degrees and training courses.

Colonial mindset of superiority exists for other services as well

There is something painfully similar to the way the IAS behave when it comes to the IPS and the way the IPS behave when it comes to
their own constabulary and the cadre officers of the central armed police forces.
There is a lot of living in bad faith involved in everyone’s conduct.
The IPS have an association of their own. But are they comfortable with the idea of their constabulary forming an association to fight
for their causes?
This affects the morale of those serving in government services and thus governance.

Way forward

The clique-based loyalty of the trade union variety won’t be of much use in a democracy. History is a witness.
Turf wars won’t help them run an India that has 21st-century aspirations, with a 19th-century bureaucracy and its aura of entitlement
using 18th-century laws.

6) The National Crime Records Bureau data for 2016 on two important aspects, violent crime and crime against women, should prompt State
governments to make a serious study of the underlying causes. Discuss. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

The National Crime Records Bureau data for 2016 is released

Annual data is useful in reviewing trends of extreme events, such as murder, but less so in the case of other offences that tend to be
underreported.

Crime against women

The national tally on crimes against women, which includes rape, abduction, assault and cruelty by husband and relatives, is up by 2.9% over
that of 2015.
Going by the data, there is a distinct urban geography as well for violence against women, with Delhi and Mumbai appearing the least
safe: Delhi recorded a rate of crime that is more than twice the national average.
The definition of the heinous offence has been broadened, police forces have been directed to record the crime with greater sensitivity, and
some measures initiated to make public places safer for women.
This approach could lead to a reduction in violent crime over time.

Violent crimes

Viewed in perspective, the murder rate today has declined to the level prevailing in the 1950s, which was 2.7 per 1,00,000 people, after
touching a peak of 4.62 in 1992.
But that macro figure conceals regional variations, witnessed in U.P. and Bihar, where 4,889 and 2,581 murder incidents took place during
2016, respectively, while it was 305 in densely populated Kerala. One question that needs to be analysed is, how much does social
development influence a reduction in crime?

Juvenile
 Last year’s data indicate that there is a rise in the number of cases involving juveniles.
A focussed programme to universalise education and skills training would potentially keep juveniles from coming into conflict with the
law.

Way forward for the states

1. Police reforms

There are also basic issues that need urgent reform, such as modernising the police, recruiting the right candidates and teaching them to
uphold human rights.
The orders of the Supreme Court on police reforms issued in 2006 have not been implemented in letter and spirit by all States.
Eliminating political interference in its working. This would lead to a reduction in crimes committed with impunity and raise public
confidence in the criminal justice delivery system.

2. Data study

As a measure of data improvement, it should be mandatory to record not just the principal offence in a case, as the NCRB does, and list
all cognisable offences separately.
Rather than view the available data passively, governments would do well to launch serious studies that result in policies and measures for
freedom from violence.
SUBSIDIES

2) Why is intraparty democracy important in Indian polity? Why is it lacking and what measures are needed to ensure intraparty democracy?
Examine. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

In India, there is no real movement towards democratisation of parties; the selection of candidates, Chief Ministers and office-bearers
of party units is usually left to the discretion of a handful of leaders who take decisions behind closed doors.
India’s success in consolidating a democratic system of government has paradoxically forestalled pressure for party reform.
Electoral process is more representative but political parties look a lot like oligarchies. Most parties are subservient to one supreme
leader who can impose his/her offspring on the party, and even electoral defeat does not loosen their control or hold over the party.
Political parties — with the exception of the Left parties — still refuse to lay down settled and predictable procedures for almost everything
they do, from the selection of candidates to the framing of a manifesto.

Measures needed to ensure intraparty democracy

1. Institutionalization against leader centricity

The more significant issue is the lack of institutionalisation and, partly as a consequence, democratisation.
The biggest weakness of parties is that they are leader-centric and most leaders are unwilling to institutionalise procedures for the
selection of candidates and increase the participation of members in party functioning to prevent elite capture from getting entrenched.
 This has proved detrimental to the political system as it impedes the growth of broad-based non-sectarian parties which can effectively
articulate and aggregate a variety of interests.

2.Broaden the functions of parties against merely winning elections

Party organisations have been reduced into election-winning machines, which depend for their success on the charisma of the leader
and their capacity to win elections.
The privileging of elections at the expense of other aspects of the democratic process implies that parties are inattentive to the need for
constant organisational change and renewal.
Leaders are valued for their capacity to attract crowds and raise funds as elections become more and more expensive.

3.Control on party funding be decentralised

The opacity of political financing, necessitates ‘unhindered top-down control’ and ‘absolute loyalty down the line’, argues political
scientist, E. Sridharan.
If party funds are raised and controlled centrally, this weakens the State units and rank and file vis-à-vis the central leadership on a
range of issues including leadership selection and nominations for elections.
It also discourages democratisation as this would limit their power to accumulate wealth or amass a fortune or promote personal power at the
expense of public interest.
MECHANISMS, LAWS, INSTITUTIONS AND BODIES CONSTITUTED FOR THE PROTECTION AND
BETTERMENT OF THESE VULNERABLE SECTIONS.

4) Self-regulation is more desirable compared to statutory regulation for the media. Discuss. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Background:-

The state of broadcast journalism, irresponsible behaviour of the fourth estate were prime-time broadcasts over the last couple of years
,instances of victim blaming, trial by media, and scant respect for facts shows the sorry state of media in India at present.
The Indian media have grown rapidly in scale, reach, influence, and revenues. The ethical underpinning of professional journalism in the
country has weakened and that the corrosion of public life in India has impacted journalism.

Self regulation is needed:-

Self-regulation goes beyond the statutory arrangement by having a mechanism for continuous reflection on the craft of journalism .
This ensures fairness and accuracy in reportage .
It also actively provides a platform for both readers and journalists to wrestle with a range of dilemmas.
A newspaper does not just provide credible information but inquisitiveness, reading pleasure and visual experience are of equal
importance.
No statutory framework can address all these elements.
In India, legal regulation in the form of a statutory body like Press council of India has not served the purpose for which it was constituted.
It has not been able to ensure press freedom, evidenced by frequent attacks on the press from various quarters
 It has not been able to keep an effective check on the malpractices in the media, evidenced by inaction on several complaints of
inaccurate information and paid news against some newspapers.
It has no way of imposing punishments or enforcing its directions for professional or ethical violations.
The press in the UK has been governed by self-regulation for the last five decades. The Press complaints commission has been
functioning as an independent body administering the system of self-regulation for the press.
Censorship of news by government is not possible when self regulation is there and media is free to express.

Self regulation is not the solution:-

Collective self-regulation has failed because it is neither universal nor enforceable. Individual self-regulation has also failed due to personal
predilections and the prevailing of personal interest over public interest.
There is a possibility of self regulating body to overlook some wrong-doings of the press, in order to protect the large interests of the media as
an industry.
The inability of the industry and the Press Council to go public with its report on paid news is also another pointer to the
problems of self regulation and the ‘culture of silence’ in the entire industry when it comes to self criticism.
Irresponsible behaviour of media houses recently during the Pathankot attacks also question the idea of self regulation in India.
Even in UK ,there are no monetary penalties that can be imposed or suspension of licenses by the PCC.
For example, the PCC has been considered ineffective in the case of the phone hacking scandal that rocked the British Parliament in the
recent years

Way ahead:-

The way forward in India could be to empower the Press Council of India, allowing it to take punitive action in the form of punitive monetary
penalties, suspension of license, etc.
Also, PCI must be made more representative of the stakeholders in the media, thus giving them a voice.
In fact, the British model of PCC may be adopted with members of the press must coming together to draft a code of practice.

4) Police Modernisation without an accountability upgrade only makes the reforms tangible not transformative. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- There has been a rise of public demand for an efficient, accountable and people-centric police that steadfastly upholds the Rule of
Law in all situations. Since independence, the National Police Commission as well as multiple expert committees have submitted successive reports
recommending extensive reforms in the Police.

In September 2006, the Supreme Court of India, in Prakash Singh Vs Union of India passed a historic judgment directing the Central and State
Governments towards operational reform and functional autonomy of the police.

Various expert bodies have examined issues with police organisation and functioning over the last few decades. Its chronology as follows-

National Police commission 1977-81

Rubeiro Committee 1998
Padmanabhaiah committee 2000
Malimath committee 2002-03
Police Act drafting committee 2005
Supreme Court directions in Prakash Singh vs Union of India 2006
Second ARC 2007
Police Act drafting committee-II 2015

The Union Cabinet has given its approval for implementation of umbrella scheme of “Modernisation of Police Forces (MPF)” for years 2017-18
to 2019-20. It has main provisions as :-

Focus areas:Special provision has been made under the Scheme for internal security, law and order, women security, availability of modern
weapons, mobility of police forces, logistics support, hiring of helicopters, upgradation of police wireless, National Satellite Network, CCTNS
project, E-prison project etc.
Budgetary support:Under the umbrella scheme, central budget outlay of Rs.10,132 crore has been earmarked for internal security related
expenditure for Jammu & Kashmir, North Eastern States and left wing extremism affected States.
Special focus:Scheme of Special Central Assistance (SCA) for 35 worst LWE affected districts has been introduced with an outlay of
Rs.3,000 crore to tackle the issue of underdevelopment in these district.
Upgradation:Under the scheme, new initiatives will be introduced to provide assistance to States for upgradation of police infrastructure,
forensic science laboratories, institutions and the equipment available with them to plug critical gaps in the criminal justice system.
National database:Police Stations will be integrated to set up a national data base of crime and criminals’ records.
Forensic labs: Theumbrella scheme also provides for setting up of a State-of Art forensic science laboratory in Amravati, Andhra Pradesh and
upgradation of Sardar Patel Global Centre for Security, Counter Terrorism and Anti Insurgency in Jaipur and Gujarat Forensic Science
University in Gandhi Nagar.

However Police Modernisation without an accountability upgrade only makes the reforms tangible not transformative :-

Police forces have the authority to exercise force to enforce laws and maintain law and order in a state. However, this power may be misused in
several ways. To check against such abuse of power, various countries have adopted safeguards, such as accountability of the police to the political
executive, internal accountability to senior police officers, and independent police oversight authorities.

The police reform to aspire for is to move beyond armour plating to accountability and the upholding of the law as measures of police effectiveness.

2) Specialisation in the Indian Administrative Services is pending eventuality but lateral entry is not the only answer. Comment. (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Good governance is basic to all reforms and changes in society. Given the significance of the bureaucracy in India’s development,
some of the major changes need to be incorporated in order to improve the bureaucracy’s efficiency and performance.

Need of specialization in civil services :-

 Civil services in start were just about the tax administration but with changing time the nature and requirements of it has undergone major
changes. The focus is on increased specialization, technicalities, expertise and functionalities.
Generalists heading specialised areas seems to be an inefficient arrangement at times. There is also a misconception that only generalists who
have a breadth of understanding and experience can provide best leadership. All these have raised questions about the role and relevance of
the generalised IAS.
The coveted IAS is hamstrung by political interference, outdated personnel procedures, and a mixed record on policy implementation

Lateral entry need :-

There is an overall 20% shortfall of IAS cadre officers alone in 24 state cadres. The Baswan Committee (2016) showed it. Outside talent from the
private sector in the form of lateral entry is more likely to be target-oriented, which will improve the performance of the government. The
conventional wisdom on lateral entry is that it infuses fresh energy and thinking into an insular, complacent and often archaic bureaucracy. It
enables the entry of right-minded professionals and the adoption of best practices for improving governance.

What can be done :-

India’s civil services need reform. There is little argument about this. Internal reforms—such as insulation from political pressure and career
paths linked to specialization—and external reforms such as lateral entry are complementary, addressing the same deficiencies from different
angles.
Any serious attempt at revamping the bureaucracy must start from this very fundamental feature. Apart from basic work of revenue
administration there is a need to convert training of civil servants into creating cadres of, if not specialised, at least fairly well-oriented
administrators in fields that they will be called upon to administer.
It is also necessary to create a fast-track career progression path for those with a demonstrated dynamic and outstanding display of public
leadership and innovation in good governance.
Reforms are also needed to reshape recruitment and promotion processes, improve performance-based assessment of individual officers, and
adopt safeguards that promote accountability while protecting bureaucrats from political meddling.

No civil service structure can be static in its character. It has to be dynamic and has to change with the times. Revamping the bureaucracy is not a
Herculean task. It merely requires a positive mindset of the government in power and a determination among the aspirants in the service to deliver
as per the hallowed objectives of the service. We need to emulate some of the culture embedded in the civil services of Singapore, Scandinavian
countries and the qualities that the British Civil services.

1) Why did India wait till early 1990s to introduce structural economic reforms but not in 1970 as did by China? Critically examine. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- The economic liberalisation in India refers to the economic liberalisation, initiated in 1991, of the country’s economic policies, with
the goal of making the economy more market and service-oriented and expanding the role of private and foreign investment.

Attempts were made to liberalise the economy in 1966 and 1985. The first attempt was reversed in 1967. Thereafter, a stronger version of socialism
was adopted. The second major attempt was in 1985 by Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi. The process came to a halt in 1987, though 1967 style
reversal did not take place. However the full fledged structural reforms were adopted only in 1990s.

There are many reasons for the late introduction of full fledged economic reforms in Indian Economy :-

The Indian state has been more penetrated by social actors than many East and Southeast Asian states. Unlike China, India could neither
abolish private enterprise nor could it embrace globalization with the same speed and ferocity.
Both complete state-driven nationalization and state-driven globalization would demand a state, which would have much greater command
over interest groups like industrialists, farmers and trade unions. Policies favouring economic growth and development in India needed to
evolve gradually after building a social consensus on those policies.
This is a model of development driven by a relationship between the state and society, where the power of the state, even in its commanding
moments, was moderated by the power of social actors.
India’s growth rates began looking more like China’s after 2003. India has risen as a vibrant economy only in starting decades of 21 st century
while China had shown these symptoms much earlier. India’s democratic complexity and the chaotic nature of development policies increased
the delays further.
The decade of 1960s and 70s were not favourable for introduction of such reforms. An economic crisis was looming large over the nation’s
horizon. The droughts of 1964/65 and 1965/66 and the war with Pakistan in 1965 created a financial situation where India became dependent
on shipments of US PL 480 wheat.

All these factors made India to adopt for economic structural reforms only in 1990s.

3) The ‘Quad’ policy both compliments and contradicts India’s Act East policy. Comment. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (QSD) is an informal strategic dialogue between the United States, Japan, Australia and India
that is maintained by talks between member countries. It was Shinzo Abe who conceived the idea of Asian democracies joining forces. In 2006, Abe
called for a quadrilateral dialogue among Japan, India, Australia and the United States.

India’s Act East Policy focusses on the extended neighbourhood in the Asia-Pacific region. The policy which was originally conceived as an
economic initiative, has gained political, strategic and cultural dimensions including establishment of institutional mechanisms for dialogue and
cooperation.

The Objective of ”Act East Policy” is to promote economic cooperation, cultural ties and develop strategic relationship with countries in the Asia-
Pacific region through continuous engagement at bilateral, regional and multilateral levels thereby providing enhanced connectivity to the States of
North Eastern Region including Arunanchal Pradesh with other countries in our neighbourhood.

QUAD policy compliments and contradicts India’s Act East policy :-

· Quad offers space for economic consolidation, strategic autonomy. The coming together of India, the US, Japan and Australia is being seen as
building a strategic partnership to deal with China’s rise and its implications. Hence the objectives of Quad and Look east policy of India can be
gauged on similar grounds.
 The Quad doesn’t just pertain to maritime surveillance, it also aims at enhancing connectivity in accordance with the rule of law and prudent
financing in the Indo-Pacific together. This will help in countering China’s One Belt One Road maritime silk route project and can enhance
India’s engagement with the region.
The 10 ASEAN countries account for about 11% of India’s global trade. For the past few years India has joined the ASEAN “plus six”,
including China, Japan, South Korea, Australia and New Zealand, to discuss the RCEP free trade agreement. Quad can enhance these
relationships.

However,

Engaging with such alliances with big powers may divert India’s attention from immediate neighbors. It might create impression that India is
increasingly giving importance to other new concerns rather than past priorities.
If the aims and objectives of Quad examined thoroughly than it’s quite clear that rather than economic, cultural co-operation it is about
military co-operation and it’s strategies are directed towards countering China rather than mutual co-operation among region.
As India is on other global fronts like BRICS, SCO co-operating with China, it’s role in Quad might become fluttering to it’s own stands.

India’s engagement with Quad must be based on rational criteria’s with a cost benefit analysis to determine the extent of engagement. It should not
hamper it’s priorities on list and it’s other agendas in region.

1) Discuss the inter-relationship between monsoon rains and pollution in Indian metros. (150 Words)

The Hindu

The Hindu

Introduction :- Monsoon is traditionally defined as a seasonal reversing wind accompanied by corresponding changes in precipitation, but is now
used to describe seasonal changes in atmospheric circulation and precipitation associated with the asymmetric heating of land and sea.

The impact of GHGs on Indian Monsoon was being debated however aerosols from vehicular exhaust, half-burnt crop residue, dust and chemical
effluents may be weakening the life-giving rainy season even more than GHGs.

Clouds and rain occur when moist, warm air rises from ground level and water condenses or freezes on aerosol particles in the air.
Aerosols can have two effects on this process – on the one hand they act like a sunscreen reducing the amount of sun energy reaching the
ground, which reduces the amount of water evaporating to form rainclouds, but on the other hand, clouds cannot form without aerosol
particles.
City pollution may also impact cloud formation and rainfall. Water vapor doesn’t ordinarily spontaneously condense into drops to form clouds
It needs dirt to form around. All rain needs aerosols to form. However the pollution which releases large number of aerosol quantity produce
fewer clouds and less rain.
In the natural world, cloud-forming aerosols are things like sea salt, dust, and pollen, all of which are large particles. But pollution aerosols
are usually smaller and more numerous than natural aerosols. With lots of particles to collect on, water coalesces into many tiny droplets
instead of larger rain-sized drops.
The scientists found that if there is a surplus of aerosols, the droplets never reach the critical mass needed to fall to earth as rain, as there is not
enough water to share between all the aerosol particles.
With rising pollution, the amount of rain at first rises, then maxes out, and finally falls off sharply at very high aerosol concentrations

These results have great significance for countries like Israel where rainfall is scarce and can be easily affected by over-production of aerosols.
However for countries like India which are dependent on Monsoon it is causing much problems and irregularities in monsoon.

2) While undernutrition remains high in India, over-nutrition too is becoming an emergency. Discuss the causes and consequences of this paradox.
(250 Words)

The Hindu

Undernutrition

India ranks 114th out of 132 countries in stunting among children aged less than five and 120th out of 130 countries in under-5
wasting, as per the Global Nutrition Report, 2016.
The burden of vitamin and mineral deficiencies (‘hidden hunger’) is also considerable. This is because a vast majority of Indians eat
cereal-based food, mainly wheat and rice. There is an insufficient intake of food such as milk, pulses, and fruits and vegetables, which
are rich sources of micronutrients.
Women and children are the most vulnerable to micronutrient deficiencies.
Deficiency of iron in women not only reduces physical work capacity and causes fatigue, but could lead to depression and post-
partum maternal haemorrhage.
In children, it impairs growth and cognitive development.

Overnutrition

Over-nutrition is emerging as an emergency in India.

As per the recent findings of the National Family Health Survey-4 (2015-16), the Body Mass Index (BMI) of 15.5% of urban women was
found to be less than 18.5 kg/m2, whereas 31.3% of urban women were in the category of overweight or obese (BMI of or more than
25.0 kg/m2).
Around 15% of urban men were underweight, while 26.3% belonged to the category of overweight and obese.
Dramatic changes in lifestyle and dietary patterns in recent decades have contributed to an increasing prevalence of non-communicable
diseases. If this double burden of undernutrition and growing percentage of obesity and associated non-communicable diseases is not
controlled, it can have serious implications for the economy.

How has this happened?

While the Green Revolution phase saw new, fast-growing varieties of staples, especially wheat and rice, the following decades saw a
steady decline in the food basket diversity, especially of traditional grains such as bajra and millet, which have high nutritional value.
The 1990s, though, saw a focus on the role of micronutrients. Deficiencies of micronutrients such as zinc, folic acid, magnesium,
selenium and vitamin D started receiving more attention.
Way forward

The Sustainable Development Goal-2, which aims to “end hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote
sustainable agriculture”, is a priority area for India.
To ensure food and nutrition security, there is a growing need for a multisectoral approach.
This will not only transform India’s agricultural practices, but also spread awareness about nutritious food among key target groups,
including tribals, women and children.

3) The case for holding simultaneous elections in the diverse, federal Indian polity is weak. Comment. (150 Words)

The Hindu

1. Voter behaviour

Simultaneous elections do have an impact on voter behaviour as empiical data suggests.

Voters tend to chose the same political party for both State and Centre.
When elections were held even six months apart, less voters chose the same political party.
Most Indian voters tend to choose the same party when elections are held simultaneously to both Centre and State, with the relationship
diminishing as elections are held farther away.
The issues of local interest will be subsumed under the national politics, which is not an ideal situation given the diverse nature of
problems at the ground level.

2.Political autonomy

Further, simultaneous elections impinge on the political autonomy of States.

Today, any elected State government can choose to dissolve its Assembly and call for fresh elections.
If elections are to be held simultaneously, States will have to give up this power and wait for a national election schedule .
There can be legitimate reasons for State governments to dissolve their Assemblies and call for fresh elections.
Under a simultaneous elections regime, the State will be beholden to the Union government for elections to its State, which goes against the
very grain of political autonomy under our federal structure.

4) The WTO has made limited progress over the past two decades on various issues of significance. Do you think WTO as an institution is in
decline? Critically comment. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

Previous rounds of ministerial meetings have resulted in very little progress.

The last ‘low-hanging fruit’ the WTO was able to garner for its members was the Trade Facilitation Agreement at the Bali ministerial
in 2013. While this came as a lifesaver for the WTO in 2013, it had been on the cards since the Doha Development Agenda in the 2001
ministerial.
The 2015 ministerial in Nairobi did nothing much to enhance the WTO’s stature.

Areas where WTO faltered

1. Nature of the original agreements

The original agreements have been one-sided denying full potential of global trade to be realised by the poor countries.

2.North-South divide

As a result, the north-south divide which persisted after the centuries of colonialism could not be bridged.

3.BRICS emergence as an alternative and lobby

Aggression of the BRICS lobby on subsidies, agriculture and food security

4.Negotiations became extreme

From secret anteroom negotiations and the subtle ways of global diplomacy, today, countries are quick to state their extreme negotiation
positions publicly—seemingly more for the benefit of their constituencies at home.
This makes negotiations more cumbersome.

5.Dispute settlement mechanism suffering and thus interests of small countries

The dispute resolution mechanism, which has been in place since the WTO’s inception in 1995, has served its purpose well.
It has been a great leveller and has enabled smaller countries like Barbados and Antigua to take the US to the Dispute Settlement
Body (DSB) and prevail. It has been widely hailed as the biggest success of the WTO.
WTO dispute settlement mechanism involves consultations, panel proceedings, appellate body proceedings, and implementation and
enforcement. US has refused to participate in the appointment of new judges to the appellate body. Members are usually appointed by
consensus, and the US is a major participant.
The delays will compel WTO members to look for other solutions, potentially elsewhere.
Outside the WTO system, weaker countries will be disadvantaged.

6.Trump’s America First protectionism

US policies will have long-term effects on global trade.

Scrapping the Trans-Pacific Partnership agreement
Undermining the North Atlantic Free Trade Agreement

7.Weakened EU after Brexit

 Add to this mix a weakened EU and a Britain with a dire need to either be part of a robust multilateral system or have its own trade
agreements.

Way forward

Global trade is no longer going to have the leadership from the Western world that it did.
China, India, Brazil and Russia will have to fill the void. The pendulum of global trade is swinging from the richest nations to the most
populous ones.

4) Creation of the National Advisory Council (NAC) was an unique initiative towards democratising debates, bringing together government and
movements, and introduction of rights based legislations. Analyse. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Creation of the National Advisory Council (NAC) was an unique initiative towards democratising debates, bringing together government and
movements, and introduction of rights based legislations. Analyse.

Introduction:

National Advisory Council (NAC) was a unique model of participatory democratic governance with following features.

1. Democratising debate

NAC filled the gap that existed between the political elite and the masses by giving space to the leaders of masses.

2.Bringing together government and movements

The social movements at the grassroots got space at the level of highest decision making, and thus the role of pressure groups got a
new dimesion.
Its mandate to confine itself to social sector promises and initiatives was a significant, deliberate decision.
The contributions from social activists, rooted in contemporary realities, and robust consultations with communities, lent rigour to
the formulations.

3.Rights based legislations

The year 2005 marks a watershed for social sector legislation.

The RTI and NREGA — two pieces of legislation that have since their passage dominated the discourse on governance and entitlements
for the poor — were passed after rigorous debate and discussion, inside and outside Parliament.
These were followed by the enactment of many rights-based laws seeking to address basic needs of the marginalised, strengthening their
agency and empowerment.
Forest Rights Act, Right to Education Act, National Food Security Act, the amended Land Acquisition Act, Domestic Violence Act,
Street Vendors Act, Social Security Act, the amended SC/ST Atrocities Act.

5) Examine why civil society organisations are unhappy with the recent WTO ministerial declaration on agriculture. (250 Words)

Down to Earth

EPW

Introduction:

The recent WTO decisions regarding public stock holding, domestic support , cotton etc at Buenos Aires have aggregated the civil society as
the draft was prepared by only 7 countries and lack legitimacy.

1. Public stockholding

Peace clause proposals like onerous notification requirements, restriction to staple crops and restriction on subsidy which “distorts” trade
have been retained.
In addition stock holding cannot be exported directly or indirectly.
Procurement limit of 12% of production with old 1986-88 reference rate will hurt ongoing programs in developing countries.

2.Domestic support

It does not mention Doha development agenda, without this AMS or MSP provision will be lost.
It seeks to eliminate de-minimus box and development box along with Amber and green box is deterimental to developing countries.

3.Cotton

No action have been taken to reduce trade distorting cotton subsidy.

4.Post MC11 program

No further commitment have been made on Special Safeguard Mechanism.

India’s issues

It concerns the nation’s food security as well as welfare of farmers who are currently on a warpath in India.
The US rejection of a permanent solution to the public food stocking programme comes at a time when the government is under attack from
farmer organisations for lack of both adequate support price and food procurement infrastructure for the bulk of their produce.
Agriculture and allied sector posted negative growth of 0.2% in 2014-15. It recorded anaemic growth of 1.1% in 2015-16.
The promise to double farmer incomes by 2022 can be done only by increasing minimum support price (MSP) for key crops. However,
in the absence of the ‘Peace Clause’, India cannot make proper use of this tool as it could risk violating WTO-permitted ceiling for
domestic support price.
 NDA government’s ‘Har Khet Ko Paani’ project holds out promise to improve the lot of farmers by reducing irrigation costs for them.
However, with the peace clause expiring this year, investment under the scheme could be challenged at the WTO if found breaching
the permissible 10% cap.

Conclusion

India still have large population living under poverty, farmers under stress and doing suicide makes a strong point for India to make
permanent solution for public stock holding.

6) Examine the problems faced by tribal education programmes, especially ashram schools and suggest measures to improve these education
programmes. (250 Words)

EPW

Introduction:

Keeping in view the peculiar problems pointed out by the Kothari Commission (1964–66) regarding tribal marginality, especially
educational backwardness, the Maharashtra government took significant initiatives, such as setting up residential schools known as
ashram schools (AS) in tribal areas.
The primary objectives of these schools are to provide free accommodation, food, and education to tribal students with the aim of
empowering tribal communities through education.

Issues associated with ashram shalas or tribal boarding schools

1. Rape and sexual abuse of children in these schools.

2. Frequent deaths children in ashram shalas in the last decade due to snake bites, scorpion bites, fever, and other minor illnesses – These
deaths were mainly due to the “negligence of staff” who did not ensure proper treatment in time.
3. Lack clean classrooms
4. Lack of sufficient water and toilets.
5. Quality of education remains poor.
6. A few students demonstrated an interest in sports
7. Teaching seems to be systematic, but, due to unclean classrooms, a lack of teaching aids, and the language and style of teaching, students are
unable to fully immerse themselves in the learning process.

Solutions

1. Political will

Constant attention from the political class can bring about substantial change in the quality of ashram shalas.

2.Giving gram sabhas power and resources to monitor schools

This can be facilitated by empowering gram sabhas and showcasing tribal folklore in the areas where ashram shalas are situated

3.Revamp Tribal Sub Plan according to Kelkar Committee

Inconsistency in fund allocation and the implementation of the tribal sub-plan (TSP) seem to be debilitating the functioning of ashram
shalas.
70% of the ashram shala fund allocated is used to pay teachers’ salaries and 8% is earmarked for infrastructure development As a result, only
23% of the fund is available for educational material and the welfare of the students.
Kelkar Committee,2013 pointed out, the TSP budget should be considered as a separate financial allocation over and above the general
grants and welfare programmes for tribal communities It also suggested that these funds should be distributed in line with the spirit of
the Panchayats (Extension to Scheduled Areas) (PESA) Act, 1996.

4.Improve infrastructure

The criticism that ashram shalas lack staff is primarily linked to the lack of infrastructure at the school level. Although a few schools are
located in semi-urban areas, the infrastructure and facilities to accommodate teachers are not available.

4) What were the principles proclaimed at the Alma Ata declaration on “Health for All” in 1978? It is said that these principles are very much
relevant to India today. Examine why. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Alma Ata Declaration

The Alma Ata declaration on “Health for All” in 1978 set out a broad set of principles called the Primary Health Care (PHC)
approach.
It focussed on multi-dimensional, inter-sectoral healthcare, which was to be made available “closest to home”.

Primacy of primary healthcare

It required technology to be simple and low cost, while being effective and safe.
Primary care, with secondary and tertiary levels also adopting PHC principles, was envisioned as the hub of this sytem.
This does not mean lesser secondary/tertiary level services but implies that they must be affordable and accessible, utilising technologies that
provide the core of available health knowledge without unnecessary frills.
“Decentering” of hospitals implies that primary healthcare providers are in a leadership position to identify local priorities for
people’s health and the kind of services individual patients need — much like the family doctor.
The experience of health systems in the UK and Thailand — which give this “gatekeeper” role to the primary health workers — show
that this approach creates more rational, affordable and comprehensive healthcare systems.

National Health Policy and Primary health

 1. Creation of a public health cadre,
2. introducing nurses and AYUSH practitioners with bridge training as mid-level practitioners at the primary level,
3. revamping the regulatory mechanism and the curriculum of medical education, and
4. promoting medical pluralism

Secondary and tertiary healthcare on lines of PHC

Secondary/tertiary-level hospitals, public and private, have to be re-structured along PHC principles.
A large number of experiments such as Jan Swasthya Sahyog hospital (Bilaspur), the Association of Rural Surgeons of India, RUHSA
(Vellore) and SEARCH (Gadchiroli) demonstrate the viability of rational and effective secondary and tertiary services.
There is also much to learn from the experiences of Sri Lanka and Thailand.
The private sector should be brought under regulations that are based on PHC criteria.

5) In 1992, the United Nations announced that December 3 would be observed every year as International Day of Persons with Disabilities.
Comment on the advances made in legislation on disability over the years. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

International Declarations

The disability rights movement gained momentum in the 1970s when disability was started to be seen as a human rights issue.
This is when the UN General Assembly proclaimed in 1976 that 1981 would be the International Year of Disabled Persons.
Later, 1983-1992 was marked as the United Nations Decade of Disabled Persons.
The UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD), 2006 was a big step towards viewing persons as “subjects
with rights” and not “objects of charity”. India is a signatory to the UNCRPD and ratified it in 2007.
Further, the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development pledges to “leave no one behind”. It states that persons with disabilities must be
both “beneficiaries and agents of change”.
However, attitudinal, institutional, and infrastructural barriers remain, with the World Bank stating that 15% of the world’s
population experience some form of disability and that they “on average, as a group, are more likely to experience adverse socioeconomic
outcomes than persons without disabilities”.
In 2011, the World Health Organisation came up with a world report on disability for the first time

Indian Context

In India, according to the 2011 Census, 2.21% of the population has one or multiple types of disabilities, making the country home to one of
the largest disabled populations in the world.
Legislation moved forward last year in India when the Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act was passed, replacing the Persons with
Disabilities Act, 1995. The 2016 Act recognises 21 kinds of disabilities compared to the previous seven, including dwarfism, speech and
language disability, and three blood disorders.
The new Act also increased the quota for disability reservation in higher educational institutions from 3% to 5% and in government
jobs from 3% to 4%, for a more inclusive society. However, legislation alone is not enough; implementation remains abysmal.

Schemes

Every state has particular schemes for them who are poor – provide monthly allowance
Indira Gandhi National Disability Pension Scheme, scheme of national awards for them, scholarships, Mukhya Matri Nishaktikaran
shiksha yojana, assistance to purchase aids and appliances, reservation in jobs

Tax benefits

1. Under Section 80U of Income Tax

Educaton

1. Scolarships at higher education,

2. Financial assistance,
3. 3% reservation in government and aided educational institutions,
4. Comprehensive Education Scheme for Disabled Children – to provide accessible and barrier free built in infrastructure and transport
facilities etc + exemption from mathematics + extra time in exam + use of scribes/readers +modification of curriculum
5. Inclusive Education for the Disabled at Secondary Stage
6. Rajiv Gandhi Fellowship Scheme – for MPhil and PhD students

Employment

1. Reservation of 5% in all Groups

2. Age relaxation of upto 10 years in upper age limit
3. Certain identified positions in various departments are reserved for them
4. Postings near home to Group C and D disabled people
5. Special employment exchanges in state capitals and special employmet cells in district headquarters
6. Provides incentives for employment in private sector as well – like contribution to provident fund as employer
7. Natioanl Handicapped Finance and Development Corporation – loans for self employment and small business
8. Scheme for Public Sector Banks for Orphanges, Women’s Homes and Physically Hnadicapped Persons’ – differential rate of interest –
4%

Assistance to Disabled Persons for Purchase/Fitting of Aids and Appliances (ADIP scheme)
Indira Awas Yojana – 3% funds reserved for the benefit of the disabled where dwelling units are provided free of cost to rural BPL.
Scheme of Natioal Awards for the empowerment of persons with Disabilities – given across various activities and sectors to encourage
others
Trust Fund – SC order in 2004 to transfer Rs 724 crores collected in excess by rounding off tax by banks to the fund.
Technology Development Projects in Mission Mode – R&D projects since 1990-91 for effective aids and appliances
 Social security programmes as discussed elsewhere
Indira Gandhi Disability Pension Scheme – added as a component of National Social Assistance Programme in 2009 – Rs 300 monthly
Disability benefit – Employee’s Compensation Act, 1923 – requires employer to pay compensation in cases of employment related
injuries

Challenges

Social and physical barriers

Coverage of programmes is not comprehensive
Absence of single window approach
Schemes scattered

Way forward

10th plan – advocated introduction of a Component Plan for the diabled in the budget of all concerned ministries to ensure regual flow
of funds
Need to plan and design inclusive strategies by understanding dynamics of disability
Collect data in detail on all related aspects possible
Comprehensive administrative arrangements
Pooling of funds from various sources
Delivering the benefits under professional supervision and control
More resources needed from all levels of government
INDIAN ECONOMY AND ISSUES RELATING TO PLANNING, MOBILIZATION OF RESOURCES, GROWTH,
DEVELOPMENT AND EMPLOYMENT.

6) A recent UN report has underlined that fulfilment of national pledges related to carbon emission reductions under the Paris Agreement would be
inadequate to keep global warming below 2°C. Thus, a renewed focus on climate governance is imperative. Examine how can India set the
precedent in deepening the dialogue process through its actions. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Background:-

India is at the top of the list of nations expected to be worst hit by the adverse effects of climate change. India’s climate is warming up at a
very fast rate. It is warming at a much faster rate than thought previously. So there needs to be a proactive role played by India.

India’s role :-

India could set the precedent in deepening the dialogue process through an action-oriented, inclusive, bottom-up approach, involving
extensive participation and collaboration of its States.
Role of Indian states:-
States play a vital part of the coalition between the Centre, civil society, businesses, and key climate stakeholders.
India’s State Action Plan on Climate Change supports the integration of national climate change goals into subnational policies.
 Enhancing climate actions is expected to involve routine engagement of the States in the international process.
The Under2 Coalition, a Memorandum of Understanding by subnational governments to reduce their greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions
towards net-zero by 2050, is generating a unique precedent for bold climate leadership, with its member states and regions surpassing
200 in number.
Currently, Telangana and Chhattisgarh are signatories to this pact from India. Greater representation of Indian States is crucial.
India must look towards creating knowledge action networks and partnerships under both national and State action plan
frameworks.
Kerala has taken the lead to build such a knowledge network funded by the National Mission on Strategic Knowledge for Climate
Change
India has committed to meet its current target of 33% reduction in emission intensity of the 2005 level by 2030, by generating 40% of
its energy from renewables.
Both national and State plans would need to be periodically reassessed and reviewed. A transparent framework for review, audit
and monitoring of GHG emissions is needed.
As State capacities vary significantly, the principle of common but differentiated responsibilities should be applied to allocate
mitigation targets in different States, based on the principle of equity.
India can move to BS-6 by 2020 and give encouragement to electric vehicles which can reduce the vehicular pollution plaguing the
country.
India should invest far more in green energy research and development to boost innovation so green energy will eventually outcompete
fossil fuels.
Agriculture:-
There is a need to further encourage climate resilient agricultural crops and use water sensibly especially not cultivating water
intensive crops in water scarce areas
Necessary technology has to be incorporated to study the agricultural land and educate farmers regarding the amount of pesticides
to be used .
Organic farming can be promoted
Citizens of India as a whole need to concentrate on keeping the environment clean

Conclusion:-

The climate change has humongous impacts all over the world so India needs to actively collaborate with international organisations in tackling this
issue.

6) Food Adulteration is pervasive, persistent, and peculiar despite dedicated laws. With references to efforts that may be made by respective state
governments, how can food adulteration be removed? Discuss. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Adulteration is a legal term meaning that a food product fails to meet federal or state standards. Food adulteration is the addition
or removal of any substances to or from food, so that the natural composition and quality is affected. Adulterated food is impure, unsafe and not
wholesome. Food can be adulterated intentionally and accidentally. Unintentional adulteration is a result of ignorance or the lack of facilities to
maintain food quality. This may be caused by spillover effect from pesticides and fertilisers. Inappropriate food handling and packaging methods
can also result in adulteration

Efforts taken by state government :-

Indian government enacted FSSA. The act brought into force in place of the PFA is the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 (hereinafter
referred to as “FSSA”) that overrides all other food related laws. It specifically repealed eight laws which were in operation prior to the
enforcement of FSSA:
The Prevention of Food Adulteration Act, 1954
The Fruit Products Order, 1955
The Meat Food Products Order, 1973
The Vegetable Oil Products (Control) Order, 1947
The Edible Oils Packaging (Regulation) Order, 1998
 The Solvent Extracted Oil, De oiled Meal, and Edible Flour (Control) Order, 1967
The Milk and Milk Products Order, 1992
Essential Commodities Act, 1955 (in relation to food)
The Punjab Government has framed a draft Bill for the prevention of adulteration of food which it has forwarded for the approval of the
Government of India and published for general information.

Measures that are being taken and need to be taken to reduce food adulteration :-

Refresher training programmes are being arranged for all the functionaries namely: (a) Food Inspectors, (b) Local (Health) Authorities, (c)
Food (Health) Authorities, (d) Public Analyst and Chemist. Training for Analysts and Chemists are being organized in their own laboratories
by trainer deputed by the Central Government. These trainers stay in one lab for six working days and first of all they setup the laboratory as
per Good Laboratory Practices and thereafter, the specific training is organized.
Sophisticated equipments are being supplied to State Food Testing Laboratories so that at least one laboratory in each State is appropriately
strengthened. Efforts are being made to ensure that warranty of the equipment so supplied are for minimum 3 years along with consumables
and proper trainings is provided to the analysts/chemists by the supplier for handling and running the equipment.
Efforts are also being made to ensure that each State is linked electronically with its District Headquarters. The expenditure for this is
proposed to be provided from the World Bank Assisted Capacity Building Project for food and drugs being implemented by the Central
Government. This will facilitate smooth sharing of information and networking.
Efforts are being made to provide at least one analyst from the Central Budget through the World Bank Assisted Project in each Food Testing
Lab for a period of 5 years.
Standard reference material for pesticides, listed under Rule 65 of PFA Rules, all the metals listed under Rule 57 of the PFA Rules and
aflatoxin are being supplied to one lab in each State.
Books on methods of analysis like AOAC, Pearson, Food Chemical Codex, have already been supplied to a majority of the laboratories.
Training programme for consumers, traders, vendors and street food hawkers have been organized and will be organized in future as a
consumer education programme on food safety.
Sensitisation training programmes have been organized for Port (Health) Officers/Customs Officers/Customs House Clearing Agents and
importers on various provisions of PFA Act/Rules and other provisions namely packaged Commodity Order and Customs Act, so that these
officers may appropriately handle the imported food product

5) With reference to the recent Nobel Prize awardee for Peace, critically comment on global efforts to attain disarmament. (200 Words)

The Wire

Introduction :- Nuclear disarmament refers to both the act of reducing or eliminating nuclear weapons and to the end state of a nuclear-free world,
in which nuclear weapons are completely eliminated.

Nuclear disarmament efforts world wide :-

In the United Kingdom, the Campaign for Nuclear Disarmamentheld an inaugural public meeting at Central Hall, Westminster, on 17
February 1958.
CND’s declared policies were the unconditional renunciation of the use, production of or dependence upon nuclear weapons by Britain and
the bringing about of a general disarmament convention.
Major nuclear disarmament groupsinclude Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament, Greenpeace and International Physicians for the Prevention
of Nuclear War. There have been many large anti-nuclear demonstrations and protests. On June 12, 1982, one million people demonstrated in
New York City’s Central Park against nuclear weapons and for an end to the cold war arms race. It was the largest anti-nuclear protest and the
largest political demonstration in American history.
Many nuclear disarmament and nuclear non proliferation treaties have been signed globally. Like Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear
Weapons, Convention on the Physical Protection of Nuclear Material, Non-Proliferation Treaty, Seabed Arms Control Treaty, Outer Space
Treaty, Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency

However these efforts have not been able to completely eliminate the threat of nuclear weapons and warfare from the world. Nine countries together
possess around 15,000 nuclear weapons. The United States and Russia maintain roughly 1,800 of their nuclear weapons on high-alert status – ready
to be launched within minutes of a warning.
Way forward/ steps required :-

The nuclear-weapon States possessing the largest nuclear arsenals bear special responsibility for nuclear disarmament. They should continue
to reduce drastically their respective nuclear arsenals on the principle of irreversibility.
All the nuclear-weapon States should renounce the nuclear deterrence policy based on the first use of nuclear weapons, undertake
unconditionally not to be the first to use nuclear weapons and conclude an international legal instrument to such effect.
All the nuclear-weapon States should commit themselves unconditionally not to use or threaten to use nuclear weapons against non-nuclear-
weapon States or nuclear-weapon-free zones, and a relevant international legal instrument should be concluded.
The nuclear-weapon States concerned should undertake to withdraw all the nuclear weapons deployed outside their territories.
All the nuclear-weapon States should support the efforts to establish nuclear-weapon-free zones, respect the status of those zones and assume
the relevant obligations.
The nuclear-weapon States and the non-nuclear-weapon States concerned should forego the “nuclear umbrella” policy and the practice of
“nuclear sharing”.
The Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons (NPT) should be observed in full and in good faith. Those countries which have not
yet acceded to the NPT should do so without delay and without conditions, so as to make the treaty truly universal.
The states which have not yet signed and ratified the Comprehensive Nuclear-Test-Ban Treaty (CTBT) should do so as soon as possible, so as
to promote the early entry into force of the CTBT according to the treaty provisions.
A universal and verifiable fissile material cut-off treaty (FMCT) should be negotiated and concluded.
On the basis of the above-mentioned efforts, a convention on the complete prohibition of nuclear weapons should be negotiated and
concluded.

6) Simultaneous elections may be logistical advantageous but raise concerns on sanctity of democratic processes. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Frequent elections, according to experts, hamper long-term policymaking because every decision is seen as bait for votes. Hence, to
end this vicious cycle of elections, PM Modi had recommended holding of simultaneous Lok Sabha and Assembly elections all over the country.

It’s advantages :-

The massive expenditure that is currently incurred for the conduct of separate elections.
The policy paralysis that results from the imposition of the Model Code of Conduct during election time.
Impact on delivery of essential services.
Burden on crucial manpower that is deployed during election time.

Need of frequent election for sanctity of democratic process :-

Politicians, who tend to forget voters after the elections for five years have to return to them. This enhances accountability, keeps them on
their toes.
Elections give a boost to the economy at the grassroots level, creating work opportunities for lakhs of people.
There are some environmental benefits also that flow out of the rigorous enforcement of public discipline like non-defacement of private and
public property, noise and air pollution, ban on plastics, etc.
Local and national issues do not get mixed up to distort priorities. In voters’ minds, local issues overtake wider state and national issues.
Besides, a staggered electoral cycle also acts as a check against demagoguery, fascism and oligarchy, in that order.
It also ensures that the mood of the nation at a particular moment does not hand over political power across a three-tiered democratic structure
to one dispensation or individual. It gives people a chance to distinguish between the national, state and local interests, rather than being swept
away in a “wave”, often manufactured by corporate media and the economic muscle of commercial carpetbaggers.

Challenges in simultaneous elections :-

 The biggest challenge is achieving political consensus, which seems to be “chimerical”.
Regional parties will be more opposed to the idea than national parties because there is always a tendency for voters to vote the same party in
power in the state and at the Centre in case the Lok Sabha polls and the state elections are held together.
Also, according to IDFC, there is a 77% chance that the Indian voter will vote for the same party for both the state and Centre when elections
are held simultaneously.

Way forward :-

One India, One election is an interesting concept but whether it will decrease the evils that the nation/government wants to get rid of needs to be
debated thoroughly. To be sure, there are multiple issues that will need to be addressed if the country intends to move in this direction. The concerns
and suggestions of different stakeholders will have to be debated in order to build political consensus around the idea. That said, the proposal will
not only have economic benefits but will free up precious political space for policy discussions. It will also help in taking forward the process of
economic reforms as decisions will not always be hostage to assembly elections.

5) Public Private Partnerships not only aid in sharing burden but also tend to be more qualitative. Critically analyse the PPP developmental model.
(200 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- A public–private partnership (PPP or 3P) is a commercial legal relationship defined by the Government of India in 2011 as “an
arrangement between a government / statutory entity / government owned entity on one side and a private sector entity on the other, for the
provision of public assets and/or public services, through investments being made and/or management being undertaken by the private sector entity,
for a specified period of time, where there is well defined allocation of risk between the private sector and the public entity and the private entity
receives performance linked payments that conform (or are benchmarked) to specified and pre-determined performance standards, measurable by
the public entity or its representative”.

India has systematically rolled out a PPP program for the delivery of high-priority public utilities and infrastructure and, over the last decade or so,
developed what is perhaps one of the largest PPP Programs in the world. With close to 1300 PPP projects in various stages of implementation,
according to the World Bank, India is one of the leading countries in terms of readiness for PPPs.

The Government of India recognizes several types of PPPs, including: User-fee based BOT model, Performance based management/maintenance
contracts and Modified design-build (turnkey) contracts.

Advantages of PPP :-

Public private partnerships offer several benefits:

They provide better infrastructure solutions than an initiative that is wholly public or wholly private. Each participant does what it does best.
They result in faster project completions and reduced delays on infrastructure projects by including time-to-completion as a measure of
performance and therefore of profit.A public private partnership’s ​return on investment or ROI might be greater than traditional,
entirely private or government methods. Innovative design and financing approaches become available when the two entities work together.

Risks are fully appraised early on to determine project feasibility. In this sense, the private partner can offer a brake on unrealistic government
promises or expectations.

The operational and project execution risks are transferred from the government to the private participant, which usually has more experience
in cost containment.
Public private partnerships may include early completionbonuses that further increase efficiency. They can sometimes reduce change order
costs as well.
By increasing the efficiency of the government’s investment, it allows government funds to be redirected to other important socioeconomic
areas.
The greater efficiency of P3s reduces government budgets and budget deficits.
High quality standards are better obtained and maintained throughout the life cycle of the project.
Public private partnerships that reduce costs also allow lower taxes.

Public Private Partnership Disadvantages

P3s also have some drawbacks:

Every public private partnership involves risks for the private participant, which reasonably expects to be compensated for accepting those
risks. This can increase government costs.
When there are only a limited number of private entities that can perform these tasks, such as with the development of a jet fighter, the limited
number of private participants that are big enough to take these tasks on might limit the competitiveness required for cost effective
partnering.
Profits of the projects can vary depending on the assumed risk, competitive level, complexity, and the volume of the project being performed.
If the expertise in the partnership lies heavily on the private side, the government is at an inherent disadvantage. For example, it might be
unable to accurately assess the proposed costs.

4) A robust broadcasting industry is the linchpin of every democratic society. Analyse the key provisions of the Proposed Treaty for the Protection
of Broadcasting Organisations by WIPO and examine if India should sign this Broadcasting treaty or not. (250 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- A robust broadcasting industry is the linchpin of every democratic society. Although constitutionally broad-casting (electronic
media) is not part of the fourth estate, its importance is best described by veteran British statesman, Tony Benn: “Broadcasting is really too
important to be left to the broadcasters”

In recognition of the immense importance of broadcasting, the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) convened a symposium in Manila
in 1997 to discuss the rights of broadcasters over their signals. The Manila Symposium was followed by another symposium held by Latin
American and Caribbean countries in Cancun, Mexico, in 1998.
The Proposed Treaty for the Protection of Broadcasting Organisations by WIPO has following provisions :-

Definitions – Broadcasting :- Broadcasting means the transmission of a programme-carrying signal by wire or wireless means for reception by
the public; such transmission by satellite is also “broadcasting”; transmission of encrypted signals is “broadcasting” where the means for
decrypting are provided to the public by the broadcasters or with its consent.
Retransmission :- Protection against simultaneous retransmission protects a broadcaster when its signal is simultaneously transmitted (or
transmitted in real-time) by any other entity without the authorisation of the original broadcaster. Protection against near-simultaneous
retransmission protects a broadcaster when, due to a technical delay (which is usually just a fraction of a second), the live broadcast of an
event is transmitted by any other entity without the authorisation of the original broadcaster. Deferred (delayed) retransmission is when the
broadcaster’s signal is transmitted without authorisation after it has been broadcasted by the original broadcaster.
Object of Protection :- The protection extends only to “programme carrying signals,” which means that only the signal (and not the underlying
content) is protected under the Broadcasters Treaty. Further, webcasters have been kept outside its purview.
Rights to Be Granted :- The draft text extends protection to the actual broadcast and the pre-broadcast signals of the broadcasters. It comprises
two alternatives for protecting actual broadcasts (WIPO 2016a: Annexure 4, p 72). Alternative A is an expansive right, which gives
broadcasters the right to authorise and prohibit the retransmission of signals and the ability to make its signal available. Alternative B is vague
and possibly expansive due to the phrase “adequate and effective protection”. This leaves room for broadcasters to assert a wide range of
rights. For this reason, Alternative A should be India’s preference.

Should India sign this broadcasting treaty or not :

Opponents of the Broadcasters Treaty have noted that existing international instruments such as the Rome Convention for the Protection of
Performers, Producers of Phonograms, and Broadcasting Organisations (the Rome Convention), the Brussels Convention Relating to the
Distribution of Programme-carrying Signals Transmitted by Satellites (the Brussels Convention), and the Trade-Related Aspects of
Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) granted broadcasters sufficient protection against signal piracy. However, this opposition is misplaced.
They are outdated, have technological limitations, they don’t extend much rights hence there is need to sign new treaty.
One may argue that the content of Indian broadcasters are protected as cinematographic works under the copyright law of the countries in the
Indian subcontinent
For a developing country like India, where the internet penetration rate stands at 34.8% as of 2016,traditional broadcasting holds immense
importance in reaching out to the masses in remote areas bereft of internet access. The very survival of traditional Indian broadcasting is being
challenged due to stiff competition from new players such as YouTube, Netflix, Google TV, and other over-the-top (OTT) services.
This is because its revenue model is severely hampered by piracy, which directly impedes its ability to procure quality content, particularly
rights to international sporting events. It is no secret that quality programming output is the harbinger of an informed society. Further, even
the national exchequer stands to lose revenues due to signal piracy.
Lastly, it may also have other unintended consequences such as enabling the financing of organised crimes—particularly terrorism, money
laundering, and the violation of foreign exchange regulations. For all these reasons, an international instrument for protecting the rights of
broadcasting organisations becomes important.

Conclusion :-

The Broadcasters Treaty is one of the few intellectual property treaties that are devoid of classical North–South divergences. Traditional
broadcasters across countries employ the same technology, though their scales differ. By that virtue, they meet the same fate at the hands of pirates.
For this reason, the Broadcasters Treaty has found wide support amongst nations, irrespective of the level of their economic development.

India has already witnessed the slow decay of its public service broadcasting. As it marches in its pursuit of becoming an information society, it
cannot afford to have its traditional broadcasting system wither. Thus, a balanced Broadcasters Treaty, in which the rights of all stakeholders are
considered, becomes imperative.

5) Examine the impact of demonetisation on employment in India. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- India underwent an experience of demonetisation by stripping the legal tenders of Rs. 500 and 1000 notes in November 2016. This
has impacted every sector of country and it’s impact on employment can be gauged from following :-

According to CMIE data, the estimated total employment during January-April 2017 was 405 million compared to 406.5 million during the
preceding four months, September-December 2016.
The biggest hit from demonetisation has been on the unskilled labour. For instance, withdrawal of high-value currency notes of Rs 1,000 and
Rs 500 denominations and the resultant cash crunch seem to have crippled India’s largest ceramic cluster in Morbi, Gujarat. More than 50,000
migrant workers from Bihar were estimated to have returned to their home state after losing their jobs due to the currency crisis. Most of
them-labourers, masons, cycle factory workers, textile mill employees and jewellery artisans-were forced to return home because their
employers were unable to pay their wages due to restrictions on bank withdrawals. Economist Gurcharan Das estimated that for every
percentage point drop in GDP, the economy would lose around 6 million jobs.
 For employment growth, economic growth is one of the important factors. In a situation, when the recession phase caused by global crisis of
2009 had hardly dimmed away, the recent move of ‘demonetization’ will push growth downward as predicted by most economic agencies
including RBI and IMF.
According to CMIE data, the estimated total employment during January-April 2017 was 405 million compared to 406.5 million during the
preceding four months, September-December 2016.
According to a Labour Bureau report in May this year, the Indian economy was growing at around 7% per year while the jobs market grew by
just 1.1% last year

In a country, when 79 percent of non-agricultural wage workers have no written contract and only one fourth are eligible for any social security, the
decision is certainly a cause of concern. India has the world largest youth population, so for any developing country like India, it is the time to
harness the population dividend by providing them gainful employment. No doubt, impact of ICT on growth and direct employment is well
documented, but its indirect negative employment impact ICT using manufacturing sectors can-not be ignored. Given this, the decision of
‘demonetization’ will further destabilize the already volatile labour market in India.

6) What is smog? What are its effects on health, especially of children? Critically examine the root causes of air pollution in Delhi and reasons why
various initiatives have failed to have any impact on its reduction. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Smog is a type of air pollutant. The word “smog” was coined in the early 20th century as a portmanteau of the
words smoke and fog to refer to smoky fog, its opacity, and odour.[1] The word was then intended to refer to what was sometimes known as pea
soup fog, a familiar and serious problem in London from the 19th century to the mid 20th century.
Health impacts of Smog :-

Smog which contains Ground-level ozone, sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxideand carbon monoxideare especially harmful for senior citizens,
children, and people with heart and lung conditions such as emphysema, bronchitis, and asthma.
It can inflame breathing passages, decrease the lungs’ working capacity, cause shortness of breath, pain when inhaling deeply, wheezing, and
coughing.
It can cause eye and nose irritation and it dries out the protective membranes of the nose and throat and interferes with the body’s ability to
fight infection, increasing susceptibility to illness. Hospital admissions and respiratory deaths often increase during periods when ozone levels
are high.
There is a lack of knowledge on the long-term effects of air pollution exposure and the origin of asthma. An experiment was carried out using
intense air pollution similar to that of the 1952 Great Smog of London.
The results from this experiment concluded that there is a link between early-life pollution exposure that leads to the development of asthma,
Proposing the ongoing effect of the Great Smog

Root Causes of smog and air pollution in Delhi :-

One of the main reasons of increasing air pollution levels in Delhi is crop burning by the farmers in these states. Farmers burn rice stubbles in
Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh.
Pollution caused by the traffic menace in Delhi is another reason contributing to this air pollution and smog. The air quality index has reached
‘severe’ levels.
As the winter season sets in, dust particles and pollutants in the air become unable to move. Due to stagnant winds, these pollutants get locked
in the air and affect weather conditions, resulting in smog.
Another reason of air-pollution is over-population in the capital. Over-population only adds up to the various types of pollution, whether it is
air pollution or noise pollution.
Industrial pollution and garbage dumps are also increasing air pollution and building-up smog in the air.

Why various initiatives have failed to have any impact on reduction of smog :-

The initiatives are not targeting the root causes of Smog. The Odd even policy, ban on construction in Delhi can’t reduce the smog level as the
main reasons for smog stem from stubble burning in Punjab, Haryana, industries in Delhi etc.
Burning of coal, wood, kerosene, waste, crop residue, and other biomass, dust from roads, exposed soil, and construction sites are also major
sources of Delhi pollution and hardly any steps are being taken for it. The options like vacuum cleaning of road are not sustainable in long
run.

Way out :-

Increase public awareness of air pollution. Educate and inform people about what they can do to reduce air pollution. Put out public health
messages on the metro, buses, billboards, and radio to help change public behaviour.
Raise and enforce emission standards. India is still on Bharat III and IV emission standards for our vehicles and fuels. This is 10-15 years
behind the West, where vehicles spew one-tenth of our emissions or less.
Improve public transportation and traffic management. Expand the fleet of CNG buses. Implement BRT the right way. Build, repair, and
reclaim the sidewalks for pedestrians – not for parking and vending – so people can walk more often, including to nearby bus stops and metro
stations.
Discourage vehicle use: Driving is not a right but a privilege; it has a social cost. Impose – as many countries do – an annual vehicle use fee.
Penalise ownership of multiple cars in a household.
Penalise big and non-compliant polluters. Like Beijing, ban the sale and registration of all new private diesel vehicles in Delhi. Provide 24×7
power across the NCR to minimise genset use; ban diesel gensets and promote CNG gensets. Spot-check fuel pumps for adulteration.
Move coal-firedbrick/pottery kilns out of the NCR.
Reduce road and construction dust. The problem of dust plagues the entire Indo-Gangetic plain. It can be mitigated by changing how our
urban surface infrastructure is built.
Reduce domestic sources of pollution, improve waste management. According to the 2011 census, over ten percent of Delhi’s households still
use biomass for cooking. Remove the address proof requirement for LPG Make LPG more affordable.

5) A meaningful and consistent dialogue between the union government, interlocutors and separatists in Kashmir is sine qua non for establishing
peace in the Kashmir Valley. Comment. (250 Words)
The Hindu

Introduction :- The Kashmir issue is very complex and is compounded by many pulls and pressures of political parties at the Centre as well as the
state levels.

The path of Kashmiriyat, Jamhuriyat and Insaaniyat need to be followed. This means, dialogue is the only practical and humane option the
Government of India has to control the situation in Kashmir in both its internal and external dimensions. Internally, the government should initiate
talks with all the stakeholders, including the Hurriyat, in Jammu & Kashmir. Externally, India should conduct talks with Pakistan to agree on a final
settlement of the Kashmir issue, as mandated by the Shimla Pact of 1972. There is no military solution to the problem, either in it’s internal or
external dimensions.

Civilian casualties are something that could change the mood overnight, and therefore should be avoided by every means.
One should not get into working a ‘package’ for Jammu and Kashmir as some of the issues could not be resolved (by it) and hence would hold
back other positive actions.
Government should get some of the ‘do-ables’ done right away and others can be negotiated later.
The coalition government of the Peoples Democratic Party and Bharatiya Janata Party should demonstrate that they are alive to the aspirations
of the people of the three regions of the state and could fulfil them.
Such genuine dialogue between Delhi and J&K would be appreciated by the international community and would silence the Pakistani
establishment as any of their tricks could further damage their reputation.
India should maintain that Pakistan has no role at all in Kashmir affairs, and, hence, it would not negotiate with it on this issue.
If there is no let up in its export of terrorism across the border, there must be well deliberated retaliation — both diplomatically and militarily.
Each action of Pakistan should be well documented and publicised before any retaliatory counter action is taken.
Consistent policy of talks with the Kashmiris and a stick for the Pakistanis would prove effective and productive in the long run.

5) In its ambition and enthusiasm to actively engage in “Quadrilateral” grouping, India should not neglect its neighbours. Comment. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- By accepting an invitation to join the Japan-proposed, U.S.-endorsed plan for a “Quadrilateral” grouping including Australia to
provide alternative debt financing for countries in the Indo-Pacific, India has taken a significant turn in its policy for the subcontinent.

The coming together of India, the US, Japan and Australia is being seen as building a strategic partnership to deal with China’s rise and its
implications.
On the other hand the logic of expanding membership in a security-focused group is not very obvious. Security collaboration among a larger
group is a challenging task as success depends on the credibility and commitment of each participant. Moreover, the greater the number of
people at the table, the narrower the agenda on which a consensus can be achieved.

However irrespective of it’s advantages or disadvantages it is necessary that India analyse the impact of this admission on all our relations.

India has already conceded it requires “other parties” in the neighbourhood, even as it seeks to counter the influence of China and its Belt and
Road Initiative.
As a growing economy with ambitious domestic targets, India’s own needs often clash with those of its neighbors. Participating in such
initiatives may sound neglecting regional partners and trying to cling to big ones.
India while pursuing aspirations in global alliances falls short of it’s regional commitments like Over the past decade, since the defeat of the
LTTE, India passed up offers to build the port in Hambantota, Colombo, and Kankesanthurai, despite Sri Lanka’s pressing need for
infrastructure. ew Delhi has changed its position on Hambantota several times. India has also been ambivalent on tackling political issues in
its region like Nepal constitution, Maldives crisis, Myanmar Rohingya issue etc.

Owing to India’s presence and impact in South Asia the neighbourhood first policy should not take backseat. It is important to keep the track with
neighbors first and grow regionally in order to grow globally.

3) India has stepped up trade and investment in hydrocarbons in Africa, with nearly 17% of its total crude oil imports coming from Africa by 2016.
Should India step up these petroleum-related foreign direct investment and trade relations with Africa? Discuss merits and demerits. (250 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- India and Africa relationship has expanded in many diverse areas and energy field specially hydrocarbon is no exception. India has
stepped up trade and investment in hydrocarbons in Africa, with nearly 17% of its total crude oil imports coming from Africa by 2016.

Merits of such investment :-

Such trade and investment by India could also support Africa’s economic development, particularly if Indian FDI results in technology
transfer that builds African capacity in petroleum exploration, production and refining and if African governments use revenues from
petroleum exports for national economic development.
India’s oil consumption has grown at an average annual rate of 5% over the last decade and climbed to over 4 million bbl/day in 2016. Oil
consumption is projected to reach 10 million bbl/day by 2050. To meet this demand, India currently imports 80% of its crude oil needs hence
investment in Africa will diversify Indian Oil market and reduce it’s dependence on import.
The Indian expanding refinery capacities can be benefitted with African investment. The recent completion of Indian Oil Corporation’s (IOC)
new 3,00,000 bbl/day Paradip refinery in the east coast state of Odisha will enable India to refine lighter, sweet crude from West Africa as
well.
With this investment other areas can also be explored. Africa has also become an increasingly important source of coal and natural gas for
India. South Africa and Mozambique have become important new sources of coal for India in recent years, while Algeria, Nigeria and Egypt
have become the major new suppliers of natural gas.

Demerits of such investment :-

Despite the mutually beneficial relationship in the short term, India’s trade and investment in Africa’s hydrocarbons sector may prove to be less
effective economically over the medium and long term because of the three factors discussed below.

Technological advances of renewable energy: The accelerating rate of technological advances and cost-competitiveness of alternative
renewable energy options can render such investment ineffective. According to other data by Bloomberg New Energy Finance, the share of
electricity that the world’s Group of 20 (G20) economies generate from renewable energy has jumped by more than 70% in the space of five
 years.
‘Carbon tax’ and other restrictions on carbon emissions: The increasing number of countries and cities that are adopting regulations and
restrictions on carbon emissions. In 2017, countries around the world have adopted more than 1,200 climate change laws (Clark 2017). For
example, the United Kingdom (UK) and France have both adopted plans to ban the sale of new petrol and diesel vehicles by 2040 (Ward
2017).
‘Diminishing returns’ for the petroleum industry: increasing levels of energy input are required for fossil fuel extraction relative to energy
output.

This analysis suggests that while India’s FDI and trade in Africa’s hydrocarbons may serve mutual interests in the short term, they may pose
significant financial liabilities over the medium to long term. It may be more financially advantageous to consider shifting such investments to other
sectors that are projected to prosper, such as decentralised utilities, electric auto companies, battery manufacturers, copper and lithium mining,
electronics producers, software developers, electric engine makers, smart grid builders and, of course, solar and wind power manufacturers,
installers and financiers.

3) The Prime Minister has recently constituted the economic advisory council (PMEAC) to provide sound policy advice in key areas such as
reviving economic growth and creating enabling conditions for gainful employment. Do you think PMEAC was needed when the NITI Aayog and
the office of the chief economic adviser (CEA) are fully functional with similar policy agendas? Discuss. (200 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- NITI Aayog (Hindi for Policy Commission), also known as the backronym for the National Institution for Transforming India, is
a Government of India policy think-tank established by the NDA government to replace the Planning Commission which followed the top-down
model. The stated aim for NITI Aayog’s creation is to foster involvement and participation in the economic policy-making process by the State
Governments of India. The emphasis is on bottom-up approach and make the country to move towards cooperative federalism.

While The Chief Economic Adviser (CEA) is the economic advisor to the Government of India. The CEA is the ex-officio cadre controlling
authority of the Indian Economic Service. The CEA is under the direct charge of the Minister of Finance.

Apart from NITI Aayog and CEA the government receives policy-related suggestions from stakeholders such as bureaucrats, industry, consumer
groups, think tanks, academia, media, experts, among others through both structured and non-structured processes. However a closer look at the
functions of the CEA and NITI Aayog points to a niche which the PMEAC can create for itself.

All those stakeholders giving advices to government directly or indirectly represent a specific interest group, such as the Central government,
state governments, foreign investors, domestic industry, intermediaries, consumers, among others, and, by design, may not be able to adopt a
holistic approach.
This is where role of PMEC becomes crucial as it can provide independent astute understanding of the interlinkages between the interests of
different stakeholder groups, including stakeholders who have not been able to effectively communicate their perspectives.
The chairman and member secretary of the PMEAC remain associated with NITI Aayog in their old capacities, thus providing critical synergy
between the two organizations.
The CEA reports to the Union finance minister and is tasked with preparing the economic survey, involving rigorous ex-post analysis of
economic realities. It lays the ground for predicting forthcoming opportunities and challenges to the economy. The NITI Aayog, on the other
hand, provides expert advice to different government departments and state governments on policy formulation, monitoring and supervision.
Armed with data analysis from the CEA, and an understanding of the implementation capabilities of government departments and state
governments from NITI Aayog, the PMEAC will be in a position to adopt a whole-of-government approach to provide policy advice to the
Prime Minister.

The members of the PMEAC have the necessary skill set and experience to make the most of this opportunity and contribute to the country’s
economic growth revival story. This unique opportunity must not be missed.

5) Discuss the steps taken by the Supreme Court to reform collegium system. Do you think these measures are adequate? What more reforms are
needed to address concerns regarding collegium system? (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The Supreme Court of India’s collegium system, which appoints judges to the nation’s constitutional courts, has its genesis in, and
continued basis resting on, three of its own judgments which are collectively known as the Three Judges Cases. A formula was invented to appoint
judges in higher judiciary.

The court evolved the principle of judicial independence to mean that no other branch of the state – including the legislature and the executive –
would have any say in the appointment of judges. The court then created the collegium system, which has been in use since the judgment in the
Second Judges Case was issued in 1993. There is no mention of the collegium either in the original Constitution of India or in successive
amendments. The creation of the collegium system was viewed as controversial by legal scholars and jurists outside India.

Recently Supreme Court quashed the 99 th amendment to the constitution and National Judicial Appointment Commission. It has agreed on
implementing the Memorandum Of Procedure (MoP) for appointments, uploading collegium decisions on website etc

These measures are appreciable but not sufficient.

Other measures, such as making the collegium’s deliberations publicly available

Annual reporting of vacancies, appointments, number of candidates interviewed, time taken for appointments, and so on, are also important.
This requires data management skills and administrative and logistical capacity, for which a secretariat could be established, to ensure that the
appointments calendar and processes are strictly followed, and records are maintained and placed in the public domain in timely fashion.

Individuals come and go but institutions have to survive and gain the confidence of the people. As R K Merton said “Functionality of an institution
depends on how it changes with time” Supreme court must take necessary steps to make the collegium system more appealing, transperant.

7) Discuss the role of technology, especially data, in tackling modern slavery. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Slavery was abolished by most countries 150 years ago, but bonded and forced labour, trafficking and exploitation persist. A
September report by the International Labour Organization estimated that in 2016, 40 million people were victims of modern slavery, every fourth
of whom was a child. The United Nations estimates that roughly 27 to 30 million individuals are currently caught in the slave trade industry.

Contemporary slavery takes many forms, from women forced into prostitution, to child slavery in agriculture supply chains or whole families
working for nothing to pay off generational debts.

Role of technology in tackling modern slavery :-

Different digital capabilities can be used like cyber trafficking curbed by creating a systematic local database and sharing it at local level it
will help in recognizing irregularities and law enforcement agencies can be more efficient. The prosecution and conviction of Ross Ulbricht,
founder of Silk Road website, is evidence of the success of such a systematic approach.
The initial steps in combating trafficking are the receipt of information of perpetration, investigation and prosecution. Victims are often
smuggled using public transport and this can be made into an effective tool in identifying plausible instances. Such physical crackdown will
help in developing comprehensive database.
Co operation among all stakeholders like transportation modes of flights, ships, border security forces on international borders, victims
themselves involved in crime can be very useful in creating frequent routes, timings, ways used for slave trafficking and identification of
hotspots for future crackdowns.

International commitment to fight slavery is evident from Target 8.7 of the Sustainable Development Goals, which seeks to end human trafficking,
modern slavery and forced labour. Indian governments steps like PENCIL portal, Khoya Paya portal and TRACKCHILD portal, resistration of
Adhaar cards etc are steps in right direction.

Additional information :-

Other measures to be taken :-

Verifying the legal standing of the suppliers with which an organization works. This includes reviewing registration documents, audited
financial statements, shareholder and director lists and former trading names.
Conducting a media audit on the company to find any news coverage that indicates a negative third-party track record.
Reviewing regulatory, litigation and bankruptcy databases in the jurisdictions where the supplier is registered and operates.

Efforts worldwide to eradicate modern day slavery :-

The governments credited with the strongest response to modern slavery are the Netherlands, the United States, the United Kingdom, Sweden,
Australia, Portugal, Croatia, Spain, Belgium, Germany and Norway. U.S. Trafficking Victims Protection Act of 2000, U.S. California Transparency
in Supply Chains Act of 2010, UK Modern Slavery Act of 2015 and the Trade Facilitation and Trade Enforcement Act of 2016

Indian states, however, are making commendable strides and innovating in their crackdown methods. Maharashtra, for instance, has 12 special cells
for tracking illicit trade and a Crime And Criminal Tracking Network to connect police stations across the state. The mandatory registration of
placement agencies in Jharkhand and Chhattisgarh adds an impediment to forced outmigration and gives law enforcement agencies more backing to
shut an illicit operation.

6) In your opinion, what needs to be done in order to make the ‘Housing For All by 2022’ programme successful? Discuss. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

The government launched the “Housing For All by 2022” programme in 2015, with the Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (Pmay) as a key
anchor scheme.
Pmay envisages building 20 million urban units by 2022.
Challenges

1. Land availability

Urban areas contribute 70% to the GDP but occupy only 4% of the land base

2.Quality developers

In India, without adequate urban land parcels to set up housing complexes or housing schemes with private participation, meaningful supply
creation will not happen.
India is largely a country of small-scale entrepreneurs and real estate is no exception. While the establishment of the Real Estate Regulatory
Authority is a step in the right direction to safeguard consumer interests, the level of compliance and strict fund-usage conditions are onerous
for small-scale developers.

3.Archaic lending principles

The current practice of assigning a low rating to all new companies, and slowly upgrading them over time, does not help in facilitating
accelerated growth.
By assigning high importance to traditional parameters, such as scale and vintage, before taking any exposure to new-age housing finance
companies, lending institutions are not accelerating growth.

Solutions

1. Solving land issue

Government should proactively allow urban public land holding to be utilized for affordable housing projects.
The government can also explore the launch of an affordable rental housing scheme, wherein it could create a stock of affordable housing
units within urban areas.
Globally, countries such as Singapore and Sweden have huge public housing programmes that form 83% and 30%, respectively, of the
country’s housing stock.
The private sector can play a role in implementing best construction practices, and in maintaining the housing stock, as is the practice in New
York.

2.Support to real estate entrepreneurs

By building a strong support system and hand-holding the real estate entrepreneurs, we could create an ecosystem of quality developers.

3.Upgrading lending principles through use of technology

Since the rating drives the borrowing rate, which is a key cost for housing finance companies, such a wait and watch approach creates a
bottleneck for the good companies.
To stimulate demand, loans need to be provided at affordable rates. In order for housing finance companies to lend at affordable rates, the
financing ecosystem participants, such as large lending institutions and credit rating agencies, need to evaluate the new-age credit frameworks
of housing finance companies.
In today’s technology era, the credit evaluation of customers is done very differently by leveraging data and technology. For instance, tools
like pincode-based customer mapping, social behaviour analytics, and technology-led fraud prevention and control, are immensely helping
new-age housing finance companies to profitably lend to customers while controlling the credit risk.
Instead, it would be immensely beneficial to rank companies on the fundamental soundness of their new-age technology-led tools/practices,
and downgrade those who demonstrate weak results. Such a rating downgrade should be done swiftly in order to reflect the health of the
company.

5) Why is it imperative for India to remember that Chabahar is an SEZ and not an exclusive project handed over to India? Comment. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

Despite both India and Iran peddling the overhyped narrative of “civilizational ties” being the bedrock of the bilateral relationship, it is, in
fact, hard, unemotional economics that drives the engagement.

Why India needs to be cautionary?

1. Iran hesitance

Chabahar is a Special Economic Zone (SEZ) and not an exclusive project handed over to India, and Iran has reiterated this point multiple
times.
Chabahar has got an altogether different lease of life in the Indian discourse compared to the Iranian one. India’s access to Chabahar is
predominantly seen as a counter-balance to the port of Gwadar
In fact, Chabahar and Gwadar even have a sister-cities agreement, promoting trade and people-to-people ties between the ports even as New
Delhi pitches the two against each other.

2.Chinese offers to Iran

Compared to Beijing’s already full control of Gwadar, China has already activated a $10 billion credit line to Tehran, with another $15
billion one close to fruition.
China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) has been successful in taking large chunks of projects away from Western companies in Iran.

3.Chinese infrastructure investment in Pakistan

India’s fears stem from the possibility of a build-up of Chinese naval presence in the near future, with China committing around $60 billion in
infrastructure investments in Pakistan.

4.Chinese military buildup in Indian Ocean

 The protection of this vast investment will lead China to increase its military footprint in the seas around South Asia.
To put it in perspective, 2013 saw no Chinese naval submarines in the waters of the Indian Ocean, while this has jumped to an average of
seven-eight such ships in 2017. While these movements include anti-piracy operations, it raises the question of why submarines are required
to tackle glorified tugboats and modified motorboats off the African coast.
These movements, of course, are now backed further by Beijing’s first overseas permanent military installation in Djibouti.
The probability of such a build-up weighs heavy on Indian strategists’ minds, and Chabahar is often seen as the ideal balancing option.

5.India’s growing relationship with US

The trade of hydrocarbons is the largest chunk of Indo-Iranian ties, and, at the peak of American sanctions against Tehran over its nuclear
programme, India had the hard task of balancing American pressure in order to minimize any long-term damage between the two countries as
Iran pushed for financial clearances from India to the tune of nearly $6 billion in pending oil payments.
Even as India informed Iran of its inability to do so, due to sanctions, the then government of president Mahmoud Ahmadinejad persisted,
often threatening New Delhi that it could lose stakes in projects such as Chabahar port, the Farzad B gas field and so on if it did not defy
Washington.

Conclusion

Emerging from those times relatively unscathed, India has managed to keep its foot in the door to protect its interests and revived the narrative
of Chabahar’s importance.
However, the security dimension is based on a preferential approach towards Indian interests rather than one based on exclusivity by Tehran,
making it much more of a high stakes game for New Delhi, which does not have a mature grand-strategy design around its foreign policy.

5) When it comes to delivery of services and good governance, the problem is not merely inadequate government expenditure – it is also a failure to
absorb and deploy allocated resources at every level of government. With reference to poor state capacity in India in implementing schemes
properly, comment on the statement. (250 Words)

Livemint

Inadequate funds

In the 2017-18 Union budget, education spending came to about 3.71% of gross domestic product (GDP), a considerably lower
percentage than, say, peer nations in the Brics (Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa) grouping. This is a persistent trend.
Likewise, government healthcare spending, taking both the Centre and states into account, has hovered around the wholly inadequate
1.5% of GDP mark.

But this is an incomplete perspective. The problem is not merely inadequate government expenditure. It is also a failure to absorb and deploy
allocated resources at every level of government.

Underutilisation of funds

State budgets have not always responded adequately to the increased devolution of funds starting from the 2015-16 Union budget after more
fund devolution from 14th Finance Commission
There is often a substantial mismatch between fund allocation and outlay planning at various levels of implementation.
The Centre for Policy Research’s Accountability Initiative has pointed out that the fund release timetable for the fiscal year can be a
problem as well—in, for instance, healthcare, when the Centre has backloaded the release.
This failure points to a long-running problem in Indian governance—the inability of Union ministries and state governments to cash the
cheques the Centre writes.
This is caused by poor state capacity.

Examples

1. Education

A CAG performance audit tabled in Parliament in July 2017 pointed out that despite persistent demands for more right to education (RTE)
funds from the Centre, state governments have failed to spend over Rs87,000 crore of the allocated corpus over the past six years.
Between 2010-11 and 2015-16, the underutilization ranged from 21% of allocated funds to 41%.
The audit noted damningly, “poor planning and execution by state governments, resulting in non-accomplishment of goals to provide
infrastructure”.

2.Clean Ganga

A Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG) report points out that the approximately Rs2,500 crore in the Clean Ganga Fund set up by the
Modi government remains unutilized.

3.Other funds

The corpuses for other once-prominent schemes like the Nirbhaya Fund and Beti Bachao, Beti Padhao remain largely untapped.
And programmes like the National Rural Health Mission and Integrated Child Development Services have often failed to use their
allocated funds in recent years.

Way forward

1. Scrap cesses

Cesses are meant to be budgetary band-aids—temporary levies to address a pressing need.

When they become long-term measures with more added steadily, they become a form of regressive taxation.

2.Reduce number of ministries

The proliferation of unnecessary silos and the inevitable turf wars that come with it create planning and implementation hurdles.
 3.Grassoots planning and implementation

Central and state governments must follow through with devolution of funds as well as planning and implementation at both the panchayat
level and for city governments.

4) The government needs to create a workable, inclusive system of land titling and records to allow land markets to function effectively and reduce
judicial burden. Comment. (250 Words)

The Wire

Why conclusive land titling is necessary?

The colonial system of deed-based registration, presumptive title (not conclusive title) and land records open to challenge, continue to limit
proper land utilisation.

1. High litigations

Land is one of the most litigatious and controversial subjects in India. The lack of a proper system to maintain land records and provide
persons with conclusive titles results in frequent and long drawn legal conflicts.

2.Ambiguous laws

Registering any transaction under the Registration Act, 1908 is just an evidence of the transaction, which does not confer any title on
the landowner.
The system envisaged under the Registration Act runs parallel to the records maintained by the revenue department.
These are supposed to reflect the changes in either record.However, this does not always happen.

3.All transactions not registered

Some transactions (e.g. gifts) which may be part of revenue records are not necessarily required to be registered under the Registration Act.

4.Some states do not demarcate physical boundaries

Certain systems of land ownership in states like Haryana and Himachal Pradesh only deal with ‘shares’ of particular persons without
demarcating physical boundaries between them.
Similarly, most land records do not really mirror property ownership at an individual level.

5.Constitutional deadlock between states and centre

Under India’s constitution, maintenance of land records, land revenue, survey and ‘record of rights’ are clubbed in the state list .
In the concurrent list, some subjects which the parliament has legislated on – stamp duty, Registration Act, transfer of property etc. –
have a direct bearing on land records.

Potential Solutions

1. Model Land Tilling Bill, 20011

To rectify the anomaly in the land situation, the central government has drafted the Model Land Titling Bill, 2011.
The Bill aims to create a template for states to move towards establishing conclusive titles through government notifications.
Unfortunately, the entire system of new officers and authorities proposed in the Bill does not clarify their functioning vis a vis the
current or existing system.
The factors further dogging the Bill are inadequate land records, uncertain procedure of survey
Also, the central government’s funding of authorities that primarily function under the aegis of state governments, (for e.g. ‘land
record’, ‘record of rights’) as envisaged in the Bill, are seen to be problematic.

2.National Land Records Modernizing Program

The government has also launched the National Land Records Modernizing Program (2008) to address the issue of conclusive land titling.

6) Increasingly, India is being seen as a pioneer in digital technologies. This rapid pace of transformation has raised larger questions around
inclusion, data protection and privacy. Discuss these larger questions and their solutions. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

Committee on Data Protection led by Justice B.N. Srikrishna was set up.

The objective is to ensure growth of the digital economy while keeping personal data of citizens secure and protected.

Technology will evolve rapidly and the law will need to keep pace with changes.
But the overall vision of empowering the individual should be at the heart of all legislation.

Why privacy protection is important in regulation of digital world

It is important for the Committee to state that privacy is not just a right or a moral obligation, but it has value to the economy.
It enhances trust and increases voluntary participation in the digital economy.
There is a fundamental link between privacy and innovation. No one will innovate in a surveillance-oriented environment or in a place
where an individual’s personal information is compromised.

Why data protection is important in regulation of digital world

The ultimate control of data must reside with the individuals who generate it; they should be enabled to use, restrict or monetise it as
 they wish.
Therefore, laws should enable the right kind of innovation — one that is user-centric and privacy-protecting.
The building a data protection framework should be for the individual, the entrepreneur and the government.

How to achieve the desired goals?

Effective body for data protection

Committee has proposed the creation of a strong Data Protection Authority (DPA).
Some of the recommendations, such as applying the law to both government and private data collectors, fines against violators and
direct compensation to complainants, are progressive.
But for the DPA to be effective, it must have the authority to impose penalties.

Conclusion

There are several practical constraints in the implementation of many of the rights
Challenges arises from the different ways data is currently stored, the burden of meeting privacy rights, the need for exemptions, etc.
For this law to be successful, recognising and addressing these constraints is important.

7) A petition by tribal organisations says the Compensatory Afforestation Fund Act violates constitutional rights and affects livelihoods of crores of
adivasis and forest dwellers. Examine why. (150 Words)

Down to Earth

Introduction:

Tribal organisations says the Compensatory Afforestation Fund Act violates constitutional rights and affects livelihoods of crores of adivasis
and forest dwellers
CAF has the provision to create a national fund with contributions from user agencies—any person, organisation, company or
department of the Centre or state government making a request to divert or de-notify forest land for non-forest purpose.

Issues

1. Violates tribal rights regime

Compensatory Afforestation Fund Act, 2016 (CAF)gravely violates the constitutional and legal rights as well as livelihoods of crores of
adivasis and forest dwellers in India, under Article 300A of the Constitution, Panchayat (Extension to Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996 (PESA)
and the Forest Rights Act, 2006 (FRA).

2.Deforestation enhanced

Tribals criticised the act for creating a perverse incentive to accelerate deforestation rather than prevent it.

3.Use of land is not defined clearly

There is no clarity on the plantation process. If land is diverted in one area, compensatory afforestation can be done somewhere far
away.
November 8 guidelines of the Ministry of Environment and Forest on creation of land banks for compensatory afforestation are vague
and can include lands on which forest rights aren’t settled.

Way forward

1. Management of fund

Ensure that all accumulated Compensatory Afforestation funds are democratically managed and administered by transferring to gram
sabhas

2.Decentralisation of powers to undertake works out of the fund

All activities with the fund must be done with free, prior and informed consent of gram sabhas.
TECHNOLOGY AWARENESS

6) Compare Indian versions of GST with the versions of other countries’ and suggest what reforms should be brought into GST to make it robust
and meet its original objectives. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Global standards
Introduction of the GST is an important reform and is a standard policy recommendation for every country going in for the structural
adjustment programme of the International Monetary Fund.

1. Reduction in corporate tax due to mobility of capital

GST has taken centre-stage in many countries and is considered important in view of the competitive reduction in corporation tax rates due to
high mobility of capital.

2.Insulate smaller firms with reasonably high threshold

It is important not to have too low thresholds.

In fact, reasonably high thresholds will reduce the compliance burden to a large number of small businesses without much impact on revenue.

3.Fewer rates

Another desirable feature of a successful GST is to have fewer rates.

Multiple rates create classification problems, are harder to administer and would require the general rate of tax to be higher. It would
also invite a lot of lobbying by special interest groups.
It enormously complicates the technology platform to ensure input tax credit mechanism.

4.Other desirable factors

Developing and testing the technology platform

Educating the tax collectors and tax payers

Reforms needed
1. Lowering the number of rates

It would have been preferable to evolve the structure with two rates, one lower on items of common consumption and another general
rate on consumer durables and luxuries.
Notably, given that the VAT in the earlier regime had predominantly two rates, it should have been possible to convince the States of the
need to fix the GST rates at two rather than four.
Thinking afresh instead to merely adding up the excise and VAT rates to fit the item to the nearest rate decided. This is particularly relevant
in the case of commodities which are predominantly inputs as in the earlier VAT regime they were placed in the lower rate category.

2.Raising the threshold

It is the small businesses which produce and trade in commodities and services which are predominantly consumed by low income
groups and therefore, keeping the threshold high would be desirable from the viewpoint of equity as well.
Considering this, it may be desirable to fix the threshold at ₹50 lakh.
The revenue loss will be minimal but ease of doing business will be high.
The inclusion of petroleum products in the GST base will depend on mainly the revenue gains from the reform.
International experience shows that including real estate may not be easy.

7) Examine the purpose and utility of the introduction of the e-way bill system under the GST regime. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

In October, the GST Council had decided to introduce e-way bills.

Starting February 1, all inter-State movement of goods worth over Rs. 50,000 will be tracked with the introduction of the e-way bill
system under the GST regime.
 All consignments moving more than 10 km from their origin will require prior registration and generation of an e-way bill through
the GST Network, which will be valid for varying durations depending on the distance travelled.

Purpose of tackling tax evasion

With States claiming a revenue shortfall of about Rs. 40,000 crore so far under the GST, the Centre, which has to fill that gap, e-way bills and
matching of invoices, will make tax evasion difficult and bump up collections.

Issues

1. Cooperation between states needed

This poses an interim headache for firms operating across States, as they will now face differing compliance requirements for inter-
State trade and intra-State trade, depending on when individual States launch their own e-way bill systems.
To be fair, inter-State movement of goods was also tracked under the VAT (value-added tax) regime, but intra-State transactions were
not.

2.Exempt articles to be checked manually and thus annoyance

Over 150 items of common use, including LPG cylinders, vegetables, foodgrain and jewellery, will be exempt from such transport
permits, which can be checked by designated tax officials by intercepting a transporting vehicle.
Goods moved on non-motorised conveyance, such as carts, have been left out.

Way forward

Given industry’s nervousness, the government must simplify the onerous rules proposed for e-way bills (a one-day validity for distances up to
100 km, for instance)

1. Ensure that the IT backbone is robust

2.Make inspections the exception, not the norm.

DILEMMAS

9) What is the Bonn Challenge? Discuss its features and examine how can India achieve Bonn Challenge. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The Bonn Challenge is a global effort to restore 150 million hectares of the world’s degraded and deforested lands by 2020. It was
hosted and launched by Germany and the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) in Bonn on 2 September 2011, in collaboration
with the Global Partnership on Forest/Landscape Restoration and targets delivery on the Rio Conventions and other outcomes of the 1992 Earth
Summit.

Features :-
 Efforts at world level are being made :- As at 2013 over 20 million hectares of land had been pledged for restoration from countries
including Brazil, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Rwanda, and the United States. South Korea, Costa Rica, China, Rwandaand Brazil have embarked
on successful landscape restoration programmes.
Benefits to rural communities :- The IUCN estimates that fulfilling the goals of the Bonn challenge would create approximately $84 billion
per year in net benefits that could positively affect income opportunities for rural communities. It is also estimated that a reduction of the
current carbon dioxideemissions gap by 11-17% will be achieved by meeting the challenge
Supplementary targets :- The Bonn Challenge is not a new global commitment but rather a practical means of realizing many existing
international commitments, including the CBD Aichi Target 15, the UNFCCC REDD+ goal, and the Rio+20 land degradation neutrality goal.
Comprehensive impact :- It is an implementation vehicle for national priorities such as water and food security and rural development while
contributing to the achievement of international climate change, biodiversity and land degradation commitments.

INDIA BONN CHALLENGE :-

India made a Bonn Challenge in 2015. It was decided to place into restoration 13 million hectares (Mha) of degraded land by 2020 and an
additional 8 Mha by 2030 which will have potential climate benefit of 2 GtCO2 sequestered.

How can India achieve Bonn Challenge :-

India needs to shun the attitude of large scale plantation and needs to design its tree-based programmes better to meet climate goals :-
Traditional and current reforestation practices are inadequate to reverse the currents of increasing deforestation and desertification. Small-
scale grass roots development projects are the future for development in India.

Ø Agroforestry: The nation practices at least 35 types of agroforestry models that combine different trees that provide timber, fruits, fodder, fuel
and fertilizers with food crops.

Ø A simple, income generating, and self-promoting reforestation system called Farmer Managed Natural Regeneration (FMNR) has been
developed at Maradi, Niger. It is a low-cost land restoration technique used to combat poverty and hunger amongst poor subsistence farmers by
increasing food and timber production and resilience to climate extremes.

Ø In India, the National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development’s (NABARD’s) ‘Wadi’ model and the Foundation for Ecological
Security’s re-greening of village commons project are good examples of tree-based interventions which are proving to have great value in terms of
cost-effectiveness as well as the range of benefits they deliver to communities.

Ø It is also important to have in place a performance monitoring system to quantify tree survival rates and the benefits to communities. This
can be achieved through a combination of remote sensing, crowd sourced, ground-level monitoring with support from communities and civil
society organisations.
Ø A tool called the Restoration Opportunities Assessment Methodology (ROAM) is being used in 40 countries to find the best methods for
landscape restoration. The tool includes rigorous analysis of spatial, legal and socio-economic data and draws on consultations with key
stakeholders to determine the right type of interventions. In India, this tool is being piloted in Uttarakhand and Madhya Pradesh.

India has the policy framework, the political will and financing to endorse landscape restoration. What we really need now is innovation and
imagination to build replicable and scalable models with a participatory approach to achieve the country’s climate goals through landscape
restoration.

6) Recently, a new legal framework for wetlands was passed, the Wetland (Conservation and Management) Rules, 2017, replacing the earlier Rules
of 2010. Discuss the merits and demerits of these Rules. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Wetlands can be defined as lands transitional between terrestrial and aquatic eco-systems where the water table is usually at or near
the surface or the land is covered by shallow water.
They support rich biodiversity and provide wide range of ecosystem services such as water storage, water purification, flood mitigation,
erosion control, aquifer recharge and others.
But they are threatened by reclamation and degradation due to activities like drainage and landfill, pollution, hydrological alteration
(water withdrawal and changes in inflow and outflow), over-exploitation resulting in loss of biodiversity and disruption in ecosystem
services provided by them.
There are at least 115 wetlands that are officially identified by the central government and of those 26 are identified as wetlands of
international importance under Ramsar Convention which is an international intergovernmental treaty for conservation of wetlands. India
is a party to the treaty.
Wetland (Conservation and Management) Rules, 2017, replacing the earlier Rules of 2010 are also passed.

Merits
 1. Setting up State Wetlands Authority

The new rules stipulate setting up of a State Wetlands Authority in each State and union territories that will be headed by the State’s
environment minister and include a range of government officials.
They will also include one expert each in the fields of wetland ecology, hydrology, fisheries, landscape planning and socioeconomics to be
nominated by the state government.

2.Activities permitted/prohibited to be defined comprehensively

These authorities will need to develop a comprehensive list of activities to be regulated and permitted within the notified wetlands and
their zone of influence, recommend additional prohibited activities for specific wetlands, define strategies for conservation and wise use of
wetlands, and undertake measures for enhancing awareness within stakeholders and local communities on values and functions of wetlands.
The rules prohibit activities like conversion of wetland for non-wetland uses including encroachment of any kind, setting up of any
industry and expansion of existing industries, manufacture or handling or storage or disposal of hazardous substances and
construction and demolition waste, solid waste dumping, discharge of untreated wastes and effluents from industries, cities, towns,
villages and other human settlements.

3.Identify all wetlands within stipulated time

The State authorities will also need to prepare a list of all wetlands of the State or union territory within three months, a list of wetlands
to be notified within six months, a comprehensive digital inventory of all wetlands within one year which will be updated every ten years.
This year, the Supreme Court also passed an order directing States to identify wetlands in the country within a stipulated timeframe.

Criticism

1. Identification does not distinguish between existing and encroached

Identification process by the State Wetland Authority does not distinguish between existing wetlands and especially those past
wetlands which have been encroached and can be proved through legal documents.
It also does not take into account the Jagpal Singh judgment of Justice Katju for restoration of encroached wetlands throughout the
country.

2.Central government intervention provision

Provisions like “central government may consider proposals from the state government or union territory administration for omitting
any of the (prohibited) activities on the recommendation of the authority” in the new rules can be misused.

3.Appeal against Wetland Authorities not defined

Another major objection is about the process of appeal against the decisions of wetland authorities. According to the 2010 rules, anyone
aggrieved with the CWRA’s decisions could have filed an appeal with the National Green Tribunal, but the new 2017 rules are silent
on the appeal process.

4.Wise use provision

The other big gap is the subjective definition of “wise use” which is to be determined by the state wetland authority. While the subject
head talks about restrictions and the activities listed are to be prohibited, the provision gives ample space for undoing everything that
ought to be prohibited.

5.Some wetland types ignored

Salt pans as ‘wetlands’ have been omitted from the new Rules. They were identified as wetlands in the 2010 Rules, as they are often
important sites of migratory birds and other forms of biodiversity.
INVESTMENT MODELS

4) What are the directions given by the Supreme Court on police reforms in the Prakash Singh v. Union of India case? In the light of lack of political
will to implement these directions, what role you think the public should play in pushing political class to heed to Supreme Court directions?
Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :-

The police force is far from efficient, it is defective in training and organization, it is inadequately supervised, it is generally regarded as corrupt
and oppressive, and it has utterly failed to secure the confidence and cordial cooperation of the people’

– A.H.L.Fraser, Chairman of the Second Police Commission(1902)

Police reforms in India are much needed owing to the crumbling status of police system in India.

Supreme Court on police reforms in the Prakash Singh v. Union of India case :-

Eleven years have passed, but States have taken only some grudging steps to implement the reforms. September 22 is observed every year by the
Police Foundation as Police Reform Day to create awareness for the much-needed reforms but the reality of implanting the reforms is shaky. Hence
In the light of lack of political will to implement the reforms role of people becomes increasingly important.

It’s the people who finally can generate trust among the stakeholders and pressurize the politicians, corrupt elements in place to implement the
reform in later and spirit.

People can check the accountability and efficiency in implementing the reforms and can approach judiciary to check the arbitrariness, slackness in
government in implementing the directives. Only strong public opinion can move the political class to implement the 2006 Supreme Court
directives. Hence they must strive to achieve police reforms through mounting public opinion from below if it is not being implemented by will
from above.

3) Instead of cancelling hospital licences, governments should bring in patient centric laws, institutional capacity to enforce them. Comment. (250
Words)

The Indian Express

Patient Centric laws

1. Reinvigorate Clinical Establishments Act of 2010

While the Central government needs to relook at the Clinical Establishments Act of 2010, (that though adopted by 14 states stands
unimplemented)
State governments must seize the moment and bring in regulations along the lines of, or bettering upon, what West Bengal and Karnataka
have recently done.

1. Karnataka example

constitution of empowered grievance redressal mechanisms at district levels

mandated hospitals to display prices for procedures
ensure observance of a patient’s charter.

Institutional Capacity

There is an equal urgency to building the institutional capacity to enforce them.

Setting of protocols
Computerisation of every patient interaction and supervision on real time basis
An uncompromising approach to non-adherence of conditions need to go along with legal frameworks.

Conclusion

Such an environment protects both doctors — of whom a majority want to do good — and patients, from the greed of hospital investors and
managers.

Topic: Parliament and State Legislatures – structure, functioning, conduct of business, powers & privileges and issues arising out of these

4) What are the objectives of the landmark anti-defection law of 1985? Examine on what grounds and how members of Rajya Sabha are
disqualified. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Anti defection law

Under Tenth Schedule to the Constitution, member of Parliament or the State legislature incurs disqualification if he either voluntarily
gives up the membership of the party or votes or abstains from voting in his legislature, contrary to the direction (whip) of the party.
The objective of the landmark anti-defection law of 1985 was to enhance the credibility of the country’s polity by addressing rampant
party-hopping by elected representatives for personal and political considerations.
While this enactment brought about some order in the system, some politicians found ways of circumventing it over the years.

Disqualification in Rajya Sabha

In the present cases, that of Sharad Yadav and Ali Anwar Ansari, the allegation against the members was that by indulging in anti-party
activities they had “voluntarily” given up the membership of their party, namely the JD(U).
According to a Supreme Court judgment, “voluntarily giving up the membership of the party” is not synonymous with “resignation”.
It could be “implied” in participation of the member in anti-party activities.

Role of presiding officer

Further, Rule 7(3) of the Members of Rajya Sabha (Disqualification on Grounds of Defection) Rules clearly stipulates that a member
against whom the petition has been made, has to forward his comments to the chairman within seven days of the receipt of copy of the
petition.
Rules prescribed by the Rajya Sabha show that the Chairman is required either to proceed to determine the question himself or refer
it to the committee of privileges for a preliminary inquiry.
But reference to the committee is contingent upon the Chairman satisfying himself that it is necessary or expedient to do so; it is not
mandatory.
As a matter of fact, in several cases in the past, the Speaker of the Lok Sabha and the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha, whenever “the
circumstances of the case” so warranted, have “determined the question” themselves, without referring it to the committee.

Conclusion

The orders of the Chairman have established a benchmark, both in terms of speedy disposal (about three months) as well as the
quality of the decisions.
VP made it clear that while dissent is a political right, it should be articulated appropriately without striking at the roots of the
functioning of the party-based democratic system.
E-TECHNOLOGY IN THE AID OF FARMERS

7) Why is the presence of antibiotic resistance in the environment a worrying factor? Examine. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Until now, India’s fight against antibiotic-resistance was focussed on getting people to cut down on unnecessary antibiotic
consumption. Having too many antibiotics causes bodily pathogens to resist these miracle drugs.
But, for the first time, the 2017 National Action Plan on Antimicrobial Resistance talks about limiting antibiotics in effluent being
dumped by drug makers into the environment.
This is because when these drugs taint soil and water, the scores of microbes that live there grow drug-resistant.
But only a tiny proportion of these environmental microbes trigger disease in humans.

Environment-pathogen link

There is intimacy shared between environmental bacteria and human pathogens.

Typically, a pathogen can take two routes to antibiotic resistance.

1. The first is for its own genes to mutate spontaneously to help fight the drug. This is a long-winded route, because mutations take time to
spread through a bacterial population.
2. The second route, a shortcut known as horizontal gene transfer, is for the bug to borrow resistance genes from its neighbours.

Scientists believe that many human pathogens today picked up their resistance genes from the environment through this shortcut.

The antibiotic age

Earliest antibiotic-resistance genes in nature are millions of years old. But when humans starting manufacturing antibiotics in the
1950s, a large doses of these drugs seeped into the environment through poultry and human excreta, and waste water from drug makers and
hospitals. This led to an explosion of resistance genes in soil and water microbes.
In 2007, Swedish investigators found that water in a pharma effluent treatment plant had both high levels of ciprofloxacin as well as
novel resistance genes, never seen in microbes elsewhere.
When the Swedish researchers compared the numbers of qnr genes in the faeces of people living in antibiotic-polluted regions and
elsewhere, they found no difference. This seems to imply that the flow of genes from the environment to humans is a rare event.

We live in unprecedented times where environmental bacteria, pathogens and antibiotics are mixing like never before. This means such
rare events are almost inevitable.
Once they jump to human bugs, resistance-genes can spread across continents in a few days, thanks to international air travel.

Conclusion

Wastewater in pharma clusters could give rise to new genes as dangerous as New Delhi metallo-beta-lactamase 1 (NDM-1) of 2009.
Thus, countries like India with huge pharma industry should take appropriate steps.
BILATERAL, REGIONAL AND GLOBAL GROUPINGS AND AGREEMENTS INVOLVING INDIA AND/OR
AFFECTING INDIA’S INTERESTS

5) The torture of individuals in state custody remains a brazen human rights abuse that mocks our governance even as we claim human dignity as
the end objective of the Indian state. Why torture is a cause for concern and what should be India’s stand on this issue? Comment. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Torture is concern in India:-

India’s NHRC had reported a significant number of torture cases involving police and security organisations.
It has been urging the government to recognise torture as a separate crime and codify punishment in a separate penal law.
Judicial stand:-
In Raghbir Singh v. State of Haryana (1980) and Shakila Abdul Gafar Khan v. Vasant Raghunath Dhoble (2003), the Supreme Court
said it was deeply disturbed by the diabolical recurrence of police torture is visible and torture is assuming alarming proportions
Forcible feeding, sleep deprivation, sound bombardment, electric shocks, cigarette burning, and other forms are forms of torture used by
government agencies in India.
Failure of India to ratify UN convention despite signing it
Difficulties in extraditing criminals from foreign countries are present due to the absence of a law preventing harsh treatment by authorities.
Neither the Indian Penal Code nor the Code of Criminal Procedure specifically or comprehensively addresses custodial torture.
Unlike custodial deaths, the police are not required to report cases of torture which do not result in deaths to the NHRC.
The Supreme court guarantees that citizens could claim against the police the ‘right against torture’ and declared that it flows from Article
21’s guarantee of ‘personal liberty’.
Torture increases the hatred towards the state machinery as it does not give an opportunity to the perpetuator to reform

What should India’s stand be:-

India needs to expeditiously ratify the Convention against torture.

The government needs to pass the prevention of torture bill 2017.
The draft Prevention of torture bill, 2017 proposed stringent punishment to perpetrators to curb the menace of torture and to have a
deterrent effect on acts of torture. The punishment could extend up to life imprisonment and include a fine.
An effective mechanism must be put in place to protect victims of torture, complainants and witnesses against possible threats, violence or ill-
treatment.
The State should own the responsibility for injuries caused by its agents on citizens, and the principle of sovereign immunity cannot override
the rights assured by the Constitution.
Police reforms including community policing need to be further encouraged.
More powers should be given to human right commissions in India to do suo moto proceedings against the machinery responsible.
Judiciary reforms are needed so that under trials do not spend much time in prisons.

4) Replacing food rations with cash could effectively undercut efforts to reduce malnutrition. Comment. (200 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- Malnutrition refers to the situation where there is an unbalanced diet in which some nutrients are in excess, lacking or wrong
proportion. Simply put, we can categories it to be under-nutrition and over-nutrition. Despite India’s 50% increase in GDP since 1991, more than
one third of the world’s malnourished children live in India. Among these, half of them under 3 are underweight and a third of wealthiest children
are over-nutrient.

Nobel Laureate Professor Amartya Sen praised India’s Public Distribution System (PDS). He said that markets couldn’t address issues of poverty
and starvation on their own, that government programs must resolve these issues. India has built the largest, though not necessarily the strongest,
PDS in the world. This is a commendable step for development in India.

However India’s such commendable food system suffers from much problems like Identification of poor by the states is not fool proof, a large
number of poor and needy persons are left out and a lot of fake cards are also issued, fair Price Shop owner gets fake Ration cards and sell the food
grains in the open market, people do not get the permitted amount of food grains from the Fair price shop, diversion of Food grains by Fair Price
Shops holder and mediator. This all have impacted the role of PDS in addressing food security and thereby malnutrition.

Benefits of replacing ration with cash to address malnutrition :-

Globally, Conditional Cash Transfers (CCTs) have emerged as an effective policy tool in driving developmental change. Evidence of
successes of programmes like Progressa and Bolsa Familia successful in reducing poverty, bridging inequality and inducing desired
behavioural changes have been documented through rigorous third party evaluations. Similar results have been observed in the case of
Mamata in Odhisa.
Cash provides the choice, freedom to opt for food according to one’s health and can make other nutritional facilities available to people rather
than restricting them to ration food only.

However there is a dark side too :-

Economic Surveymentions that between 2004–05 and 2011–12, household purchases through the PDS grew by 117%, indicating greater,
more efficient coverage, while leakages came down from 54% to 35%.
Extrapolated to 2016, a further reduction to 20.8% is expected, without accounting for improvements in technology and expansion of
coverage that must have occurred in these years.
Even where PDS has been substituted with cash transfers, as in the three UTs, there was no guarantee that the cash reached the beneficiaries.
Surveys in 2017 under the aegis of the Niti Aayog show that around 35% of the targeted beneficiaries did not receive any cash in their
accounts.
So clearly, replacing cash for food is no panacea to improve delivery, as leakages can be present in cash schemes as well.

In a country where every third child is undernourished, a hasty decision to replace food by cash can be detrimental to the nutritional requirements
for those who need it the most. The ICDS does more than just fill essential nutrient gaps for children. Anganwadis provide nutrition counselling,
growth monitoring and health services such as antenatal care and immunisation. With the launch of the National Nutrition Mission that lays out a
framework for multisectoral interventions for reducing malnutrition in the country, there is an opportunity to strengthen the ICDS and make it
deliver. Cash can never ensure that food will reach the children who need it most. This reality must inform future policy.

3) Suicide is the second largest cause of death amongst young Indians. With reference to our Mental Health Policy Framework, how can social and
care systems aid in better Mental Health of the nation? Examine. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- About 800,000 people commit suicide worldwide every year of these 135,000 (17%) are residents of India a nation with 17.5% of
world population. Between 1987 and 2007, the suicide rate increased from 7.9 to 10.3 per 100,000 with higher suicide rates in southern and eastern
states of India. In 2012, Tamil Nadu (12.5% of all suicides), Maharashtra (11.9%) and West Bengal (11.0%) had the highest proportion of suicides.
Among large population states, Tamil Nadu and Kerala had the highest suicide rates per 100,000 people in 2012. The male to female suicide ratio
has been about 2:1.

The National Mental Health Policy, announced in October, 2014, is based, inter-alia, on the values and principles of equity, justice, integrated and
evidence based care, quality, participatory and holistic approach to mental health. Its goals and objectives include the following:

to reduce distress, disability, exclusion, morbidity and premature mortality associated with mental health problems across life-span of a
person,
to enhance understanding of mental health in the country,
to provide universal access to mental health care,
to increase access to mental health services for vulnerable groups,
to reduce risk and incidence of suicide and attempted suicide,
to ensure respect for rights and protection from harm of persons with mental health problems, and reduce stigma associated with mental health
problems
to enhance availability and distribution of skilled human resources for mental health.

Along with this social and care systems aid in better Mental Health of the Nation in following ways :-
Suicide though can be attributed to neural disorder the psychological aspects like thwarted sense of belongingness, perceived burdensomeness, sense
of fearlessness about bones deed when exaggerate owing to lack of care systems the suicidal tendencies come out in practicality.

The diminished and extensive social connections or low and high integration with society and suicide are integrately linked as shown by Emile
Durkheim. The more a person is isolated from social systems the more he will be at risk of suicidal tendencies.

The multiplicity of seemingly intractable material and existential problems results in turmoil, followed by confusion and apathy that invokes
feelings of distance, unquietness and feeling trapped.

Inability to grapple with the complexity of economic and social pressures of survival and conformity seem to result in an all-pervasive sense of
hopelessness. A breakdown in safety nets augments social vulnerabilities and builds insurmountable distress.

70% of persons who died by suicide in India lived on an annual income of Rs. 1 lakh. This shows States that maintains social equilibrium safeguards
essential interests of the disadvantaged through uninterrupted investments in health, education and social sectors can have less rate of suicide.

Way forward :-

The Bhore Committee had stated that every Indian should be able to access health care without the humiliation of proving their financial status, or
the bitterness of accepting charity.

In the case of the ultra-poor living with mental health issues, targeted social interventions such as the disability allowance, an entitlement, that helps
mediate struggles of deprivation, and by extension, exclusion, mandated by the Mental Health Care Act and the Rights of Persons with Disability
Act, must be better streamlined, adopting an integrated single window health and social care system that will minimize cumbersome bureaucracy.
At a societal level, widening gaps linked to power and control may have defeated values of empathy and engaged compassion. Within families and
across social groups, a mutual sense of responsibility and affiliation towards each other must be reinforced, through rituals and culture, social
training or self-learning. Being kinder helps save lives and even as we celebrate diversity and agency, values of interdependence have to be
strengthened.

3) Despite a dedicated legislation to emancipate the condition of street vendors in India, they await transformative reforms and effective
implementation. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Street Vendors (Protection of Livelihood and Regulation of Street Vending) Act, 2014 is an Act of the Parliament of India enacted
to regulate street vendors in public areas and protect their rights. According to the Ministry of Housing and Urban Poverty Alleviation, there are 10
million street vendors in India, with Mumbai accounting for 250,000, Delhi has 450,000 etc.

The bill aimed at providing social security and livelihood rights to street vendors, has its origins in the ‘Street Vendors Policy’ introduced in 2004,
which was later revised as ‘National Policy on Urban Street Vendors, 2009. The act recognizes that street vendors constitute an integral part of our
urban economy.

Problems faced by street vendors :-

Street vendors contribute significantly to the urban distribution system, but in return face humiliation, harassment and confiscation threats
from police officers and inspectors from the local governing bodies.
The risk of displacement often increases in the context of elections, mega-events or efforts to beautify city centers.
Since street vendors spend the majority of their working time on open roads, they are vulnerable to different types of diseases like migraines,
hyper-acidity, hypertension and high blood pressure due to pollution.
The lack of toilets has an adverse effect on women’s health and many suffer from urinary tract infections and kidney ailments.

Hence the comprehensive act Street Vendors (Protection of Livelihood and Regulation of Street Vending) was passed. In spite of the provisions of
town Vending Committees, vending zones, certifications of venders the legislation is not creating ground level impacts.

Issues in legislation and implementation :-

The obligations such as fee for certification, maintenance charges, to maintain public property/hygienic conditions can be cause of breach of
conditions by a street vendor as their income is so meagre.
The undertaking given by person that no other means of livelihood is controversial because street vendor do look for other temporary jobs to
supplement their incomes.

There is no clause to impart training to representative of street vendors in TVC regarding knowledge of all type of vending business to gain
maximum profit, as most of vendors are illiterate.
The Government shall add provisions to safeguard interest of street vendors who are working on pleasure of some private owners or
contractors.

The act provides legal status to only street vendors of urban areanot for rural areas.
Conflict with State Laws: The act states that the central law will override any other state law in case there is conflict between the two laws.
Under this act, the TVC has a limited role involving the issue and renewal of registration and vending certificates and keeping records of
street vendors such as the stall allotted for vending, category of vending and the business carried out.
The railway accommodates a significant population of street vendors in India but unfortunately railway is excluded from purview of this act.
The standing committee has also recommended that railway should be included under purview of this act.

Over the years the street vendors have organized themselves into trade unions and associations, and numerous NGO‘s have started working for
them. The National Association of Street Vendors of India (NASVI), based in Delhi, is a federation of 715 street vendor organizations, trade unions
and non-governmental organizations (NGO’s).

However there are some flawed provisions in street vendor’s act 2014 but still it is a very good start for creating a harassment free environment for
street vendors. There is need to do a lot for purpose of harassment free environment such as training to TVC members, organized elections of street
vendors in TVC, apply provisions of this act to railways etc.

3) The Mental Health Care Act, 2017 fails to address cyber bullying as a contributing factor towards mental illness. Highlighting the health
consequences of cyber bullying, comment on remedial measures that cane be taken. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Cyberbullying or cyberharassment is a form of bullying or harassment using electronic forms of contact. Cyberbullying has become
increasingly common, especially among teenagers. Harmful bullying behavior can include posting rumors about a person, threats, sexual remarks,
disclose victims’ personal information, or pejorative labels (i.e., hate speech).

Eight out of 10 people in India have experienced some form of online harassment, with 41% of women having faced sexual harassment on the web,
according to a new survey commissioned by cybersecurity solutions firm, Norton by Symantec.

Health impact of cyber bullying :-

Research had demonstrated a number of serious consequences of cyberbullying victimization. For example, victims have lower self-esteem,
increased suicidal ideation, and a variety of emotional responses, retaliating, being scared, frustrated, angry, and depressed.
People have reported that Cyberbullying can be more harmful than traditional bullying because there is no escaping it.
One of the most damaging effects is that a victim begins to avoid friends and activities, often the very intention of the cyberbully.
Cyberbullying campaigns are sometimes so damaging that victims have committed suicide. There are at least four examples in the United
States where cyberbullying has been linked to the suicide of a teenager. The suicide of Megan Meieris a recent example.
Cyberbullying is an intense form of psychological abuse, whose victims are more than twice as likely to suffer from mental disorders
compared to traditional bullying.
Victims can suffer because of cyberbullying long after it ends. Being bullied can lead to a lifetime of low self-esteem. This may cause chronic
fatigue, insomnia and poor performance in school or at work. Depression is not uncommon, with some victims feeling an overall sense of
hopelessness and worthlessness about their lives.
What is being done and more steps required :-

International efforts :- The Cybersmile Foundation is a cyberbullying charity committed to tackling all forms of online bullying, abuse, and
hate campaigns. Cybersmile provides support to victims and their friends and families through social mediainteraction, email and helpline
support. They also run an annual event, Stop Cyberbullying Day, to draw attention to the issue.
A number organizations are in coalition to provide awareness, protection and recourse for the escalating problem. Some aim to inform and
provide measures to avoid as well as effectively terminate cyberbullying and cyberharassment. Anti-bullying charity Act Against
Bullyinglaunched the CyberKind campaign in August 2009 to promote positive internet usage.
In 2007, YouTube introduced the first Anti-Bullying Channel for youth, (BeatBullying) engaging the assistance of celebrities to tackle the
problem

3) Propagating good reproductive hygiene is as most important as propagating good family planning. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Family planning involves using birth control techniques to decide how many children you have and when you have them. It allows
couples to have their desired number of children, and control the spacing and timing of their births.

Importance of family planning :-

It is very much needed for maternal health. Maternal health refers to the health of women during pregnancy, childbirth and after delivery.
While motherhood is often a positive and fulfilling experience, for too many women it is associated with suffering, ill-health and even death.
A woman’s ability to space and limit her pregnancies has a direct impact on her health and well-being, as well as on the outcome of each
pregnancy.

Importance of reproductive hygiene :-

Reproductive health is a state of complete physical, mental and social well-being, and not merely the absence of reproductive disease or infirmity.
Reproductive health deals with the reproductive processes, functions and system at all stages of life.

-United Nations
 Reproductive health is not just about sex. It is part of a holistic health program starting from early age teaching values and understanding the
anatomy and physiology of their bodies.
This education continues when they are young adults to have safe and acceptable access to methods of fertility regulation of their choice and
the right to have access to appropriate healthcare services that enables women to go safely through pregnancy and childbirth.

· Women bear by far the greatest burden of reproductive health problems. Women are at risk of complications from pregnancy and childbirth;
they also face risks in preventing unwanted pregnancy, suffer the complications of unsafe abortion, bear most of the burden of contraception, and
are more exposed to contracting, and suffering the complications of reproductive tract infections, particularly sexually transmitted diseases (STDs).
· Among women of reproductive age, 36% of all healthy years of life lost is due to reproductive health problems such as unregulated fertility,
maternal mortality and morbidity and sexually transmitted diseases including HIV/AIDS. By contrast, the equivalent figure for men is 12%.Hence
good reproductive hygiene is equally important as propagating good family planning.

4) How can India play a significant role in the redevelopment and security of Afghanistan. Do you think India should be militarily involved in the
same? Critically analyse. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Bilateral relations between the Islamic Republic of Afghanistan and the Republic of India have traditionally been strong and
friendly. Whilst the Republic of India was the only South Asian country to recognize the Soviet-backed Democratic Republic of Afghanistan in the
1980s, its relations were diminished during the 1990s Afghan civil war and the Taliban government. India aided the overthrow of the Taliban and
became the largest regional provider of humanitarian and reconstruction aid to Afghanistan. Indians are working in various construction projects, as
part of India’s rebuilding efforts in Afghanistan. India’s significant role in redevelopment and security of Afghanistan :-· India will assist
in development projects like the Shatoot dam and drinking water supply project for Kabul, low-cost housing for returning refugees, water supply
network for Charikar city and a polyclinic in Mazar-e-Sharif· India’s focus will continue on building governance and democratic institutions,
human resource capacity and skill development, including in the areas of education, health, agriculture, energy, application of remote sensing in
resource management and space technology in governance.· India agreed to strengthen security co-operations and extend further assistance for
the Afghan national defence and security forces in fighting the scourge of terrorism, organized crime, trafficking of narcotics and money
laundering.· India would be providing increased training facilities for Afghan defence forces that have been battling a resurgent Taliban for
many years. India has pledged $3.1 billion in assistance to Afghanistan since the ouster of the Taliban from KabulHowever this developmental
assistance should not extend to military sphere. This will dramatically change India’s position and role in Afghanistan. It’s involvement in military
activity and future alliances counter alliances will involve India unnecessarily into groupings. India has already ruled out such possibility.

3) “All at once, India’s healthcare suffers from quality, quantity, footprint, access and affordability issues.” Critically analyse. (200 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :– After Independence there has been a significant improvement, in the health status of people. India’s constitution guarantees free
healthcare for all its citizens and all government hospitals are required to provide free of cost healthcare facilities to the patients But the situation is
not much better as per study of WHO. It has placed India in 112th position among 191 countries of the world. Even Bangladesh is ahead of India.

Quality issues :-

India suffers from an acute shortage of secondary and tertiary hospitals, a significant shortfall in specialists and specialized equipment, and a rigid
regulatory framework combined with corrupt enforcement. All of this leads to appalling quality for the medical system in the country.

Quantity problem :-

With the lowest government spend and public spend, as a proportion of gross domestic product (GDP), and the lowest per capita health spend —
China spends 5.6 times more, the US 125 times more — Indians met more than 62 percent of their health expenses from their personal savings,
called “out-of-pocket expenses”, compared with 13.4 percent in the US, 10 per cent in the UK and 54 per cent in China.

Footprint :-

Lack of footprint impacts not only the filtering of patients but also deeply impacts prevention and early detection. A prevention and early detection
system is a must if costs of the whole system for the country are to be contained.

Accessibility and affordability :-

Primary health centres (PHC) in villages are supposed to feed medical cases that require treatment to specialist hospitals in districts and further on to
state-level specialist hospitals. PHCs are not present in many villages (about 1 for every 20 villages), and where present so severely undermanned
that the “access” system is broken at the first mile.

Much work needs to be done to figure out a combination of these methods to address the needs of a heterogeneous India that caters to the urban and
rural populations, rich and poor and formal and informal workers. “Health is the real wealth of a nation”, said Mahatma Gandhi. Hence efforts are
needed to fix the broken healthcare system of India.

Way Forward :-

Measures like early management of health problemsand better quality of care needed to be focused in primary healthcare system.

Strengthening primary health care delivery by ensuring the basics such as universal immunization can greatly reduce morbidity and
lower the costs of curative care.
It will lower the burden of higher strata of hospitals where the cost of treatment is high.

Universally accessibleand affordable healthcare at the same time can be achieved with integrated approach. This will also have a positive
impact on poverty and growth.
Recognizing the massive need for expanding the reach of health care services, the government needs to evolve new and innovative ways
of engaging the private sectorespecially in the provision of tertiary care.
A National Health Regulatory and Development Frameworkneeds to be made for improving the quality (for example registration of health
practitioners), performance, equity, efficacy and accountability of the health care delivery across the country.

It should put out standard treatment guidelines for public and private providers, frame a patients’ charter of rights, engage with
 professional associations and civil society, and establish a regular audit system.

India needs to increase its expenditure on health sectoras a percent of GDP (1.2% now), with active participation of state governments who
bear close to two-third of public expenditure on health sector.

Japan’s rapid growth since the second decade of the 20th century can be understood in light of the higher investment in health and
education after the Meiji restoration.
Comparing India’s and China’s growth rates, Amartya Sen argues that the main reason for the latter’s explosive growth cannot be
attributed to the nature of its government, but to its higher investment in health and education.
Focus needs to be on preventive health measure and successful implementation of immunization.
The potential of alternative health care should be recognized and there should be more focus on research in these areas.
Efforts should be put towards successful implementation of government schemes related to health sector.

1) Urban India faces considerable gaps along the full cycle of sanitation. Discuss priorities and strategies that urban India should focus on to make
Indian cities clean. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Cities of today’s world are facing major issue of waste generation and its disposal, also, the local authorities and administration are
facing the biggest challenge in terms of maintaining cleanliness at public places. Importance of sanitation is immense. It is not merely a hygiene
concern; it has serious health and economic implications. A World Bank study on the economic impacts of inadequate sanitation in India estimated
that India lost the equivalent of 6.4 per cent of GDP due to inadequate sanitation. More than 70 percent of this (₹1.75 lakh crore or trillion) was
accounted for by premature mortality and health-related costs.

The full cycle of sanitation has four stages: access to toilets; safe containment; conveyance either through the sewerage network or de-sledging
trucks, and treatment and disposal. The waste needs to be handled safely at each of these stages in order to gain public health benefits.

Some of the reasons for considerable gap in sanitation :-

The belief that sewerage and sewage treatment systems could be built in all cities. Sewerage refers to fully sealed underground pipes, and must not
be confused with open storm water drains that are supposed to carry only rainwater. After decades of investment, India has managed to connect only
a little more than a third of its urban households, most of which are located in metropolitan cities, to sewerage systems. This is because sewerage
systems and sewage treatment plants (STPs) — a preferred system in most western countries — are not only expensive but are also complicated to
maintain.

Priorities to make urban area clean :-

The cleanliness and sanitation concept must look holistically at the entire sanitation chain, beyond constructing toilets. States like Kerala
which has very high sanitation coverage, has poor health outcomes due to second generation issues.
The focus continues to be on hardware – subsidy driven solutions, despite the high slippage, non-use and millions of ‘’missing toilets’’ under
the Total Sanitation Campaign and Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan.
India’s sanitation programme lacks the professionalism and high quality management which are critical for the desired behaviour change.
Fragmented approaches, weak convergence, inequity and exclusion, procedural rigidities, poor monitoring and weak quality assurance are
other serious blockages.
Rather than promoting a one size fits all sanitation solution, India should encourage innovation and adaptive solutions suited to its huge
diversity.
The current focus on Corporate Social Responsibility partnerships should go beyond funding to look for infusion of private sector
management practices in sanitation, specifically in designing a communication strategy and campaign to generate demand.

Innovative experiments in urban sanitation in Indian cities :-

There have been innovative experiments in sanitation infrastructure and service provision in some urban slums by NGOs and government.
SPARC and WaterAid India have demonstrated the concept of community managed slum sanitation programmes in Mumbai and
 Thiruchirapalli.
Recently, with the engagement of the Pune Municipal Commissioner, this work was taken up on a large scale in Pune Municipality.
The cities of Hyderabad and Bangalore have also witnessed innovative successes. The Hyderabad Municipal Corporation relied on increased
tax collection for spending on water and sanitation.
However the Pune Municipal Commissioner (R. Gaikwad) did not follow this route and was able to spend forty times the annual outlay for
urban sanitation by drawing on sources of funding other than increasing taxes on civic services.
The Infosys sponsored model in Bangalore demonstrated a sustainable pilot project where high quality public toilets in commercial areas cross
subsidise toilets in slums.

Innovative strategies from all around the world :-

The city-state of Singapore maintains its cleanliness by considering the little things. Stickers in bathrooms remind citizens to always flush the
toilet. Littering fines are high and well communicated. Chewing gum sales are forbidden to avoid gum stuck to public subway stations or
benches.
By emphasizing recycling, Adelaide Australia drastically reduced their dependence on landfills, leading to a much cleaner living environment.
The city encourages citizens to consider giving quality, unwanted items to charity and to urge each other to rely on the city’s recycling
services.
Oslo has one of the highest populations in Europe, but there’s virtually no litter on the streets. The litter goes to an automatic underground
waste disposal system run by the city. Many houses are connected to the system, which carries the trash underground. The waste is then
burned by incinerators and used to fuel and heat the cit y, which reduces both pollution and waste in one blow.
Minneapolis Minnesota among on so many cities is on “cleanest cities” lists, as Block by Block works hard everyday to keep the city clean.
Minneapolis’ stance on vandalism and graffiti is to remove it within 24 hours. This reduces new graffiti and keeps areas looking welcoming.
Zurich citizens often choose to travel via public transportation. They have many options available including tram, bus, boat and train. Public
transportation reduces carbon emissions by decreasing the number of individual cars in transit everyday. The city keeps their systems well
kept and reliable.
Reykjavik Iceland discovered that once it decided to implement green cleaning programs in its government, environmental efforts became a
more attractive proposition in the local economy. Many businesses in Reykjavik now implement environmental policies to encourage
employees to consider cleanliness in their everyday work and commutes.

4) Do you think private schools deliver better learning outcomes than public schools? In the light of the recent World Development Report, discuss
the issues associated with private education and the need for upgradation of public education in India. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- The World Bank’s recent flagship World Development Report, 2018 has studied the comparison of learning outcomes in private
and public schooling systems.

There is a popular perception that private school deliver better learning outcomes due to advantages they share like

Private schools have better infrastructure required for the physical and mental development of the child. They can help with the required
facilities for the students to learn their lessons in a better way. The infrastructure can help them to have a practical approach to education.
The private institutes are better in their approach towards the psychological development of the children.
Private schools maintain better hygiene and environment which could safeguard the health of the students.
The education imparted in the private schools are more of audio-visual now-a-days with the emergence of computers into the learning.
Private schools can also provide better sport activities and equipments for the physical development of the children.
Students can learn the civilized and modern approach which is of demand in the MNC culture which is feeding many of us in present era.

But the Findings of the report shows another side which negated this perceptions and discussed issues in private educational system :-

The World Bank report thus challenges a popular perception in India and finds no consistent evidence that private schools deliver better
learning outcomes than public schools.
Indeed, of the 1.27 million untrained teachers teaching in India, 925,000 are in private schools, pointing to the massive historic neglect of
quality.
It advocated that States’ capacities to fully monitor and enforce adherence to quality standards, mitigate against negative equity impact and
ensure contract compliance must be enhanced if justice is to be done to those who already study in private schools.
The report warned that some private schools’ quest for profit “can lead them to advocate policy choices that are not in the interests of
students”.
There are also clear risks as private schools skim off higher-income students that are easiest and most profitable to teach, leaving the most
disadvantaged within the public system.
The reliance on private schools risks segregating the education system on family income and deepening existing social cleavages; it also
undermines the political constituency for effective public schooling in the long run. This has particularly dangerous outcomes in India where
caste, gender and class inequalities dominate.

Some of the facts depicting the peculiar condition of education in India are;

As per the global education report-2004, India was positioned at 106 out of 127 countries in the education sphere.

India has the largest number of illiterates by far, contributing around 34% to the total number of illiterates in the world.

It is among the ten fastest growing economies in the world, but still has one-third of the world’s illiterates.

Government schools do hold a significant position in making education available to the masses. They have several benefits over private schools
which cannot be denied; such as,

Government schools are affordable.

These schools provide education without any discrimination.

Policies like ‘Free and Compulsory Education’ and ‘Education to The Girl Child’ are made possible only in the government schools.

Salaries of government school teachers are considerably high.

Hence there is a need to upgrade the public education system :-

The quality of education can only be improved if steps are taken to ensure children come to school prepared to learn, teachers have the skills
and motivation to teach effectively, inputs reach classrooms and management and governance systems are strengthened in schools that serve
the poorest.
Lack of basic facilities adds to the plight of education system in India. The situation worsens as we move from urban to sub-urban and rural
areas. So ensuring the availability of facilities like sanitation, drinking water, laboratories, libraries, sports etc is crucial.
Quality of teachers and teachings need attention. The National Education Policy (NEP) draftprepared by the TSR Subramanian committee
proposed independent Teacher Recruitment Commissions, and formulation of transparent and merit-based norms and guidelines for
recruitment of teachers and principals. It suggests teacher training, recruitment, school management, and improved pedagogic techniques.
Increasing the budgetary allocation is important. India is committed to the global and domestic benchmark of allotting 6% of gross domestic
product to education, but has never crossed the 4% threshold. Failing to invest in the best education for the poor will only widen the social
inequalities that exist in India today

The road to reform is fraught with challenges but the cost of inaction will be much higher. Hence upgardation of public system is the need of hour.

1) Do you think there is a need to introduce the wars the Indian military was compelled to engage in after August 1947 in school curriculum?
Justify. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- India has fought many wars since it’s independence. The major wars fought includes Indo-China war of 1962, India-Pakistan war of
1965 and 1971. Other skirmishes and minor confrontations involves 1999 Kargil war with Pakistan etc. This history many a times included in
textbooks but they becomes centre of controversy owing to their politicisation etc.

The military history of India should be taught in school :-

They are the touchstones of history which reminds us about the sacrifices made, the lessons learnt and the valour shown by the Indians in the
difficult days. This results in making Indian younger generations unite more responsibly and work for the future with more efforts.
The experience of 1947-48 clashes and history of partition need to be understood. India’s independence was a tumultuous event. Mass
migration of populations was underway. Violence and massacre between communities was rampant. The subsequent accession of Jammu and
Kashmir and wars with Pakistan if included in school curriculum then students will be aware about the actual happenings and facts and won’t
be misled by others.
The younger generation in India, that is those born after 1980, may not even recall the border war with China except in a hazy manner.
However, it merits recall that those responsible for national security at the highest level in government proved to be inept, ignorant and
arrogant in the defence management of the country.

However including warfare and painting their glories can have negative impact on minds of students. They may think that war is the only option and
peaceful ways are not effective. This may also create over patriotism and wrong patriotic concepts in them. This can be tacked with careful
formulation of syllabus and balanced guidance, teachings from the mentor.

Independent India has faced many challenges to national security and territorial integrity, beginning with the war for Kashmir in October 1947 and
through the Mumbai terror attacks of November 2008. The need to introduce an appropriate capsule in the school curriculum should need little
reiteration, but it has remained elusive for more than half a century.

2) While the focus on the Rohingya refugee crisis is justified, the indifference to plight of Sri Lankan refugees is condemnable. Comment. (150
Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The Rohingya people are a stateless Indo-Aryan people from Rakhine State, Myanmar. There were an estimated 1 million
Rohingya living in Myanmar before the 2016–17 crisis. On 22 Oct 2017, the UN reported that an estimated 603,000 refugees from Rakhine,
Myanmar had crossed the border into Bangladesh alone since August 25, 2017.

In recent months, the focus of the media has been on the Rohingya refugees in India. But the plight of Sri Lankan refugees, who have been here for
nearly 35 years, appears to have gone out of the public consciousness.

Justification of focus on Rohingya crisis can be done on following points :-

The plight of the Rohingyas from Myanmar and Bangladesh is being described as Asia’s biggest mass exodus. They are described by
the United Nationsin 2013 as one of the most persecuted minorities in the world.
According to Human Rights Watch, the 1982 laws effectively deny to the Rohingya the possibility of acquiring a nationality. Despite being
able to trace Rohingya history to the 8th century, Myanmar law does not recognize the ethnic minority as one of the eight national races.
The Rohingyas have faced military crackdowns in 1978, 1991–1992, 2012, 2015and 2016–2017. UN officials and HRW have described
Myanmar’s persecution of the Rohingya as ethnic cleansing.
Probes by the UN have found evidence of increasing incitement of hatred and religious intolerance by ultra-nationalist Buddhists against
Rohingyas while the Myanmar security forces have been conducting summary executions, enforced disappearances, arbitrary arrests and
detentions, torture and ill-treatment and forced labour against the community.

However ignorance to plight of Sri Lankan Tamil is condemnable owing to their struggle and pathetic condition :-

Over 1 lakh Sri Lankan Tamils had sought refuge in the State during the worst crisis in Sri Lanka between 1983 and 1987 and the decade
following that. Presently, 109 special camps in Tamil Nadu house more than 60,000 refugees.
The pathetic condition of shelters, restrictions on movement, and limited scope of livelihood opportunities affect the community of one lakh-
odd Sri Lankan refugees, who have been living in Tamil Nadu ever since the anti-Tamil pogrom in Sri Lanka in July 1983.
The refugees also suffer from social and psychological problems as reports of suicides, school dropouts and child marriage show. Many
middle-aged refugees worry about their children’s future, given the fact that 40% of camp refugees are below 18 years.
In the last eight and a half years, hardly 10% of the refugee population (9,238 people) went back through a scheme implemented by Indian
officials along with the office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR).

Way Forward :-
The Tamil Nadu government gives Rs 1,000 every month to the head of the refugee family, Rs 750 to each adult, and Rs 400 to every child.
This is very less compared to their crisis situation hence they must be supported with just credit.
Refugee children are eligible to study up to Class 12 for free, and receive the benefits due to Indian students, including free textbooks,
uniforms, bicycles, noon meals, bus passes and laptops. However this has not resulted into any ground level change in situation. The search
for a better future, though, hasn’t been so fruitful for most of the refugees in the state of Tamil Nadu. There are many refugees in India who
have been here for three generations and even the third generation after being educated are still working as daily wage labourers. Hence a
comprehensive plan considering their real concerns and situation is necessary with involvement of all stakeholder in process.
Both the DMK and AIADMK governments have periodically demanded citizenship or permanent resident status for them this can be explored
by centre. This will help the next generations of refugees who have stayed back in India.
Unlike in Canada, European countries, and Australia, India was reluctant to integrate the refugees into society. These refugees were unable to
even decide whether or not to go back to Sri Lanka as observed by academic studies in Sri Lankan refugee camps. Hence shunning these
narrow attitudes and showing broader perspectives of co-operation is needed.
4) The amendments to the Maternity Benefit Act are noble, but impractical to implement. Comment. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The government, made an amendment to the Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 recently. This move places India in the league of wealthy
Western countries that have some of the most generous benefits for new mothers. These noble amendments are as follows :-

Increased Paid Maternity Leave: The Maternity Benefit Amendment Act has increased the duration of paid maternity leave available for
women employees from the existing 12 weeks to 26 weeks.
 Maternity leave for adoptive and commissioning mothers: The Maternity Benefit Amendment Act extends certain benefits to adoptive
mothers as well and provides that every woman who adopts a child shall be entitled to 12 weeks of maternity leave, from the date of adoption.
Work from Home option: The Maternity Benefit Amendment Act has also introduced an enabling provision relating to “work from home” for
women, which may be exercised after the expiry of the 26 weeks’ leave period. Depending upon the nature of work, women employees may
be able to avail this benefit on terms that are mutually agreed with the employer.
Crèche facility: The Maternity Benefit Amendment Act makes crèche facility mandatory for every establishment employing 50 or more
employees. Women employees would be permitted to visit the crèche 4 times during the day.
The Maternity Benefit Amendment Act makes it mandatory for employers to educate women about the maternity benefits available to them at
the time of their appointment.

However they are impractical to implement :-

Cost intensive :- The measures introduced, particularly the crèche facility, are cost-intensive and may deter employers from hiring or retaining
pregnant women. A 2014 International Labour Organisation report specifically cautions against making employers solely liable for the cost of
maternity benefits for this reason.
Less spending per child to meet the breastfeeding guidelines :- One of the key goals of the act is to facilitate breastfeeding by working
mothers. Studies have shown that health benefits that accrue to both the mother and her child by breastfeeding are more than matched by
economic returns at family, enterprise and national levels.

Restricting the option of working from home to only women also reinforces gender-based roles within the family. Provisions like these will
inevitably cause employers to view these measures as an undue burden.

It is time for the government to shoulder the financial responsibility of providing maternity benefits.

This could be implemented by enabling employers to seek reimbursement of the expenses incurred by them in this respect.
In addition, the government must find innovative and cost-effective ways to ensure that working women are not forced to discontinue
breastfeeding.
A simple method is to express breast milk and store it to be given to their children while they are away.
Employers need to facilitate a clean and private pumping room.

Government has to show the will to change this status quo by ensuring effective implementation of maternity benefits.
2) Given how they are juxtaposed geographically and culturally, the two countries – India and Bangladesh, have failed to realise full potential of
their mutual relationship. Comment. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Bangladesh and India are South Asian neighbours. Relations have been friendly, although sometimes there are border
disputes. India was the first country to recognize Bangladesh as a separate and independent state and established diplomatic relations with the
country immediately after its independence in December 1971. India’s links with Bangladesh are civilizational, cultural, social and economic.

Presently they are common members of SAARC, BIMSTEC, IORA and the Commonwealth. In particular, Bangladesh and the east Indian states
of West Bengal and Tripura are Bengali-speaking.

India and Bangladesh’s geographical locations complement each other and present an opportunity for both to further develop their connectivity links
and economies.

Bangladesh’s geopolitical importance for India is due to three factors.

Bangladesh’s location is a strategic wedge between mainland India and Northeastern seven states of the Indian Union. Each of these states is
land-locked and has shorter route to the sea through Bangladesh.
 Bangladesh is a natural pillar of “Look East Policy”. A friendly Bangladesh that ensures no anti-India terror or insurgent activities can be
carried out from its soil unlike in the past will substantially assist India in handling security problems in some of its restive north-east States.
The navigable rivers in India’s Northeast that could connect West Bengal or Orissa ports pass through Bangladesh. The only entry to and exit
from the Northeastern region of India is through the Shiliguri Corridor that is close to the Chinese border and within striking distance of
Bangladesh. The Shiliguri Corridor is the most sensitive ‘choke point’ for the Indian Union.

However they have failed to realise the full potential of their relationship :-

Major areas of contention has been :

A major area of contention has been the construction and operation of the Farakka Barrageby India to increase water supply in the
river Hoogly. Bangladesh insists that it does not receive a fair share of the Ganges waters during the drier seasons, and gets flooded during the
monsoons when India releases excess waters. See also Sharing of Ganges Waters.
There have also been disputes regarding the transfer of Teen Bigha Corridorto Bangladesh.
Terrorist activities carried out by outfits based in both countries, like Banga Senaand Harkat-ul-Jihad-al-Islami. Recently India and
Bangladesh had agreed jointly to fight terrorism.
Bangladesh has consistently denied India transit facility to the landlocked North Eastern Regions of India. Although India has a narrow land
link to this North eastern region, which is famously known as the Siliguri Corridoror “India’s Chicken Neck”
Illegal Bangladeshi immigration into India. The border is porous and migrants are able to cross illegally, though sometimes only in return for
financial or other incentives to border security personnel. Bangladeshi officials have denied the existence of Bangladeshis living in India and
those illegal migrants found are described as having been trafficked.
Continuous border killing of Bangladeshi people by Indian border guards, aiding illegal immigrants, helping in armed dacoity, fake money
transfer and illegal drug trades by both Indian and Bangladeshi people are the major problems between Bangladesh and India.

Steps required :-

Bangladesh is also home to an aspirational middle class that would like to reap the dividends of a better relationship with New Delhi. Greater
trade and connectivity, especially people-to-people relations need to be given due weightage.
Apart from venturing into big agendas small issues like building stronger educational links, paying attention is the visa hassle Bangladeshi
academics face when attending conferences in India, smoothening the Agartala-Dhaka-Kolkata, Guwahati-Shillong-Dhaka bus services etc.
addressing the issues like Tipaimukh hydro electric project etc is equally important.
The role of India’s Northeast in India-Bangladesh ties has long been delinked from security and migrant issues. It is time that Northeast India
and Bangladesh built not only strong economic links, but also greater cultural and educational ties. Apart from more border haats, something
border states have already called for, the two sides should explore the possibility of sister city arrangements to promote more people-to-
people interactions.

An economically strong, secular and democratic Bangladesh is integral to New Delhi’s interests and also of the subcontinent as a whole. Efforts to
strengthen areas of co-operation and minimize that of conflict is needed.
1) What did the Russian Revolution mean to India, Indian politics and Indian political leadership? And how did colonial authorities react to these
influences and interpretations? Examine. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Russian revolution was a great event in world politics which influenced entire world and Indians leaders, political systems were no
exceptions.

The Russian Revolution was arguably the last in a series of three “Asian” events that energized nationalist leaders in India in the years just
before and after World War I after two great events of Meiji restoration and defeat of Russia by Japan.
The Indian revolutionaries who had up till then been drawing inspiration from the Kaiserian Germany, turned towards the Soviet Union for
succor.
Both the peacenik Mohandas Gandhi as well as firebrand revolutionaries found inspiration in the methods practiced by Russians to win
freedom from tyranny.
Russian Revolution inspired Indians and panicked the colonial British administration, though Communism was not to be the force that swept
the British out of India.
Floodgates of the colonial revolt were let loose by the new ideology emanating from north. From Indonesia to Egypt the colonial slaves were
in revolt against the imperialist exploiters
Communism indeed gained a foothold in India, inspired numerous leaders, established communist and socialist political parties, and lead to
trade union movements and labour mobilization.
The Russian revolution proved to be a catalyst to the ripening grounds of socialism. Soon after 1917, several socialist and communist groups
sprouted all across the country
It led to an upsurge in workers’ movements in 1918 and 1919
 In British India, the 1917 revolution not only inspired and influenced secular movements, it had a similar impact on faith-based movements
and political organizations. Even before the Communist Party of India (CPI) could formally take roots, there were religious scholars like
Maulana Hasrat Mohani and Maulana Obaidullah Sindhi publicly owing allegiance to the international socialist movement.
Russians were also taking note of Indian happenings. After the arrest of Bal Gangadhar Tilak Lenin had written an article

As Jawaharlal Nehru noted later: “The Soviet Revolution has advanced human society by a great leap and has lit a bright flame which could not be
smothered, and it has laid the foundation for that new civilisation towards which the world could advance.”

3) Critically comment on proposed amendments to the Karnataka Private Medical Establishments Act and reasons why doctors across state are
protesting against these amendments. (150 Words)

The Wire

Introduction :- The doctors are opposing the Karnataka Private Medical Establishments (Amendment) Bill, 2017, provides to regulate functioning
of private hospitals by prescribing treatment costs and punitive action for violations. The Act mandates registration of all private medical
establishments, charts out the obligations like maintaining records, prescribes minimum standards of facilities and services provided in the private
medical establishment and mandates displaying rates of various procedures.

It is being amended for fixing Increased liability on doctors for medical negligence. The government is now trying to strengthen the law to include
prices caps for medical treatments and procedures and to strengthen grievance redressal systems.

Why doctors across Karnataka are protesting against these amendments :-

Private doctors are demanding that the state focus on lifting the standards of care at government hospitals before attempting to regulate private
medical establishments and their doctors.
The IMA also said that the Bill was discriminatory because it does not bring public sector hospitals into its ambit.
The punishment — ranging from six month to three-year jail terms and fines of between Rs 25,000 and Rs 5 lakh — for violators of the fee
and a condition that hospitals must hand over bodies to family members soon after a death, instead of holding on to them for payment of dues,
are among the key clauses causing concern in the private medical community.

The bill has been conceived after due consultation with the hospitals by the Justice Vikramajit Sen commission. Kumar has also stated that the state
government has paid the 250-odd private hospitals in Karnataka over Rs 1,000 crore through various health schemes since 2003

The proposed amendments to the Karnataka Private Medical Establishments Act – including regulating fee and service charges at private hospitals –
are not against doctors. Rather, they will facilitate a better doctor-patient relationship.

1) Much of the experience of Russia’s October Revolution has been horrific for the people of Russia, and benign for the rest of the world. Elucidate.
(250 Words)

The Hindu

The Indian Express

Introduction :- The October Revolution officially known in Soviet literature as the Great October Socialist Revolution and commonly referred to
as Red October, the October Uprising, the Bolshevik Revolution, or Bolshevik Coup was a revolution in Russia led by the Bolsheviks and Vladimir
Lenin that was instrumental in the larger Russian Revolution of 1917. It took place with an armed insurrection in Petrograd on 25 October (7
November, New Style) 1917.

The central contradiction of Russian Revolution was that this was the most ambitious and sustained attempt at human transformation and liberation
in modern European history – and yet the Soviet regime became the most violent state in modern peacetime Europe.

It had many positive impacts on Russia like the czarist rule comes to an end and gives say to the workers and peasants. After the revolution, Lenin
created free education throughout Russia. Children learned communist ideas but they were still educated about the world. Another positive effect
was that Lenin made the eight-hour working day, which greatly improved working conditions.

However it was accompanied with some horrific results.

Horrific experience of Russia’s October revolution in Russia :-

Russian revolution came with end of World War 1. The experiences of war, state failure, and military defeat opened up spaces
for paramilitary violence, atrocities and extremist politicsover the next three decades.
The tragedy of the Russian Revolution is that the palpable sense of popular emancipation and empowerment in 1917 gave way to violent
dictatorship.
15 million people die after the Bolsheviks and anti-Bolsheviks sweep Russia after the revolution happened.
Within months of the October Revolution, Lenin bemoaned lack of disciplineamong Russian workers, and both Leninist thought and
Bolshevik rule became noticeably more authoritarian.
Starting in summer 1918, with economic crisisand civil war setting in, the Soviet state dramatically intensified its practices of violence and
repression.
Its leaders justified it as a path to the better future the revolution was meant to secure.
After the revolution, people’s freedom was lost and people couldn’t read, write, or say whatever they want. People were also not allowed to
celebrate religion as religious leaders were murdered and churches were destroyed.

Benign Experience of Russia’s October revolution for rest of the world :-

Revolutionary Russia showed the way for the diverse working people around the world to unite, move beyond the chains of tyranny, and
create a new world which could provide for the free development of each and all.
It generated a new way of thinking about economy, society and the government. The Bolsheviks set out to cure Russia of all its injustices that
arouse from social class differences. This was to be implemented in rest of the world too.
It led to the populism and spread of Communism, Socialism systems and their adoption by many countries in world like Russia, Cuba etc.
The Revolution led to redefinition of democracy. Most people began to recognise that for democracy to be real, political rights without social
and economic rights were not enough.
The Russian Revolution hastened the end of imperialism. Russia after the revolution was the first country to openly support the cause of
 independence of all nations from foreign rule. The revolution awakened the peoples of Asia and Africa and infused a new spirit of nationalism
in their fight for freedom from the European colonizers.

Though by the end of the 20th century the international reputation of USSR as a socialist country declined but the socialist ideals of the Russian
Revolution still enjoy respect among the peoples of the world.

2) Give a brief account of contributions of M.N. Roy to India’s struggle for independence and to the cause of communism around the world. (250
Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Manabendra Nath Roy (21 March 1887 – 24 January 1954) was an Indian revolutionary, radical activist and political theorist, as
well as a noted philosopher in the 20th century. Roy was a founder of the Mexican Communist Party and the Communist Party of India. He was also
a delegate to congresses of the Communist International and Russia’s aide to China.

Contribution to Indian politics and world communism :-

Roy began his political career as a militant nationalist, considering in the cult of the bomb and the pistol and the requirement of an armed
insurrection.
N.Roy introduced the process of displacing communism in India by sending his trained representatives to different parts of the country.
Roy was a creator of the Mexican Communist Party and the Communist Party of India.
In 1940, Roy was instrumental in the establishment of the Radical Democratic Party, an organisation in which he played a leading role for
much of the decade of the 1940s. Roy later moved away from Marxism to become an advocate of the philosophy of radical humanism.
The groundwork of the Communist Party of India was significant event in the country’s political life and played an immense role in
stimulating the struggle of the Indian people for national freedom and social advancement. M.N.Roy wanted to make the communist party of
India as a legal and national political party like the Congress and Swaraj parties.
Roy was a creative writer. He wrote many books, edited, and contributed to several journals. His famous books includes India in Transition,
India’s Problem and its Solutions, What do we want, Labour Party, Open Letter to C.R. Das and Programme for the Indian National Congress,
Revolution and counter revolution in China, Materialism.

Manabendra Nath Roy was an Indian innovative, radical activist and political theorist. He was the thinker of modern time. It is well acknowledged
that the contribution of M.N.Roy for the origin and growth of Indian Communism was highly praiseworthy. He recognized the extremists,
transformed the dissatisfied Indian Muslims as extremists and founded the party. He established the communism thought among masses and had
immense contribution for the struggle of India.

4) Discuss briefly nature and significance of various observations and judgements delivered by the Supreme Court on the issues dealing with
electoral reform during last few years. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The Supreme Court till today continued with trend that started 40 years ago and strove for electoral reforms through it’s various
judgements.

Mohinder Singh Gill :- Judicial decisions ushering in electoral reforms started in 1978, when the SC interpreted Article 324 of the
Constitution to empower the Election Commission (EC) with unbridled powers in conducting and supervising elections.
Common Cause case :- In 1996, the court had ordered the political parties to submit details of expenses it incurred for each candidate and
otherwise in an election.
In 2002, the apex court in Association for Democratic Reforms judgment returned its focus on the little man in the voter who alone slapped
accountability on the political system in a democracy.
In 2002, the court ruled that voters’ right to information was fundamental. To enable a voter make an informed choice, the court ordered every
candidate to submit an affidavit with nomination papers giving correct information about h/his educational qualification, details of h/his and
family assets, and importantly, h/his criminal background.
2004 judgment of the Patna High Courtin Jan Chaukidari v Union of India — upheld by the Supreme Court on 10 July 2013— all
those in lawful police or judicial custody, other than those held in preventive detention, will forfeit their right to stand for election.
In Lily Thomas v. the Union of India, the Supreme Court declared Section 8 (4) of the Representation of the People Act, 1951, (RPA) which
allowed legislators a three-month window to appeal against their conviction — effectively delaying their disqualification until such appeals
were exhausted — as unconstitutional.
The SC in 2013 ruled that if a candidate left columns blank, then the returning officer could reject the nomination papers.
In 2013 SC delivered two important lessons. One allowed a voter to cast a negative vote ‘none of the above’ (NOTA) to tell political parties
that candidates fielded by them were not worthy of his vote. In the second judgement Supreme Court (SC), in the case of Subramanian
Swamy vs Election Commission of India (ECI), has held that VVPAT (Vote Verifiable Paper Audit Trial) is “indispensable for free and fair
elections”.
The Allahabad high court stayed caste-based rallies in Uttar Pradesh, a move that will block off a key avenue that the major political parties
use to expand their support base, especially before elections.

All these judgements and rulings have increased the transparency, accountability, non partisanship in elections. They have also helped to create a
level playing field for candidates, more awareness in voters, deterrence for malpractices and corrupt elements in election etc.

2) In the light of new challenges posed by computerisation of government transactions and creation of new regulatory bodies, CAG needs more
professionalism in its working, wider power delegation, and fundamental reforms in its structural organisation. Analyse. (250 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- The Comptroller and Auditor General (C&AG) of India is an authority which audits all receipts and expenditure of the Government
of India and the state governments, including those of bodies and authorities substantially financed by the government.

Duties of CAG :-

As per the provisions of the constitution, the CAG’s (DPC) (Duties, Powers and Conditions of Service) Act, 1971 was enacted. As per the various
provisions, the duties of the CAG include the audit of:

Receipts and expenditure from the Consolidated Fund of India and of the State and Union Territory having legislative assembly.
 Trading, manufacturing, profit and loss accounts and balance sheets, and other subsidiary accounts kept in any Government department;
Accounts of stores and stock kept in Government offices or departments.
Government companies as per the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956.
Corporations established by or under laws made by Parliament in accordance with the provisions of the respective legislation.
Authorities and bodies substantially financed from the Consolidated Funds of the Union and State Governments. Anybody or authority even
though not substantially financed from the Consolidated Fund, the audit of which may be entrusted to the C&AG.
Grants and loans given by Government to bodies and authorities for specific purposes.
Entrusted audits e.g. those of Panchayati Raj Institutions and Urban Local Bodies under Technical Guidance & Support (TGS).

The CAG office has revealed many financial misdeeds, ranging from the bungling of the purchase of army jeeps, associated with V K Krishna
Menon in the 1950s, and the Bofors gun scandal in the 1980s. In more recent times, it has revealed the financial scams of the United Progressive
Alliance (UPA II), such as the 2G telecom spectrum, Coalgate, and the Commonwealth Games scams.

However with new challenges posed by computerisation of government transactions and creation of new regulatory bodies, CAG needs more
professionalism in its working, wider power delegation, and fundamental reforms in its structural organisation. These developments pose new
challenges for public audits, which require the CAG to reinvent itself.

Problems in functioning of CAG and solutions for them:-

Leadership plays a crucial role in the success of an organisation and, therefore, it is important that the person appointed as the CAG has high
professional competence and unimpeachable integrity. Appointing experts in auditing rather than an administrative officers like IAS, making
CAG a multimember body and creating a dedicated Organisational workforce is important.
Taking examples of international practices is important. In the United Kingdom (UK), whose parliamentary traditions we follow, the 100-
year-old Exchequer and Audit Departments Act (1866) was amended in 1983 to provide that the CAG will be appointed only after an address
is presented in the House of Commons by the Prime Minister, acting in agreement with the chairperson of the Public Accounts Committee
(PAC). In India appointment to such crucial post is in executive domain.
The organisational structure of the office of the CAG is not in consonance with the federal arrangement scheme envisaged in the Constitution.
While every state has a separate legislature, governor, high court, and public service commission, there is no provision for a separate audit
chief for states enjoying constitutional or legal status. If state level CAG are appointed it will reduce burden over central CAG and will
strengthen the states voice in auditing.
All over the world, SAIs have been vested with wide powers of investigation and are entrusted with the authority to recover the loss of money
or property due to malfeasance of public officials like in Japan New Zealand but Indian CAG does not enjoy any such authority which makes
it ineffective.
The work of the CAG can be made more professional, if it recruits computer specialists, engineers, scientists, and economists in its senior
cadre, and if it hires domain experts and specialists for short-term consultancy assignments, to perform audit tasks.

In the words of Dr. Ambedkar CAG is probably the most important office under Indian Constitution. Hence reforms and improvements in this office
to make it more relevant to changing circumstance .

3) China, being a competitor to liberal democracy, can it export its model of political system – especially the “Xi model” to the rest of the world?
Critically comment. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- The recently held 19th Chinese Communist Party meeting debated the issue that to what extend it can represent it’s model as an
alternative to world political systems.

There is no question China seeks greater ideological legitimacy for its model. It will propagate it as a model to learn from. Part of seeking status is
to have the success and legitimacy of one’s political system acknowledged. China perceives the normative subordination to which it is subjected by
the West as a matter of affront. But there are reasons to be skeptical about the idea of exporting a Chinese model.

· It is still worth remembering that while Xi may place himself in line with Mao, in some ways the legitimacy for order in China is a kind of
anti-Maoist impulse.

· Models require preconditions for success, and it is doubtful that the Chinese believe the conditions that made the Chinese Communist Party
what it is can be easily replicated.

· The Soviet-American competition was more explicitly an ideological competition, in a way that Sino-American competition, despite having
some ideological elements, is not. And the nature of the economic relationship between China and the West is of a different kind.

Richard McGregor, an authority on the Chinese Communist Party, wrote in The Guardian, referring to the confidence of the 19th CPC: “It (China)
has always extolled the value of its system, but has never explicitly suggested it was something that could be exported around the world.” Hence
while adopting Chinese model may seems a possible solution, achievements of it’s unique socio economic political conditions is rare case.

1) The international recognition of caste-based discrimination as a form of racial discrimination may have some tangible effect on the rights of the
Scheduled Castes in India. Comment. (250 Words)

The Wire

Introduction:

Caste is scripturally legitimised, socially pervasive and politically relevant system of birth-based discrimination continues to haunt and hurt the
Scheduled Castes of India, also called Dalits.

United Nations Human Rights Council’s (UNHRC) special rapporteur noted that there had ben a significant increase in crimes against Dalits. The
report also pointed to state complicity in institutionalising the practice of manual scavenging, which continues to kill Dalit sanitation workers and
is rampant in India despite laws to the contrary.

This provides a compelling reason to evaluate if recognition of caste-based discriminations as racial discrimination by India – and the consequent
international scrutiny this will attract – may have some tangible effect.

International law and caste discrimination

 The International Convention on Elimination of all forms of Racial Discrimination is a major international instrument that aims to
eliminate racial discrimination in all its forms and manifestations from the world.
India is a party to the convention and as per Article 9 is mandated to submit a report, every two years, stating the measures taken in
furtherance of the objectives of the convention. This report needs to be submitted to a committee, referred to as the Committee on the
Elimination of Racial Discrimination (CERD), established under Article 8 of the convention.
The convention defines racial discrimination to mean any distinction, exclusion, restriction or preference based on race, colour, descent, or
national or ethnic origin which has the purpose or effect of nullifying or impairing the recognition, enjoyment or exercise, on an equal footing,
of human rights and fundamental freedoms in the political, economic, social, cultural or any other field of public life.
The word ‘caste’ is not expressly mentioned in this definition; however the CERD, in its 61st session in 2002, recommended
that: “Discrimination based on descent includes discrimination against members of communities based on forms of social stratification such
as caste and analogous systems of inherited status which nullify or impair their equal enjoyment of human rights.”

India’s position

India has consistently reiterated that ‘caste’ cannot be equated with ‘race’ or covered under ‘descent’ and thus has refused any information
pertaining to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes or issues related to this group in the periodic reports it submits to the CERD.
India justifies its stand by taking recourse to its constitutional provisions in which the terms caste, race and descent are used separately
and thus are mutually exclusive.
When the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (UDHR) was being drafted, India actually advocated that caste should be recognised
as a prohibited ground of discrimination at the international level, albeit this did not fructify. The words “other status” and “social origin”
were sufficiently broad to cover the whole field” of discrimination.
This clearly illustrates the fact India’s stance on recognition of caste as a prohibited ground of discrimination at the international level has
changed over the years to shield itself from international scrutiny.

How bringing caste in would help India’s Dalits

Positive effects

1. Affirmative action for all dalits irrespective of religion

First, one of the notable recommendations of the committee was that the affirmative action benefits must be given to all Dalits irrespective of
their religion.
India, till date, takes away caste-based entitlements from Dalits who decide to embrace Islam or Christianity based on a 1950 Presidential
Order. The order provides that only Hindus (including Sikhs and Buddhists) can be Scheduled Caste.
This has been vehemently criticised even by the government-appointed Gopal Singh committee in 1983. The Supreme Court of India, in the
case of Soosai v. Union of India, has also conceded that caste continues to exist even after conversion.

2.Affirmative action in private sector

Second, the CERD has recommended that reservation benefits to Dalits must be extended to the private sector.
The fact that government jobs constitute only 3% of all jobs in the country, it is imperativve to provide reservation in the remaining 97% for
the Dalits who are economically vulnerable to contemporary economic activities as well.

Negative effects

1. Caste is not actually racial

India is an extremely diverse country with unique socio-cultural entity. Racial definitions are not enough to describe the nature of caste based
discrimination.
Caste is something that cuts across the race, and place of origin.
For example both upper castes and lower castes can be found in North Indians, South Indians, and North-Easterns.

2.Demographic profile may be disturbed

Extension of affirmative action to all religions can lead to mass conversions and swift disturbance of demographic profile of the country.

3.Caste politics divisiveness

Indian politics that is already saturated with and suffering from caste based politics and vote banks is bound to further become more divisive
and dysfunctional.
However, there is no denying the fact that caste forms the basis of social and economic life in India and is thus to come in the discourse in
myriad forms, if not identity.

Way forward

Since India continues to regard caste-based discrimination as outside the purview of the CERD, these recommendations, relevant as they are,
remain on paper – not even meriting attention from the government.
It may not be able to brush the CERD’s recommendations completely under the carpet once it recognises caste-based discriminations to be
within its purview. India’s periodic reports to the CERD have been pending since 2008.
India should go a step further and make a declaration under Article 14 of the convention and allow individual aggrieved Dalits to directly
approach the CERD.
Indian people, civil society and state are better equipped to determine the nature of caste system and determine the way and course of its
elimination from social life.
The idea of treating caste as race has already been denied by Indian Constituent Assembly as it would further reinforce caste and divide the
country. Indian Constitution has already assured Equality, Non-Discrimination and Prohibition of Untouchability as Fundamental Rights.

3) The focus of police reform should really be on reorganising criminal administration. Comment. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:
 NCRB date presents a dismal picture of the key performance statistic with only 47% convictions in Indian Penal Code (IPC) crimes at the
national level.
Criminal justice system in India is engulfed with issues of redundant laws of 19th century and issues of weak institutional and
infrastructure flaws that makes the condition of victim pathetic to get justice.

Issues with Criminal justice system are:

Lack of infrastructure like forensic lab, DNA testings, use of ICT in courts etc.
Procedural issues like no separation between investigation of crime and law and order maintenance.
Non independence of prosecutor to frame charges and guide investigation.
Large number of undertrial and tardy court procedures.
Lack of distinction between social legislation and criminal legislation.
Short time punishment made people victim of criminal indoctrination and societal apathy.

Therefore Police reform is made feasible through reforming of criminal administration such as:

Availability of infrastructure such as Forensic lab, E-Courts, use of CCTV and so on.
Procedural reforms like fast track courts,removal of redundant laws,community policing and so on.
Independence to Prosecutor to frame charge and guide investigation.
Separation of investigation from law and order maintenance.
Separation of operational responsibility with accountability.Ex-UK Mayor provide priorities with operational freedom to commissioner
accountable to him.
Fines by Magistrate for small crimes to promote behavioural changes.
Social legislation such as liquor and motor vehicle be deal separately from crimes in IPC.

Thus, Police is part of criminal justice whose substantial reform depends on whole reformation of criminal justice system.

2) What does Trump’s New National Security Strategy mean for India? Analyse. (250 Words)

The Wire

The Hindu

Livemint

The new National Security Strategy (NSS) document unveiled by US President Donald Trump earlier this week

Positives

1. Acknowledgement of India’s emergence

It acknowledges “India’s emergence as a leading global power”.

2.India’s role in Indian Ocean

It mentions plans to “encourage Indian economic assistance in the region”, and outlines U.S. support to India’s “leadership role in Indian
Ocean security and throughout the broader region” as a priority.

3.Critical of China’s sovereignity violations

Mr. Trump’s views of China’s assault on the “sovereignty” of South Asian nations and of Pakistan’s continued support to terror
groups are closely aligned with India’s concerns in the neighbourhood.

4.Encourage Central Asia and South Asia economic linkage

NSS seeks to promote South Asian and Central Asian economic linkages, connectivity and trade. But it remains to be seen if the US can
persuade Islamabad to lift its blockade of India.

5.Critical of Pakistan terrorism

US says it is seeking a Pakistan that “is not engaged in destabilising behaviour” and defines the principal US goal as the need to prevent
terrorist threats that impact the security of the US homeland and of its allies.
It also seeks to prevent “cross border terrorism that raises the prospect of military and nuclear tensions” and in line with this, it declares that
“an Indo-Pakistan military conflict that could lead to nuclear exchange remains a key concern requiring consistent diplomatic attention.”

Negatives

1. Indian Ocean contours not very specific

India is a priority area which deserves support for “its leadership role in Indian Ocean security and throughout the broader region.”
The document notes that the Indo-Pacific “stretches from the west coast of India to the western shores of the US.”

2.India’s role limited to South East Asia and Western Pacific

India is seen primarily in terms of the balance of power in relation to South East Asia and the Western Pacific Ocean.

3.India not given role in Persian Gulf and North Arabian Sea

But neither in the document, nor otherwise, does the most important external area of Indian concern – the Persian Gulf and the North Arabian
Sea – fit into the Indo-US conversation.
In fact, when it comes to the Middle East, besides not figuring in US calculations, India may find itself on the wrong side since the NSS
goal is to “neutralise Iran’s malign activities in the region.”
Way forward

India must be mindful, therefore, that in welcoming the U.S.’s categorisations of its security threats, it doesn’t unthinkingly get swept into
an American clinch.
While the U.S. has talked of countering China’s influence in South Asia, it has not backed this with actual financial assistance for
infrastructure critical to the region.
Equally, while Mr. Trump’s words on Pakistan and terrorism are sharp, the U.S. has yet to show its hand, either in terms of military action
or withholding of coalition support funds.

4) Why is the Convention Against Torture (CAT) which came into force in 1987significant for India? Comment. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

The Convention Against Torture (CAT) came into force in 1987 and India signed it in 1997. Today, the CAT has 162 state parties; 83 are
signatories.
In refusing to ratify the CAT, India is in the inglorious company of Angola, the Bahamas, Brunei, Gambia, Haiti, Palau, and Sudan.

Significance

1. International Opinion against India

In 2008, at the universal periodical review by the Human Rights Council (HRC) of the UN, country after country recommended that
India expedite ratification. India’s response was that ratification was “being processed”.

In 2011, desiring to be appointed on the HRC of the UN, India took the extraordinary step of voluntarily “pledging” to ratify the
CAT. Once on the Council, India forgot its commitment.
In the 2012 review, India’s NHRC had reported a significant number of torture cases involving police and security organisations.”
India ought to expeditiously ratify the CAT and enact a Prevention Against Torture Act. Again this year, India reiterated “its commitment
to ratify the CAT.
India has been making promises but doesn’t seem intent on keeping them, much to the dismay of the countries attending the review
proceedings.

2.Supreme Cort Judgements against torture

In Raghbir Singh v. State of Haryana (1980), the Supreme Court said it was “deeply disturbed by the diabolical recurrence of police torture.”
“Police lock-ups,” it said, “are becoming more awesome cells.”
In Shakila Abdul Gafar Khan v. Vasant Raghunath Dhoble (2003), the Supreme Court said that “torture is assuming alarming
proportions… on account of the devilish devices adopted.
In Munshi Singh Gautam v. State of M.P. (2004), the Supreme Court said: “Civilisation itself would risk the consequence of heading
towards total decay resulting in anarchy and authoritarianism reminiscent of barbarism.”

3.Law Commission opinion

Law Commission strongly recommended ratification and the drafting of comprehensive legislation instead of ad hoc amendments in
the Indian Penal Code

4.Bill introduced previously

The Prevention of Torture Bill, 2010 was an excellent attempt by Parliament to draft new legislation.
Unlike Indian law, which focusses on murder and broken bones (grievous hurt), torture was expanded to include food deprivation, forcible
feeding, sleep deprivation, sound bombardment, electric shocks, cigarette burning, and other forms.
The Bill was allowed to lapse.

Conclusion

In showing the world that India has no intention of combating the terror of its own forces and of implementing its promises made to the UN,
the government has undermined India’s prestige.
To be a world power, India must act like one.

2) Recently the Karnataka high court quashed the rule mandating 85% pictorial warning on the packaging of tobacco products. Are graphic pictorial
health warnings effective strategy to create awareness? Also examine the issues this high court order brings forth regarding fight against tobacco
products. (250 Words)

The Wire

Introduction:

The recent order from the Karnataka high court quashing the rule mandating 85% pictorial warning on the packaging of tobacco products has
brought to light several lesser-known issues.
The court is reported to have said that the 85% pictorial warning is unconstitutional.

Impact of graphic pictorial health warnings

Prior to the 85% rule coming into being, tobacco products in India needed to display pictorial warnings of harms such as cancer on
the one side of the product, covering 40% of the area.
The recent rule by the Indian government to increase this warning to 85% on both sides was part of its commitment towards public
health. This meant only 15% of a tobacco product package was available for marketing and promotions of these products.
The intention behind this is simple: make the warnings more clear and reduce the promotions.
We do not need research and scientists to tell us that customers needs to know if they are buying a product which has the potential to kill
them. The bigger the warning, the clearer the message and the less attractive the product looks.
 Graphic pictorial health warnings are a proven and effective strategy to create awareness, especially among the illiterate and
children, about the harms of tobacco.
There is an added advantage in India – with the existence of 122 major languages, pictures could speak a thousand words.

Issues

1. India’s fight against tobacco

Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s ambitious goal of leading the world’s fight against tobacco also suffered a massive blow.
At 85%, India ranked at No. 3 in the world (in terms of pictorial anti-tobacco warnings). This judgment has pushed India 103 places
down in the rankings – tying with Pakistan for the same spot of 106 in the world.

2.Health impact on poor more

The healthcare system in India is largely governed by the private sector (80%), which means a person who embraces these habits eventually
ends up spending from his/her own pocket to treat the illnesses it causes. This leads to an increase in the financial burden on him/her and
his/her family.
This is a serious concern, since 80% of India’s population resides in villages, and 75% of the population has purchasing power of less than Rs
100 ($2) per day.

3.Fiscal revenue affected

The government on average earns about Rs 17,000 crore from taxes and exports on tobacco, but the expenditure on health diseases
caused by tobacco is of the order of Rs 1,00,000 crore.

4.Tobacco farmers hit

Another common reason quoted for inaction on this issue is the concern for the well being of our farmers.

India’s position

Annually, India loses around ten lakh patients to tobacco-related diseases.

The number of new cases of cancer annually in India (incidence) is 10,44,242
Total number of cancer cases at a given time (prevalence) in India is 28,19,457
2,688 persons die annually only because of chewing tobacco in urban and rural areas, according to the Directorate of Economics.

4) Discuss the significance and importance of the Utkrisht Impact Bond that was recently introduced in Rajasthan. (150 Words)

Down to Earth

Introduction:

Utkrisht Impact Bond was announced by Mark Green, the USAID International Development Administrator, with an aim to reduce the
number of mother and baby deaths in Rajasthan.

Significance

About 0.75 million newborns die every year in India, which is the largest number for any country in the world.
Four states—Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Bihar and Rajasthan—alone contribute to 55 per cent of total neonatal deaths in India.
Since Rajasthan is one of the biggest contributor to neonatal deaths, it is imperative to initiate an innovative approachlike Utkrisht Impact
Bond.
It will be particularly significant as it addresses the following issues.

1. Incentive for effective implementation

Developed by Merck for Mothers, USAID, the UBS Optimus Foundation and the Hindustan Latex Family Planning Promotion Trust
(HLFPPT), it will be the world’s first health impact bond.
Utkrisht Impact Bond will support implementing partners, the Population Services International (PSI) and HLFPPT to improve
healthcare facilities and provide quality health services in the region.

2.Innovative PPP model to finance social projects

Focused on outcomes, impact bonds are an innovative way to finance development using public-private partnerships.
The Utkrisht bond partners will receive social and financial gain.
The private capital from UBS Optimus Foundation will cover the cost of developing private healthcare services and facilities in
Rajasthan, while the HLFPPT and PSI will help them get certified.
The USAID will then pay back the investment “only if the providers achieve certain concrete results” in reducing the number of
mother and baby deaths.

Conclusion

We need innovative and sustainable financing models to help solve some of development’s vexing challenges.

2) Critically examine the arguments made in favour and against the findings of recent Global Hunger Index (GHI), especially with respect to India’s
ranking. (250 Words)

The Hindu

GHI Calculation

The GHI for 2017 is calculated as a weighted average of four standardised indicators, i.e. the

– percentage of population that is undernourished;

– percentage of children under five years who suffer from wasting;

– percentage of children under five who suffer from stunting, and

– child mortality.

Why it is misleading?

1. Children Hunger Index!

Undernourishment and child mortality each make up a third of the GHI score, while child stunting and child wasting make up a sixth
of the score, and together make up a third of the score.
Three of the four indicators, refer only to children below five who constitute only 11.5% of India’s population.
Therefore, the term “Hunger Index” is highly biased towards undernutrition of children rather than representing the status of hunger
in the overall population.

1. Hunger index reflects other factors than food

Evidence shows that weight and height of children are not solely determined by food intake but are an outcome of a complex
interaction of factors related to genetics, the environment, sanitation and utilisation of food intake.
The IFPRI acknowledges that only 45% of child mortality is due to hunger or undernutrition.
Per capita food production in India has increased by 26% (2004-05 to 2013-14), while it has doubled in the last 50 years.
India’s under three-year-old child malnutrition rate was double the poverty rate and 20 times the percentage of the hungry in India
(percentage of households in which any member had less than two full meals, on any day of the month, that is, even one day without two
square meals counts as hungry).

Aspects of malnutrition

There are three broad aspects of malnutrition that must be kept in mind when devising strategies for dealing with it.

1. Access to food items

This depends on household income or the ability to sustain certain levels of consumption.
The rate of poverty (headcount ratio) is the standard indicator.

1. Information about nutrition

Two, household/family knowledge and information about good nutrition.

This includes knowledge about locally available foods that are good from the nutrition perspective.
This can be based on:
Traditional knowledge (old wives’ tales);
the ability to read coupled with the availability of appropriate reading material on nutrition
access to media such as newspapers, radio and TV, coupled with propagation of such information on radio
special programmes like the ICDS that directly educate mothers about child rearing and nutrition.

1. State of health

Even if the right kind of food and nutrition is available, a child may not be able to consume and/or absorb it properly due to ill health or
sickness.
For instance, a child suffering from diarrhoea much of the time is unlikely to be able to ingest good and healthy food and absorb the nutrition,
even if it is freely available and provided to the child by the mother/parents.
Public health measures like clean drinking water, sanitation, sewerage, control of communicable and epidemic diseases and public
health education thus play an important role in reducing mortality rates at every age and across gender.

Government efforts

1. Pradhan Mantri Matritva Vandana Yojana

1. National Nutrition Mission

1. MAA programme

1) Why does the Bay of Bengal witness more cyclones than the Arabian Sea? Why the recent occurrence of cyclone Ockhi is termed strange and
unusual? Examine. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

What are Cyclones?

A cyclone is a large scale air mass that rotates around a strong center of low atmospheric pressure. Cyclones are characterized by
inward spiraling winds that rotate about a zone of low pressure.

Features of tropical cyclone that normally occurs on Indian coast

Tropical cyclones are intense low-pressure areas confined to the area lying between 30° N and 30° S latitudes, in the atmosphere around which high
velocity winds blow. Horizontally, it extends up to 500-1,000 km and vertically from surface to 12-14 km.

A tropical cyclone or hurricane is like a heat engine that is energised by the release of latent heat on account of the condensation of moisture that the
wind gathers after moving over the oceans and seas.

Cyclones in Bay of Bengal

Owing to its Peninsular shape surrounded by the Bay of Bengal in the east and the Arabian Sea in the west, the tropical cyclones in India also
originate in these two important locations.

Though most of the cyclones originate between 10°-15° north latitudes during the monsoon season, yet in case of the Bay of Bengal, cyclones
mostly develop during the months of October and November. Here, they originate between 16°-2° N latitudes and to the west of 92° E. By July the
place of origin of these storms shifts to around 18° N latitude and west of 90°E near the Sunderban Delta.

Why does the Bay of Bengal have more cyclones than the Arabian Sea?

The relatively colder waters of the Arabian Sea are not conducive to the formation and intensification of cyclones.

Additionally, the eastern coast of India receives cyclones that form not just in the Bay of Bengal, mostly around the Andaman Sea near the
Andaman and Nicobar Islands, but also those travelling from the Pacific Ocean, where the frequency of ‘typhoons’, as these are called there, is
quite high. Most of these cyclones weaken considerably after encountering a big landmass. Therefore, these do not travel to the Arabian Sea side.

The western coast of India thus witnesses only those cyclones that originate locally or the ones, like Ockhi, that travel from the Indian Ocean near
Sri Lanka.

What is special about Ockhi?

1. 1. Origin

Ockhi originated near the south-western coast of Sri Lanka, and travelled very near the southern-most tip of the Indian mainland, along
the coasts of Tamil Nadu and Kerala, towards the Lakshadweep islands, where it was at its most powerful.

It weakened considerably after that and continued further, taking a north-easterly turn towards the Maharashtra and Gujarat coastlines —cyclones in
this area are not a common phenomenon.

2. Detection time

Many of the big cyclones in recent years developed near the Andaman Sea. From there, it took those cyclones about five to six days to hit the
Andhra Pradesh or Odisha coasts.

But the origin of Ockhi was much closer home. Because it developed nearby, the lead time for the forecast was much less than in other recent
cyclone cases.

Topic: Modern Indian history from about the middle of the eighteenth century until the present- significant events, personalities, issues

2) Gandhiji declared himself that he was a sanatan Hindu, yet he was castigated as working against hinduism. Discuss critically Gandhiji’s views
on hinduism and religion in general. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

Although Gandhi described himself as a Hindu, his Hinduism was neither religious nor cultic in the everyday sense. He did not believe
in a personal God. He also rejected vigrahaworship and rituals of all kind, including Vedic ones.

Qualification of texts through ethics

While Gandhi did claim he believed in “all that goes by the name of Hindu scriptures” he immediately qualified it by saying that he also
believed in all other religious texts in a similar way.
Moreover, his acceptance of these texts was not unconditional. Like the Buddha, he retained the right to reject anything in them that,
according to him, went against reason and morality.

Swaraj independent of religion or caste

In the non-hierarchical stateless socialist society (swaraj) that Gandhi envisaged in his constructive programme, religion and caste did
not have any role to play. Religion was, in fact, completely eliminated from the public space.

On Varnashrama dharma

The technique Gandhi adopted for this purpose was the same as the one the Buddha used 2,500 years before him — to transform the
Brahminism of his time into an ethically better practice.
Gandhi said “We are all Shudras and if we can bring ourselves to believe this, the merger of the Harijans in Savarana Hindus becomes
incredibly simple and in course of time, we might be able to reconstruct the old varnas”. Such natural reconstruction, according to Gandhi,
would be totally egalitarian.

Anathema to western modernity

Gandhi’s refusal to get rid of the expression “varnashrama dharma” was part of his programme of redefining the traditional Hindu vocabulary
without seeking the support of a modernist ideology.
He wanted to reject the vocabulary of the European enlightenment and modernity for the reasons he eloquently articulated in Hind
Swaraj.

His interpretation of Gita and ahinsa

In his interpretation of the Gita as a literary text, Gandhi criticises the author for the thoughtless use of war imagery when, according to
Gandhi, the central message of the text is anasakti.
Anasakti, Gandhi says, cannot be practised without turning oneself first into a votary and practitioner of ahimsa. Bhakti is reinterpreted in
such a way so as to make it synonymous with ahimsa and satya.

Conclusion
His endeavour was to encourage a creative “misreading” of these texts that would help situate Hinduism on the bedrock of ahimsa and satya. He
thought it was imperative to transport the reader of these texts to an ethical/spiritual plane. Only this could make Hinduism an ethical religion.
PRESSURE GROUPS AND FORMAL/INFORMAL ASSOCIATIONS AND THEIR ROLE IN THE POLITY

2) Is Commonwealth group relevant today? Comment on Britain’s renewed interest in the Commonwealth amidst its impending separation from the
European Union. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :-

The Commonwealth of Nations (formerly the British Commonwealth), also known as simply the Commonwealth, is an intergovernmental
organisation of 52 member states that are mostly former territories of the British Empire. The Commonwealth operates
by intergovernmental consensus of the member states, organised through the Commonwealth Secretariat and non-governmental organisations,
organised through the Commonwealth Foundation.

Relevance of Commonwealth :-

The Commonwealth encompasses almost a third of the world’s population, bringing together people of many faiths, races, languages and incomes.
By voting to leave the EU, Britain’s future relationship with its fellow Commonwealth members has assumed both a greater significance and a
greater degree of uncertainty.

Britain’s renewed interest in Commonwealth with exit From EU :-

Britain’s trade with its fellow Commonwealth members has been a relatively steady 10% of the UK’s GDP for the past decade, with five
Commonwealth countries representing the bulk of that trade statistic: India, Australia, Canada, Singapore and South Africa.
British governments have been cautious about taking a lead in the Commonwealth as they risked being accused of a post-imperial plot.
But despite what some politicians might hope, the Commonwealth does not offer a platform for the overt pursuit of British national interests.
As many as 31 nations out of 53 are small island nations which could not make significant difference in Britain’s presence in world.

These are uncertain times in intra-Commonwealth relations. It’s possible that as well as threatening the future of the UK and the cohesion of the EU,
the Brexit vote also threatens the socio-economic development and therefore the political stability of a number of Commonwealth countries.

3) China has, for years, adopted a low profile in the Middle East. Recently, however, it has upped the ante with a slew of ideologically agnostic
initiatives. Should India be worried about this? Critically comment. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- China consumes approximately 13 million barrels of oil a day (mbd). Of that, 60 per cent is imported of which 50 per cent
(approximately 4 mbd) is sourced from the Middle East — mainly Iraq, Iran and Saudi Arabia. Though it maintained a low profile relationship with
middle east it is increasingly getting involved into it now.

China has recently engaged with many middle east countries like naval exercise with the Iranian Navy in the Straits of Hormuz., it welcomed
Iran’s arch enemy, King Salman of Saudi Arabia, to Beijing. There has also been speculation that China is interested in picking up a stake in
the Saudi national oil company, Aramco.

Why it’s a cause to worry for India :-

Increased presence of China in middle east will increase competition. In this competition, Chinese companies have so far proven to be more
efficient than Indian ones, who lost several contracts against their Chinese competitors. For ex e Iranian oil field of Yadavaran
Saudi Arabia has replaced Iran as China’s major supplier in 2009, and is also India’s most important supplier.
The role of external players such as Pakistan or the United States play a very important role as it places either India or China in a privileged
situation in middle east. Hence such aggressive stance taken by China to enhance it’s engagement further put India at disadvantageous
position.
The Indian Ocean Region, through which most of the oil passes, is considered by the Indians as their natural zone of influence, and by the
Chinese as a strategic zone that needs to be controlled. Thus, a fierce competition is taking place between the Chinese and Indians.
While Indians have engaged themselves in a modernization of their navy, in which they have been supported by the United States in the
 framework of the Indo-US defense cooperation agreement signed in 2005, the Chinese have been leading a policy called by the US and India
“The String of Pearls Strategy”.

Why it’s not a cause to worry for India :-

India and China cooperates in many areas in middle east including oil exploration. The case in Syria where Chinese and Indian oil companies
jointly purchased shares of 36 Syrian fields.
Sino-Indian partnership for peace and prosperity is blooming and have since then conducted several joint military exercises in the Indian
Ocean.
India enjoys unique and distinct relationship between it and countries of middle east since historic times like Iran.

China is showing increasing interest in the Middle East. India has major strategic interests in the Middle East. Aside from its dependence on the
region for oil, it has eight million citizens who remit approximately $70 billion annually. A convulsion in the region would give India a massive
logistic and financial headache. India must track its moves.

3) What is ready-to-use therapeutic food (RUTF)? Discuss its benefits and government of India’s policy on RUTF. (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Therapeutic foods are foods designed for specific, usually nutritional, therapeutic purposes as a form of dietary supplement. The
primary examples of therapeutic foods are used for emergency feeding of malnourished children or to supplement the diets of persons with special
nutrition requirements, such as the elderly.

Therapeutic foods are usually made of a mixture of protein, carbohydrate, lipid and vitamins and minerals. Therapeutic foods are usually produced
by grinding all ingredients together and mixing them. RUTFs are a “homogeneous mixture of lipid-rich and water-soluble foods.” The most
common RUTFs are made of four ingredients: sugar, dried skimmed milk, oil, and vitamin and mineral supplement (CMV).

Benefits of RUTF :-

Ready-to-use therapeutic food (RUTF) is recommended by the World Health Organization for community-based management of
uncomplicated forms of severe acute malnutrition.
It’s effectiveness in tacking acute malnutrition is seen in 2013 Plumpy’nuthad been used to relieve malnutrition in thousands of African
children. A small scale study in Mumbai’s Sion Hospital put RUTF’s efficacy at 65-70 per cent.
The Global Hunger Index report 2017 put India at number 100 in a list of 119 countries, and the National Family Health Survey-4 (2015-16)
found 35.7% children aged less than five years were underweight, and 38.4% were stunted. Hence solutions like this need to be implemented.
It provides solution at instant and hence curb long term weakness or death in children.
Its also effective for elderly people as they become incapable to digest regular food. India’s old age population is estimated to be 20% by
2050.

Though it have many benefits it’s not a cost effective and sustainable solution to address nutritional imbalances as seen from experiences of
Maharashtra and Rajasthan states. Government Of India has declared it’s stand as “Enough evidence is not available for use of RUTF vis-à-vis
other interventions for the management of SAM. Concerns have also been raised that the use of RUTF may replace nutritional best practices and
family foods that children would normally be eating, impacting negatively on continued breastfeeding in children older than six months”

Hence other steps like policy to encourage use of local solutions to malnutrition among children instead of promoting the use of packaged ready-to-
use food in government programmes and projects. Policies and schemes like Mother’s absolute affection (MAA) Maternity benefit act, SABALA,

There is a need to rope in The Global Alliance for Improved Nutrition (GAIN), SUN Business Network, which includes other players such as Pepsi,
Cargill, Nutriset, Britannia, Unilever, Edesia, General Mills, Glaxo SKB, Mars, Indofood, Nutrifood, DSM, Amul, and Valid Nutrition under
Corporate Social responsibilities norms to use their resources effectively.

1) Write a note on significance and contemporary relevance, especially from India’s point of view, of China’s most famous sea warrior-diplomat,
Admiral Zheng He. (150 Words)

The Hindu

The Hindu

The Indian Express

Introduction:

In 1405, China’s most famous sea warrior-diplomat, Admiral Zheng He, set sail on seven ocean voyages.
With 300 ships and around 28,000 men, Admiral Zheng’s flotillas were an awe-inspiring sight as they travelled from Vietnam to Mecca to
Africa, stopping in countries in the Indian Ocean such as India along the way.

Sigificance

Chinese perspective

Admiral Zheng’s ostensible purpose was to carry gifts and goods for trade to each of the ports he reached. He took Chinese silk, porcelain
and lacquered goods and brought back spices, pearls, and rare woods.
Admiral Zheng’s voyages far and wide, even before the voyages of renowned explorers like Vasco da Gama and Christopher
Columbus, is a symbol of Chinese prowess and explains its interest in using maritime expeditions for trade.

Indian perspective

But in later expeditions, he extended the Ming dynasty’s desire for suzerainty to his agenda, often using muscle power when
diplomacy didn’t work. For instance, Vira Alakesvara, the ruler of Sri Lanka, refused to recognise the Ming Emperor Yongle and was taken
to China as a prisoner.
For others, the voyages were a lesson in the Chinese use of power to attain its means, and hegemonic maritime ambitions.
Contemporary relevance

China celebrated the 600th anniversary of Admiral Zheng’s voyages in 2005, the U.S. began to worry about how far China would go with
its naval ambitions.
USA used the term “string of pearls” for the first time to describe China’s projects in Gwadar, Myanmar, Cambodia and Thailand.
China’s goal, it said, was to build “a blue-water navy to control the sea lanes, but also to develop undersea mines and missile
capabilities to deter the potential disruption of its energy supplies from potential threats.”
Like the treasure voyages, the Chinese government has set out to win the world with three different sorts of maritime manoeuvres: the Belt
and Road Initiative that includes the Maritime Silk Route, trade routes, and a string of naval bases and port projects from Djibouti,
to Gwadar to Hambantota to the man-made islands of the South China Sea.

1) It is argued that the new law criminalising triple talaq may not be in best interests of Muslim women and might be counter-productive too.
Critically examine why. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

The Hindu

Introduction:

Supreme Court has already declared, and correctly, that the practice of talaq-e-biddat, or instant divorce of a Muslim woman by
uttering the word ‘talaq’ thrice, is illegal and unenforceable.
Its consequence is that the husband’s marital obligations remain, regardless of his intention in pronouncing it.
The Centre’s proposal is to make instant triple talaq an offence punishable with three-year imprisonment and a fine.

Why Criminalization will not help women?

1. Not a sufficient deterrent

It is well established that criminalising something does not have any deterrent effect on its practice.

2.Civil issues should not be criminalised

Since marriage is a civil contract, the procedures to be followed on its breakdown should also be of civil nature only
Civil character of children custody and allowance of marital law must be preserved.

3.Alternate available

When existing laws, under Section 498A of the Indian Penal Code or provisions of the Protection of Women from Domestic Violence
Act, 2005, already allow the prosecution of a husband for inflicting physical or mental cruelty, emotional and economic abuse, and for
deprivation of financial resources.
in the best interests of justice to Muslim women is to invoke a secular law that already exists: Protection of Women from Domestic
Violence Act (PWDVA), 2005. Parliament should pass a law unambiguously stating that the very utterance of the words “talaq, talaq, talaq”
would amount to “domestic violence” as defined in the PWDVA.
PWDVA was conceived as a law that ensures speedy relief — ideally within three months — to an aggrieved woman: Right to stay in the
marital home, protection against violence, right to maintenance etc

4.Maintainence and children future be affected in case of jail to husband

Criminalising it risks defeating the objective of preserving the husband’s legal obligations, and the payment of maintenance.

Why criminalisation is necessary?

The pro-criminalisation progressives maintain that the prime intent behind enacting a stringent law is not to punish the offender but to
act as a deterrent.
Also, the fine amount under consideration could as well be awarded as maintenance or subsistence allowance.
SECURITY CHALLENGES AND THEIR MANAGEMENT IN BORDER AREAS

5) Critically examine the features of Bharatmala Pariyojana (BMP) initiative and its likely impact on economic growth of India. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- The Ministry of Road Transport and Highways has decided to develop around 1,900 km of roads as green-field expressways out of
which 800 km will be taken up in the Bharatmala Pariyojana Phase-I.

Features of Bharatmala Pariyojana (BMP) initiative :-

It’s an umbrella project with the objective of optimal resource allocation for a holistic highway development initiative.
The components of the Phase-I are Economic corridor development, Inter-corridor and feeder roads, National corridor efficiency, Border and
international connectivity roads, Coastal and port connectivity roads and Expressways.
Bharatmala Pariyojana has been designed to bridge the gaps in the existing highways infrastructure so as to make the movement of man and
material more efficient.
It is aimed to solve issues related to traffic congestion, seamless cargo movement across ports and border area connectivity.
Special attention has been paid to fulfil the connectivity needs of backward and tribal areas, areas of economic activity, places of religious and
tourist interest, border areas, coastal areas, port areas and trade routes with neighbouring countries under the programme.

Impact on economy :-

Bharatmala project will include economic corridors (9,000 km), inter-corridor and feeder route (6,000 km), national corridors efficiency
improvement (5,000 km), border roads and international connectivity (2,000 km), coastal roads and port connectivity (2,000 km) and
Greenfield expressways (800 km)
Bharatmala will provide NH linkage to 550 districts, as against around 300 Districts currently and be a major driver for economic growth in
the country.
Bharatmala Pariyojana will also help generate a large number of direct and indirect employments in the construction activity, the development
of highways amenities and also as part of the enhanced economic activity in different parts of the country that will result from better
road connectivity.
Bharatmala will also have a positive impact on the Logistic Performance Index (LPI) of the country.

However the road-building initiative was sorely needed but it does not represent acceleration in road-building, and is unlikely to provide a big boost
to the capital expenditure cycle.

The outlays of Rs6.92 trillion though sound optimistic if accounted with inflation does not appear to be a big jump.
Even when viewed in terms of road length, the proposals do not amount to a significant increase. The central government aims to build around
35,000km of new highways over the next five years however this is not an ambitious target given that around 27,000km of national highways
were added in the last five years.

5) The India Institute of Technology (IIT) Kanpur report published in 2016 cites municipal solid waste burning and vehicular pollution as critical
contributors of air pollution apart from crop residue burning. Examine how these and other factors contribute to pollution in cities and measures
needed to address these factors. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

World Health Organisation (WHO) in 2014 said that Delhi was the most polluted city in the world, and 13 out of the 20 worst impacted
were in north India.
The tell-tale parameter is the smallest measurable particulate matter — PM of less than 2.5 microns — which was an annual average of
153 micrograms per cubic metre that year, well above the WHO limit of 35.
Beijing, which was previously the black sheep of the world’s urban air contamination, recorded 53 micrograms.

IIT Kanpur Report

Sources of pollution

Industries

98% of the sulphur dioxide and 60% of the nitrogen oxide in Delhi’s air were the result of pollution from thermal power plants, industrial
clusters, restaurants, and diesel generators.
There are 13 thermal power plants within 300 km of Delhi, 20 big industries, and 25 industrial clusters. Many of these industries use furnace
oil for fuel that exceeds the 500 parts per million of sulphur limit.
Similarly, the thermal power plants are not being monitored for the gases and fly ash they spew into the air.
In addition, Delhi has 9,000 small hotels and restaurants that use coal for cooking.

Households

Although 90% of Delhi’s residents now use clean fuel, the remaining 10% still cook using wood, crop residue, cow dung, or coal.
Automobiles

Additionally, the burgeoning number of automobiles on Delhi’s roads is responsible for 20% of the deadly particulate matter (PM2.5).

Way forward

To tackle each of these will take decisive and persistent policy actions, not panic-driven and ill-considered bans.
Laws concerning land use
Giving priority to public transport over private
Creating public access to open and green areas; and

Checking sources of pollution in the surrounding areas

7) What are the basic tenets of regulating private healthcare? In the light of controversies surrounding regulation of private healthcare in India,
examine global models which can be emulated in India. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Basic tenets of regulating private healthcare

The basic tenets of regulating private healthcare remain largely the same the world over

1. no payment at the point of service,

2. governments as the primary spenders in healthcare,
3. robust primary care system,
4. regulation of prices of drugs and diagnostics, and
5. some health cover for every citizen.

In the best working global models of regulation of the private sector, governments regulate essentially through control of the purse strings.
In India, this is probably the highest barrier currently — public spending on health is less than 1% of GDP, and per capita public health spend
is about $15, less than in Bhutan, Indonesia, Thailand and the Philippines.

Swedish Model (Competitive Bidding)

Private and public health facilities compete for government funding and the right to provide healthcare to citizens.
There are incentives for providing the quickest and cheapest treatment.
Sweden has allowed the nine private, fee-for-service hospitals to open for business, with little handwringing.
But the largest role for private medicine is in the public sector, where the privately run facilities receive public funding to provide citizens
much the same services they would at government hospitals.
Within that system, citizens in government-funded clinics are charged user fees that account for about 5% of overall health funding, while the
government contributes the rest.
Most drug stores were government- owned then, but private pharmacies have opened since. In India, medicines account for 70% of out-of-
pocket medical expenditure.

Thailand Model (Capitation Fee)

Thailand’s Universal Health Coverage covers roughly 75% of the Thai population.
Other schemes are a compulsory Social Security Scheme for government employees and dependents and the Civil Servant Medical
Benefit Scheme for private employees.
UCS, which is tax-funded, pays annual capitation fees to hospitals based on how many beneficiaries visit them.
Public and private hospitals are treated on a par, and the beneficiary chooses where she goes.
This encourages the development of competing provider networks, and the capitation payment approach helps contains costs — capitation
means a hospital is paid the same money for heart surgery or for containing diabetes-hypertension before they add up to a cardiac or
other event requiring catastrophic expenditure. There is no incentive for a hospital or a doctor to do cardiac surgery.

Canada Model (Fixed Charges, Govt Reimbursement)

Medicare, which covers all Canadians, is publicly financed and privately run.
The Canadian Health Act of 1984 allows medical practitioners to only charge fees fixed by governments — something that West Bengal is
trying, but without the required level of public financing.
They are paid from tax revenue either by the federal or the provincial government.
Governments decide fees of primary care physicians and salaries of health professionals.
The federal government regulates drugs and diagnostics; provincial governments regulate hospitals, private healthcare professionals and
private insurance.
Dental care, eye care, prescription drugs, ambulance services, medical devices, upgraded hospital rooms and travel insurance are
outside Medicare, and these are provided by the private sector. The government reimburses a portion of these costs.
But delayed payments have seen some big corporate hospitals exit the scheme.

Germany (Insurance-Based)

After government-funded Social Health Insurance (SHI) and private insurance, less than 1% are left uncovered. SHI — operated by more
than 200 competing Sickness Funds (SFs), which are self-governing, nonprofit, non-governmental organisations, and funded by
compulsory wage-based contributions, matched by employers
It covers preventive services, in-patient and out-patient hospital care, physician services, mental health and dental care, medical aids,
rehabilitation and sick leave compensation.
The government delegates regulation and governance to the SFs and medical providers’ associations.
The patient chooses her SF and provider, who cannot refuse her.
There are 30 quality control indicators that hospitals have to report.
EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE-CONCEPTS, AND THEIR UTILITIES AND APPLICATION IN
ADMINISTRATION AND GOVERNANCE.

8) With the rate of zoonotic diseases (pathogens that jump from animals to humans) on the rise, migratory animals have been under increasing
suspicion of aiding the spread of devastating diseases such as bird flu, Lyme disease and even Ebola. Examine if it’s right to put blame squarely on
migratory birds for increase in the rate of zoonotic diseases. (150 Words)

The Wire

Background:

Scientists estimate that more than 6 out of every 10 known infectious diseases in people are spread from animals, and 3 out of every 4 new or
emerging infectious diseases in people are spread from animals.
Emerging zoonoses with pandemic potential are a stated priority for the global health security agenda, but endemic zoonoses also have a
major societal impact in low-resource settings. Although many endemic zoonoses can be treated, timely diagnosis and appropriate clinical
management of human cases is often challenging.

Blaming the migratory birds is right:-

Pathogens seem to pose some costs on their migratory hosts, which would reduce the chances of migrants spreading pathogens, but perhaps
not enough of a cost to eliminate the risk completely.
Migratory birds facilitate the movement of ticks to new territories. Avian migration has opened the door for many diseases to spread over vast
distances each year by carrying disease vectors such as ticks, or by the birds being themselves infected by the disease and spreading it to
others as they migrate.
According to study by Cohen et al in US In the spring of 2013 and 2014 they captured 3,844 birds, of 85 different bird species that were
returning north for the summer. Out of these 137, about 3.56%, were infected with ticks.

Its not right to blame these birds:-

These suspicions are bad for migrating animals, because they are often killed in large numbers when considered a disease threat. They are
also bad for humans, because blaming animals may obscure other important factors in disease spread, such as animal trade.
Pathogenic microbes are surprisingly bad at expanding their range .Microbes find it difficult to thrive when taken out of their ecological
comfort zone.
For instance Bali might just be a tad too hot for a Tasmanian parasite to handle.
There is in fact surprisingly little direct evidence that migrants frequently spread pathogens long distances. This is because migratory
animals are notoriously hard for scientists to track. Their movements make them difficult to test for infections over the vast areas that they
occupy.
Migratory animals must work exceptionally hard to travel. Migrant animals may have to be at the peak of health if they are to survive such
gruelling journeys. If a sick animal can’t migrate, then neither can its parasites
According to studies migratory shorebirds are exceptionally good at resisting invasion from ingested microbes, even after flying thousands of
kilometres .

Way ahead:-

There is no doubt that migrants are involved in pathogen dispersal to some degree, but there is increasing evidence that humans shouldn’t
jump the gun when it comes to blaming migrants.
6) Consumption expenditure without investment increase leads to a credit cycle. Comment on the rising consumption expenditure in India. (200
Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- India is set to become the third largest consumer economy by 2025, trailing only the US and China, fuelled by an increase in
consumption levels, changes in consumer behaviour and spending patterns, according to a report released by consulting firm The Boston Consulting
Group.

Consumption across the country is expected to almost triple over the next decade from the current $1.4 trillion to $4 trillion, according to the report
titled The New Indian: The Many Facets of a Changing Consumer. India is now the sixth largest consumer economy, after the US, China, Japan, the
UK and Germany.

Consumption expenditure without investment has deteriorating impacts :-

Only consumption booms that are accompanied by an increase in investments tend to be sustainable as more investments result in higher job
creation.
India’s ongoing consumption growth has been accompanied by a drastic fall in the investment to GDP ratio.
Besides the absence of strong fundamental underpinnings to India’s consumption growth, it is worth noting that consumer confidence in India
dipped quite comprehensively in 1QFY18 as per the Reserve Bank of India’s consumer confidence survey.
Indian households’ overall savings ratio ebbed to an 18-year low in FY16 and India’s consumption-to-GDP ratio has consequently edged up.
This rise of consumption growth appears to be the result of the rise of retail credit. As corporate credit demand waned, banks and NBFCs
aggressively pushed retail credit, resulting in India’s retail credit-to-GDP ratio rising from 13% in FY12 to 16% in FY17.

Hence it is required that the consumer spending must be accompanied with the investment increase. For this steps like creating awareness about
prudential consumer spending and enhancing households, institutional savings to invest in economy is important. A well directed consumer
expenditure can boost the economy’s efficiency in utilizing it’s financial resources.

7) What do you understand by cryptocurrency/crypto-token powered initial coin offerings (ICO)? Should India regulate ICOs? If yes, how?
Examine. (200 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- ICO is the abbreviation of Initial Coin Offering. It means that someone offers investors some units of a new cryptocurrency or
crypto-token in exchange against cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin or Ethereum. Since 2013 ICOs are often used to fund the development of new
cryptocurrencies. The pre-created token can be easily sold and traded on all cryptocurrency exchanges if there is demand for them.

An ICO is largely similar to an initial public offering, but it differs to the extent that instead of offering shares in a company, cryptocurrencies or
crypto-tokens are offered at a predetermined rate. These crypto-tokens are basically digital assets which can be configured in a number of ways to
represent a variety of services.
Should India regulate ICO :-

Currently, there isn’t much regulatory clarity globally regarding ICOs.

China has recently banned all ICOs in order to check the disruption of economic and financial order in the Chinese market.
The US Securities and Exchange Commission and the Canadian Securities Administrators, on the other hand, have released investor bulletins
highlighting that some ICOs may need to be categorized as securities in accordance with the nature of the crypto-token offered.
India should think on regulating ICOs as the cryptocurrencies are the future currencies. They are bound to occupy the traditional currency
market and if not regulated can exaggerate the problems of corruption, black money, terror financing etc.

How should India regulate it :- In order to streamline and regulate ICOs in India, there are legal and regulatory challenges that need to be
addressed.

Based on their nature, crypto-tokens/cryptocurrencies could be classified as securities or currency or a payment system or intangible property.
This classification shall be crucial in determining the regulatory framework governing their issuance even otherwise and through the ICO
route.
Compliance requirements will also vary if crypto-token is a currency then it will be required to follow know your customer norms and anti-
money laundering requirements—whereas if they are considered securities, then companies will be required to comply with SEBI listing
regulations.
crypto-regulations will have to be enacted inter alia governing issuance through ICOs, transfer and management of crypto-tokens, which shall
serve as the Bible for intermediaries such as crypto-exchanges and crypto-brokers among others.

In India, there is regulatory opaqueness surrounding the regulation of ICOs. As a crucial first step, it is recommended that a regulatory sandbox
approach is followed to develop laws that achieve synergy between new technology, investor protection and effective regulatory oversight. If such
an approach is followed, it may lead to greater innovation and investment in India.

7) What do you understand by solar irrigation? Examine the benefits of the Solar Power as a Remunerative Crop (SPaRC) model compared to other
solar irrigation models. (150 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- Farmers can produce energy from sun, wind or biomass and can use this for themselves or sell surplus to companies.

Solar Irrigation :-

Solar energy is one of the easiest ways for farmers to produce energy
It is the use of solar energy for pumping out ground water and for irrigation in place of traditional diesel pumps or use of grid
power(electricity)
Irrigation is the area that benefits most from solar energy because using sun for irrigation represent a virtuous cycle when sun shrines it feeds
the irrigation systems exactly when crops need more water. More energy is available when it is needed more.
Number of solar pumps has grown tremendously Rs. 7500 in 2010 to Rs 10000 in 2015-16

What is SPaRC :-

Its solar irrigation model where solar power is used as remunerative crop, in the sense that the surplus solar energy is resold to companies to
add farmers income.
SPICE :- Worlds first Solar Pump Irrigation Co-Operative Enterprise Dhundi village Gujarat. Since May 2016
SPARC Model :- Solar power as a renumerative crop model of Dhundi SPICE. Solar pumps continues to run and so water pumping into farms
continues whether farmers need to irrigate or not.
To avoid this Dhundi SPICE developed SPARC model, where farmers pool their surplus solar energy and sell it to Madhya Gujarat Vij
Company Ltd. (MGVCL) the local power discom under 25 years power purchase agreement . In return theses farmers have surrendered their
rights of subsidised grid power connection for 25 years
Solar power as a cash crop :- No seeds, fertilizers, pesticides, irrigation, labour needed. Discoms as ready buyer at assured price without risks
of climate conditions, price drops, pests, diseases etc.

Benefits :-

It controls ground water overexploitation through incentivising farmers for its conservation.
Prevents wastage of surplus solar energy through channelizing it properly.
It is in line with governments policy of Doubling farmer income till 2022 by
Savings from high maintenance charges of diesel pumps
Income from sale of irrigation services to other farmers.
Income from sale of solar energy to discoms.
For distribution companies :- It will reduce subsidy burden, also enhance chances of gaining renewable energy certificates as pro renewable
purchase obligations entity
Prom Poor water market :- This will halve irrigation cost for buyers of solar power.
Carbon Footprints :- Solarising India’s electric tubewells will reduce Annual GHG emissions by 4-5%. It will help India meet it’s committed
INDC as part of Paris Agreements.
Contribution to Smart Grid Management.
It is an acceptable way to end power subsidies in India

Drawbacks :-

Capital investment for solar panels and other accessories is required.

Land footprints of solar panels is huge which hampers the space for farming.

Other Solar irrigation models and their drawbacks as compared to SPaRC :-

Discoms centred model :- This is current policy in all state. It promotes solar pumps with attractive capital cost subsidy to farmers wait listed
for grid power connections with supposed benefits of saving subsidy burden on Discoms. But there is no overall benefits as it adds to the
existing diesel or electric pumps rather than replacing them
Developer centred farmer dedicated solar plant :- It is being implemented by NGO Prayas Maharashtra. It deploys tail end solar power plants
 on panchayat land where feeders are separated. These grid tied plants supply free anytime power to farmers while surplus flows back to grid
to meet the deficit.

Benefits :- It is cheaper than individual solar pumps. Energy efficiency is gained in agri power usage . No subsidies are needed and help Discom’s
RPO.

Drawbacks :- There is no incentive for energy and water conservation. No offerings of income flow to farmers but developers.

Developer centred distributed models :- It is Karnataka, Gujrat draft policy. Developers companies provide free solar energy to farmers for limited
period. Surplus power sold to discoms.

Benefits :- It provides power to farmers. PRO meet by discoms is made. Developers also saves on land cost

Drawbacks :- There is no incentive for energy and water conservation. There is no income flows to farmers.

Way Forward :-

There is need to promote farmer centric models of solar irrigation like SPaRC where no duality of management and ownership, farmers have full
stake in power management. It further encourages efficient use of solar energy and ground water. The need of hour is to make it more scalable and
bankable with higher capital cost subsidy.

Introduction :- Public service is a ‘vocation’ and only on this foundation upon which a moral and responsible government can be based. The civil
servants need to be people of absolute integrity, ethics and morality because only then they can take the civil service as a ‘vocation’.

It strengthens the sense of mission which a civil servant is supposed to undertake to serve the public; perform duties and fulfill obligations. A similar
doctrine of vocation was enunciated several thousand years ago by Lord Krishna in Bhagwad Gita. It has been mentioned there, that ”Securing”
universal welfare by one’s action is the ultimate measure of a human being but more so of those who hold the public office”.

Hence it becomes important to indoctrinate trainees in ethical behaviour however it’s useless if the selection is of an unethical individuals.

Ways to select ethical individuals in civil services :-

Go beyond testing the theoretical knowledge of candidates and take measures to test real ethical sense like psychiatric test for interview, more
weightage to candidates real tilt and personal interests like if he/she is involved in some social activities, any remarkable work done in own
profession etc,
Testing individuals on spot questions and ethical dilemmas rather than rotten theories in Ethics paper. Posing candidates to questions which
need critical decision making.
UPSC civil services interviews can be reformed to be more elaborate on line of SSB interview to gauge the real potential of candidates.
Putting more importance to individual behaviour, views, stands in training period and option of cancellation of permanent recruitment in civil
services if trainee fails to show ethical approach in training.

It’s important to place right persons in system in order to be hopeful for fixation of it’s deteriorating state today. As it is said “Your best efforts will
never be enough when your best efforts are being wasted on wrong person”

7) Exports are an important driver of economic growth and will also help create much needed jobs for India’s growing workforce. In this regard,
examine the constraints being faced by labour intensive export industries in India and necessary measures needed to address these constraints. (250
Words)

Livemint

Status of Indian exports

According to the World Trade Organization (WTO), merchandise trade volume of India in 2017 is expected to grow by 3.6%, compared to
1.3% in 2016.

Importance of exports

Exports are an important driver of economic growth and will also help create much needed jobs for India’s growing workforce. They played
an important role in transforming countries such as South Korea and China in recent decades.
Labour intensive industries in India are particularly important because of its capacity to absorb large workforce against stagnant agriculture
and automatic and skilled service sector.
Therefore, India will need to work on increasing competitiveness to expand its exports share in the world market.

Constraints

1. Competition from other smaller countries

India stands to gain as labour-intensive manufacturing is moving out of China due to rising wages and an ageing population.
But this is not happening in a big way, and India is losing out to other Asian countries such as Bangladesh and Vietnam.
India’s “revealed comparative advantage”, an indicator of competitiveness, in some of the labour-intensive sectors has actually declined over
the past decade

2.Labour laws

Indian firms in the apparel and leather sectors are smaller than those in China, Vietnam and Bangladesh. The reason for this is regressive
labour laws.

3.Land acquisition problem

4.Rising protectionism

There is a threat of rising protectionism, India needs to be prepared to protect its interests without compromising on its open trade policy.
India has always supported rule-based multilateral trade negotiations under the WTO.
Measures needed

India needs structural changes to be able to attain higher and sustainable exports growth in the medium to long run, particularly in labour-
intensive sectors.
The government of India has taken several measures to boost exports in its midterm review of foreign trade policy 2015-20.

1. Incentives for specific sectors which are labour intensive

Apart from incentives for specific sectors such as ready-made garments and footwear, India is losing out in labour-intensive sectors like
apparel and footwear, and why it is important to focus on these sectors.
For instance, apparel is 80 times more labour-intensive than the auto sector.

2.Duty free procurement of inputs for exports

Government is allowing duty-free procurement of the inputs needed for exports on a self-assessment basis.

3.Logistic division established

A new logistics division has been established in the department of commerce to coordinate development in the logistics space.

4.Simplification of tax structure

The recent changes in the goods and services tax, are likely to help the export sector.

5.Reform labour market

The government will need to move forward with reforms in the factor market. India has a large number of small enterprises, which are not in a
position to attain economies of scale and compete in international markets
Firms in labour-intensive sectors will need more freedom to operate.
Similarly, more flexibility in land acquisition will also help the manufacturing sector.

6.Competitive currency

It is important to keep the currency competitive.

The RBI has done well in recent months to absorb a significant amount of the foreign exchange flow by building reserves to keep the rupee in
check.

7) What do you understand by compensatory afforestation? Discuss the salient features of the Compensatory Afforestation Fund Act, 2016. (250
Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

CAF has the provision to create a national fund with contributions from user agencies—any person, organisation, company or
department of the Centre or state government making a request to divert or de-notify forest land for non-forest purpose.
Centre is yet not ready with the rules to implement the Compensatory Afforestation Fund Act, 2016

Issues

1. Violates tribal rights regime

Compensatory Afforestation Fund Act, 2016 (CAF)gravely violates the constitutional and legal rights as well as livelihoods of crores of
adivasis and forest dwellers in India, under Article 300A of the Constitution, Panchayat (Extension to Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996 (PESA)
and the Forest Rights Act, 2006 (FRA).

2.Deforestation enhanced

Tribals criticised the act for creating a perverse incentive to accelerate deforestation rather than prevent it.
It is debatable whether the Act, with the disbursal mechanism through national and State funds that it mandates, is a sound remedy for loss of
rich forests that continues to occur because of developmental and biotic pressures.
The evidence on compensatory afforestation in a big project such as the Sardar Sarovar Dam, for instance, is not encouraging.

3.Use of land is not defined clearly

There is no clarity on the plantation process. If land is diverted in one area, compensatory afforestation can be done somewhere far
away.
November 8 guidelines of the Ministry of Environment and Forest on creation of land banks for compensatory afforestation are vague
and can include lands on which forest rights aren’t settled.

4.Loss of biodiversity

The monoculture plantations that came up as afforestration are having low biodiversity value.
Replacing a natural forest with a plantation does not really serve the cause of nature, wildlife, or the forest-dwelling communities who depend
on it, because of the sheer loss of biodiversity.
It is worth pointing out that the method used to calculate the net present value of forests, taking into account all ecosystem services they
provide, is far from perfect.

Way forward

1. Management of fund

Ensure that all accumulated Compensatory Afforestation funds are democratically managed and administered by transferring to gram
 sabhas
What the Centre needs to do is to enable independent audit of all connected programmes, in order to sensibly deploy the financial resources
now available

2.Decentralisation of powers to undertake works out of the fund

All activities with the fund must be done with free, prior and informed consent of gram sabhas.

3.Preserving biodiversity

Though, diversion of forests for non-forest use seems inevitable to some degree, the task is to make an assessment of suitable lands,
preferably contiguous with protected areas that can be turned over for management to a joint apparatus consisting of forest department staff
and scientific experts.
There is immense potential to augment the services of forests through a careful choice of plants and trees under the afforestation programme.

8) It is said that the TIGR2ESS project aims to define the requirements for a second, more sustainable Green Revolution in India. Write a note on
the objectives and benefits of this project. (250 Words)

The Wire

Introduction:

TIGR2ESS is a new, large-scale, multi-partner project that has just been awarded £6.9m funding from the Global Challenges
Research Fund (GCRF) by Research Councils UK
It is a formidable network of partners from research, industry, government and NGOs in the UK and India.
It aims to define the requirements for a second, more sustainable Green Revolution, and to deliver this through a suite of research
programmes, training workshops and educational activities.
The funding forms part of the UK government’s Official Development Assistance commitment, and partners from both countries will
work together.

Objectives

The empowerment of women will be a key theme of this multifaceted project.

1. Food security and nutrition for families

Providing India’s women with the skills and knowledge to contribute to improved food security for their country, and better nutrition
for their families will take various approaches.
The UK–Indian partnership will set up ‘nutrition kitchens’ in Indian villages alongside existing health centres to run monthly cooking
classes and provide nutrition-relevant education.

2.Increase farmer income

In parallel, it will be looking for ways to increase the value of these crops, to raise family incomes

3.Research and educate on farming practices

TIGR2ESS will bring together science and social science to drive interventions that actually work for Indian farmers and their
communities.
TIGR2ESS will include fundamental research addressing crop productivity and water use in India and will identify appropriate crops
and farming practices for different climatic regions.
Workshops will educate female farmers to help them improve their farming practices.

4.Capacity building of farmers

It also includes a capacity-building programme of researcher exchanges between the UK and India to ensure skills development and build
expertise for the long term.

5.Access to government services

Recognising that an increasing number of India’s smallholder farmers are women, we need to ensure that state resources and services,
and knowledge, are equally accessible to them
LAND REFORMS IN INDIA.

3) To fulfil ambitions in Indo-Pacific and beyond, India must work for a cohesive South Asia. Comment. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

If SAARC is a broken-down vehicle, India need another instrument, but cannot ignore or abandon the task of building a largely
cohesive and stable periphery, which is essential to prevent meddling by external powers and realise our legitimate aspirations in the
Indo-Pacific and beyond.

How to make South Asia cohesive?

1. Economic growth is primary

Our ability to manage our region and stature in the world depend to a considerable degree upon economic success.
The continent-sized Indian economy, growing at around 6 per cent, holds a tremendous attraction for our neighbours.

2.Positive assymetry towards neighbours

External Affairs Minister Sushma Swaraj’s assurance in an address in December 2014 that realising its special responsibility in driving the
locomotive of South Asian growth, India would “continue to institutionalise positive asymmetry in favour of our neighbours and allow
all to benefit from our economy and market”, should be the leitmotif of our South Asia policies.

3.Jingoism not sustainable in diplomacy

All our neighbours have certain vested interests opposed to India and it becomes necessary once in a while to send a coercive message to
them.
This should, however, not alienate the constituencies that are well-disposed towards us.
A jingoistic response, as opposed to discreet punitive action, to the provocations of the Pakistan security establishment and its proxies ends
up consolidating opinion there in favour of the provocateurs.
The wisdom of restricting transit for Nepal to punish the short-sighted actions of its governments is also questionable. The resulting hardship
can turn the entire population against us.

4.Separate domestic politics from relations with neighbour

Relations with our South Asian neighbours are intertwined with the interests of our states and certain political constituencies.
For example, the politics in Tamil Nadu over the Sri Lankan Tamils issue and our relationship with Pakistan has become a subject of electoral
politics in recent years.
In a democracy, such politics is unavoidable to an extent but carried out cynically, it could have unintended consequences.

5.Efficient project implementation in neighbouring countries

The cost and time overruns that mar most of our projects at home due to cumbersome administrative and financial procedures also
afflicts our projects in neighbouring countries.
Instead of complaining against interlopers from outside the region, we need to focus on improving our project delivery.

6.Capitalise our cultural heritage

Lastly, the pull of our soft power is the strongest in South Asia because India remains the repository of nearly all linguistic, religious and
cultural traditions of this region.
India is the epitome of the South Asian diversity, which we have managed well in our vibrant democracy. Any faltering on this count would
impair not only our South Asia project, but also our global ambitions.
ROLE OF WOMEN AND WOMEN’S ORGANIZATION, POPULATION AND ASSOCIATED ISSUES, POVERTY
AND DEVELOPMENTAL ISSUES, URBANIZATION, THEIR PROBLEMS AND THEIR REMEDIES.

7) Balancing local employment interests and consumer ease is crucial to making innovative business choices. Do you think taxi aggregators such as
Uber and Ola threaten local drivers? Give reasons for your answer. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The tussle and competition created due to rapid penetration of cab aggregators like Ola, Uber with local drivers can be seen in many
strikes, demands to regulate their functioning etc.

They threaten the local drivers :-

Uber and Ola, in India and elsewhere, often resort to cat-and-mouse tactics with regulatory authorities. There are no regulations in place for
monitoring surge pricing and the overall cab sharing services offered by the cab aggregators. This not only hampers customers but also local
drivers in terms of intense competition.
Whether existing laws have contributed to the problems in the traditional taxi businesses is unclear, but Uber and Ola were quick to exploit
this confusion and the structural problems of the traditional taxi services.
App-based cab services have always defined themselves against the image of traditional taxi services characterised by lack of convenience,
overpriced rides, rickety cars and ill-mannered drivers.
The unintended effect of this nullification is that traditional taxis are now being increasingly seen as relics from a previous generation. Even
though Uber and Ola maintain that both traditional and tech-dependant services can coexist, their actions give the impression that the latter are
efficient because they do not follow ‘archaic’ laws.
By clamouring to cut down regulations since they represent stifling old-world analogue practices, they are virtually asking traditional taxi
services to operate in an ‘unequal’ environment. This signals nothing but the impending decline of traditional cabs at the hands of digital
players.
They exploit the advantages of their digital technologies as well. Traditional taxi services have also been accused of running a taxi mafia that
charge exorbitant prices for short distances and often refuse to go to locations that would be inconvenient for the driver.

Considering all above the need of the hour is to regulate the increasing presence of cab aggregators in Indian transportation systems. Comprehensive
regulation by centre, state and even city governments will help.

6) “The relationship between underdevelopment and Maoist activity cannot be explained in simple economic terms.'” Comment. (200 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- A Naxal or Naxalite is a member of the Communist Party of India (Maoist). The term Naxal derives from the name of the
village Naxalbari in West Bengal, where the movement had its origin. Naxalites are considered far-left radical communists, supportive
of Maoist political sentiment and ideology.

It was perceived that Naxalism stems from the economic causes. The alienation of tribal from their forest resources, wrecking of their land rights
etc. Hence efforts were made to spread economic developments through spread of industries, IITs and NITs level educational institutions.

However other factors have played huge role in Moist activities :-

The lack of human development causes anger and resentments amongst the people. They feel alienated and excluded. In addition often local
elites are engaged in exploiting, harassing and even torturing the tribal population
 Their causes for supporting the violent movement are manifold. Among these groups persists low degree of employment and qualification,
new forest policies with restriction for their livelihoods, cultural humiliation, weak access to health care, education and power, restricted and
limited access to natural resources, multifaceted forms of exploitation, social atrocities, displacement and deficient rehabilitation programs,
political marginalization and suppression of protests.
The slow implementation of land reforms is the main reason for the growth of Naxalism. Landlords frequently moved the court to delay
implementation of these reforms. They also connived with local politicians and bureaucrats, making the land reform process slow and
cumbersome.
The social structure of society in these areas could be cited as a second reason for emergence of the Naxalite problem. Invariably, wherever
the Naxalite problem exists, there is a poor section of society, with no resources to meet their quality requirements.
The most Naxal affected areas Jharkhand, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh, and Andhra Pradesh are rich in natural resources. In this
area, natural resources are not only reason of promoting Naxalite movement. It could be one of the reasons, but not the only reason.
The failure of the government to reach out to these areas is another major factor that aids the growth of Naxalism in these areas. The
governance is poor or worse, in certain places it is nonexistent. Popular schemes take long to devise but longer to implement. Even while
implementing, the benefit always reach those who are the „naves‟ and not those who are in need.
The Indian aboriginals, known as adivasis, live these richly forested lands, which are wanted for development by businesses. The conflict
between economic progress and aboriginal land rights continues to fuel the Naxalite‟s activities.

Government has taken many steps to address the problem of Naxalism like Rehabilitation and Resettlement Policy, 2007, Forest Rights Act, 2006,
Chhattisgarh Special Public Securities Act, 2006, schemes like Nai Roashani etc. The complexity of the causes of the Naxalite problem as well as its
implications both for internal and external security reflect a solution that is multi-dimensional and calls for a synergy between the central
governments and the states.

Therefore the state must start to fight the conflict legally, minimize collateral damage, strengthen the leadership of the security forces and abstain
from any human rights violation. The security forces should better start protecting the population living within the area of conflict instead of merely
confronting the Maoists on large scale. The Naxalite movement must be challenged politically by presenting better alternatives to the Maoist
approach and offer new perspectives. In this regard the state should start addressing the basic needs of the poor and fulfilling its main
responsibilities to deliver human development to these disadvantaged areas.

6) The Chinese government has been looking to big data for solutions in areas ranging from policing to education and urban planning to traffic
management; the optimal use of big data, it believes, can help foster higher economic growth. How can India use big data to its advantage? What are
the challenges it faces in this regard? Discuss. (200 Words)
The Indian Express

Introduction :- Big data is a term for data sets that are so large or complex that traditional data processing application softwareis inadequate to deal
with them. Big data challenges include capturing data, data storage, data analysis, search, sharing, transfer, visualization, querying, updating and
information privacy.

Chinese government is using this big data for multiple uses and Indian government can also use it for making the institutions, governance and
people more easy to function.

The use and adoption of big data within governmental processes allows efficiencies in terms of cost, productivity, and innovation.
Advancements in big data analysis offer cost-effective opportunities to improve decision-making in critical development areas such as health
care, employment, economic productivity, crime, security, and natural disasterand resource management.
Based on TCS 2013 Global Trend Study, improvements in supply planning and product quality provide the greatest benefit of big data for
manufacturing. Big data provides an infrastructure for transparency in manufacturing industry, which is the ability to unravel uncertainties
such as inconsistent component performance and availability. India aspires to be global manufacturing hub hence big data role is inevitable.
Human inspection at the big data scale is impossible and there is a desperate need in health service for intelligent tools for accuracy and
believability control and handling of information missed. Indian health care system which is in much broken stage can take help of big data.
A McKinsey Global Institutestudy found a shortage of 1.5 million highly trained data professionals and managers and a number of universities
including University of Tennessee and UC Berkeley, have created masters programs to meet this demand. Indian education system is second
largest in world and suffers from many such problems hence can be benefitted with big data.
The use of big data to resolve IT and data collection issues within an enterprise is called IT Operations Analytics(ITOA). By applying big data
principles into the concepts of machine intelligence and deep computing, IT departments can predict potential issues and move to provide
solutions before the problems even happen

Challenges :-

Data analysis often requires multiple parts of government (central and local) to work in collaboration and create new and innovative processes
to deliver the desired outcome.
longstanding challenges for developing regions such as inadequate technological infrastructure and economic and human resource scarcity
exacerbate existing concerns with big data such as privacy, imperfect methodology, and interoperability issues.
There is a huge need for Big Data analysts and Data Scientists. The storage of quality data scientists and skilled human resource in this area
has slowed down process of use of data analytics.
Big data involves big risks when it comes to the security and the privacy of the data. The tools used for analysis, stores, manages, analyses,
and utilizes the data from a different variety of sources. This ultimately leads to a risk of exposure of the data, making it highly vulnerable.
“Data”, Reliance Industries chairman Mukesh Ambani said “is the new oil, which does not need to be imported. We have it in super-abundance”.
True it is. Hence India must work on taking advantage of this for betterment of it’s citizens.

7) The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) plans to privatise the operations of its popular Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV) by 2020.
Examine the rationale behind this plan and also its merits and demerits. (150 Words)

The Wire

Introduction :- In order to step up the launch capacity within the country, ISRO is in the process of exploring the possibility of involving Indian
industry in a greater role to meet the increased national requirements and possible commercial demand for launch services. Discussions are being
held with the Indian industry towards formulating a plan & strategy to enhance the capacity and capability of managing the Polar Satellite Launch
Vehicle (PSLV) programme on an end to end basis.

Rational behind it :-

ISRO has been pursuing a conscious approach of building up and nurturing the industrial capabilities in the country to maximally support the
Indian Space Programme.
Through appropriate transfer of technology and hand-holding, ISRO is making focused efforts to consolidate and enhance participation of
Indian industries for manufacturing and production of space related hardware such as rocket engine & stages, propellant tanks, spacecraft
structures, solar panels, thermal control systems, electronic packages etc., required for satellites and launch vehicles.

Merit of this move :-

A number of private players have shown interest and promise in the Indian space programme, and a few of them are interested in their own
launch vehicles. Privatizing the operation of the rocket would free up ISRO to focus on more cutting-edge missions.
ISRO is severely constrained to meet the ever-increasing demands from over 60 central departments, 29 states and thousands of private sector
companies hence urging the domestic industry to come forward and help augment the manufacture and launch of satellites will help ISRO.
The nascent private space industry in India will not only provide services within the country but also opportunities for services in the
neighboring countries and other parts of the globe.

Demerits of this move :-

The efficacy and efficiency attained by ISRO needs to be maintained in order to keep it’s standard intact in world. Privatization efforts will
require very careful attention in this.
Privatizing such benchmark product of ISRO may hamper the trust and credibility of national institute. Hence outright privatization need to be
evaluated on cost benefit analysis.
Such exercise will require well defined laws, rules, procedures, norms in place for which current establishments are not ready.

Privatization of PSLV comes with it’s own advantages and disadvantages. However it is a welcome step is implemented with right spirit. Privatizing
PSLV operations and outsourcing hardware manufacturing will not just free up ISRO to focus on more nation-building missions, but also create a
vibrant Indian space market.

This is very much in keeping with the global trend. Premier national space agencies such as NASA or ESA or JAXA do not engage in commercial
manufacture of communications satellites or leasing transponders. They instead focus on building next generation R&D capabilities and
possibilities, leaving the private sector to take care of commercialization.

3) A robust and responsive food system is need of the hour to combat undernutrition, non-communicable diseases and hunger around the world.
Analyse. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- About 795 million people are undernourished globally. About 780 million people, or the vast majority of the hungry, live in the
developing regions. overall UN figures show that the proportion of undernourished people worldwide has reduced from 15 per cent in 2000-2002 to
11 per cent in 2014-2016. Roughly one third of the food produced in the world for human consumption every year — approximately 1.3 billion
tonnes — gets lost or wasted. Food losses and waste amounts to roughly US$ 680 billion in industrialized countries and US$ 310 billion in
developing countries.

– FAO statistics

All these figures indicates need for a robust and responsive food system :-

The WHO states that there are three pillars that determine food security: food availability, food access, and food use. The FAO adds a fourth
pillar: the stability of the first three dimensions of food security over time.
Ø Food availability:- Because food consumers outnumber producers in every country, food must be distributed to different regions or nations.
Food distribution involves the storage, processing, transport, packaging, and marketing of food. Food-chain infrastructure and storage
technologies on farms can also affect the amount of food wasted in the distribution process.
Ø Food accessibility :- Food access refers to the affordability and allocation of food, as well as the preferences of individuals and households.
The UN Committee on Economic, Social, and Cultural Rights noted that the causes of hungerand malnutrition are often not a scarcity of food
but an inability to access available food, usually due to poverty.
Ø Utilization :- The next pillar of food security is food utilization, which refers to the metabolism of food by individuals. Once food is
obtained by a household, a variety of factors affect the quantity and quality of food that reaches members of the household. In order to achieve
food security, the food ingested must be safe and must be enough to meet the physiological requirements of each individual.
Ø Stability :- Food stability refers to the ability to obtain food over time. Food insecurity can be transitory, seasonal, or chronic. In transitory
food insecurity, food may be unavailable during certain periods of time. At the food production level, natural disasters and drought result in
crop failure and decreased food availability. Civil conflicts can also decrease access to food.
Decreasing food wastage and responsible food utilization :- In developing countries food waste and losses occur mainly at early stages of the
food value chain and can be traced back to financial, managerial and technical constraints in harvesting techniques as well as storage and
cooling facilities. Strengthening the supply chain through the direct support of farmers and investments in infrastructure, transportation, as
well as in an expansion of the food and packaging industry could help to reduce the amount of food loss and waste.
In medium- and high-income countries food is wasted and lost mainly at later stages in the supply chain. Differing from the situation in
developing countries, the behaviour of consumers plays a huge part in industrialized countries. The study identified a lack of coordination
between actors in the supply chain as a contributing factor. Farmer-buyer agreements can be helpful to increase the level of coordination.
Additionally, raising awareness among industries, retailers and consumers as well as finding beneficial use for food that is presently thrown
away are useful measures to decrease the amount of losses and waste.

SECURE SYNOPSIS: 12 DECEMBER 2017

NOTE: Please remember that following ‘answers’ are NOT ‘model answers’. They are NOT synopsis too if we go by definition of the term. What
we are providing is content that both meets demand of the question and at the same time gives you extra points in the form of background
information.

Topic: Social empowerment; Population issues

1) Is the demand for inclusion among the OBCs by Patels and other powerful backward communities justified? Critically examine. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

The Patidars in Gujarat, the Jats in Rajasthan, and the Marathas in Maharashtra have been demanding inclusion among the Other
Backward Classes (OBCs).

Comparative analysis of India Human Development Survey (IHDS) of 2011-12 and 2004-05

1. At household level

The intergroup variations at household-level

1. Vis-a-vis other castes

In most variables, the three jatis are better off than OBC groups and SCs and STs in their respective States, and are closer to the
forward castes.

1. In agriculture

In fact, what distinguishes these groups is the fact that they are predominantly involved in agriculture and are more likely to work on
their land rather than as agricultural labourers.

1. At individual level

Comparing individual-level outcomes they find that three jatis are similar to forward castes.

1. Government jobs

In terms of holding government jobs, there is a significant drop compared to the forward castes.
The starkest difference is for the Patidars — their probability of holding a government job more or less matches with the OBCs (and
is lesser than that of SCs/STs).

1. Land owning

Over time,, except for the Patels, there is a decline in the probability of owning or cultivating land for the other two jatis.

1. Casual jobs

A high proportion of them hold casual jobs in non-agricultural sectors despite them being largely agrarian communities.
With a general decline in fortunes in the agrarian sector, more of them are seeking a future in non-agricultural jobs, especially government
 jobs.
This explains why these groups demand OBC status.

Conclusion

Despite narrowing socioeconomic differences with dominant forward castes, the jatis perceive their political power and economic clout to
be slipping due to the changing nature of the economy, but their demand for inclusion among the OBCs is unjustified.
MODERN INDIAN HISTORY FROM ABOUT THE MIDDLE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY UNTIL THE
PRESENT- SIGNIFICANT EVENTS, PERSONALITIES, ISSUES

1) Why are Dalits denied equal rights despite laws against such a denial? Examine Dr Ambedkar’s views on the limitations of the present policies
and the solution he offered for protection of rights of Dalits. (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Caste denotes a traditional system of rigid social stratification into ranked groups defined by descent and occupation. Caste
divisions in India dominate in housing, marriage, employment, and general social interaction-divisions that are reinforced through the practice and
threat of social ostracism, economic boycotts, and physical violence.

This practice relegates Dalits untouchables (known in Indian legal parlance as scheduled castes), to a lifetime of discrimination, exploitation and
violence, including severe forms of torture perpetrated by state and private actors in violation of the rights guaranteed by the Convention.

Legal provisions for stopping Dalit atrocities :-

Article 17 of Indian Constitution seeks to abolish ‘untouchability’ and its practice in any form is forbidden.
The SC/ST Atrocities Act was passed in 1989 by the Parliament.

Denial of equal rights and pathetic conditions of Dalit people :-

Caste-motivated killings, rapes, and other abuses are a daily occurrence in India. Between 2001 and 2002 close to 58,000 cases were registered
under the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act – legislation that criminalizes particularly egregious abuses against
Dalits and tribal community members. A 2005 government report states that a crime is committed against a Dalit every 20 minutes.

According to unofficial estimates, more than 1.3 million Dalits – mostly women – are employed as manual scavengers to clear human waste from
dry pit latrines. In several cities, Dalits are lowered into manholes without protection to clear sewage blockages, resulting in more than 100 deaths
each year from inhalation of toxic gases or from drowning in excrement. Dalits comprise the majority of agricultural, bonded, and child laborers in
the country. Many survive on less than US$1 per day.

Dr Ambedkar’s view on limitations of present policies and the solution he offered for protection of rights of Dalits :-

Although B.R. Ambedkar was instrumental in developing legal and other measures to ensure equality, he was not very optimistic about the
effectiveness of some of these measures and he offered alternatives.
 Ambedkar helped to enact Untouchability (Offences) Act (1955) but he was aware ofit’s limitations and said laws could be effective if
violated by an individual but not when the entire community is opposed to the rights of a minority.
He said the social and moral conscience that governs the caste system does not support equality. The social beliefs that support inequality
continue to influence the behaviour of “high” caste people in the villages. This belief system is at the root of the denial of rights and the use of
violent methods against Dalits.
Ambedkar argued that the actions of people are a natural outcome of their belief in caste codes. Unfortunately, there is no engagement by the
government and high-caste Hindu civil society with people who practise untouchability.
Ambedkar was equally aware of the economic and demographic imbalance between Dalits and high castes in villages. To correct this
imbalance, Ambedkar suggested a geographical and economic distance between high castes and Dalits in the villages and argued for separate
settlements or villages for Dalits, with independent sources of livelihood.
Ambedkar also advocated the gradual move of Dalits to cities. He saw the urbanisation of Dalits as a path to free them from the exploitative
milieu in the villages to relatively harassment-free social spaces in cities.
Ambedkar also argued that without securing equal rights for about one-fifth of the population — Dalits — we cannot become a true nation.

The Center for Human Rights and Global Justice and Human Rights Watch call on CERD to scrutinize the gap between India’s human rights
commitments and the daily reality faced by Dalits. It suggested that Indian government should :

Identify measures taken to ensure appropriate reforms to eliminate police abuses against Dalits and other marginalized communities;
Provide concrete plans to implement laws and government policies to protect Dalits, and Dalit women in particular, from physical and sexual
violence;
Identify steps taken to eradicate caste-based segregation in residential areas and schools, and in access to public services; and,
Outline plans to ensure the effective eradication of exploitative labor arrangements and effective implementation of rehabilitation schemes for
Dalit bonded and child laborers, manual scavengers, and for Dalit women forced into prostitution.

1) Discuss Gandhiji’s views on modernity, religiosity, science and spirituality. Also comment if his views on these aspects are relevant today. (200
Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Gandhiji had deep view regarding diverse areas of life .

Modernity :-

Gandhi offered an alternative and non-Western form of modernity, that embodied a different set of values and ideals, which blended what he
considered to be the best of both Indian tradition and modernity.
It is a mistake to regard Gandhi as a staunch traditionalist as he often is described.
This characterization overlooks the fact that Gandhi was quite critical of many aspects of Hindu tradition, from caste and untouchability to its
seeming lack of concern for questions of social and economic justice.
By the same token, modernity for Gandhi did not imply the wholesale rejection of tradition.

Religiosity :-

Religiosity, for Gandhiji, was a lifelong quest for self-transformation.

It was an engagement with the world without tamasic inertia or rajasic ego, but with sattwic calmness.
It was to see politics as a field of sadhana characterized by the Bhagavad Gita’s principle of anasakti yoga as well as the power of love Jesus
taught in the Sermon on the Mount.
He gave a new meaning to a series of disciplinary/religious practices like austerity, fasting and control over body and sexuality.

Science :-

It was not anti-science as is commonly misunderstood.

Gandhi went on to say that he appreciated the urge that led scientists to conduct basic research, to do ‘science for the sake of science’.
But he worried that scientists and science students in India came overwhelmingly from the middle class (and upper castes), and hence knew
only to use their minds and not their hands.

Spirituality :-

For Gandhiji religion was both, the formal where ritual practices diverged, and the eternal where all faiths had common goals.
Prayers were needed to affirm and activate the divine within, not to ask favours. He did not care for dogmas. For him, it was not theology but
morality that mattered.
He argued for sadbhava, that is goodwill and toleration. Therefore religions could gain much by a dialogue, and none should claim exclusivity
since it would amount to “spiritual arrogance.”

As people are reduced commodities and consumers, Gandhiji’s moral engagement with self and society must be revisited as a protest ideology and
they are relevant in present time as well owing to their eternal strengths and powerful ideas.

1) The religious competition during the Reformation period was essential to the birth of capitalism and it continues to be relevant today. Discuss.
(250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Reformation was a rebellion against the religious authority and temporal power of the Catholic Church.

German sociologist Max Weber and English economic historian R.H. Tawney drew a direct causal link between the Calvinist Protestantism
founded during the Reformation and modern capitalism.
Reformation broke the Church’s monopoly in the religious marketplace and promoted religious competition.
Weber first observes a correlation between being Protestant and being involved in business, and declares his intent to explore religion as a
potential cause of the modern economic conditions.
The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalismargues that Puritan ethics and ideas influenced the development of capitalism. The ‘spirit of
capitalism’ does not refer to the spirit in the metaphysical sense but rather a set of values, the spirit of hard work and progress.
The religious competition also spilled over in ways that improved human capital in Europe with a resultant boost to the economy. While the
traditional elite clung to the Church in several regions, the rising class of merchants and traders were attracted by Protestantism’s anti-
 corruption message.
These developments are not historical artifacts relevant only to their times. Increasing urbanization and a shift from agriculture to
manufacturing and services; rationalization of laws; the rise of entrepreneurship; rise in income tax revenue; and social safety nets—the
Reformation established principles that are as important for economic development now as they were then.

The essentialness of religious competition to give birth to capitalism can be seen with Adam Smith, one of the Enlightenment’s champions, tried to
underscore the importance of religious competition much as the importance of economic competition.

1) What does US recognition of Jerusalem as Israel’s capital mean to various stakeholders? With a brief note on historical background of the issue,
comment critically. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Islamic traditions

Between 610 and 623 CE, Jerusalem was the direction of prayer or Qibla until it was changed towards the Ka’aba in Mecca by Prophet
Mohammed in February 624.

Christianity traditions

While Jesus Christ’s birth is traced to a manger in nearby Bethlehem, the central elements of Christianity are linked to Jerusalem.
Believers trace the last thirteen steps of Christ in the old city, and the crucifixion and resurrection, the very core of Christianity, is located in
the city where the Church of the Holy Sepulchre stands today.

Jewish traditions

For the Jews, Jerusalem was the home of their two ancient temples, both being destroyed by invading armies; the first by the Babylonian ruler
Nebuchadnezzar II in 586 BCE and the second by the Romans in 70 CE.
Hence, Jerusalem is the holiest place for the Jews.

Jerusalem status in modern history

Though all the Abrahamic faiths lay claims to Jerusalem, in the modern political context, the city has different geographic contours.

1. Partition Plan, 1947

Under the partition plan approved by the UN General Assembly on 29 November 1947, Jerusalem and its surrounding areas including
Bethlehem were declared corpus separatum.
The UN thereby sought to place the city under an international regime due to the shared and contested religious claims over it.

2.Israel’s Declaration of Independence, 1948

The Declaration of Independence which announced the establishment of Israel hours before the British departure on 14 May 1948 was
conspicuously silent on the country’s capital.
Formally giving up Zion (another name for Jerusalem) would have meant the realization of Zionism without Zion.
With the partition plan already dividing international opinion, the infant state did not have the luxury of ticking off international opinion at its
birth.
Its entry into the UN, formalized in May 1949, was another compulsion and hence the otherwise colourful and detailed Israeli declaration
of independence was silent on the question of its capital.

3.Armistice Agreement, 1949

Meanwhile, the UN-sponsored Armistice Agreement between Israel and the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan signed on 3 April 1949
formalized the division of Jerusalem, namely Israeli control of West Jerusalem and Jordanian control and subsequent annexation of
East Jerusalem, including the old city and its religious sites holy to all the three Abrahamic faiths.
This brought in the concept of West and East Jerusalem into the political discourse of the Middle East.
Later that year, Israel declared the Western part of the city as its capital and gradually established or moved all its sovereign institutions,
such as the office of the President, the seat of the Supreme Court, Knesset and government offices. By the early 1950s all the ministries
except the Ministry of Defence were shifted to West Jerusalem.
West Jerusalem, which Israel declared as its capital has, however, not been recognized by much of the international community . Until
President Donald Trump’s sudden announcement, even the US never recognized Israel’s claims to West Jerusalem as its capital.

4.1967 June War

Until the June War, East Jerusalem was under Jordanian control and occupation.
Their control of the Old City and the third holiest place of Islam was a consolation for the Hashemites who lost Mecca and Medina to the al-
Sauds in the 1920s.
During this period, a number of Jewish synagogues in the old city were desecrated, damaged or even destroyed and even non-Israeli Jews
were prevented from praying in the Western Wall.
At the same time, despite international disapproval, the Armistice Agreement of 1949 institutionalized a de facto partition of the city and this
status continued until 1967.
During the June War, Israel captured, along with the West Bank, the eastern part of Jerusalem, including the Walled City and since
then this has remained under its control.
Through a host of political and legislative moves, it sought to declare Jerusalem to be its ‘united, undivided and eternal capital’.
And it also sought to establish this fact on the ground through the construction of settlements beyond the June 1967 border.
But the international community, including the US, never recognized the eastern part of the city as a part of Jerusalem or Israeli
territory.

1967 afterwards

Israel’s territorial expansion through the annexation and seizure of lands beyond the Green Line.
At the height of the Oslo process, the Arab village of Abu Dis in the old city was often suggested as a possible Palestinian capital.
 However, the real problem of Jerusalem lay in the Walled City, which houses the ruins of the Western Wall, Holy Sepulchre and al-Aqsa
Mosque.
Despite its proximity of only a few hundred yards, the Christian holy site can be separated due to it distinct geographical location, but this is
not possible for the other two sites. Al-Aqsa and Harem al-Sharif stand on top of the ruins of the Western Wall.
The Oslo process was possible partly because of the Israeli willingness to discuss contentious issues including Jerusalem during the
final status negotiations.
At the same time, it is essential to recognize that while other issues are bilateral in character between Israel and Palestine, Jerusalem is
special in that not just Arab countries but Muslim societies beyond the Middle East have also acquired a stake and hence a veto in its
resolution.

1) What do you understand by cultural heritage? How cultural heritage can be used to bring about peace and reconciliation? Discuss. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

Cultural heritage is the legacy of physical science artifacts and intangible attributes of a group or society that are inherited from past
generations, maintained in the present and bestowed for the benefit of future generations. Cultural heritage is an expression of the ways of
living developed by a community and passed on from one generation to another including customs,practices, objects,artistic expressions,values etc.

Cultural heritage can be used to bring peace and reconciliation in the following ways

1. Harmony between different communities

The variety and diversity of heritage in India depicts the nature of relationships that existed between the different communities. They
borrowed from each other, like temple architecture of Northern and Southern India.
The identities of communities have also been very mobile and the exchange of ideas was smooth. This is illustrated by our heritage.

2.Lesson of peace from the past

It also shows how drastic effects on the human civilization of conflicts between man.
The deficiencies in our society were challenged from time to time, be it during the emergence of Buddhism in 6th century BC or Bhakti
movement in the medieval period.

3.Soft power to build bridges

It can be used as a tool of soft diplomacy. The relationship of India with the South East Asian countries and even with China can be built
around the shared cultural heritage of Buddhism and Hinduism.
It helps to increase people to people contact which helps to reduce prejudices

4.Prospects of tourism – economic industry

Cultural heritage can serve as a source of livelihood for many people on the horizon.

1) It is said that the larger questions of water rights of women, both in terms of access and control over decision-making, remain unaddressed in
India. Examine why. Also discuss why is it important to involve them in issues around water. (250 Words)

EPW

Introduction:

Despite the International recognition to the key role of women in issues around water, India’s National water policies (NWP) fall short in addressing
the issues of incorporation of woman in the planning, provisioning and management of water resources

Why women have been ignored in framing of water policies?

1. Policies focused on other “important” issues

In NWP 2012, the focus was on multiple uses of water and increasing water use efficiency. It fails to explicitly prioritise women’s
differential needs and uses of water
NWP 2002 emphasized ecological and environmental aspects of water allocation rather than women needs
NWP 2012 promotes PPP model by stating that water should be subjected to application and pricing on economic principle to avoid wastage
after drinking and sanitation.
Both NWP 2002 and 2012 call upon active participation of farmers, voluntary agencies in planning and management of water resources.
NWP 2012 emphasizes the formulation of a water framework law and climate change. So no space for gender sensitivity.

2.Relegated to use of water domestically only

There is a belief that women are just supposed to take care of the households and show concerns about domestic uses of water and they don’t
really need to be a part in water-related development efforts..

Why is it important to involve women in water policies?

1. Primary users of water

Women carry the water burden as water providers. They have a better control over water right from the household level.

2.Role in sustainable use of water

Since they can manage water for their homes, they can also manage for the sustainability of the ecosystem, their families and villages.

3.Transfer the value of water efficiently to younger generations

 They are better teachers for the children that can assure water sustainability for our future generations. They can communicate the value of
water very well.

1) Policymakers now rely almost entirely on technology, technologists and technocratic views by economists for policymaking, thus offering a
limited view of the problem and its solutions. With reference to tackling pollution in our cities, comment on the limitations of technology and need
for non-technological interventions to curb pollution. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Policymakers now rely almost entirely on technology, technologists and technocratic views by economists for policymaking, thus offering a limited
view of the problem and its solutions.

Since the number of polluters will rise with population and economic growth, we need to find ways to reduce the emissions per activity, referred to
as emissions intensity.

Emissions intensity can be divided into technological and non-technological elements.

Technological aspect of emission intensity reduction

For example in cars which contributes disproportionally to the air pollution, for instance, engine technology that uses less polluting fuels
could improve efficiency.
Cars now offer the tantalising prospect of reducing emissions intensity to zero, with battery and other energy-storage technologies.
But it will take at least three decades for the current fleet to turn over sufficiently towards zero-emission vehicles, before their contribution to
air pollution reduces significantly.
Therefore there is a need to look at non-technological elements of reducing air pollution.

Non technological aspect of emission intensity reduction

It is vital, therefore, to pay attention to non-technological aspects such as urban planning, to reduce driving, and to increase cycling,
walking, and use of public transport.
The need for travel may also have to go down by voluntary reductions in consumption, not viewed as loss of welfare but rather as
opportunities to enhance leisure time, health, and recreation. This would be a reduction in activity, not just in emissions intensity.

Way forward

Using the best available technologies for various sources is absolutely essential. Other ways of reducing emissions intensity are also needed.

1. Reimagining urban space

There is a need to promote more democratically driven land use and transport.
It is important to take back urban space for use by people, not their machines. This would mean a great reimagining and rethinking of urban
space with expanded walking, non-motorised cycling, waterways, and footpaths.
Many cities in Southeast Asia, Europe and the Americas have shown how this can be done, and several Indian mayors and bureaucrats are
already familiar with these models.

2.Civil society pressure on policy makers against vested groups

Policymakers also need to overcome the corruptive and overwhelming influence of motor vehicle manufacturers, power producers,
developers, and other large stakeholders on decisions taken.
In sectors such as power generation and industrial production, certain activities can be avoided or substituted them with others.
Such approaches also offer co-benefits such as improved health, reduced carbon emissions and new forms of collaboration across social class.
While small changes are occurring in a few cities, other transformative movements are needed by voters in partnership with social
institutions to take back urban space.
GOVERNMENT POLICIES AND INTERVENTIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT IN VARIOUS SECTORS AND ISSUES
ARISING OUT OF THEIR DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION.

2) Quality of educators is the cornerstone for quality education. What measures can be undertaken to improve teacher quality at all levels of
education? Discuss. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Fifteen lakh untrained school teachers have enrolled for a training course with the National Institute of Open Schooling (NIOS), an
autonomous institution under the Ministry of Human Resource Development, to get themselves trained by 2019 to be able to retain their jobs.

This shows the condition of India’s education system in terms of quality of it’s educator. Economic Survey of 2016 has also observed that
increasing investment in human capital is a key requirement to improve productivity of the population, adding that there is a need for professionally
qualified and trained teachers.

Measures needed to improve teacher quality at all levels :-

Emphasis on teachers education and testing the capabilities of teachers through TET, compulsory assessments on various fronts like
communication skill, capacity to get involved with students etc. before recruitment.
Though this sound mammoth task if the 600 odd District Institutes of Education and Training used for this purpose then this vibrant system
can be the basis for a transformation of our in-service teacher education.
Teachers must be incentivized to do a better job, punishment for lack of improvement in learning levels of children or better pay for clear
improvements. This can be seen in “No Child Left Behind” in the US.
Reasonable compensation, good recruitment practices, conditions to support professional satisfaction—are important in order to attract better
talent in Indian education system.
Developing the capacity of teachers currently serving in the system is needed in order to keep the ongoing education system on track. This can
be done to mid-career reviews, tests and skilling, training of teachers.

Countries like Canada and Finland, which already have excellent school systems, are still trying to improve

To improve the quality of teacher Government of India has adopted a three-pronged strategy, which includes

The strengthening of Teacher Education Institutions

The revision of curriculum for teacher education in accordance with the National Curriculum Framework for Teacher Education 2009 and
The laying down of minimum qualifications for Teacher Educators and their continuous professional development.

John Dewey’s wise and pithy comment: “Education is, and forever will be, in the hands of ordinary men and women.” To improve education we
have to invest in teacher education and professional development of teachers. There are no shortcuts for improving education.

1) “A woman does not mortgage herself to a man by marrying him, and she retains her identity, including her religious identity, even after she
exercises her right to marry outside her community under the Special Marriage Act.’ Discuss the significance of this observation by the Supreme
Court. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

A woman does not mortgage herself to a man by marrying him, and she retains her identity, including her religious identity, even after she
exercises her right to marry outside her community under the Special Marriage Act.
The 1954 Act is seen as a statutory alternative for couples who choose to retain their identity in an inter-religious marriage.
The Special Marriage Act confers on her the right of choice. Her choice is sacred.
Only a woman can choose to curtail her own identity
Nobody could presume that a woman had changed her faith or religion just because she chose to change her name after marrying outside her
community.

Significance

1. Realignment of common law to separate women identity from husband

The Bench prima facie disagreed with the widespread notion in common law that a woman’s religious identity merged with that of her
husband after marriage.

2.Establishing primacy of fundammental rights over custom

Every custom, usage, customary and statutory laws must stand the test of the principle of fundamental rights.
Article 372 (continuance of the existing laws) of the Constitution was subject to Article 13, which mandated that laws should not
violate the fundamental rights of an individual.

Conclusion
 Given the fact that in highly mobile society, inter-community marriages will only increase beyond the boundaries of caste or religion, it
is a judgment which is time dynamic and protects the social identity of women to be subjugated under the institution of marriage.

2) Analyse the nature and significance of Supreme Court’s recent judgements related to issues of fundamental rights, the status of the individual,
and the idea of democracy. (250 Words)

The Wire

Individual autonomy and fundamental rights

1. Judgment on triple talaq

In Shayara Bano vs Union of India, popularly known as the “triple talaq case”, the court came perilously close to completely submerging
individual rights within community claims.
Two judges out of five held that personal law systems (inherently unequal and discriminatory towards women) were protected by Article
25(1)’s near-absolute guarantee of the freedom of religion.
Its impact on future constitutional cases involving religious claims remains to be seen.

2.Judgment on privacy

The nine-judge bench’s decision in K.S. Puttaswamy vs Union of India, where the court unanimously held that the constitution protects the
fundamental right to privacy.
The judges articulated a concrete vision of the relationship between the individual and the state: a relationship in which the individual rights to
dignity, to autonomy, and to liberty, were paramount, and the fundamental value of privacy – whether it was the privacy of the home and
other spaces, the privacy of personal information, or the privacy of intimate decision-making – was in how it protected, promoted and fulfilled
individual autonomy and dignity.

Democracy

1. Judgment on use of identity in politics

In Abhiram Singh vs C.D. Commachen,a majority of four judges ruled that the Representation of the People Act prohibited any kind of
appeal to caste, community, language, and religion during an election campaign.
They based their holding on the view that these markers of identity were inherently divisive, and impeded the formation of the universal
citizenhood that was so important to democracy.
Three judges, however, dissented, noting that electoral politics was a stage where historical discrimination – that had always been
identity-based – could be addressed and remedied, and that the only feasible way of doing this was by appealing to identity.

2.Judgment on ordinance power

In Krishna Kumar vs State of Bihar, the court significantly narrowed the power of the executive to pass ordinances.
Not only did it hold that ordinances would be subject to judicial review (albeit to a limited extent), it also held that, subject to a very narrow
class of exceptions, acts done through the duration of the ordinance would also lapse if the ordinance lapsed. In doing so, the court set
aside two previous decisions that had equated ordinances to “temporary laws”, and had therefore held that acts done during the course of an
ordinance would continue to have effect even after the ordinance itself was allowed to lapse.
While ordinances had been a regular tool of governance under the colonial regime, their utility in a democratic society had to be severely
curtailed and regulated – ordinances were, at best, a subordinate form of lawmaking, necessitated in emergencies, but under no circumstances
could they supplant parliamentary legislation.

3.Judgment on power conflict between elected and nominated in UT

In NCT of Delhi vs Union of India, which concerned the distribution of powers between the elected Delhi government and the Lieutenant-
Governor.
The post of the LG is another colonial holdover, from a time when people were subjects instead of citizens, and territories were to be
“administered” instead of governed.
The constitution is dotted with such colonial holdovers, and Article 239AA, which laid out Delhi’s legislative and executive arrangements,
reflected this tension.

3) If a permanent Security Council seat is unavailable for India at UNSC, what other options does it have on the table? Should India explore and
accept them? Comment. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Indian and other countries of the UN general assembly have been asking for the reforms in United nations from late 1970s. One of the major
demand in the reform process is acceptance of more members in the “Security council” and equivalent representation of all the regions in this body.

Importance of UNSC for India

UNSC is by far more important from the national interest point of view.
It deals with questions of peace and security as well as terrorism
It has also developed a tendency to widen its ambit into other fields, including human rights and eventually environment.
Since it is in permanent session, we have to try to be its member as often as possible.

But due to many reasons the permanent seat for India at security council seems not possible at the moment. But there are many other options on
table for India to strengthen it’s position in the council:

1. Non-permanent seat

The provision of semi-permanent seats in the security council for long periods of 6-8 years with reelection provisions is one such option. As
India have adequate support in the General Assembly this provision looks good for India.
 2.Admission without veto power

P5 members will be more willing to include India in the security council with their veto power protected.

3.Reform of veto power

The provision of “Double Veto“, where two votes are needed to veto any provision can help India push important provisions that are rejected
due to veto by only China.

4.Representation in other bodies

India could look for election or nomination to other important bodies like IJC, Human rights council, Committee on contribution etc of
UN which are also very significant.

Feasibility of these options as per Indian interests

Once granted admission in the security council even as semi permanent member India can push for more reforms later on with an improved
position.
India can use these options to build it’s image at the general assembly to build support for its candidature as permanent security council
member.
The present stance of P5 members is not favourable towards reforms and till General assembly push for these reforms India should have
alternate system in place to secure its interest.

Conclusion

But even after accepting these options India needs to carry on with the push for reforms by working on developing consensus among the members of
General assembly. India should keep on contributing to the UN missions to improve the already strong image at the world Arena.

2) Why is the Mental Healthcare Act, 2017 passed by the parliament is hailed as a landmark legislation? Examine. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

The Mental Healthcare Act, 2017 is a landmark law for many reasons.
The law takes a rights-based approach to all aspects of mental healthcare.

1. Mental healthcare made a justiciable right

For the first time in our country, the Act creates a justiciable right to mental healthcare.
This is fascinating because physical healthcare is not yet a statutory right!

2.Mental patients be allowed community

The law also requires the government to make provisions for persons with mental illness to live in the community and not be segregated in
large institutions.
The government must now make provisions for half-way homes, group homes and other such facilities for rehabilitating persons with
mental health problems.

3.Detailed provisions for treatment

There are times when persons with mental illness are unable to express or communicate their preference for treatment to their treating
psychiatrists.
Therefore, the new Act makes provision for writing an advance directive which people can make when they are well.
Through such advance directives, people can state their preferences for treatment, including how they would like to be treated for mental
illness, the treatments they would not like to take, and finally, nominate a person who could take decisions on their behalf in such
situations.
This kind of provision has been made for the first time in healthcare legislation in India.
The Act provides persons with mental illness protection from cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment, right to information about their
illness and treatment, right to confidentiality of their medical condition and right to access their medical records, to list just a few
rights.

4.Government role defined

The government is explicitly made responsible for setting up programmes for the promotion of mental health, prevention of mental
illness and suicide prevention programmes.

5.Increasing mental health professionals

Given the huge shortage of trained mental health professionals in the country, the Act requires the government to meet internationally
accepted norms for the number of mental health professionals within 10 years of passing this law.

6.Decriminalised suicide

It has also effectively decriminalized suicide attempts by ‘reading down’ the power of section 309 of the Indian Penal Code.

1) Research found that women’s NGOs had made vital contributions to the success of development projects, but they were easily marginalised and
trivialised once those projects got off the ground. Discuss. (250 Words)

The Wire

Introduction:
 In contemporary global development circles, non-governmental organisations (NGOs) are now performing many more roles and activities
than they did a few decades ago.

Role of NGOs in women empowerment

NGOs are increasingly taking on the responsibility of implementing the gender equality and women’s empowerment agendas of the global
development sector.
The United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals, adopted in 2015 will undoubtedly increase the engagement of women’s NGOs in a
variety of activities.

Women’s NGOs in India

In India, women’s NGOs were involved in delivering urban basic services like water, sanitation and electricity.
Women’s NGOs played crucial roles in development projects, often mobilising, organising and building projects that otherwise would never
have launched.

Example of Gujarat

women’s NGOs in the state of Gujarat mobilised local communities to participate in urban development projects .

1. Formed community organisations and implementated projects

They helped form community-based organisations to represent local interests and implemented community development projects —
such as health services, adult literacy and child care.

2.Conducted research

Women’s NGOs also conducted research to determine whether local communities could afford to pay for basic urban services.

3.Negotiated with the decision makers for variety of questions

They negotiated subsidies, fair pricing and flexible terms of payment with utilities on behalf of marginalised people.

4.Arranged easy access to various government services

They arranged access to loans from microfinance institutions for households that could not cover the cost of water or electricity connections.

5.Enhanced women participation by aligning with the state

And by insisting that water and electricity bills be issued in the names of female heads of households, women’s NGOs strengthened women’s
access to property and housing.

6.Educated people and policymakers

The NGOs also educated stakeholders about the realities of life for the urban poor, and shared lessons learned in one urban area with NGOs in
other cities in India.

Women’s NGOs easily marginalised

After the success of the pilot projects, the other partners declared that they would “go it alone” and no longer involve the NGO
partner in delivering basic urban services.
They were often dismissed as supplementary and dispensable by the other partners.
Because the NGOs’ role of organising, mobilising and helping local communities participate in development initiatives was seen as a
“natural” extension of women’s caregiving work, it was easy for other partners to diminish and dismiss their contributions.

Way forward

1. Formal agreements to define concrete role

The lack of such formal agreements entrenches the perception that the role NGOs play is not particularly valuable.
But the involvement of partners with a wide range of views, sizes, structures and experiences underscores the importance of formalising
the role of women’s NGOs.

2.Data dissemination to signify their role

Collecting, maintaining and analysing data on a regular basis about key project impacts and outcomes will be crucial for making
NGO contributions more visible and less dismissible.
Collaborating with academics and other development professionals to publish and disseminate findings from such projects will also
strengthen and validate NGO efforts.

2) Critically examine why India’s higher judiciary has strongly resisted the RTI. Also examine the consequences of such resistance. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

The apex court summarily rejects RTI requests, and insists that applicants exclusively request information under its administrative rules
(Supreme Court Rules) framed in 1966, and re-issued with minor changes in 2014.

Supreme Court arguments against RTI

Central Information Commissioner Shailesh Gandhi.

In May 2011, appearing before the Commission, the Additional Registrar of the Court, Smita Sharma objected only to the use of the RTI
 1. Supreme Court Rules provide information

She maintained that the Supreme Court Rules alone governed access to the information sought.

1. Rules are primary against RTI

Claiming that the Rules were consistent with the RTI, she asked Mr. Gandhi to reinstate the primacy of Supreme Court Rules over the
RTI, in line with previous Central Information Commission (CIC) rulings.

CIC ruling, 2011 for RTI

It was held that the Supreme Court Rules are inconsistent with the RTI Act, and that the Registry must respond to applications
within the RTI framework alone.
Supreme Court Rules undermined the RTI.

1. No time frame

Unlike the RTI Act, the Rules do not provide for: a time frame for furnishing information; an appeal mechanism, and penalties for delays or
wrongful refusal of information.

1. Discretion in providing information

Rules also make disclosures to citizens contingent upon “good cause shown”.
In sum, the Rules allowed the Registry to provide information at its unquestionable discretion, violating the text and spirit of the RTI.
SEPARATION OF POWERS BETWEEN VARIOUS ORGANS DISPUTE REDRESSAL MECHANISMS AND
INSTITUTIONS.

2) Making registration of marriages compulsory, like births and deaths, is an effective antidote to social evils like child marriage, bigamy and gender
violence. Discuss. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The Law Commission of India suggested amendments in the Registration of Births and Deaths Act, 1969 to make registration of
marriages compulsory. It is a visionary suggestion if we see the marriages practices in India and the social evils associated with it.

Indian society is deeply patriarchal. Women are already targeted as the weaker sex in society. On the top of that marriages under age becomes
the tool to exaggerate the sufferings of the girls and women.
India has the highest number of child brides in the world. It is estimated that 47% of girls in India are married before their 18 th The rates of
child marriage vary between states and are as high as 69% and 65% in Bihar and Rajasthan.
Practice of bigamy is followed in much families in India though not openly but secretly. This has resulted in extreme partiality and rejection
of women’s right. It has also resulted in women’s economic and social subjugation.
According to a National Family and Health Survey in 2005, total lifetime prevalence of domestic violence was 33.5% and 8.5% for sexual
violence among women aged 15–49.
Registration of a marriage will not only deter people from openly practising child marriage, bigamy and curbing domestic violence but also
punishing the culprits involved. Registration of this provides it a legal backup which will enhance the law adhering nature in people. It will help to
prevent early pregnancy of girls, decreased MMR, decreased IMR etc this reduced gender violence. It helps to increase enrolment ratio of girls in
schools as parents will be marrying their daughters at the right age.

Hence though it is a huge task in society like India owing to it’s illiteracy, lack of awareness and complexities. Implementing the already run
government programs like Beti bachao Beti Padhao, SABALA, Sukanya samruddhi yojana etc along with help of civil society organisations is
helpful to strengthen women’s position and spreading awareness regarding the practices of child marriages, bigamy etc.

2) How did the destruction of the Babri Masjid affect Indian society and polity? Critically examine. (250 Words)

EPW

In more ways than one, 6 December 1992 marked a shift in the journey of contemporary India and its democracy.
Societies do experience tumultuous controversies over identities and founding principles. In that sense, what we experienced in December
1992 is not exactly exceptional, less so given the complex history of India and the audacious challenge that we undertook on the eve of
independence.
Therefore, 6 December should be remembered for the threat it posed before the project of democracy. But, the challenge—and therefore the
problem—is often posed in terms of secularism.
The demolition was all in stark contrast to two distinct things for which independent India had been aiming: democracy and nation.

A Majoritarian Democracy

In either case, India had embarked upon its own path without necessarily adopting the models that had emerged in the West.
A steadfast refusal to follow the majoritarian path has informed this experimentation.
The majority would ordinarily not depend on crude mobilisation of the majority community in order to govern.
Likewise, the idea of nation was distinctly non-sectarian and was open to the coexistence of multiple faiths. In fact, diversity was seen as
the constitutive feature of both democracy and nation.
Ayodhya–Babri challenged this and brought forward sensibilities that deeply distrusted diversity.
INDIGENIZATION OF TECHNOLOGY AND DEVELOPING NEW TECHNOLOGY.

6) According to the Internal Security Threat Report of 2017 by Symantec India is the fifth most vulnerable country in the world in terms of
cybersecurity breaches. Do you think it’s time to integrate cybersecurity in every aspect of policy and planning? Discuss. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Why is there a need for comprehensive cybersecurity?

1. Economic and governance dependence on cyber world

India is one of the key players in the digital and knowledge-based economy, holding more than a 50% share of the world’s outsourcing
market.
India is already the third largest hub for technology-driven startups in the world and its Information and Communications Technology
 sector is estimated to reach the $225 billion landmark by 2020.
Pioneering and technology-inspired programmes such as Aadhaar, MyGov, Government e-Market, DigiLocker, Bharat Net, Startup
India, Skill India and Smart Cities are propelling India towards technological competence and transformation.

2.Cyber attacks

India the fifth most vulnerable country in the world in terms of cybersecurity breaches, according to the Internal Security Threat Report
of 2017 by Symantec India.

3.Attacks from private organised and unorganised hackers

The recent WannaCry ransomware attack (May 2017), which infected more than 2,30,000 computers in over 150 countries, brought the
compelling need for cybersecurity policies and laws into sharp focus.
This malware infected at least 48,000 computer systems across various organisations in India.
In India, in May 2017, a data breach at the food delivery App, Zomato, led to personal information of about 17 million users being stolen
and put for sale on the Darknet.
Similarly, hackers stole data from 57 million Uber riders and drivers.
While Windows operating systems were the most vulnerable to cyberattacks, a number of Android threats have been reported in the last
couple of years, including potent crypto-ransomware attacks on Android devices.

4.State sponsored cyber attacks

In a series of recent events, a number of countries have witnessed serious incidents wherein outside agencies have attempted to hack networks
during general elections and turn cyberspace to a certain strategic advantage or tip election results in favour of a particular party or
candidate.
It is widely believed that the 2016 US presidential election was an easy target for Russian cyberespionage

Government efforts

Cybersecurity needs to be integrated in every aspect of policy and planning.

The second Global Cybersecurity Index, released by the International Telecommunication Union in July, which measured the commitment of
nations to cybersecurity, found that India ranked 23 out of 165 nations.

1. Funding to cybersecurity research

The government is keen to fund cybersecurity research.

It announced that it will award a grant worth ₹5 crore to startups working on innovations in the field of cybersecurity.
It will help create adequate infrastructure

2.Updated Policy and laws

India needs to quickly frame an appropriate and updated cybersecurity policy,

National Cybersecurity Policy, 2013

The NCSP offers a 14-point strategy to establish a secure cyber-ecosystem and assurance framework.
It centres on product, process/technology, and the personnel that form the basic building blocks of any cybersecurity system.
It seeks to promote global best practices in information security (IS) and compliance through standards and guidelines—the International
Organization for Standardization/International Electrotechnical Commission (ISO/IEC) 2001 is the best known standard in the family
providing requirements for an information security management system (ISMS)—it includes IS system audits, penetration testing and
vulnerability assessments, formal risk assessments and risk management processes, as well as a cyber-crisis management plan for all entities
within the government and critical sectors.
The document envisioned the creation of a 5,00,000-person workforce (cyber-warriors) skilled in cybersecurity within five years.
However, there appears to be a glaring skill gap in the cybersecurity industry, and to compound the problem, cybersecurity professionals
are in great demand in the public as well as private sectors.
Moreover, there are very few academic programmes on cybersecurity at the university level, and existing curricula do not address
emerging trends and challenges.
The NCSP needs an overhaul to grapple with new technological innovations and, in turn, challenges in the field.

Information Technology Act, 2000

The IT Act, 2000 was designed in response to the increasing risk of cyberattacks.
It seeks to reduce the digital divide to bring about societal transformation.
The IT Act is an umbrella legislation that primarily aims to regulate electronic commerce as well as to gradually promote a culture of e-
governance in India.
It seeks to effectuate the 1997 United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) Model Law on E-Commerce and
refers to it in its preamble.
An amendment in 2008 to the act widened the definition of cybersecurity to include “protecting information, equipment, devices,
computer, computer resources, communication device, and information stored therein from unauthorised access, use, disclosure,
disruption, modification, or destruction”
The law seems to make a reasonable effort to tackle two areas of policy in need of reform: cybersecurity and data privacy.
However, it lacks detailed architecture to establish an effective cybersecurity system.
As such, it calls for a comprehensive cybersecurity legislation to address growing threats to information infrastructure systems and networks
and suggests a new specialised professional institutional structure to meet the cybersecurity challenge.

1. International Cooperation

India should foster closer collaboration between all those involved to ensure a safe cyberspace.
There must be enhanced cooperation among nations and reaffirmed a global call to action for all United Nations member nations to not attack
the core of the Internet even when in a state of war.
There is a need for a Geneva-like Convention to agree on some high-level recommendations among nations to keep the Internet safe, open,
universal and interoperable.
COMPARISON OF THE INDIAN CONSTITUTIONAL SCHEME WITH THAT OF OTHER COUNTRIES

4) Despite being an improvement on the ad hoc and restrictive Fiscal Responsibility and Budget Management framework, the N K Singh Committee
report suffers from some shortcomings. Discuss. (250 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- The FRBM Review Committee headed by former Revenue Secretary, NK Singh was appointed by the government to review the
implementation of FRBM. In its report submitted in January 2017, titled, ‘The Committee in its Responsible Growth: A Debt and Fiscal Framework
for 21st Century India’, the Committee suggested that a rule based fiscal policy by limiting government debt, fiscal deficit and revenue deficits to
certain targets is good for fiscal consolidation in India.

Major recommendations of committee :-

Public debt to GDP ratio should be considered as a medium-term anchor for fiscal policy in India :- The combined debt-to-GDP ratio of the
centre and states should be brought down to 60 per cent by 2023.
Fiscal deficit as the operating target: The Committee advocated fiscal deficit as the operating target to bring down public debt. For fiscal
consolidation, the centre should reduce its fiscal deficit from the current 3.5% (2017) to 2.5% by 2023.
Revenue deficit target :- The Committee also recommends that the central government should reduce its revenue deficit steadily by 0.25
percentage (of GDP) points each year, to reach 0.8% by 2023, from a projected value of 2.3% in 2017.
Formation of Fiscal Council to advice the government :- The Committee advocated formation of institutions to ensure fiscal prudence in
accordance with the FRBM spirit.
Escape Clause to accommodate counter cyclical issues: The NK Singh Committee points out that there are disadvantages with set fiscal
deficit target if some economic instabilities like an external crisis affects the Indian economy.

Shortcomings :-

The report suggests long-term policy rules without any reasoned intrinsic notion of debt sustainability, resulting in an ad hoc framework.
The recommendations of the report are built on quicksand; they suggest a target that cannot be easily achieved using the instrument it
chooses.
The analysis of the committee is silent on the fact that the variables that underlie much of the analysis (the fiscal balance and interest rates)
must jointly be determined by macroeconomic concerns of achieving full employment and price stability, and that focusing on such variables
in the service of debt management alone will lead to macroeconomic feedback effects that may not be planned.
Debt as Target :- The main recommendation of the committee is that government debt should be a target, set at 60% of GDP by 2023. Several
reasons are given for adopting a debt anchor but are, on reflection, not completely coherent or convincing.
WELFARE SCHEMES FOR VULNERABLE SECTIONS OF THE POPULATION BY THE CENTRE AND STATES
AND THE PERFORMANCE OF THESE SCHEMES

2) Comment of significance and relevance of Rammanohar Lohia’s seven revolutions (sapta kranti). (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Ram Manohar Lohia (23 March 1910 – 12 October 1967) was an activist for the Indian independence movement and
a socialist political leader. During the last phase of British rule in India, he worked with the Congress Radio which was broadcast secretly from
various places in Bombay city till 1942.

Ram Manohar Lohia and Seven Revolutions :-

He was a forceful exponent of decentralised socialism better termed as ‘New Socialism’. He said the socialist doctrine needs to be redefined
in terms of the simple truth that all men are equal not only within the nation but among nations. If this is done, a decent and minimum
standard of living will be assured for all men, not only within national frontiers but also in the world.
In his view, socialism was a newer doctrine than capitalism or communism. Dr Lohia formed the concept of Sapta Kranti or seven revolutions
which included (i) civil disobedience against violent revolutions, (ii) economic equality, (iii) abolition of castes, (iv) emancipation of women,
(v) national independence, (vi) an end to colour discrimination, and (vii) the individual’s freedom of thought which is free from coercion from
collectives of any kind.
According to him, the attainment of ‘New Socialism’ all over the world depended upon the success of these revolutions. Lohia felt that the
only country in the world which can develop evolutionary socialism is India.

As a nationalist, Lohia was a valiant fighter for Indian independence and his primary concern was to rebuild India through principled politics,
approximate equality, decent standard of life, capital formation through control over wasteful expenditure and conspicuous consumerism, rightful
place of Indian languages, elimination of castes and time-bound preferential opportunity for the backwards.

3) Central Universities which enjoy dedicated state resources must reflect national unity and integration. Comment. (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Central universities or union universities in India are established by an Act of Parliament and are under the purview of
the Department of Higher Education in the Union Human Resource Development Ministry.

India has many renowned central universities which has their origin even a century ago like Aligarh Muslim University and Banaras Hindu
University. They enjoy dedicated funds for their overall development, up gradation, staff, scholarships etc. However it is being overserved by a
panel of the UGC that their specific naming like Muslim and Hindu proves to be an obstacle.

The institutions which enjoys the central government support must be secular in it’s credentials. Their allegiance to a specific religion proves
to be detrimental in terms of access by students.
Universities are the places where the present youth and future of a country is being shaped. Hence it is in utmost interest of country that it’s
universities must reflect unity and integrity by refusing to discriminate in terms of caste, creed, race, ethnicity, region etc.
Reflection of national unity and integrity is possible when their policies are not targeting a particular group of population. Their schemes,
policies, scholarships must be for students from all communities if they enjoys dedicated funds from the centre.
Universities must set an example by creating free environment for students in terms of it’s freedom of speech, right to dissent and should
promote their political education in order to develop the personalities of students holistically.

National universities in language of Pandit Nehru are one of the temples of modern India. Their reflection of unity and integrity is essential in order
to strengthen the secular credentials of India.

2) Although there can scarcely be any argument against the Chief Justice of India being the master of the roster as a tenet of judicial discipline, it
would be naive to consider it an absolute principle of justice delivery. In the light of recent controversy involving the Supreme Court judges, discuss
critically. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Recently a five-judge Constitution Bench of the Supreme Court led by the Chief Justice of India, in a case concerning corruption
arising out of certain judicial proceedings, declared that the Chief Justice is the master of the roster with the sole prerogative to determine which
Bench of judges gets to hear which cases.

This is the customary practice and a moral obligation in order to keep the judiciary in discipline. The conflict of interest may arise here when the
Chief Justice Of Indian is asked a recusal from a case.

The filing of petitions by Prasad Education Trust before the Supreme Court and Allahabad High Court provided an opportunity to look into
this matter.
A simultaneous investigation by the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) indicated a possible criminal conspiracy to ensure a favourable
judicial order in this matter.
Since the FIR indicated an attempt to fix a judicial proceeding, the Campaign for Judicial Accountability and Reforms filed a writ petition in
the Supreme Court requesting that a Special Investigation Team under a retired Chief Justice of India be set up.
Unfortunately, by allocating the matter to a Division Bench, the Chief Justice gave this principle a go-by. It is moot whether the Bench
entrusted by the Chief Justice would ensure justice or not — the critical point is that such a Bench chosen by the Chief Justice was
congenitally defective.
This impropriety set off a chain of improper actions . Hence the five judge bench delivered the stated judgement. Again, whether the right
decision was reached or not is moot — a decision was reached in which the Chief Justice was unarguably judge in his own cause. That itself
suffices to make this judgment bad in law.

This all shows that urgent reform is required to restore the moral authority of the Supreme Court.

Two structural issues needs attention.

The cardinal principle that the Chief Justice of India is the master of the roster must be re-examined.
Discipline lies at the heart of judicial functioning — its complex rules on filing, unwritten conventions of seniority, expected decorum in
courtroom seating are all critical components to ensure institutional discipline. Hence needs to be fixed.

Justice Kurian Joseph of the Supreme Court wrote in respect of judicial appointments that a ‘glasnost’ and ‘perestroika’ is required if the system is
to regain public confidence. If the moral authority of the Chief Justice of India and the Supreme Court is to be restored, something similar is needed
urgently. Otherwise the Supreme Court will soon be a far cry from the institution we all revere.

4) The judgement delivered by the Supreme Court in August 2016 in the case of Anita Thakur and Ors v Government of J&K and Ors 2007 is likely
to be a landmark in constitutional actions against the state in the context of the right to protest and corresponding limits on state action. Discuss.
(150 Words)

EPW

Introduction:

In 2016 in Anita Thakur and Ors v Government of J&K and Ors, the Supreme Court granted compensation to the victims of
disproportionate police (state) action in quelling an unlawful assembly, for violation of the fundamental right to speech and
expression under Article 19 of the Constitution.

Significance

1. Right to protest

On issues of law, the court traced the protestors’ right to protest fromArticle 19(1)(a), (b), (c) and (d), which respectively confer on Indian
citizens the right to freedom of speech, to assemble peaceably and without arms, form associations or unions, and move freely throughout the
territory of India.
All of these freedoms culminate in the expression of grievances through peaceful protest marches

2.Restrictions under the ambit of laws

However, with rights come duties and restrictions, and most of these rights are subject to restrictions of public order, the sovereignty and
integrity of India, and security of the state, which have to be reasonable and “in the interests of” the aforementioned grounds of restrictions.
Court traced the legal authority that allows the state to enforce these reasonable restrictions to the Indian Penal Code (IPC) 1860 and
the Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC) 1973, where the substantive and procedural authorisation is stipulated.
While Section 141 of the IPC deals with unlawful assembly, also covering public rallies that turn violent and unruly, Section 268 of the IPC
defines “public nuisance”as any act “which must necessarily cause injury, obstruction, danger or annoyance to persons who may have
occasion to use any public right.”
The CrPC authorises an executive magistrate to prohibit the repetition or continuation of public nuisance,and also permits the issuance of
directions to prevent any obstruction, annoyance or injury to any person lawfully employed, or prevent any danger to human life, health or
safety, or a disturbance of public tranquility, or a riot, of an affray.
In other words, force can be used, but only to the extent it is reasonable.
In the end, the Court, furthering the freedom of speech and expression, has categorically delivered the message that no amount of public
concern can blind the adjudicating authority into allowing the executive to compromise indiscriminately the quality and efficacy of
the fundamental rights granted to the citizens of this nation, which the Court is mandated to protect.
While the protestors had triggered the incident by taking the first step in disturbing the peace, the police had also exceeded their
mandate and used excessive force even after they had controlled the group of protestors.
Any irresponsible exercise of the power to restrict the rights of free speech and expression by the state would attract legal
consequences and not mere censure.

3.Compensation in case of contravention

Hence, to the extent that the fundamental right of the petitioners was compromised by police excesses, in exercise of its power under Article
32 of the Constitution (right to constitutional remedy), the Court awarded compensation to the petitioners.
AS REDRAWAL

1) Discuss the salient features and cultural significance of Bhimbetka cave paintings. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- The Bhimbetka rock shelters are an archaeological site of the Paleolithic, exhibiting the earliest traces of human life on the Indian
Subcontinent, and thus the beginning of the Indian Stone Age. It is located in the Raisen District in the Indian state of Madhya Pradesh, near
Abdullaganj town and inside the Ratapani Wildlife Sanctuary.

As reported in the UNESCO citation declaring the Rock Shelters of Bhimbetka a World Heritage Site, Bhimbetka was first mentioned in Indian
archaeological records in 1888 as a Buddhist site, based on information gathered from local adivasis. Later V. S. Wakankar, while travelling by train
to Bhopal, saw some rock formations similar to those he had seen in Spain and France. He visited the area with a team of archaeologists and
discovered several prehistoric rock shelters in 1957

Bhimbetka owes its name to the characters of the longest epic in the world, the Mahabharata. It is believed that when the five brothers, called
Pandavas, were banished from their kingdom, they came here and stayed in these caves, the massive rocks seating the gigantic frame of Bhima, the
second Pandava.

Salient features :-

Bhimbetka is a natural art gallery and an archaeological treasure. It shows vivid and panoramic details of life style of the humans since
Paleolithic ages.
The rock paintings have numerous layers belonging to various epochs of time, ranging from the Upper Palaeolithic, Mesolithic Age to the
protohistoric, early historic and medieval periods.
The brilliant use of available space and colors by historic men shows their ability to express their observations, emotions effectively.
It depicts the detail of social life during the long period of time, when man used to frequent these rock shelters.
The paintings also depict matchstick figures of men and women. The scenes usually depict hunting, dancing, horse and elephant riders, animal
fights, honey collection, decoration of bodies, disguises, masks and different type of animals etc.
The rock art of Bhimbetka has been classified into various groups on the basis of the style and subject. The drawings and paintings can be
classified under seven different periods from upper Paleolithic to medieval.
Bhimbetka amazes not only because of its caves and rock paintings. In fact, numerous other archaeological remains which have been
excavated Bhimbetka is home to such remains of yesteryears as walls of a ruined citadel, mini stupas indicating Buddhist influence in the
Maurya / Sunga periods in this area.

Significance :-

It’s a masterpiece of historic legacy of our ancestors and opens a great window to look into life of men socio cultural politico and
economically.
It’s reliable source to construct of history of men when other sources like literary were not available.
The cave paintings are also significant owing to the fact that they stands intact throughout the history of mankind hence its easy to build
evolution of human history.
The art represented and the various themes used in paintings signifies importance of art, community living, dancing and other things in society
The recognition given to Bhimbetka by UNESCO shows its significance in world archeological area.
 The role played by these caves in enhancing tourism of India is also noteworthy.

The rocks of Bhimbetka, with their discovery , set a silent revolution in history of mankind. They are one of the most valued, precious pieces of our
heritage. Their preservation is the not only our duty towards our past, ancestral linkages but also towards our next generations to hand over this
legacy intact. Hence scientific preservation and up to date conservation by government, UNESCO and responsible tourism by people is the way out.
SALIENT FEATURES OF THE REPRESENTATION OF PEOPLE’S ACT.

5) Transparency in Higher Judicial Appointments and Transfers need to balance the Independence of Judiciary and impose sufficient
Accountability. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- A judiciary which considers the rule of law a part of its basic structure must abandon the culture of secrecy that envelops the
appointment process. The issues of judicial appointment must be addressed in tandem with those of accountability and transparency.

The right to know is part of the freedom of speech and expression and the present secretive system as implemented by the collegium violates this
fundamental right.

The present secretive process followed by the collegium excludes public scrutiny, violates the citizen’s right to know and leads to diminishing
respect for the judiciary.

Key principles that need to be disclosed to ensure transparency and accountability in appointment process :-

Transparent criteria for eligibility as well as for shortlisting and selection (like age, standing, income, etc)
A complete and periodically updated database of potential candidates that includes their qualification, performance, general reputation, etc
and which is accessible to the public.
Applications to be invited by nomination/advertisement.
Consultation with members of the Bar and Bar organisations.
Inputs sought from the public with regard to shortlisted candidates.
Absolute immunity to citizens, while giving their inputs in a confidential manner, from laws of contempt and defamation.
Reasons for selection to be recorded and disclosed when required.

All democracies are swiftly moving toward an open government and a citizen’s right to know an international trend increasingly being supported by
judicial decisions. The judiciary is an independent constitutional authority in its own right, just as Parliament and just as the executive. Independent,
harmonious functioning in an accountable and transparent manner is required of all three wings. Non-negotiable should be a threshold level of
independence of the judiciary from the executive and Parliament, accountability of judges in their functioning to the public at large, and
transparency in the functioning of the judiciary that enables the public at large to appreciate why the institution works the way it does.

5) The failure of children to achieve minimum proficiency levels despite attending school is an economic and ethical crisis. Comment. (200
Words)

Livemint
Introduction :- ASER 2016 survey shows proportion of Class V children who can read a Class II level text fell to 47.8% in 2016 from 48.1% in
2014. Now, research shows that this is not just an Indian problem but a global epidemic that threatens several low- and middle-income countries
across the globe. New estimates from the Unesco Institute for Statistics (UIS) indicate that about 617 million children or six out of every 10
children are not achieving minimum proficiency levels in reading and mathematics.

It’s an economic and ethical crisis :-

This learning crisis comes at a time when enrolment levels have increased across the board. India has achieved near-universal enrolment this
indicates the poor quality of investment and failure to check the performance time to time.
Such poor performance will be harmful for the countries experiencing demographic dividend. Such unskilled and low proficient population
will burden the existing problems of unemployment, poverty etc.
Theses poor results shows lack of state’s responsibility towards it’s children and lack of care, empathy, compassion towards this weaker
section of society.

Way Forward :-

The World Bank lists four such elements—students, teachers, school administration and school infrastructure. If any one malfunctions, the
entire system is threatened. Fixing the ecosystem means tackling each element individually and collectively.
Students :- Looking for health of students and their fitness is important as healthy child will perform better. Early interventions targeting
pregnant women, new mothers and their infants can be particularly effective. India’s integrated child development services scheme and the
mid-day meal scheme are good examples.
Teachers must be trained, skilled and repeatedly assessed for their performance. In Ethiopia and Guatemala, only one-third of the total
instructional time was used for teaching. In India, teachers from government schools double up as census workers and election officers.
School administration :- A 2015 study by Stanford University’s Nicholas Bloom and others on management practices across 1,800 high
schools in eight countries, including India, showed that better management produced better educational outcomes.

Assessing, measuring and benchmarking performance is the first step. Ultimately, breaking out of the low learning trap will require concerted action
and evidence-based policymaking.

It is tempting to blame this on lack of resources but let’s not forget the success story of post-war South Korea, or of Vietnam and Peru, Malaysia and
Tanzania—which have only recently improved learning outcomes.

1) Discuss Indira Gandhi’s contribution as a conservationist and as an environmentalist to India’s environmental causes. (250 Words)

Down to Earth

Introduction :- Indira Gandhi was the first and the only female Prime Minister of India but at the same time she was India’s first and most
environmentally aware Prime Minister. This role of Indira Gandhi of an environmentalist and a conversationalist remains somewhat unknown. Her
engagement with nature was much deeper and comprehensive.

She stood ahead of her political counterparts globally. She always found time to pursue environmental causes despite numerous weighty
preoccupations. She spoke about the importance of protecting the environment at the international level. For example in first UNCHE
Conference in 1972 when majority political class was unaware about the same. She was far ahead of her time as a political leader who went
against the mania for economic growth at any cost.
S.Swaminathan who headed IUCN in 1983 said she was one of the greatest environmentalist of our time.
Her empathy for nature was rooted in her upbringing – schooling in Shantiniketan, a botanist uncle’s influence, Salim Ali’s books, nurturing
of animals at home etc. She made her passion for wild an integral part of her political discourse, guided by belief that ecological balance was
imperative to the welfare of people and India’s development.

Her Contribution :-

Green Legislation :- First time in India legal and institutional frameworks were adopted. These included Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972.
Water Pollution Act 1974, Air Pollution act 1981, Forest conservation act 1980 etc.
She took efforts to conserve targeted species in order to help them from being endangered and ultimately extinct. Project Tiger in 1973 was
the biggest initiative globally to save a particular species. Project Crocodile in 1973, Black Bucks, Olive Ridley Turtles, Sangai deer etc.
She made nature a priority. She tried her best to make nature a national heritage by efforts like putting the Forest and Wildlife item on the
concurrent list.
Ecological imperatives were placed over economic growth and development :- She saved Silent valley rainforest from projects. Later it was
developed in national park. Banned tiger hunting in 1970 despite lobbying of hunting community and pressing demand for forex that Shikar
Tourism brought.

However her efforts are not free from criticism :-

There was a rawness in her thoughts and actions :-

It was represented from stands like blaming underdevelopment and poor for damaging environment in developing countries like India.
This was evident from her infamous statements as – The environmental problems of developing countries are not the side effects of excessive
industrialisation but reflect the inadequacy of development.
At first UNCHE Stockholm conference 1972 she said “Are not poverty and need the greatest polluters ?” Her statements dealt a serious blow
to nascent Climate Change movement.
But the rawness of her thought should be seen in the context of her time when equity in climate pledges, historical responsibility and
sustainable development etc. were not established ideas. These were almost no existent.
Top Down approach of environmental conservation :- She undermined the role of local people in conservation efforts. Evidences can be seen
from instances like forceful eviction, non-recognition of rights of tribal people, non-consideration of people’s movements tec.
Instances of Environmentalism of, by and for the elite :-Actions like permitting Indian Oil refinery at Mathura, despite adverse impact on Taj
Mahal, allowing Karnataka’s Kudremukh Iron ore mining projects in partnership with Iron which was considered ecological disaster.
Green revolution launched without adequate safeguards :- It resulted in adverse impacts of monocropping , pesticides, herbicides, chemical
fertilisers etc. But this decision should be seen in larger socio-economic context when India desperately needed to move away from it’s food
reliance on the US.

Conclusion :-
Indira Gandhi was a committed conserventionalist for whom development without conservation was unsustainable, just as conservation without
development was unacceptable. Her environment vision is relevant today as never before with India facing numerous environmental crisis such as
depletion of groundwater, river pollution, destruction of forest, decline in biodiversity and wildlife population species. The reasons for such
condition is lack of political will where the discourse views conservation as the hurdle to economic development. So government should follow her
footsteps on the green road as environmental destruction affects all equally regardless of ideology, geography, income or religion

2) “It would be unwise to rely on the US to counter China. India must build tools to protect its own interests.” Comment. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- With increasing economic power China becoming more aggressive on military, political and economic fronts. India has long
standing borders disputes with China and also has fought wars in 1962. China is continuously increasing it’s powers on all fronts. To counter China
India has been exploring many strategies and among them relying on United States is a prominent one.

Benefits of having United States on our side :-

Both countries share similar, liberal, democratic values and functioning systems.
It is the major economic and military power of the world who has tremendous potential to counter China and it’s rise more than any other
country in world.
It shares many global stands on lines of Indian stands like the one against terrorism. It can also help India in many other issues like South
China sea disputes, North Korea aggression, dumping of Chinese goods in India.

However relying on United States can be counter productive :-

It is not a reliable partner :- History points out that United Sates has always worked in it’s self interest. For ex US had backed away from
direct conflict with China during it’s wars in Korea and Vietnam. US remained a passive supporter during recent Doklam issue irrupted
between India and China where as Japan overtly supported India.
Geographical constraints :- India shares it’s border with China which is disputed. While US has no such territorial interest.
Increasing isolationist, protectionist trend :- With Trump’s government in power many decisions like abandoning the Trans Atlantic
Partnership, Paris deal, America First policy in place India cant hope for any large scale ties with United States.
Robust economic relationship between United States and China :- This economic bonhomie can deter US from taking any stern action and
firm stands against China.

Tools that need to be explored by India :-

Strengthening it’s economy and infrastructure :- It will help India to counter China economically which is very much required considering it’s
role in China’s rise and power. It will also help in tackling skirmishes and blockades by China in border areas like recent Doklam issues.
Building regional alliances and using diplomacy :- The institutions of BIMSTEC, ASEAN + 6, BBIN, SAARC, ASIA-AFRICA Growth
corridor can help.
Preparing India militarily :- It is important to modernise the weaponry, skill the border forces with much needed techniques and tactics to
counter the shrewd Chinese counterparts.
INCLUSIVE GROWTH AND ISSUES ARISING FROM IT.
3) Setting up fast-track courts to deal with criminals in politics would do little to break the symbiotic relationship between politicians and criminals.
Comment. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Criminalization of politics means rising participation of criminals in the electoral process and selection of the same as elected
representatives of the people.

Reasons for criminalization of politics :-

Criminalization of politics ensures protection for those who break the law based on: Political, Group, Class ,Caste, Communal considerations
It also results from partisan interfering in crime investigation and poor prosecution of cases.
Massive delays over the years and high costs in judicial process would be another reason for this phenomenon.
Mass withdrawal of court cases and unwarranted grant of parole have also spurred criminalization in politics.

To do away with the problem of slow process of justice delivery system the Parliament of India introduced Fast Track Courts for Elected
Representatives Bill, 2014 in the House of People to establish Fast Track Courts for trial of cases involving criminal charges against elected
representatives.

Criminalization of politics needs to be prevented and reduced to a certain extent. The roots of the problem lie in the political system of the country.
There is lack of political will to curb the menace. The political parties bypass the ethical and democratic norms. Setting up of special courts is the
way to prevent and control criminalisation of politics. To maintain sanctity and purity of elections, it would be more beneficial to the society to try
all cases of politicians by special courts.

However it bore less impactful results owing to the fact that criminalisation is increasing day by day. The data shows that out of a total of 62, 847
candidates analysed, 11, 063 (18%) have declared criminal cases against themselves

The reform needs to change the incentives for both politicians and voters.

Bringing greater transparency in campaign financing is going to make it less attractive for political parties to involve gangsters. Thus, either
the Election Commission of India (ECI) should have the power to audit the financial accounts of political parties, or political parties’ finances
should be brought under the right to information (RTI) law.
Broader governance will have to improve for voters to reduce the reliance on criminal politicians. That requires a rationalization of
bureaucratic procedures and an increase in state capacity to deliver essential public goods like security of life and contracts, and access to
public utilities.
Other innovative options like exploring possibilities of right to recall, simultaneous conducting of elections, adding art to RPA in order to
empower election commission to cancel polls for use of money power etc can be implemented.

Standing alone, fast-track courts for politicians will be ineffective in cleansing Indian politics.Eradication of three Cs – Cash Corruption and
criminality could lead our country towards vibrant polity and democracy.

“Democracy disciplined and enlightened is the finest thing in the world. A democracy prejudiced, ignorant, superstitions, will land itself in choos.”
– M.K. Gandhi
 CONSERVATION
7) The creation of incentives to produce vaccines for poverty-associated infections is key to improving public health. Discuss. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

Diseases of poverty is a term collectively describes diseases,disabilities,health conditions that are more prevalent among the poor than among
wealthier people. Examples include TB,malaria, polio etc.
India accounts for a significant number of deaths due to poverty associated infections.

Why India accounts for such number of deaths?

There is general absence of accessible and resistance-effective vaccines. For example, in case of TB, BCG vaccine that is currently in use
(developed in the early 20th century) is ineffective for young people and adults.
There is abysmal spending on the primary healthcare system where most of these communicable disease can be prevented in the first place.
Also the hygiene standards are also very low given the poor governance structures and little public participation to ensure cleanliness.
Particularly in the developing countries as recognised by WHO, the drug resistance has become a havoc due to lack of awareness among the
people as they tend to use drug indiscriminately without following the standard procedures.
R&D facilities in developing new vaccines are very poor due to a slew of factors. Besides lower spending by the state, private sector is also
not incentivised due to the fact that poor do not have the capacity to buy the cost incurred on research.

How to incentivise the private sector participation?

Increase funding to research

Increase expenditure on R&D for the development of new vaccines

Hand held support by the government to local manufacturers in developing new vaccines

Philanthropy

Encouraging philanthropic activities and donations etc. should also be explored as an otion. Eg Bill and milanda gates Foundation

Employing APC model

Using ADVANCE PURCHASE COMMITTMENTS in which a sponsor committ to fully or partially finance the purchase of vaccines at a
pre specific price
In an APC, a sponsor (whether a government or a donor agency) commits to fully or partially finance the purchase of vaccines for a disease at
a pre-specified price.
The funds are spent only if the desired product is developed. This would create a larger market, with more certainty, which would attract more
firms to develop new products.

Global collaboration

Only 10% of global health research is devoted to conditions that account for 90% of the global disease burden
Collaboration with international players, government departments, biotechnology through the multilateral platforms like BRICS which covers
developing world.
Since benefits of the research on these diseases spill over to many countries, so none of the small countries has an incentive to unilaterally
support the research

Compulsory licensing

WHO’s The Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) has provisions for ‘compulsory licensing’ that
allow governments to license the production of essential drugs to local manufacturers who must then pay royalties to the innovator.
It should be implemented in letter and spirit by removing all the hurdles.

Incentives for creation of vaccine is not the only panacea to counter poverty associated infections other efforts such as

Creating awareness among masses about rational use of antibiotics.

Creating infrastructure in terms of health care centres , equipments eg X pert in case of TB
Government programs should be implemented in letter and spirit
Database for vulnerable sections of population eg NeHA
Increasing budgetry allocation to health care sector.

Conclusion

Since prevention is better than cure, all these years, the government should have focused more on creating a vaccine; they are easy to administer,
need little diagnosis before use and can be taken in a few doses rather than involving long treatments.

5) In 2005, India made some remarkable amendments to the Indian Patents Act of 1970. What were these amendments? What’s their significance
today? Discuss. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Patent means enforceable exclusive rights granted to the inevntor in exchange for making her invention public and providing her protection so that
no one can exploit the invention commercially without her consent.

Indian Patents Act is remarkable and lauded world over due to its provision which ensure fair treatment, and emphasise on public utility rather than
profit and greed. These changes were brought in by a 2005 amendment to the Indian patents act 1970.

2005 Amendments and their significance

 1. Evergreening of patents

Section 3(d) of the Indian Patents Act, a provision introduced to restrict the patenting of new forms of known pharmaceutical substances,
known as evergreening of patents.
It specifically provides that the new formations must show a substantial increase in efficacy of the drug. It has been successfully used against
drugs such as Gleevac by Norvatis.
Without Section 3(d), the Indian public would have to bear the burden of invalidating a bad patent through litigation which is a cost on the tax
payer.
It would also have prevented burgeoning pharma industry of India to make cheaper drugs for the poor in India and in the developing world.
2.Compulsory licensing

Section 92A provides for compulsory licensing in line with the TRIPS agreement.
It provides quick resolution of the application at the Patent office itself without having to go through expensive and time-consuming litigation.
The high cost of litigation poses significant barriers.
3.Software patents

A computer program per se is not patentable but its “technical application to industry or a combination with hardware” is patentable.
The scope of patentability of a computer program has now been widened and is more or less on lines with US Patent grant.

5) Financial Resolution and Deposit Insurance Bill tries to bring global standards to resolution of financial firms. But there is a strong case for
keeping deposits out of the bill’s purview. Analyse. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

The Hindu

Introduction:

Need for Resolution Corporation

RBI has used the powers available under the Banking Regulation Act to deal with bank failures and weaknesses in case of private
sector banks.
The Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation (DICGC) schemes have been used only to a limited extent in case of
commercial banks but they have been used extensively to protect depositors of weak and failing urban cooperative banks.
The RBI has no powers of resolution in case of public sector banks. Under the existing legislation, there are no legal provisions for the
RBI to resort to options such as receivership, bad bank-good bank, bridge bank etc.
The proposed bill gives such options to the Resolution Authority.

FRDI adheres to global standards

1. Global norm

It is important to have a resolution authority with sufficient legal powers to explore a variety of options for resolution, without
recourse to the sovereign’s budget, under any circumstance. In the case of large and complex financial firms, regulators insist on living
wills.
In addition to capital reserves and provisions that create a buffer against losses, regulators can also require banks to issue a special category
of debt instruments that have a loss-bearing capacity or bail-in provisions.
In many countries where such laws have been already enacted, there is a bail-in provision as well. These include the UK, Canada,
Australia, EU — but, in some cases, deposits have been excluded from the purview of bail-in.

2.Financial Stability Board Recommendation

During the global financial crisis, many governments had to use taxpayers’ money to bail out banks deemed “too big to fail “.
Thus, under the auspices of the G20 Financial Stability Forum, it was recommended that each jurisdiction should have clear legal
provisions for dealing with the resolution of financial firms.
Such firms cannot be dealt with under the normal bankruptcy laws. They operate with public funds — as deposits or insurance premium
or contribution to pension funds or money invested by public in units of mutual funds — and in debt instruments issued by non-
banking financial companies.
There needs to be clarity on how the assets of the financial firms can be used to settle different types of debt liabilities.

Why keep deposits out of the bail-in?

In a country like India, where there has not been any banking crisis and where the public needs to have a safe place where they can invest their
savings rather than keeping it under the mattress or buying gold, depositors need to have safety of funds.
FSDC Group had suggested that bail-in clause should exclude bank deposits.
The Group recommends that the bail-in framework should cover the capital instruments (additional Tier 1 and Tier 2) as well as other
unsecured creditors
Deposit liabilities, inter-bank liabilities, and all short-term debt, which if subjected to bail-in can induce financial instability, would be
excluded from bail-in.
Public trust in the banking system is the most important condition for financial stability.

5) Can blockchain be used to reduce costs and increase efficiency in online transactions and bring financial stability? Examine. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

Bitcoin is an unregulated cryptocurrency which is administered by a network of users through an open and distributed ledger known
as blockchain.
Each transaction is verified by the network.
Since it is a distributed ledger and no one person or organization controls it, technically, chances of someone manipulating the system
are very low.
 Blockchain has the potential to end property-related litigation in a country like India.
The government can have a blockchain where ownership and transactions can be tracked easily.

Benefits

1. Efficiency in transactions

Blockchain can make government spending more efficient in areas such as the social sector, as it will increase transparency.

2.Reduce costs

The technology is also being tested in the financial sector to settle transactions.
This could help reduce costs for financial institutions and the working capital requirement for other firms.
Because the distributed ledger have the usage such as smart contracts.

Challenge

1. Financial instability

If automated risk management, smart contracts, and similar tools are deployed across a network, cascades of rapid and hard-to-control
obligations and liquidity flows could propagate across a network
This interdependence will likely call for creative organizational thinking to address the need for governance and strong risk management.
A central bank manages the supply and cost of money in the system to attain maximum growth with price stability. But in the world of
unregulated cryptocurrencies, central banks may find it difficult to manage the level of economic activity.
An increase in the use of such instruments could also affect financial intermediation, investment and growth. Therefore, it is important
for policymakers to carefully evaluate the potential costs and benefits of a possible rise in the use of unregulated cryptocurrencies.

Conclusion

Even though the future of cryptocurrencies is uncertain at this stage, it is the idea of blockchain that deserves more attention, as it could
potentially transform the way transactions are settled.
Regulators would do well to closely track developments in this area so that financial stability risks can be avoided if adoption increases in the
system.

6) “Gender gaps come in the way of business competitiveness.” In the light of recent gender gap report findings, analyse. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

The Global Gender Gap ranking for 2017, compiled by the World Economic Forum was released last month.
India slipped 21 places in this ranking compared to last year.

1. Economic Participation and Opportunity

It includes three indicators:

The participation gap (difference in labour force participation between men and women),
the remuneration gap (captured by a hard data statistic of ratio of estimated female-to-male earned income, as well as a qualitative
indicator about wage equality for similar work), and
the advancement gap (measured through two hard data statistics: Ratio of women to men among legislators, senior officials and
managers, and the ratio of women to men among technical and professional workers

1. Political Empowerment

It identifies gender gaps in the highest level of political decision-making, and includes the ratio of women to men among ministers, among
parliamentarians, and in terms of years in executive office (president or prime minister) over the last 50 years.

1. Educational attainment

in primary, secondary and tertiary levels

1. Health and survival

Sex ratio t birth to capture the phenomenon of “missing women” due to strong son preference
gender gaps in life expectancy.

Gender equality and growth

1. Larger talent pool

Gender equality is desirable, even for purely instrumental reasons, and should be supported even by those who think equity concerns are
getting in the way of business.
As the 2017 report points out, talent is important for competitiveness and to find the best talent, everyone should have equal
opportunity.
When women and girls are not integrated, the global community loses out on skills, ideas and perspectives that are critical for addressing
global challenges and harnessing new opportunities.
There is ample research documenting the staggering economic costs of sidelining women.

1. Loss to GDP

An OECD estimate reveals that gender-based discrimination in social institutions could cost up to $12 trillion for the global econom y,
and that a reduction in gender discrimination can increase the rate of growth of GDP.
Conclusion

Internalisation of this understanding would mean that gender equality has to be mainstreamed into economic policymaking, rather than
viewed as a residual concern to be tackled later, as an afterthought.
INDIAN CONSTITUTION- HISTORICAL UNDERPINNINGS, EVOLUTION, FEATURES, AMENDMENTS,
SIGNIFICANT PROVISIONS AND BASIC STRUCTURE.

1) Write a note on the contribution of important personalities from the North East to fight against British colonialism in India. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Shoorvir Pasaltha Khuangchera

Mizoram was incorporated into the colonial empire during the last part of the 19th century. The resistance against colonialism in Lushai Hills
was no less intense than in any other part of India.
He was the first Mizo freedom fighter to sacrifice his life fighting British imperialism.
He was killed while trying to resist advancing British troops in 1890, which saw the British conquest of the Lushai Hills — now Mizoram.
Khuangchera is not only known for his bravery but also his strength and righteousness that won over the hearts of his people.

U Tirot Sing

He was one of the chiefs of the Khasi people in the early 19th century.
Tirot Sing fought against British attempts to take over control of the Khasi Hills.

Rani Gaidinliu

She was a Naga spiritual and political leader who led a revolt against British rule in India.
At the age of 13, she joined the Heraka religious movement of her cousin Haipou Jadonang. The movement later turned into a political
movement seeking to drive out the British from Manipur and the surrounding Naga areas. Within the Heraka faith, she came to be
considered an incarnation of the Goddess Cherachamdinliu.
Gaidinliu was arrested in 1932 at the age of 16, and was sentenced to life imprisonment by the British rulers. Jawaharlal Nehru met her at
Shillong Jail in 1937, and promised to pursue her release.
Nehru gave her the title of “Rani” (“Queen”), and she gained local popularity as Rani Gaidinliu.
She was released in 1947 after India’s independence, and continued to work for the upliftment of her people. An advocate of the ancestral
Naga religious practices, she staunchly resisted the conversion of Nagas to Christianity. She was honoured as a freedom fighter and was
awarded a Padma Bhushan by the Government of India.

Bhogeshwari Phukanani

In 1930 Phukanani took part in a nonviolent march as an act of civil disobedience against the British authorities and was arrested for
picketing
She also played an important role in the Quit India Movement.
Phukanani was active in the Berhampur, Babajia, Barpujia areas in the Nagaon district of Assam and helped setup offices for the Indian
 National Congress.

Kanaklata

During the Quit India Movement Kanaklata joined the Mrityu Bahini, a death squad comprising groups of youth from the Gohpur sub
division of Assam.
On 20 September 1942, the Bahini decided it would hoist the national flag at the local police station. A procession of unarmed villagers
were led by Barua to do so. Undeterred by the police, the procession continued marching ahead when the police fired upon the procession.
Kanaklata was shot and the flag she was carrying with her was taken up by Mukunda Kakoti who too was shot at. Both Kanaklata and Kakoti
were killed in the police action.
Kanaklata was only 17 years of age at the time of her martyrdom

Zou martyrs

94-odd Zou martyrs of Manipur who sacrificed their lives fighting against the British attempt to forcibly deploy them as labour corps
during World War I

3) The recent 2G scam verdict by special CBI court reflects incapacity of the state and its institutions. Critically comment. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Supreme Court

Supreme Court’s reasoning in order cancelling 122 licenses in 2G case was internally incoherent.
Its perception of arbitrariness was shaped by the public perception that ministerial corruption may have been involved.
It tried to do Parliament’s work by taking a call on a petition based on a CAG report, and thus elevated the CAG report to a
definitive document that it is not.

Bureaucracy

The judgment is an indictment of the bureaucracy.

It argues the bureaucracy does not understand the rules it drafts, its notes to ministers are unclear, if not deliberately misleading. It
creates a fog of convoluted reasoning that obscures the issues.
But bureaucratic responsibility now seems to be supplanting ministerial responsibility. In the coal scam, where there was an indictment,
bureaucrats, not ministers, were held responsible. Even here, something similar is going on. Part of the reason the prime minister is absolved
of responsibility is based on the idea that the bureaucrat’s note was five pages long and convoluted and the PM cannot possibly be expected to
have command of the details. As a factual matter, this may be true, but one has to wonder what ramifications this has for bureaucracy-minister
relationships. The courts seem to be giving politicians benefit of the doubt more than bureaucrats.

CAG

The third institutional loser is the CAG-Parliament relationship.

The CAG’s reports are, in our constitutional scheme, not meant to be definitive. They are to be presented to Parliament that has to take a
view on them.
The ability of CAG reports to spark public reaction will now be diminished.

Parliament

While we can blame the CAG for grandstanding, we must not forget that it was parliamentary dysfunction that made it all possible.
Parliamentary dysfunction is what has emboldened non-elected institutions, from the CAG to the Supreme Court, to usurp authority
and exceed their brief.
Parliament is the ultimate locus of accountability. If it cannot perform truth-mediating functions, or hold ministers to account, everyone will
step into the breach.
When Parliament abdicates, the entire administrative law and constitutional scheme gets distorted.
No solution will be possible to this problem without restoring integrity to Parliament.
DEVELOPMENT PROCESSES AND THE DEVELOPMENT INDUSTRY- THE ROLE OF NGOS, SHGS, VARIOUS
GROUPS AND ASSOCIATIONS, DONORS, CHARITIES, INSTITUTIONAL AND OTHER STAKEHOLDERS

3) India’s vote at the UN is in line with its leading power ambitions, and not just a legacy of nonalignment. Comment. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

India’s Jerusalem vote can be interpreted as a continuing adherence to its traditional policy of nonalignment. But a more appropriate
interpretation of the vote is possible within the framework of India’s leading power ambitions.
India supported a move by Mauritius to take its sovereignty claims over the British-controlled Chagos Archipelago in the Indian Ocean to the
International Court of Justice (ICJ), against the wishes of the U.S.
In November when India won a seat on the ICJ, in spite of active opposition from the U.S.

Leading power ambition

The goal is to transform India from being a ‘balancing power’ to a ‘leading power’ on the international stage. U.S. President Donald
Trump’s National Security Strategy released recently offers support for this aspiration of India to emerge as a ‘leading power.’
Supporters of the ‘leading power’ doctrine often argue, rightly, that India must be more forthright and articulate in expressing its position
on issues confronting the world. As it did, for instance, by speaking up on the Belt and Road Initiative. So, abstaining was not an attractive
option for an aspiring leading power.

1. Possibilities in US’s transition phase

Asthe U.S. under Mr. Trump is undergoing a transition from being a hegemon to being a bully in its leadership role, the disruptive streak
opens new possibilities for India’s leading power ambitions, but that cannot be achieved by blindly following American diktats.
Mauritius wanted the UNGA to request the ICJ to issue an advisory opinion on its sovereignty claim over archipelago as it considers it as an
unfinished agenda of decolonisation. The U.S. recognises U.K. sovereignty over the territory of Chagos Archipelago and they jointly operate
the Diego Garcia military base there. India voted in support of the resolution, overcoming the fear of a bilateral dispute being taken to ICJ.
“The process of decolonisation that started with our own independence, still remains unfinished seven decades later,” India’s Permanent
Representative to the UN, Syed Akbaruddin, said in a statement on India’s vote.
In November, the U.S. supported the U.K. in its contest against India for an ICJ seat, as did all other permanent members of the Security
Council. India stood its ground and won the day as the UNGA overwhelmingly supported it, forcing other permanent members to limit their
support to the U.K., which finally withdrew its candidate.

2.Staying with global groupings and general opinion

India keeps itself in the company of Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) and BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa),
groupings that India continues to value.
While BRICS and the SCO stayed together, the American-led NATO split on the issue, and even the Five Eyes countries of the English-
speaking West — Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the U.K. and the U.S. — did not stay together on most crucial votes in the UN in recent
times.

Conclusion

Leading power ambitions are not realised by declaring unquestioning allegiance to anyone.
Three UNGA votes over six months are more about multilateral diplomacy coming of age. India can be great friends with the U.S. and Israel
and still disagree with them on some issues.
VARIOUS SECURITY FORCES AND AGENCIES AND THEIR MANDATE

4) European Union and India share a tripartite of business, humanitarian, and democratic interests. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- India and the European Union (EU) meet at their 14th summit recently in New Delhi. Trade and investment, science and
technology, and innovation and education will remain the traditional areas of Indo-European partnership. but such tactical cooperation will prove
meaningless unless it is given a strategic and democratic direction to navigate an increasingly hostile global environment.

The tripartite of India – EU

Business interests :-

India’s economy grew by 7.5% in 2015-2016. The performance of the Indian economy makes it the fastest growing large economy on the
planet. The European Union (EU28) is India’s second largest trading bloc, accounting for around 20% of Indian trade .
France, Germany and UK collectively represent the major part of EU-India trade. Denmark, Sweden, Finland, Spain and Poland are the other
more prominent European Union countries who trade with India.

Humanitarian interest :-

The rising terrorism threat in world has EU as it’s new victim while India has also experienced it many a times. Co-operation between two is
needed for intelligence sharing, joint actions etc.
The refugee crisis in Syria has slackened EU from within. India is also experiencing the Rohingya issue. Such issues needs to be tackled with
international co-operation.
The European Commission has been present in India since 1995 and has responded to all major emergencies, including the Orissa cyclone in
1999, the Gujarat earthquake in 2001, the Tsunami in 2004, the Jammu and Kashmir earthquake in 2005, the Bihar floods in 2008 and
Cyclone Phailin in 2013. The EU’s total humanitarian assistance to India to date exceeds €128.9 million.

Democratic interests :-

Rooted in its democratic institutions and open societies, the Indian and European world views are far more similar than usually assumed.
This is increasingly manifested in their converging interests to ensure Eurasian connectivity plans that are truly multilateral, and also
financially and environmentally sustainable; the protection of international legal principles such as the freedom of navigation; or the
development of regulatory frameworks that foster scientific and technological innovation under the rule of law.

India-EU must go beyond business as usual. Exploring areas like democratic and humanitarian is in utmost interest of both in changing world
scenarios full of threats of terrorism, crisis which needs the co-operative efforts.

7) What’s the mandate of and significance of work being carried out by ‘Bioversity International’ organisation? How is it different from
India’s National Biodiversity Authority? Examine. (250 Words)

The Wire

Introduction :- Bioversity International is a global research-for-development organization with a vision – that agricultural biodiversity nourishes
people and sustains the planet. Bioversity International is a member of the CGIAR Consortium – a global research partnership for a food-secure
future.

The organization is highly decentralized, with about 300 staff working around the world. Its Headquarters are in Maccarese, outside Rome, Italy,
with regional offices located in Central and South America, West and Central Africa, East and Southern Africa, Central and South Asia, and South-
east Asia.

Mandate :-

The organization delivers scientific evidence, management practices and policy options to use and safeguard agricultural biodiversity to attain
global food and nutrition security, working with partners in low-income countries in different regions where agricultural biodiversity can
contribute to improved nutrition, resilience, productivity and climate change adaptation.

· Bioversity International’s aim is to create seed banks across the world and encourage farmers to grow crops suited for their region.

Significance of work :-

Bioversity International is a global research-for-development organization, focused on safeguarding and using agricultural biodiversity to help
meet four global challenges – improved nutrition; adaptation to climate change; increased sustainable production; an increase of agricultural
 biodiversity in global food systems. These all initiatives are the need of hour owing to the conditions of planet earth. According to World
Bank India has nearly 50% of it’s population malnourished in some form or the other.
Bioversity International delivers its research through three Initiatives: Healthy diets from sustainable food systems; Productive and resilient
farms, forests and landscapes; Effective genetic resources conservation and Use which helping nations, institutions and farmers across the
globe.
The organization takes the view that the diversity of plants and animals offers opportunities not only through breeding but also by delivering
many other benefits. Some are direct, such as the better nutrition and greater sustainability that come with locally adapted crops. Others are
indirect, like the ecosystem services delivered by healthy populations of pollinators, biological control agents, and soil microbes.
Agricultural biodiversity will also be absolutely essential to cope with the predicted impacts of climate change, not simply as a source of traits
but as the underpinnings of more resilient farm ecosystems

Difference between Bioversity International and India’s National Biodiversity Authority :-

While Bioversity Internationalis a global research-for-development organization the National Biodiversity Authority (NBA) is a statutory
autonomous body under the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India established in 2003 to implement the provisions under
the Biological Diversity Act, 2002, after India signed Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) in 1992.
The National Biodiversity Authority of India is not limited to agricultural biodiversity. They also formulate laws of the land and are an
executing agency. In contrast, Bioversity International has a global mandate, but limited only to agricultural biodiversity.

5) Comment on the Parliament’s ability to oversee macroeconomic challenges facing the country today. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

Parliament uses two mechanisms for monitoring the national economy. The first is a debate in the House, the second is through Parliamentary
committees.

Challenges to Parliament’s ability

1. Declining time for debate

Currently, there is limited debate in Parliament on macroeconomic and monetary policy issues.
The subject is usually brought up during the debate on the Union budget, and over the years the duration of budget discussions has been
steadily decreasing.
During Parliament’s first decade, the debate on the budget lasted for an average of 123 hours. In the last decade, this number has come down
to 40 hours.

2.Quality of debate on economic issues low

The other occasion when economic issues come up for discussion is when MPs are locking horns debating rising prices in the country.
During the last decade, it is a subject which forms part of Parliament’s agenda almost every year.
The debate on it remains inconclusive and follows a familiar pattern of ascribing blame and political rhetoric.

3.Parliamentary Committees’ limited scope

Parliament has three finance committees — the Public Accounts, Estimates, and Public Undertakings committee.
These committees focus on holding specific government ministries accountable. They scrutinise the finances, legislation, and working of
ministries.
Their mandate does not extend to scrutinising cross-cutting macroeconomic issues.
For example, in the last 10 years, the governor and the deputy governors of RBI have testified at least 15 times before the committee on
finance. Their testimony was always limited in scope since the committee mostly examines policy issues and legislation being dealt with by
the finance ministry.

Way forward

Parliament requires a specialised committee concentrating on the broader economic issues facing the country like Parliamentary Budget
Office (PBO).

1. International lessons

The US Congress has a committee of both Houses called the Joint Economic Committee. It reviews economic conditions and recommends
improvement in policy.
The House of Lords in the UK has an Economic Affairs Committee. Its role is to consider economic affairs and it is currently inquiring into
the impact of Brexit on Britain’s labour market.

2.NCRC Recommendation

In 2002, the national commission to review the functioning of the constitution recommended the setting up of a Nodal Standing Committee
on National Economy supported with adequate resources, which would conduct an ongoing analysis of the national economy.
It could invite the RBI Governor and other government functionaries like the chief economic adviser to testify and enrich its proceedings. .
It was of the opinion that the findings of this committee “would help both government and parliament in orchestrating opinion on important
policy issues for building a national consensus.”
ROLE OF EXTERNAL STATE AND NONSTATE ACTORS IN CREATING CHALLENGES TO INTERNAL
SECURITY.

4) The societal reach of India’s economic growth in recent decades still remains unquantified and a common measure to quantify the social progress
of Indian States that can pinpoint the achievements and the challenges is still missing. Discuss the efforts made in this regard and suggest ideas to
quantify societal reach of India’s economic growth. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The accomplishments of modern India are recognised around the world. A country that was a symbol of hunger and poverty at the
time of Independence and admonished for its Hindu rate of growth during the initial decades has now transformed itself into one of the the fastest
growing major economies.

The societal reach of this economic growth still remains unquantified.

Efforts made in this direction :-

National University of Educational Planning and Administration and the Government of India (Ministry of Human Resource Development,
Department of School Education and Literacy) compute an Educational Development Index for primary and upper primary levels of education
that compare States on different aspects on education universalisation.
NITI Aayog has rolled out the health, education and water index.
Apart from these individual indices, there have also been efforts to look at progress through the lens of a human development index but that
does not isolate the impact of economic growth.

Ideas to quantify societal reach of India’s economic growth :-

Social Progress Index :- We can rank States using social and environmental indicators on the basis of their capability to provide for basic
needs such as shelter, water, and sanitation; a foundation for well-being with education, health, and communication facilities; analyzing the
prejudices that prevail in a region prohibiting people from making their personal decisions; and evaluating whether citizens have personal
rights and freedom or whether they are susceptible to child labour, human trafficking, corruption, etc.
Conducting surveys like Socio Economic Caste census, Capability index approach of Amrtya Sen, Opportunity index of citizens etc to gauge
the real reach of societal economic growth.

The overall findings show that while the economy is on the right track growing at approx 8% rate, there is an urgent need to identify and focus on
social parameters as overall social progress score for the country now stands at 57.03. The reliance on the idea that economic development will
automatically transform social conditions will hamper further improvements in social progress. Social progress needs to be stimulated by focussing
on policies directly targeting social issues.
URBANISATION

1) What explains the decline of the already low female labour force participation rate in India, particularly during a period of rapid economic
growth? Examine. (200 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- National Sample Survey (NSS) data for India show that labour force participation rates of women aged 25-54 (including primary
and subsidiary status) have stagnated at about 26-28% in urban areas, and fallen substantially from 57% to 44% in rural areas, between 1987 and
2011. Different age groups or different surveys essentially tell the same story, even though the levels differ slightly. This is despite India enjoying
economic and demographic conditions that would ordinarily lead to rising female labour-force participation rates.

Reasons for decline in FLFPR :-

One possible reason for this is India is behaving according to the feminization U hypothesis. According to it, in the development process,
female labour force participation first declines and then rises.
Another reason is that the rising education and incomes are allowing women to get out of menial and undesirable employment, while jobs
deemed appropriate for more educated women have not grown commensurately.
The lack of availability of agricultural and non-agricultural jobs in rural areas appears to be driving the declining participation in rural areas
says one study.
Structural change in India also led to a rapidly shrinking agricultural sector in favour of a rapidly expanding service and construction sector.
A study by Klasen and Pieters shown that rising household incomes and husband’s education, falling labour market attachment of highly
educated women, as well as adverse development in district-level labour demand, have contributed to declines in female participation.

Overall, better jobs for women benefit individuals, families, communities, companies, and economies. India which is riding on the high economic
growth for last few years could ensure its sustainability by improving women’s participation in market. India can take cue from newly industrialized
countries like China, South Korea, Malaysia etc which invested hugely in increasing the share of female in labour-force participation and are
reaping its benefit.
5) It is said that seed industry in India is in crisis. Examine the causes of this crisis and remedies needed to revive seed industry. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Agricultural sector is highly dependent on availability and quality of seeds for a productive harvest, as seed is the basic and most
critical input for sustainable agriculture. Developments in seed industries in India in last 30 years are very significant. Government restructured seed
industry and strengthened seed infrastructure through national seed projects, new seed development policy.

New seed development policy (1988-89) transformed Indian seed industry by giving access to Indian farmers of best of seeds and planting material
available anywhere globally. Stimulated investment by private sector into Indian seed sector with strong R&D base with more emphasis on high
value hybrids such as BT-Cotton.

As a result farmers have wide product choices and seed industry is set to work with a farmer centric approach. For decades Indian policy
frameworks facilitated competition and subsequent development of an industry structure that delivered sustainable economic benefits. Government
has a major role in low profit seed varieties where private players are less interested viz. cereals, vegetable etc.

But today seed industry suffers from many problems due to lack of holistic policy structure for the sector and lack of regulation that has put it in the
crisis.

Causes of crisis :-

High level of fragmentation :- Rabobank report 2006 :- India’s top 10 seed firms accounted for just 25% of total volume of seeds sold by
private sector in 2005

Reasons for the same :-

Low entry barriers

Poor Intellectual property rights climate resulting in freely available germ plasm and parent lines to start a seed production company.
Formal, Informal flow of seed material from public institution to private entrepreneurs.
Meagre research investment by private companies :

India only incest 3-4 % of revenue into it against international norm of 10-12%.

Reasons for the same :-

Heavy fragmentation
No strong Intellectual Property rights regulations
No competition in sector
Lack of regulation in case of GM seed :
Government fell short of visionary approach to reap long term benefits by enabling Indian seed industry to absorb and exploit the new GM
technology.
No steps were taken to prevent illegal introduction of GM crops into market.
Government failed to promote and articulate roles of different stakeholders harvesting the seed sector in long term.
Confusion regarding GM Crops among farmers, public which government must clarify.

Steps needed to be taken :-

Strengthening regulatory mechanism :-

For seed and biotech industry to make it transparent science based predictable and fair.
To prevent the over fragmentation of sector
In order to control illegal activities.
Clear IPR regime :-
Quick resolution to the conflicts between different IP laws
Defining clearly the government’s policy on IP protection and research investment promotion.
National policy on GM crop :-
It will bring clarity on areas and sectors where government want to encourage GM cropping
To take over the illegal GM crop fields ex. GM Cotton
Investing in educating people about GM technologies and it’s benefits.
Transforming state seed corporations :-

In terms of their infrastructure, technologies, approach and management culture.

Conclusion :- Indian seed improvement program is critical for food security of India. Till date Indian seed sector both public and private has done
impressive work. The recent policy paralysis can be done away with proper actions by government. Comprehensive policy structure keeping in mind
the long term benefits is the need of the hour.
STRUCTURE, ORGANIZATION AND FUNCTIONING OF THE EXECUTIVE AND THE JUDICIARY
MINISTRIES AND DEPARTMENTS OF THE GOVERNMENT

4) What is the Act East policy? How can India improve better environmental diplomacy in the region with key stakeholder governments? Discuss.
(200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- India’s Act East Policy focusses on the extended neighbourhood in the Asia-Pacific region. The policy which was originally
conceived as an economic initiative, has gained political, strategic and cultural dimensions including establishment of institutional mechanisms for
dialogue and cooperation.

The Objective of ”Act East Policy” is to promote economic cooperation, cultural ties and develop strategic relationship with countries in the Asia-
Pacific region through continuous engagement at bilateral, regional and multilateral levels thereby providing enhanced connectivity to the States of
North Eastern Region including Arunanchal Pradesh with other countries in our neighbourhood.

Efforts to make better environmental diplomacy in region :-

India has upgraded its relations to strategic partnership with Indonesia, Vietnam, Malaysia, Japan, Republic of Korea (ROK), Australia,
Singapore and Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and forged close ties with all countries in the Asia-Pacific region.
Further, apart from ASEAN, ASEAN Regional Forum (ARF) and East Asia Summit (EAS), India has also been actively engaged in regional
fora such as Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic Cooperation (BIMSTEC), Asia Cooperation Dialogue
(ACD), Mekong Ganga Cooperation (MGC) and Indian Ocean Rim Association (IORA).
Act East Policy has placed emphasis on India-ASEAN cooperation in our domestic agenda on infrastructure, manufacturing, trade, skills,
urban renewal, smart cities, Make in India and other initiatives. Connectivity projects, cooperation in space, S&T and people-to-people
exchanges could become a springboard for regional integration and prosperity.

Diverse steps needed and being taken by government of India :-

The ASEAN-India Plan of Action for the period 2016-20 has been adopted in August 2015 which identifies concrete initiatives and areas of
cooperation along the three pillars of political-security, economic and socio-cultural.
India continues with stepped up efforts to forge closer partnership with concerned regional and Multilateral organisation such as ASEAN,
ARF, EAS, BIMSTEC, ACD, MCG and IORA.
On the Civilizational front, Buddhist and Hindu links could be energized to develop new contacts and connectivity between people.
On Connectivity, special efforts are being made to develop a coherent strategy, particularly for linking ASEAN with our North East.
Measures, including building transport infrastructure, encouraging airlines to enhance connectivity in the region, contacts between academic
and cultural institutions are underway.
Our economic engagement with ASEAN has been stepped up – regional integration and implementation of projects are priorities.
The ASEAN-India Agreement on Trade in Service and Investments has entered into force for India and seven ASEAN countries from 1 July
2015. The ASEAN-India Trade Negotiating Committee has been tasked to undertake a review of the ASEAN-India Trade in Goods
Agreement.
India has also invited ASEAN member states to participate in the International Solar Alliance which it has co-launched with France on 30
November 2015 at COP-21.
On strategic issues, we have increasing convergence on security interests with key partners both in bilateral and multilateral format. Closer
cooperation in combating terrorism, collaborating for peace and stability in the region and promotion of maritime security based on
international norms and laws are being pursued.

1) How is urbanisation affecting social and cultural life of rural migrants in Indian cities? Examine. (200 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Urbanization is an index of transformation from traditional rural economies to modern industrial one. It is a progressive
concentration of population in urban unit (Davis, 1965). Kingsley Davis has explained urbanization as process of switch from spread-out pattern of
human settlements to one of concentration in urban centers

India shares most characteristic features of urbanization in the developing countries. It is the most significant phenomenon of 20th century which
has almost affected all aspects of national life in India.

Large numbers of young people are migrating because rural India is saturated and cannot provide employment opportunities for a growing
population. Many end up as rag pickers or casual construction workers. They come alone and then bring their relatives or friends. It is a chain
migration.

According to 2011 survey 68% migrants were rural migrants.

Impact of urbanization on Socio cultural life of rural migrants :-

Freedom, recognition :- Many of the rural migrants find it good to migrate to cities in order to get rid off the rigid barriers of caste,
community, social hierarchy of rural India. They get the feel of equality and freedom to adopt one’s own choice of work rather than ascribed
work to them.
Economic enhancement :- If worked properly these rural migrants earn much better as compared to their rural incomes which helps them to
survive and enhance their economic life.
Cultural shock :- The migrated rural folk experience some alien culture and have to adapt to the fast city life. Brotherhood bondages of village
life are replaced with anonymity, neighbourhood with isolation and healthy living with congested slum areas.
Self doubts, rejections :- the advanced city life disillusions the rural people. They often get adopted to lower chores and daily wage works
hence feel dejected. Self doubts like we are not part of this urban life, we are uneducated, less aware, confident hence should confine our self
to meagre things prevails in them.

Urbanisation is the revolutionary phenomenon. It will impact every aspect of the life of people. Rural migrant population is more vulnerable owing
to their background. Hence suitable steps by urban authority must be taken like registration of such people, care for their living, regulation of their
working conditions, check on their harassments by authorities, arrangements for education, sanitation etc. Governments schemes like Housing for
all, Electricity for all, Rajiv Gandhi urban slum development program etc. can be helpful.
INDIA AND ITS NEIGHBORHOOD- RELATIONS.

1) “The tyranny of democracy undermines democracy.” Comment. (200 Words)

The Wire

Introduction :-

“Remember, democracy never lasts long. It soon wastes, exhausts, and murders itself. There never was a democracy yet that did not commit
suicide.”

— John Adams

In these simple words John Adams tried to explain the tyranny of democracy.

The term democracy is used today to denote everything that is wholesome in the social world. Though it is considered the most appropriate for of
political system today keeping democracy in its place is not easy. The very idea of collective self-government tempts us into thinking that citizens
must be perpetually fixated on the task of ruling themselves.

The tyranny of democracy undermines democracy :-

The rule by democracy often turns into rule by majority. Hence the imposition of majoritarian views on minority results into tyranny.
 The saturation of civic life by democratic politics crowds out the fundamental bases for community and social cooperation that the democratic
ethos needs in order to flourish.
The election process though placed in utmost good sense has become flawed and tyrannical in recent times. The use of money and muscle
power, criminalization of politics shows the ugly face of democracy.
The basic tenets of democracy are often misused when it comes to blind demands and practices under the garb of democracy. For example the
freedom of speech and expression enjoyed by media leads to no regulation of media and it is being exploited in critical situations like live
coverage in terror attack as seen in Mumbai attack.

As democracy rests on civic friendship, it is perhaps no surprise that in order to practice better democracy, we need to engage with each other on
matters that are not political. Our civic lives must be structured around shared activities and common experiences that do not have politics at their
core, arenas of social engagement that are not already structured and plagued by political categories. We must talk with strangers about matters of
substance that are not at all political. We must create sites of social involvement in which party affiliation and platform allegiance are simply beside
the point. We must ‘tune out’, not from society as such but from society as it is constructed by democratic politics. In short, if we want to do
democracy right, we need sometimes to do something else entirely.

2) Why is trade multilateralism in a state of crisis? Has multilateralism lost its utility and relevance? Critically examine. (250 Words)

The Wire

The Hindu

Introduction:

Trade Multilateralism can be defined as the progress of world trade in goods and services at a scale covering and connecting multiple economies. It
stands for a regime of open and trade with very few restrictions. The WTO has been established with the mandate of trade multilateralism and in
ensuring the benefits of trade worldwide.

However, since the formation of WTO, a crisis has emerged in aspects of trade multilateralism. The reasons can be attributed as follows

Areas where WTO faltered

1. Nature of the original agreements

The original agreements have been one-sided denying full potential of global trade to be realised by the poor countries.

2.North-South divide

As a result, the north-south divide which persisted after the centuries of colonialism could not be bridged.

3.BRICS emergence as an alternative and lobby

Aggression of the BRICS lobby on subsidies, agriculture and food security

4.Negotiations became extreme

From secret anteroom negotiations and the subtle ways of global diplomacy, today, countries are quick to state their extreme negotiation
positions publicly—seemingly more for the benefit of their constituencies at home.
This makes negotiations more cumbersome.

5.Dispute settlement mechanism suffering and thus interests of small countries

The dispute resolution mechanism, which has been in place since the WTO’s inception in 1995, has served its purpose well.
It has been a great leveller and has enabled smaller countries like Barbados and Antigua to take the US to the Dispute Settlement
Body (DSB) and prevail. It has been widely hailed as the biggest success of the WTO.
WTO dispute settlement mechanism involves consultations, panel proceedings, appellate body proceedings, and implementation and
enforcement. US has refused to participate in the appointment of new judges to the appellate body. Members are usually appointed by
consensus, and the US is a major participant.
The delays will compel WTO members to look for other solutions, potentially elsewhere.
Outside the WTO system, weaker countries will be disadvantaged.

6.Trump’s America First protectionism

US policies will have long-term effects on global trade.

Scrapping the Trans-Pacific Partnership agreement
Undermining of the North Atlantic Free Trade Agreement

7.Weakened EU after Brexit

Add to this mix a weakened EU and a Britain with a dire need to either be part of a robust multilateral system or have its own trade
agreements.

3) Why is there a tremendous stress on doctors at government hospitals? In your opinion, what measures should be taken to reduce this stress and
also to attract young doctors to government hospitals? Examine. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Reasons for stress on the doctors

1. Low patient – doctor ratio

The abysmal ratio of 1:1654 is a huge mismatch with the requirements of Indian population.

2.Diversity of diseases
 It is compounded by the fact that Indian scenario is engulfed with diversity of diseases, the third world communicable menace and the
increasing extent of non-communicable diseases.

3.Capacity inadequacy

The capacities of doctors are not synchronised with the needs of the population due to faulty nature of medical education.

4.Media trials

In case of unfortunate happening with the patients, the doctors are subjected to media trials without adequately addressing the semantics of the
case.

5.Lack of paramedical staff

There are whole lot of functions which can be relegated to low skilled medical personnels.
But the jobs of ASHA, ANM etc has been delegitimised due to various policies, which in case could have helped the doctors in efficient
delivery of healthcare services.

6.Profession not rewarded

Since the medical education is dubbed as profession, this aspect has not been appreciated in the real world where their pay scales and work
environment are in contrast of other professional degree holders like Engineers.
The emergence of healtcare industry as economic industry and corporate hospitals have created financial benefits, but at the cost of ethics.

7.Infrastructure in hospitals

Hospitals often lack equipments and facilities, which in turn cause difficulties in operating a patient.

Measures needed

Primary healthcare system should be strengthened as suggested by Alma Ata declaration, whhich will decrease burden from communicable
diseases.
Lifestyle changes should be propagated through programmes of yoga,gym etc which will reduce non communicable diseaes.
Infrastructure should he created in govt hospital so that they have all facilities while operating the patient.
Recruit new doctor so that patient doctor ratio is balanced. Also proper paramedical staff should he appointed to support them.
Adequate remuneration should be provided.
Grievances redressal authority should be created so that baseless acquisition against them can be curbed.
PPP model can be explored for reducing brining in more efficiency, as suggested by NITI Aayog.

How to attract youth

During college time feeling to serve people should be imbibed in them.

Government hospital can resort to college campus like Private sector to recruit young doctors
Providing remuneration in par with private sector can attract young talent along with best facilities.

Conclusion

If doctor is stressed how can they treat the patient hence government should take comprehensive reforms in medical field to improve the condition
of the doctor in the public services so that they can work effectively and efficiently.

Looking at health level burden on India there urgent reforms is needed in hospital staff as well as new doctors since govt needs to take holistic
approach in fulfilling the demands of the doctors.

1) Why did Chola rulers constantly shift their capital cities? Write a note on the architectural style of Chola temples. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

The fresh round of economic sanctions imposed unanimously by the UN Security Council on North Korea is a predictable response to
mounting international frustration over the nuclear stand-off.
The sanctions include an 89% curb on refined petroleum imports into North Korea, stringent inspections of ships transferring fuel to the
country, and the expulsion of thousands of North Koreans in other countries
The stated aim of the sanctions regime has been to force North Korea to halt its nuclear programme and start disarmament negotiations.

Why diplomacy is the only solution

1. North Korea military and nuclear capabilities

Pyongyang now has the capability to hit parts of mainland America and its intermediate-range missiles can easily target U.S. military bases in
Japan and Guam
North Korea asserts that it will root out the United States threat and blackmail of nuclear war and solidly defend the peace and stability of the
Korean peninsula and the region
In September, North Korea detonated its sixth underground nuclear device, which it claimed was a hydrogen bomb.
The development has served as a reminder to the U.S. that the scope for military options may be increasingly narrowing.
The old carrot and stick policies will not work.

2.Avert nuclearisation of Japan and South Korea

Military action may lead to nuclearisation in Japan and South Korea.

3.North Korea trade dependent on China than US

 Sanctions have limited utility because China accounts for 90% of North Korea’s foreign trade

4.China hesitant

For China, a nuclear North Korea is a lesser threat than a regime collapse that could lead to a unified Korea allied to the U.S.

US hard stance

U.S. has also charged the North Korean government with the world-wide ‘WannaCry’ cyberattacks in May.
Trump warned that the U.S. would be willing to take unilateral action if China was not able to rein in its neighbour

China and Russia approach

As on previous occasions, Beijing and Moscow were able to impress upon the Security Council the potentially destabilising and hence
counterproductive impact of extreme measures.
However, even as China and Russia approved the latest measures, they continued to state their preference for diplomatic engagement.
The last thing that China, which shares a long border with North Korea, wants is a war on its doorstep and U.S. troops on its borders.
This is significant given the intercontinental ballistic missile that Pyongyang launched in November, which could deliver nuclear warheads
anywhere in North America.
China and Russia have been critical of North Korea’s missile and nuclear tests, proposing that if the U.S. and South Korea were to suspend
their joint military exercises, North Korea could agree to suspending its tests, opening the way to a dialogue

Way forward

The old objectives of ‘denuclearisation’ and ‘reunification’ have to be set aside. North Korea’s nuclear capability will have to be accepted, at
least for the foreseeable future.
Mutual recognition will have to precede reunification and for this, the two Koreas need to begin a dialogue in due course. Managing this
requires closer understanding between the U.S. and South Korea than is currently on display.
For Mr. Kim, the stakes are existential and parallel negotiations on political and nuclear tracks are needed if the current crisis is to be averted.
Against this backdrop, a revival of stalled peace negotiations between the P-5 nations and North Korea may be the only realistic
alternative on the horizon.
The successful conclusion of the 2015 civilian nuclear agreement between the P-5 plus Germany and Iran affords a constructive template to
move ahead with North Korea.

3) In the light of the recent developments, critically comment on India’s position on Palestine. (150 Words)

The Wire

Introduction:

“There is No Permanent Enemy or Friend vis-a-vis Foreign Relations But Only Convergence or Divergence of Interest.”

This is discernible from India’s present foreign policy which is shifting from Non-Alignment to Strategic Alignment.

The strategic Alignment is visible from India’s de-hyphenated foreign policy with Israel-Palestine.

With recent developments,the critics say that there has been a shift in India’s position with Palestine.

India’s disposition towards Israel

The recent visit of India’s PM to Israel,declaring Israel as Strategic Partner, consolidating defense agreements particularly besides hosts of
other agreements.

Impulsive Attitude of Trump Administration

This is conspicuous from recent US stand on Jerusalem to declare it as the capital of Israel, which is a controversial issue in not only Palestine,
but also the entire Muslim world.

India’s Position on Palestine

India’s position on Palestine is independent and consistent. It is shaped by our views and interests, and not determined by any third country.
Along with political support, India has been contributing material and technical assistance to the Palestinian people.
In 2016 India pledged a USD 1.25 million to the UN relief agency for Palestinian refugees
India has always been a leading partner in educational support and capacity building process
The recent visit of India’s President to Palestine manifests India’s support to Palestine cause is still intact.
The critics view is that Indian policy is certainly affected by US in recent times.

Why Indian Policy shouldn’t change?

1. Avert Islamic terrorism

Peace and stability in the Middle East is, perhaps, the most important imperative of Indian foreign policy, and it will be adversely affected by
the dynamics that Trump’s policies will unleash.
The US decision, against international consensus, could well stoke off further instability in the volatile region and lead to yet another bout of
Islamist radicalism – all matters of direct concern for India.

2.Oil dependence on Middle East

Some 70% of our oil comes from the region, seven million of our citizens work there. Four times in recent history, India has had to evacuate
its nationals from the region; in 1990 from Kuwait, Lebanon in 2006, Libya in 2011 and Yemen in 2015.

3.Chinese diplomatic aggressions

 China like Rohingya issue in Myanmar is actively asserting its diplomatic profile to resolve issues in Israel and Palestine against the US
polcies. It is favouring solutions like “Two states” as initially propounded by India.
It will lead to ceding of space for India.

Conclusion

However, it would be too early to say that India has changed its pro-Arab historical stance on the Israel-Palestine conflict. At the same time it can’t
be denied that in recent time India have disposed from towards Israel.

3) Why is linking of Aadhaar with other documents is said to be cumbersome and hurtful to poor? Critically examine. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

In 2010, when the first Aadhaar was issued, the then Prime Minister Manmohan Singh said that the economically and socially
backward people will be the biggest beneficiaries, who, till then, couldn’t avail the benefits of government welfare schemes due to lack
of identity proof.
The founding premise of Aadhaar was to recognise the exact beneficiary of government subsidies and weed out duplicates and forgeries.
Today 12-digit unique identity number has created unique problems by making it a must-have for almost every facility a citizen wants to
avail, irrespective of his or her social and economic status.

How it affects the poor?

1. Denied service in case of databse failure

Many poor people have been excluded due to discrepancies that occur one time or anothr in Aadhar database.
Because of this, the poor have no been able to acess the very basic services they are entitled to as a matter of right.

2. Linkage of Aadhar with other services costly

The linkage of Aadhar requires visit to a government office where they are likely to be succumbed to the apathy and corruption of the officials
due to lack of adequate information.
The loss of wage for the day entails another significant cost which the poor can ill afford in highly unorganised market of labour.
Transportation costs are again an oft repeated argument in case access of government services to the poor is concerned.

3) It would be appropriate for India to draw up a data protection law using the rights-based approach of the European Union’s General Data
Protection Regulation, 2016, in which data protection is comprehensive and exemptions limited. Discuss. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

The dawn of the information age opened up great opportunities for the beneficial use of data. It also enhanced the perils of unregulated and
arbitrary use of personal data.
Unauthorised leaks, hacking and other cyber crimes have rendered data bases vulnerable.
Justice B.N. Srikrishna Committee is to elicit views from the public on the shape and substance of a comprehensive data protection law

Need for data protection

In this era of Big Data analytics and automated, algorithm-based processing of zettabytes of information, the fear that their personal
data may be unprotected may conjure up visions of a dystopian world in which individual liberties are compromised.

1. European model

Therefore, it would be appropriate to draw up a law using the rights-based approach of the European Union’s General Data Protection
Regulation, 2016, in which data protection is comprehensive and exemptions limited.

1. American model

Norms are stringent for government departments processing personal information, while private entities have to abide by the norms of giving
notice and receiving consent.
An enlightened citizenry will only help itself in participating in the search for a good data protection framework.

Current status

India does not have a separate law for data protection.

Section 43A of the Information Technology Act provides a measure of legal protection of personal information.
Even though the Information Technology Act contains certain provisions about data protection and handling, experts are of the opinion
that India needs a fresh data protection law with the increased digitisation led by Aadhaar, the Goods and Service Tax and the push
towards a digital economy.
IT Act may also be inadequate to deal with the current requirements since it was drafted almost 17 years ago in 2000 and was amended last
in 2008.
Also, in the last 5-6 years there has been a quantum leap in the world of technology which has been driven by trends such as proliferation
of social media, growth of ecommerce leading to boom in transactions over the Internet and demonetisation, which has pushed more
people into the digital economy, so the IT act may have to be obviously reconsidered in the light of these developments

Way forward

It is legitimate to collect personal data in the public interest, but this information should be protected and used only for the purposes it was
collected.
Above all, the law must provide for a suitably empowered statutory authority to enforce its promised protection to citizens’ data.
The new Bill should be based on five salient features: technological neutrality and interoperability with international standards; multi-
 dimensional privacy; horizontal applicability to state and non-state entities; conformity with privacy principles; and a co-regulatory
enforcement regime.

4) Neither civilisational ethos nor the mere enshrining of constitutional morality is enough to deliver on basic rights. In your opinion, what else is
needed to safeguard basic rights of citizens? Critically comment. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Civilisational ethos

Human rights existed in India not due to some constitutional morality but because of the DNA of Indian civilisation.
We have had lesson from Upanishad “Sarve Janaha Sukhino Bhavantu”, loosely translated as “May all be happy”.

Constitutional morality

Though the UN’s declaration of human rights is expansive, and also includes social and economic rights.
It is clear that Indian civilisation has not had much success in ensuring their delivery.
If any progress has at all been made in the desired direction, it has been after the adoption of a democratic form of governance; an
arrangement that is distinctly non-Indian in its origins. In terms of human development, 21st century India is radically different from what it
was in the 20th century.

Conclusion

While “constitutional morality”, a term used by Ambedkar to appropriately reject any role for “societal morality” in the Republic , is
of course a useful guide to the courts when it comes to adjudicating between individuals, it is by itself helpless in preventing acts of violence.
The efficacy of constitutional provisions is entirely dependent on the government machinery entrusted to our elected representatives.
In too many cases of violence against women, Muslims and Dalits, the Indian state is distinguished by its absence.
CONSERVATION, ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND DEGRADATION, ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
ASSESSMENT

7) Both central and state governments own huge swathes of land properties whose actual measurement is unclear. Examine critically the issue of
land hoarding by government agencies and its impact on economy. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Background:-

Various Central Ministries admit to owning only about 13,50,500 hectares of land however disparate official sources suggest that the correct
figure is several times more than what is disclosed. So it is necessary to dig this issue in detail

Land hoarding in India:-

None of the government agencies maintains adequate ownership records.

 For instance, the 13 major ports have failed to produce title deeds for as much as 45% of their land holdings.
The information provided by the Government Land Information System (GLIS) is both incomplete and patchy.
Large proportion of government land lies unused.
Land hoarding by government agencies has created artificial scarcity and is one of the main drivers of skyrocketing urban real estate prices.
Most Indian cities defy the basic tenets of urban planning. The main reason is the large areas of unused or underutilised government land
with an irresponsibly low Floor space index.

Impact:-

The allocation of unused land is rife with corruption.

Scams involving the Adarsh Cooperative Housing Society, the Srinagar airfield project, and the Kandla Port Trust are a few of the many
examples of alleged complicity between private developers and local officials to misuse government land.
Large part of the unused land is high-value property in prime areas in major cities.
High land prices also reduce competitiveness by increasing the cost of industrial and development projects.
The investment per square metre gradient of Indian cities is very low and haphazard. This is bad as solving the problem of wastage could
generate employment and pull masses out of poverty, thereby aiding the economy to grow fast.
Middle and lower class households find it difficult to own house.

Way forward:-

People have the right to know the size and use of land holding by government agencies, since most of the official land has been acquired from
them by paying pittance by way of compensation
The Centre has asked departments to identify surplus land. Unfortunately, agencies are not cooperating .This needs change.
A comprehensive inventory of land resources and usage patterns for all government branches is needed.
It should include information on the location of each property, its dimensions, the legal title, current and planned use, and any
applicable land use restrictions.
This will enable effective identification of suboptimal land use, as well as of the land that is surplus
Surplus land should be utilised to meet the ever-growing demands for services, such as water and waste disposal, as well for government-
sponsored housing and transportation projects.
Case study from Britain:-
A public-government partnership is necessary .
The government has pledged to provide details of ownership, location, and intended use for all properties.
Citizens are invited to contest official land use and suggest alternatives.

6) A Nobel Prize may be awarded to one but overshadows the efforts of many working behind the scenes endlessly. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The Nobel Peace Prize is one of the five Nobel Prizes created by the Swedish industrialist, inventor, and armaments
manufacturer Alfred Nobel, along with the prizes in Chemistry, Physics, Physiology or Medicine, and Literature. Since March 1901, it has been
awarded annually (with some exceptions) to those who have “done the most or the best work for fraternity between nations, for the abolition or
reduction of standing armies and for the holding and promotion of peace congresses“.

The Nobel Prize in Physics 2017 was awarded to Rainer Weiss, Barry C. Barish, Kips S. Thorne for- decisive contributions to the LIGO detector
and the observation of gravitational waves. The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 2017 was awarded to Jacques Dubochet, Joachim Frank, Richard
Henderson for- developing cryo-electron microscopy for the high-resolution structure determination of biomolecules in solution.

The Noble Prizes are the highest recognition in world however in the course of its evolution the Nobel Prize has turned out to be much more
than feting prize racehorses and it was a single phrase in Alfred Nobel’s will that it was to be a reward for those who “during the preceding
year, shall have conferred the greatest benefit to mankind” — that appears to have elevated it.
For this reforms like awarding a prize to women, to multiple people or institutions etc. were done. The one barrier that hasn’t been broken is
accepting that science — that’s of the “greatest benefit to mankind” — is now a collective enterprise. A Nobel Prize may be awarded to one
but overshadows the efforts of many working behind the scenes endlessly.
It’s often said that a key impediment to allowing groups win the prize is that the rules explicitly bar the prize from being split more than three
ways.
It’s time to acknowledge that scientific achievements draw from more than individual genius.
While there may be prizes that give away more money than the Nobel, none can equal it in prestige. That’s because of its long history and
ability to ensure that excellence in human intellectual endeavour is duly honoured. Going ahead, the future of Big Science projects
increasingly lies in global participation, and the latter is unlikely to be sufficiently incentivised until it gets a fair share of the recognition.

5) World Health Organisation (WHO) plays a dual role in health assistance and health policy formulation. Comment on its role and how its
relationship with India can be strengthened. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The World Health Organization (WHO) is a specialized agency of the United Nations that is concerned with international public
health. It was established on 22 July 1946 headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland. The WHO is a member of the United Nations Development
Group. Its predecessor, the Health Organization, was an agency of the League of Nations.

Role of WHO :-

Providing leadership on matters critical to health and engaging in partnerships where joint action is needed;
Shaping the research agenda and stimulating the generation, translation and dissemination of valuable knowledge;
Setting norms and standards and promoting and monitoring their implementation;
Articulating ethical and evidence-based policy options;
Providing technical support, catalysing change, and building sustainable institutional capacity; and
Monitoring the health situation and assessing health trends.

How relationship of WHO can be strengthened :-

Soumya Swaminathan’s recent elevation to the post of Deputy Director-General for Programmes (DDP) at the World Health Organisation
 (WHO) signals the increasing role of Indians in WHO.
The focus is increasing on bringing affordable, quality healthcare and scaling up the use of innovations. The various innovations that are
happening mostly in the private sector, among entrepreneurs and start-ups in India in devices, diagnostics, sensors, and drug delivery systems
will be helpful to WHO in strengthening it’s role further.
India specific problems will show that there are several diseases now with elimination targets — for kala-azar, filariasis, and measles. There
are also neglected diseases like snake bite which causes an estimated 50,000 deaths in India and is an important cause of death in both India
and Africa. One of the biggest areas of concern is Universal Health Coverage, a priority laid out in the National Health Policy. We need to
factor in a bit of task-shifting, using available health-care providers, training community health-care providers, and launching health literacy
campaigns. WHO role will prove to be change makers in this regard.
WHO can play bigger role in policy formulation and influence. For ex India has very high number of people with diabetes The WHO will
now bring health into all policies. Measures like labelling of food for high salt, sugar, and fat content; higher taxes on these products; some
kind of package labelling to indicate whether it is a healthy choice or not will help.
Also, balancing the needs and demands of intellectual property protection vis-a-vis access and equity in that access is going to be a challenge.
The WHO is the only agency that can be central in that.

6) India’s system of elections known as the first-past-the-post is often alleged to be unfair. Do you agree? Should this system be replaced by an
alternative? Comment. (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- A first-past-the-post (abbreviated as FPTP, 1stP, 1PTP or FPP) voting method is one in which voters indicate on a ballot the
candidate of their choice, and the candidate who receives the most votes wins: this is described as winner takes all. First-past-the-post voting is one
of several plurality voting methods. It is a common, but not universal, feature of electoral systems with single-member electoral divisions, and is
practiced in close to one third of countries. Notable examples include Canada, India, Pakistan, the United Kingdom and the United States, as well as
most of their current or former colonies and protectorates.

A parliamentary standing committee has initiated discussion on India’s system of elections. In order to understand the fairness of first past the post
system one needs to evaluate the advantages and disadvantages.

Advantages :-

It’s simple to understand.

It doesn’t cost much to administer.
It’s is fairly quick to count the votes and work out who has won; meaning results can be declared relatively quickly after the polls close.
In a political environment, FPTP enables voters to clearly express a view on which party they think should form the next government.

Disadvantages :-

Representatives can get elected with small amounts of public support, as the size of the winning margin is irrelevant: what matters is only that
they get more votes than other candidates.
FPTP encourages tactical voting, as voters often vote not for the candidate they most prefer, but against the candidate they most dislike.
FPTP is regarded as wasteful, as votes cast in a constituency for losing candidates, or for the winning candidate above the level they need to
win that seat, count for nothing.
Rather than allocating seats in line with actual support, FPTP rewards parties with what is often termed ‘lumpy’ support; that is, with just
enough votes to win in each particular area. With smaller parties, this works in favour of those with centralised support.
With relatively small constituency sizes, the way boundaries are drawn can have important effects on the election result.

Should it be replaced with alternative :-

Proportional system :- wherein parties are allotted seats in proportion to the votes they poll. Small parties and new entrants often find it hard
to register victories at the constituency level. List system will allow them to have some voice and wont discriminate them with advantages
enjoyed by established parties. it would genuinely encourage a multi-party system

Disadvantages :-

Gives rise to coalition governments and a fragmented party system i.e. Less stable government.
The inability of the voter to enforce accountability by throwing a party out of power or a particular candidate out of office.
Difficulties either for voters to understand or for the electoral administration to implement depending on voter’s education and training of poll
workers.

Way forward :-

With the flaws in FPTP increasingly becoming exposed, the time to look at alternative models has come. It is not supposed to altogether negate
FPTP or completely adopt alternative system but reforms are needed. Now that the parliamentary committee has set in motion this serious debate,
one hopes that the electoral system itself would be taken up as a key reform. Moreover, considering that Prime Minister Narendra Modi has pressed
electoral reforms as a priority political agenda—addressing issues such as transparency of political funding and simultaneous elections for the Lok
Sabha and state legislative assembles—he should not miss this opportunity to reform the electoral system.

6) Reforming and redefining economic models to get them in sync with the technology- is an absolute necessity to ensure better efficiency and
productivity. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- We are in the midst of the most transformative age in human history where technological leaps could make possible a world of
limitless food, water, and energy. The inevitable widespread adoption of next generation technologies indicates a future of mass unemployment, and
concentration of wealth in the hands of a few enterprises capable of providing minuscule job openings.

Hence reforming and redefining economic models to get them in sync with the technology- is an absolute necessity to ensure better efficiency and
productivity :-

Today’s primary challenge is the optimal allocation of copiously produced resources among an increasing population with dwindling wage-
earning opportunities.
 Taking cue from these trends, several progressive political outfits across Europe have started demanding legislation favouring reduced
working hours with no cuts in pay, three-day weekends, and the introduction of a universal basic income.
Even if new models built around the reduction, sharing, and diffusion of work and the provision of a supplementary income can sustain
employment levels and living standards in wealthy nations with a steady, declining, or ageing population, with most of them plugged into the
formal economy, it will be impractical in countries like India.
India has massive basic infrastructural capacity requirements. Focussed government planning and spending, along with the creation of an
environment that would encourage private investments into these potentially large-scale projects, could create immediate openings for
millions in sectors like construction, India’s second largest employer, providing jobs for over 44 million.
If leveraged to create essential and permanent assets, employment-guaranteeing schemes like MGNREGA would also effectively absorb a
large slice of job seekers.
Redefining the existing economic planning, employment and resource-allocation models, to get them in sync with this technology-accelerated
age, is the need of the hour.

3) The ongoing crisis in Catalonia region is a salutary reminder to India of what can go wrong when regional grievances are allowed to fester.
Comment. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- The ongoing crisis in the Catalonia region of Spain saw an attempt at secession was ruthlessly put down by central authorities.

Reasons for the ongoing crisis :-

One of the roots of the putative independence movement is a sense of Catalan identity distinct from that of much of the rest of Spain—an
identity rooted in language, culture and history.
There is a growing a growing dissatisfaction with fiscal transfers within the kingdom of Spain, which many Catalonians believe hurt their
region disproportionately, was, and remains, an equally important driver of the desire for independence.

Since India faces similar kind of situation it can learn important lessons from ongoing crisis :

It is estimated that a sizeable quantum of inter-state fiscal redistribution occurs between have and have-not states through the Centre’s taxing
and spending policies. For example, for every Rs100 that the average citizen of Maharashtra contributes to Central coffers, he or she receives
Rs15; by contrast, the average citizen of Bihar receives Rs420 for every Rs100 that he or she contributes.
Resentment and separatist zeal in Catalonia have been fuelled by the feeling among many residents that their hard work and thrift are paying
for the alleged indolence, welfare dependency culture, and absence of entrepreneurial ethos in lagging regions.
India can experience the resentment like this as it has already faced many armed and secessionist insurgencies. The mix of economic and
cultural sources of alienation amongst have states is perhaps strongest in Tamil Nadu, where there exists a pre-existing vein of pan-Tamilian
nationalism that may be tapped by vote-getting politicians.

The need of the hour is to move away from the over-centralizing tendencies of the Centre—which have characterized all dispensations—and
towards a model which takes fiscal and policy devolution to the states seriously. It is time to turn that rhetoric of competitive/cooperative federalism
into reality.

5) Energy planning should link energy and its end-use and end-user directly, promoting equity, and providing a better monitoring framework for
energy use. Comment on energy planning in India. (250 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- The energy policy of India is largely defined by the country’s expanding energy deficit and increased focus on
developing alternative sources of energy, particularly nuclear, solar and wind energy. India ranks 81 position in overall energy self-sufficiency at
66% in 2014. Energy planning has gained importance owing to it’s role in securing the country’s growth.

What must constitute the energy planning :-

Framework: The estimates start with a well-defined normative framework of specific goals (in terms of goods, services, etc) required for a
decent living and estimate corresponding energy requirement. This makes the developmental goals of energy planning explicit.
Pathways:These estimates lay out the distribution of the energy to specific end-uses (and end-users) highlighting that not only does the energy
need to be generated but that it also needs to flow through certain pathways.
Methodology: In laying out the pathways, the estimates also provide a methodology for the estimation of energy required for various elements
of specific developmental goals. This allows identifying potential ways for meeting the same needs by lesser levels of energy use along with
other important co-benefits.

India’s energy planning :-

There are three reasons why it would be more productive for India’s energy narrative to consider not only how energy is supplied, but also explicitly
consider how it is used and distributed.

The Indian economy is undergoing various transitions, which make the implications for its future needs not only immense, but also uncertain
and potentially malleable. Demographically, India is expected to add on the order of 10 million people to the job market each year for the next
two decades, with consequences for energy use, especially from manufacturing. At the same time, urbanisation will lead to about 200 million
more people moving into urban spaces and demanding more resources for improved lifestyles.
Incorporating the demand side as central to energy planning not only makes managing energy supply easier, it also has a substantial impact in
reducing the amount of supplies needed and, subsequently, the carbon emissions released. In fact, sectors such as buildings, transport, and
industry can form the bulk of reduction in emissions intensity up to 23-25 per cent from 2005 levels by 2020, as estimated by the erstwhile
Planning Commission.
The traditional supply-dominated orientation has simply not been enough to fix the pathologies of Indian energy. The sector is rife with a
range of structural inefficiencies and financial losses in spite of increasing electricity production and the slew of policy targets. Lack of energy
access remains an overarching characteristic: more than 400 million people have no access to electricity (according to the 2011 Census) and
there are serious challenges of fuel quality even when there is supply. Power shortages continue to plague the system and are increasingly
compensated for by polluting diesel generators.

A bottom-up, disaggregated approach to energy planning can help us answer the question of how much energy we need to ensure a dignified living
for all. The process, by its very nature, also indicates end-uses and end-users for the energy, which is equally important. It can also offer insights
into the best way to meet a particular developmental goal from the energy perspective, the relative criticality of energy as an input to meet the
specific goal, and the policies and cross-sectoral linkages that are important to ensure that the energy used does indeed help meet the objectives. Last
but not the least, such an approach can facilitate the monitoring of the implementation and increase its accountability.

Given all this, it is strongly recommended that such an approach be enshrined as the basis of energy planning in the country.

5) What do you understand by the rules-based regional security architecture ? Examine how can India and ASEAN be partners in the rules-based
regional security architecture. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Background :-Prime Minister Narendra Modi has addressed the 15 th ASEAN India summit at Manilla, Philippines

India’s relationship with ASEAN is a key pillar of it’s foreign policy.

Centrality of ‘Act East Policy’ in the regional security architecture of Indo-Pacific region.
It’s time that we jointly address challenge of terrorism by intensifying Co-operation.
All 10 ASEAN heads of state have invited to be guests of honour for next years republic day function (Though a symbolic move, is a good step)
Assured ASEAN of “steady support towards achieving a rules-based region security architecture that best attests to the region’s interests and
it’s peaceful development”

Rule based regional security architecture :-

This refers to “an arrangement of regional security where every step taken by any nation with regard to regional security falls in line with the
rules and regulations agreed upon by the member countries through agreements, laws or international organisation’s rules and laws”
Indo-Pacific region has become the centre of global politics and economics while China being the most important player in the region.
The present time is ‘Period of transition’ as US is unable to communicate it’s priorities in the region effectively while China is.
This time is significant for nations like India and ASEAN countries that have a stake in the region in the long term stability of region.
For this to attain, India rightfully asserting for ‘rule based regional security architecture’ along with US and Japan.

Need for reassertion :-

China is following aggressive expansionist posturing. It is adopting every means and method to expand it’s boundaries in neighbourhood
countries.
China also violates the UNCLOS in South China Sea by acting against the universal laws of freedom and navigation.

Partnership with India and ASEAN :-

To attain the rule based security architecture in the region ‘balance of power is the key’. For this India and ASEAN partnership is very critical.

Favourable factors for the same :-

Together they constitute the 1.8 bn population of the world and are part of one of the largest economic regions.
ASEAN is India’s fourth largest trading partner and India ASEAN’S seventh largest partner.
India’s service oriented economy perfectly complements the manufacturing based economy of ASEAN. Nations.
Similar security challenges like extremism, terrorism, piracy etc. and need of Co-Operation is felt by all.
The two shares common heritage and cultural ties since ancient historical time.

The increased co-operation and strategic engagement between India and ASEAN for a favourable balance of power will ensure regional stability.
Balance of power will also help in reducing Chinese economic influence and supremacy in region. It will also complement the other alliances like
Indo-Pacific Quadrilateral consisting of India, Japan, US and Australia.

What needs to be done :-

India must convince the ASEAN as it’s strategic partner by boosting domestic economic reform agenda, by enhancing connectivity within the region
and by increasing it’s presence in regional institutions. ASEAN should be clearer and more specific in their demands from Delhi and must adopt a
deeper and more broad based engagement with India.

5) Shale is OPEC’s nemesis. Discuss. Also examine how does increase in shale output in North America benefit India. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Bloomberg

Introduction :- Shale oil is an unconventional oil produced from oil shale rock fragments by pyrolysis, hydrogenation, or thermal dissolution.
These processes convert the organic matter within the rock (kerogen) into synthetic oil and gas. The resulting oil can be used immediately as a fuel
or upgraded to meet refinery feedstock specifications by adding hydrogen and removing impurities such as sulfur and nitrogen. The refined products
can be used for the same purposes as those derived from crude oil.

Shale is OPEC’s nemesis :-

In the past, North American producers of shale brought a multi-year bull market in oil to an abrupt end.
Since then, OPEC has struggled to maintain control over oil prices except for brief spells.
The American shale industry has been let free to increase production in response to higher prices, thus imposing a cap on the price of oil.
There are no signs yet of a structural change in the oil market to suggest that it could be any different this time.
Shale producers have continued to pump more oil into the market as crude prices have crossed the $50 mark.

How India will get benefitted with increased production of shale :-

India has derived huge benefits from lower oil prices since 2014, with the government’s fiscal management and inflation-targeting being
rendered a lot easier.
India, which is the fourth largest consumer of oil, is a big beneficiary of falling oil prices. The reduced prices will not only lower the import
 bill but also help save foreign exchange. As per rough estimates, a $10 fall in crude could reduce the current account deficit by approximately
0.5% of GDP and the fiscal deficit by around 0.1% of GDP.
The world supply of oil increased and US which was importing 9-10 million barrels per day (mbpd) now no longer does so because of its own
shale oil production. Supply has also increased with countries such as Iraq producing more oil. Demand has, however, slowed down from
Asia and Europe.

The oil price fall has created huge volatility in world markets including India, which is not insulated from the contagion effects of this development.
However, the silver lining for India is that when the dust settles down, the capital earmarked for emerging markets and BRICs economies, is likely
to flow into India given its relative attraction compared to a weakening Brazil on falling iron-ore prices or a collapsing Russia reeling under this oil
price fall.

6) What do you understand by for compensatory afforestation? Comment on the recent guidelines issued by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and
Climate Change (MoEF&CC) on compensatory afforestation. (150 Words)

Down to Earth

Introduction :- Afforestation is the establishment of a forest or stand of trees (forestation) in an area where there was no previous tree cover.
Compensatory afforestation is the afforestation carried out in order to compensate the damage or loss caused due to industrial or other
developmental activities.

Guidelines on compensatory afforestation :-

These guidelines specifies criteria for suitability and identification of land bank for compensatory afforestation.
It noted that in many cases a substantial portion of the land identified for compensatory afforestation already contain vegetation of varying
density. Creation of compensatory afforestation will not fully compensate the loss of trees as there will not be enough space for the requisite
number of plants to be planted.
Instead of outrightly rejecting such lands, the Ministry has suggested that at least 1,000 plants per hectare (ha) should be planted on the
identified non-forest lands.
The guidelines, almost in the same breath, also provide relaxation to the criteria by stating that in case planting 1,000 plants per ha is not
possible on non-forest land; the balance number of plantations can be done on degraded forests.
The guidelines have also directed the constitution of state-level committees under the chairmanship of the Principal Chief Conservator of
Forests to expedite the creation of land bank for compensatory afforestation.

Critical analysis :-

The guidelines have tried to address the mounting challenge of land scarcity for compensatory afforestation. However, they have fallen short
of clarifying the minimum threshold for undertaking plantations on non-forest land. Nevertheless, various forest ecosystems in India have
different natural tree densities. Putting a general criterion of 1,000 plants per ha (or difference between 1,000 and existing tree stock) raises
more questions.
The emphasis on specifying a time period for maintenance of plantations which is 10 years is a welcome move. It would have been better if
the guidelines had also specified a certain percentage of compensatory afforestation funds to be set aside exclusively for this purpose.
The land identified for compensatory afforestation is required to be notified as Reserved Forests under the Indian Forest Act of 1927. While
the forest department’s jurisdiction would extend over new lands through this process, tribal dispossession of lands in the name of
compensatory afforestation could increase.
The absence of community representation in the committees to be constituted for the identification of the land bank is also a matter of
concern.

5) Accountability in school education system is necessary to achieve the UN Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 4. Comment. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- A quality education is the foundation of sustainable development. As a policy intervention, education is a force multiplier which
enables self-reliance, boosts economic growth by enhancing skills, and improves people’s lives by opening up opportunities for better livelihoods.
Hence achieving Sustainable Developmental Goal 4 is important.

UNESCO’s new Global Education Monitoring Report 2017/18 is a comprehensive and nuanced look at the role of accountability in global education
systems in the effort to achieve the vision of the UN Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 4: to ensure inclusive and quality education for all, and
to promote lifelong learning.

The report points out that providing universal quality education depends not on the performance of teachers alone, but is the shared responsibility of
several stakeholders: governments, schools, teachers, parents, the media and civil society, international organisations, and the private sector.

SDG 4 :-
Role of accountability :-

In 2014, a UNESCOreport revealed that around 250 million children around the world are in school but not learning the basics. Accountable
schooling will ensure that productive years of students will not go waste.
The curriculum regulation and it’s scientific up gradation, maintenance of competitive syllabus and testing patterns, gauging the new trends in
interregional and international area in education is important to maintain necessary standards in education.
Accountability in apex educational institutions like UGC, Medical Council of India etc. is utmost important to ensure quality education
system in country.
Accountability on parts of school administration in terms of maintain quality libraries, laboratories, extra curricular infrastructure, regular
quality teaching staff etc. is important. This will enhance the output of educational standards.
Accountable parents will make it easy for students to sustain in schooling, in competition and in constantly pushing the learnability of
children.
Governmental systems must be accountable to ensure that their investment is being utilized efficiently and effectively. The assessment of
programmes like Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan, Mid day meal, Rashtriya Ucchatar Shikasha Abhiyan must be done regularly with periodic
improvements. This will be prudential in future.

A culture of accountability makes a good system great and a great system unstoppable. Hence accountability of all stakeholders is necessary to
achieve the Sustainable Developmental Goal 4.

7) In terms of long-run economic prospects, do you think India will be ahead of China in near future? Substantiate your views emphasising on the
role of India’s democratic and secular credentials. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- The estimate that India is growing at 7.1% and China growth has shrink to 7.6 % by IMF and recognition of India as a bright spot in
world economy has created many hopes and debates about India overtaking China in near future. It is perceived that the difference between the
political systems of two countries play important role in determining their economic

However the holistic picture needs to be taken into account :-

Even if India’s economy is growing faster than China, it does not mean that India has become economically as powerful as China. While
India’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP) was $2.5 trillion in 2016, China’s GDP is nearly five times of that, at $11.4 trillion.
India might overtake China in terms of population by 2022, but to overtake its per capita GDP, the Indian economy needs to grow more than
30 percent annually.
These calculations supported the ill-informed thesis that it is easier to achieve economic growth in a top-down command economy like China
than a messy democratic system like India.
There is no clear consensus on casual relationship between democracy and economic development. Several impoverished countries like Chile,
Singapore achieved rapid growth under authoritarian regimes while many autocrats brought economic miseries to their people like Congo,
Mobutu, North Korea etc.
Most of the rich countries in the West are developed democracies.
At the same time, some democracies have paid the price for the irresponsible macroeconomic policies of their ruling elite, including
Columbia, Sri Lanka and Indonesia.
Thus it is prudent not to argue about the political system and economic progress relationship. What is indeed necessary for an economy to
grow is an enabling internal as well as external security environment.
The reality :-

The common narrative has been that China has beaten India in its government’s ability to aggressively invest in infrastructure, encourage
more foreign direct investment, build city-like special economic zones, increase access to credit and promote trade with a vengeance.
For India, the problems were achieving unity in diversity and accommodating various languages and religions in a democratic set up. On the
contrary, China’s hard state enabled it to pursue a single goal with determination and mobilise maximum resources to achieve its goals.
The primary difference between the performance of the Indian and Chinese economy has been the faster growth of capital stock in China.
The problem in India has always been implementation. In a noisy political democracy, problems are compounded by the existence of multiple
political parties with no coherent approach to development.

India has an excellent chance of catching up with China if it can increase its labour force participation rate (particularly women), increase the
average level of education, improve the quality of its labour force through special training programmes, reduce impediments to let foreign capital
participate in its development process, design policies to cultivate a culture of entrepreneurship, and reduce corruption at all levels.

8) Can technology help address air pollution that is choking Delhi? Examine. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- The Great Delhi smog is the ongoing sever air pollution in Delhi. Almost 99% of Delhi population lives in areas of above normal
air pollution. The PM particles crossed 1000 mark recently. This shows the urgency required in tackling the air pollution problems.

A WHO survey of over 1,600 cities ranked the national capital as the most polluted. Air pollution was 40 times higher than the permissible
safety limits set by the World Health Organization (WHO) and approximately 15 times higher than the Indian standards.

Technology can help in numerous ways :-

Preventive measures with help of technology :-

Stubble burning in neighboring states is one of the most important factor in Delhi pollution. It is important to reduce the paddy crop’s
duration, which, in turn, increases the farmer’s time to prepare for the sowing of the next wheat crop. Breeding for a reduced duration can
help extend the planting window for wheat.
To find alternative to stubble burning the most viable technology seems to be what is called Turbo Happy Seeder (THS). This is a tractor-
mounted machine that basically cuts and lifts the standing stubble, drills the wheat seeds into the bare soil, and deposits the straw over the
sown area as a mulch cover.
Other sources of pollution like power plants needs technological intervention in the form of modern chimneys, washing of coal before it’s use,
policies for ash collection and disposal in order not to release them into atmosphere.
Big data analysis can be helpful in order to understand the pattern of pollution in Delhi. To know the favorable area and conditions and to take
necessary steps then can be done with big data analysis.

Protective and adaptive technological measures :-

Vacuum cleaning of roads regularly, use of sprinklers, sprayers systems to settle dust in roadways etc. will be helpful to curb dust getting into
atmosphere. Spray water from helicopters or aircraft to tackle dust pollution in emergency can be explored.
Switching over to green technologies, green energy, making the green buildings, reducing carbon footprints by institutions for ex. Indira
Gandhi airport became zero carbon emitting airport recently.
Air purifiers, portable and car air purifiers, air quality monitoring devices can be installed in homes in order to protect people in emergency
cases.

The sever air pollution problem faced by Delhi indicates the gross faults in urban planning and irresponsible attitude by government agencies and
people. Increasingly moving towards a green ways of living, interstate co-operation, de-urbanization, developing satellite towns, developing public
transport systems, shifting industries outside cities, adopting international practices like promoting bicycles, odd-even policy, car pooling, parking
rules etc. is the way out

4) Should India support the inclusion of Britain and France in the quadrilateral dialogue? Comment. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- It is a closed group consisting of India, Australia, Japan & USA. Japan pioneered the initiative about a decade ago. It perceives this
forum as a coalition of maritime democracies. Securing a rules-based global order, liberal trading system and freedom of navigation are believed to
the guiding principles of quadrilateral dialogue.

India should support inclusion of Britain and France in the quadrilateral dialogue :-

Nod to their entry will help India with financial benefits, their support to India in other multilateral forums.
Their entry will give a strategic angle to quadrilateral group.
These countries are strong naval powers hence it’s very much in interest of quadrilateral group to add them.
The growing power imbalance in Asia due to the rapid rise of China needs a robust alliance to counter balance.

India should not support inclusion of Britain and France in the quadrilateral dialogue :-

It is like India is needlessly dragging itself into the US-China rivalry.

Enlargement of such groups often results into their malfunctioning later.
They are the extra regional members. Their involvement in this dialogue will unnecessarily complicate the matter.

Taking into consideration the various dimensions it can be conceived that quad is a good idea but not quad plus hence inclusion of members into
existing quadrilateral group must be done very carefully.

5) No country can remain an island when it comes to climate action. In the light of ongoing COP23 climate negotiations, discuss the new challenges
and responsibilities that countries are facing in striking a deal at COP23 to save earth from climate change. (250 Words)

The Hindu
The Wire

Introduction :- The United Nations Climate Change Conferences are yearly conferences held in the framework of the United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC).

The UN Climate Change Conference in Bonn is the next step for governments to implement the Paris Climate Change Agreement and
accelerate the transformation to sustainable, resilient and climate-safe development.
The Paris Agreement entered into force last November and the era of implementation has begun. This conference will further clarify the
enabling frameworks that will make the agreement fully operational and the support needed for all nations to achieve their climate change
goals.
COP 23 – which will be presided over by the Government of Fiji with support by Germany – is also an excellent example of the cooperation
and collaboration between nations that will truly meet the global climate change challenge. This meeting is incredibly important.

However countries are facing new challenges and responsibilities in striking deal at COP23 :-

Although 169 countries have ratified the accord, and there is tremendous support for greener, low-risk pathways to growth worldwide, the
Trump administration in the U.S., one of the top emitters of greenhouse gases (GHGs), has announced it will withdraw from the pact.
For small island countries like Fiji the future is deeply worrying because of the fear that sea levels may rise sharply due to climate change.
The recent Emissions Gap Report from the UN underscores the terrible mismatch between the voluntary pledges made by countries for the
Paris Agreement and what is necessary to keep a rise in global average temperature below 2º C, preferably 1.5º C.
Getting developing countries to raise their climate pledges will not be easy if developed countries don’t step up.
Bonhomie between like-minded negotiating groups inside the arena aside, faith in governments remained at an all-time low on the out as
Bonn witnessed its biggest protest ever as 25,000 people marched against fossil fuels, government inaction and Germany’s reliance on coal.

If countries of world are all truly in the same canoe, it’s time to row harder than ever before. Developed countries must lift their share of the weight
so the developing world can lift its ambitions. Tide and time are both against planet earth but we must strive for a better, sustainable future.

Introduction :- In India, each year, approx. 220, 000 deaths are reported due to Tuberculosis. Between 2006 and 2014, the disease cost Indian
economy USD 340 billion. This public health problem is the world’s largest tuberculosis epidemic.

India bears a disproportionately large burden of the world’s tuberculosis rates, as it continues to be the biggest health problem in India. It remains
one of the largest on India’s health and wellness scale. India is the highest TB burden country with World Health Organisation (WHO) statistics for
2011 giving an estimated incidence figure of 2.2 million cases of TB for India out of a global incidence of 9.6 million cases.

Strategies to combat TB effectively :-

· Focusing on TB prevention strategy like TB vaccination, TB education, TB reporting, Stopping spread of MDR TB and Implementing the
WHO Stop TB Strategy in a new form, energy etc.

· The Indian government’s Revised National TB Control Programme (RNTCP) started in India during 1997. The program uses the WHO
recommended Directly Observed Treatment Short Course (DOTS) strategy to develop ideas and data on TB treatment. However owing to it’s
lacunas the need is to check it’s timely dosages, encourage patients for strict completions of cources and spreading awareness about government
programs.

· Chemical strategy to combat TB is also effective. Current TB treatments are based on combinations of the drugs isoniazid,
rifampicin, ethambutol, and pyrazinamide. The new reaserches like 2-(Quinolin-4-yloxy) acetamide study and ITD-based candidates will be helpful.

· Implementing End TB strategy by WHO which focuses on 80% drop in new TB cases by 2030, 90% drop in deaths due to TB by 2030 and
100% of family affected cost saving from TB.

· Roping in civil society organisations and NGOs into TB eradication like The Tuberculosis Association of India.

India is moving optimistically on path of TB eradication. There was a 34% increase in case notifications by health-care providers in the private
sector between 2013 and 2015. It improved from 61% in 2015 to 69% in 2016. Domestic funding (74%, $387 million) was raised for anti TB work.
Governments efforts such as DOTS, X PERT, Revised national TB program, Mission Indradhanush, Nikshay, N-eHA, 90-90-90 atrategy are steps
in right direction.

6) When most of the terms of trade are against farmers, doubling their income by 2022 will e a very difficult challenge unless we address the post-
production issues. Analyse. (250 Words)

Down to Earth

Introduction:

The latest report by the Committee on Doubling Farmers’ Income (DFI), which is headed by Ashok Dalwai has recommended a transition
from a price-based support policy to an income support policy to accord importance to value realisation from post-production activities.
Only increasing the Minimum Support Price (MSP) may not always have a positive outcome from the macroeconomic point of view.
A potentially more beneficial means of raising farm incomes is by reforming the marketing system of agricultural produce and “developing
new institutions and reviving existing ones to facilitate linking of the farmer to the markets”.

Post production issues

1. Storage of the produce – Warehousing

Dalwai Committee report recognised inadequate warehousing facilities at the village level, leading to huge post-harvest losses and distress
selling as one of the major issues faced by farmers
The government needs to relook at the idea of providing subsidy for creating rural godowns.

2.Marketing of the produce – APMC distorts marketing

From the time a farmer comes up with his produce till the time his produce reaches consumers, there are lots of intermediaries, with each one
getting better share than the farmer. The only way forward is to break those channels.
 There is need for state for adoption of model APMC act and the E-NAM to provide farmers with more choices to sell their produce at
reasonable cost.
Also, there is a need to revive that basis philosophy of collectivisation and aggregation.
Farmer producer organisations (FPOs) will enable farmers to directly give their produce to processing companies.
The committee has suggested: integrating small and marginal farmers into the agricultural market system is possible with the help of farmer
producer and village producer organisations (FPOs/VPOs).
The idea of creating federation of FPOs should also be explored on the model of Amul. If five or six companies come up with different
products and establish linkages downward, they can build their brand of millets and vegetables.
Karnataka, for example, has developed 92 FPOs so far for marketing of various horticultural products directly to the processors. There are 14
exclusive farmer federations on organic produce and millets.

Credit for investment

The committee also strongly recommends stepping up of institutional credit on a large scale, estimating that the country would need about
10,000 wholesale and nearly 20,000 rural retail markets to achieve the desired market density to build a pan-India system.
Institutional credit is one of the factors, but not ‘the’ factor. In 2003-2004, the flow of institutional credit was Rs 80,000 crore. Now it is Rs 10
lakh crore. The problem is not the credit, but the way it is being channelised. Currently, bulk of the agricultural credit goes into giving farm
loans.
The focus needs to be given on assets creation in rural areas.

Conclusion

Government have been taking steps in this direction in form of the promotion to food processing industries to ensure value addition, schemes
like Gram Bhadharan Yojana to incentivise private investment in storage infrastructure and reforms in the APMC mandis in form of
E-NAM etc.

6) During the past three years, India has outpaced the global milk production with an annual growth rate of 5.53% compared with the 2.09%
achieved globally. Examine how is it made possible. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

During the past three years, India has outpaced the global milk production with an annual growth rate of 5.53% compared with the 2.09%
achieved globally.
India has been the largest producer of milk in the world for the past 15 years.
Milk production, which was around 17-22 million tonnes in the 1960s, has increased to 163.7 million tonnes in 2016-17. Particularly, it has
increased by 19% during 2016-17 in comparison to the year 2013-14.
Similarly, per capita availability of milk has increased from 307 grams in 2013-14 to 351 grams in the year 2016-17. The income of dairy
farmers increased by 23.77% in 2014-17 compared to 2011-14.

Reasons for growth of milk production

There are many factors that have contributed to the growing importance of dairy farming.

1. Decreasing landholding size

With the average landholding size reducing consistently over the years and water scarcity problems growing, the small and marginal farmers
increasingly prefer dairy farming.
This is because milk production is not land and water dependent when done on a small scale, since farmers can buy both green and dry fodder
from within the village or from outside.

2.Storage and marketing infrastructure

Procurement and marketing infrastructure for milk has remarkably improved over the years throughout the country, with dairy cooperatives
and private dairies, and increasing demand for fresh milk from small towns and cities that are in close vicinity of rural areas, along with
remarkable improvement in dairy technology.

3.Increasing demand for milk due to increased per capita incomes

The price of milk has been rising in India during the past one decade owing to rapidly growing demand for milk and other dairy products as a
result of rising per capita income.
In fact, the wholesale price index (WPI) of milk has been increasing at an average rate of 10.5% since April 2006.

4.Nutritional value in rural families

The contribution of these dairy animals in meeting the family nutritional requirements in rural areas.
The very fact that the small farmers keep a significant chunk of the milk produced for their own domestic consumption shows its critical
importance in family nutrition, especially for feeding small children.

Conclusion

Department of Animal Husbandry, Dairying and Fisheries (DAHDF) is working on a National Action Plan Vision 2022, where along with
enhancing the outreach of dairy cooperatives to additional villages and milk producers, suitable provisions are being made to build additional
milk processing infrastructure for processing additional volume of milk expected on account of higher milk production and meeting the
increased demand for value-added products

4) Net neutrality is the human right in the digital age. Comment. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:
 A human right represents an uncompromising principle of social discourse that is an absolute necessity for a dignified human life. The nature
of rights changes with changes in society and civilisation. In Digital Age, net neutrality is one such uncompromising principle.
Net Neutrality refers to the unbiased treatment of all internet websites, portals and services by an internet service provide (ISP) in matters of
allocating bandwidth and traffic. Net neutrality is at the core of an open Internet that does not allow for content discrimination by ISPs.

Net neutrality is the principle that Internet service providers must treat all data on the Internet the same, and not discriminate or charge
differently by user, content, website, platform, application, type of attached equipment, or method of communication.
For instance, under these principles, internet service providers are unable to intentionally block, slow down or charge money for specific
websites and online content.
The term was coined by Columbia University media law professor Tim Wu in 2003, as an extension of the longstanding concept of a common
carrier, which was used to describe the role of telephone systems.

Arguments in favour

This principle has allowed the burgeoning of the Internet, from one as a means of communication and a destination for information to
becoming a parallel, virtual universe that caters to social interactions, business, knowledge dissemination, and entertainment among other
things.
Net neutrality inviolability has been built into the structure of the Internet itself — in its layers and protocols that allow for seamless
access to any networked device in the world irrespective of the nature of the physical infrastructure that has built the network.
It prevents discrimination against small entrepreneurs, fosters the spirit of competition and merit, nurtures the democratic nature of
internet, provides fertile ground for innovation, and research and development, and protects the privacy.
Compromise in net neutrality will lead to control of internet by a few corporation. Big Data, Artificial Intelligence and Cryptocurrencies
functions over internet only. Control of these technologies can gain them a disproportionate and all-encompassing power over society.
Almost all human activities are part of the internet. Personal relations, marriage, media, social media, communication, politics, entertainment,
sports, stock market, health, education and so on, all make use of internet in one way or another way.

Arguments against net neutrality

Broadband content should be regulated as a service delivery much like phone services are. Net neutrality dis-incentivised ISPs from
improving or increasing investment in Internet infrastructure.

Conclusion

The way internet has been weaved through our social, political and economic fabric it becomes imperative to have net neutrality.
TRAI has maintained that net neutrality is the core principle of internet governance, but more needs to be done to create awareness of “net
neutrality as a human right”.

6) An audit of Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI), the country’s premier watchdog on the food, by the Comptroller and Auditor
General of India (CAG) reveals gaps in the working of the body. Examine the findings of CAG and their significance. (250 Words)

Down to Earth

Introduction:

FSSAI is responsible for implementing the Food Safety and Standards (FSS) Act 2006.
CAG found that though it has been more than a decade since the enactment of the act, FSSAI is yet to frame regulations and guidelines to
govern different procedures.

CAG Findings

Neither FSSAI nor the state food authorities have documented policies and procedures on risk-based inspections
FSSAI does not even have a database on food businesses in the country.
FSSAI has failed to set up well-equipped food labs in the states too. Only seven out of 72 states laboratories passed the standards issued by
National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories
There is an acute shortage of licensing and enforcement officers in the states which severely affected food safety measures.
In case of renewal of the license too, FSSAI did not adhere to regulations. For example, there are cases pertaining to Central Licensing
Authority (CLA), Kolkata and Guwahati, food business operators (FBOs) applied for renewal of licenses after their expiry.

Way forward

CAG has recommended that FSSAI should expedite the notification of regulation on areas that have been specified in the FSS Act, but
are yet not covered.
CAG has also recommended that the authority may frame standard operating procedures on the formulation and review of standards, and
ensure that these are being followed in the near future.
FSSAI would also have to ensure that all licenses issued are reviewed and approved by the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare,
before issuing.
FSSAI and the state food authorities have to conduct surveys of food business activity under their jurisdiction to ensure a comprehensive
and reliable database of FBOs and ensure better enforcement and administration of the FSS Act.
Ministry of Health and Family and Welfare should ensure accreditation of all state food laboratories, pertaining to equipment and
functionality of the lab.

2) Sold as a concept to plug leakages in welfare schemes, Aadhaar is now creating more problems than what it had set out to resolve. Critically
analyse. (250 Words)

Down to Earth

Aadhar to plug leakages

In 2010, when the first Aadhaar was issued, the then Prime Minister Manmohan Singh said that the economically and socially
backward people will be the biggest beneficiaries, who, till then, couldn’t avail the benefits of government welfare schemes due to lack
of identity proof.
The founding premise of Aadhaar was to recognise the exact beneficiary of government subsidies and weed out duplicates and forgeries.
 But enrolling for Aadhaar was an individual’s choice.
Today 12-digit unique identity number has created unique problems by making it a must-have for almost every facility a citizen wants to
avail, irrespective of his or her social and economic status.

Problems

1. Accessing services through mandatory Aadhar

In March 2014, Supreme Court said Aadhaar was not mandatory to avail social welfare schemes.
But in August 2015, it agreed to make Aadhaar mandatory for cooking gas subsidy.
Later in October that year, it also allowed the use of Aadhaar for Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act
(MGNREGA), Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY), the Employees’ Provident Fund scheme and pensions by central and
state governments.
The same confusion prevailed over making Aadhaar-PAN linkage mandatory for filing income tax.

2.Aadhar Bill introduced as money bill to avert debate

On March, 2016, the government presented Aadhaar (Delivery of Benefits, Subsidies and Services) Bill as a money bill to avoid voting in
the Rajya Sabha.
It also introduced last-minute amendments to the Bill to make Aadhaar mandatory.
The upper house recommended a provision, wherein, if an individual chooses not to enroll for Aadhaar, he should be offered
“alternate and viable means of identification” for delivery of subsidy and other benefits. The Bill, however, was passed with-out
considering the recommendation.

3.Not foolproof

Many poor people have been excluded from dicrepencies that occur one time or anothr in Aadhar database.

4.Privacy issue

Most developed countries have already dropped the idea of having Aadhaar-like identification system to protect people’s privacy.
Even the US, one of the first countries in the world to have a national identification number for its citizens, does not collect
fingerprints or scan iris to create social security number (SSN)
Unlike India, the US has a privacy law that makes it unlawful for government agencies to deny benefits just because the individual
refuses to disclose his SSN.

5.Various oganisations are reluctant

No office is willing to link all this information with the Centralised Data and Information System. That destroys their power.

5) India is the third largest dam-building nation in the world after China and the US, but despite that its annual per capita water storage capacity is
just 225 cubic metres. Are there any alternatives to dams that India could explore? Examine. (150 Words)

Down to Earth

Introduction:

India is the third largest dam-building nation in the world after China and the US. We have more than 5,000 large dams.
Despite that, India’s annual per capita water storage capacity is 225 cubic metres, which is far less compared to China (1,200 cubic metres)
The fact that the per capita availability of water per year in India is 879 cubic metres and it is a water-scarce nation does not mean that
there is shortage of water but there is lack of storage of water or water management.
And dams don’t solve the problem of lack of water storage. On the contrary, the storage capacity of a river is reduced to 75 per cent
due to the problem of silting.
Dams, which interfere with the continuous flow, don’t just lead to depression of groundwater table in the downstream but also restrict
movement of organisms, nutrients and sand along a river, which has an impact on downstream aquatic system and biodiversity.

Alternative to dams

1. Subsurface dams

It is time we follow countries like Japan that have created multiple sub-surface dams.
Unlike a surface dam, water loss by evaporation is minimal in underground dams.
In a country like India, where evaporation rates are very high, this can be the game changer

The sub-surface dams capture ground waters flowing fairly near the surface of the ground. This water can be accessed via wells
upstream from the dam. Since the water is stored within the aquifer, submergence of land can be avoided. Moreover, there will not be
any evaporation loss from the reservoir. Additionally, no siltation takes place in the reservoir and the potential disaster like collapse of
dams can be avoided.

2.Coastal reservoirs

storing floodwater during rainy season with the help of coastal reservoirs is the best solution to overcome water shortage.
the reservoir should be built near the river mouth where it joins the sea.
The coastal reservoirs should have the provision of capturing only the floodwater and allowing excess floodwater to flow into the sea.

6) Discuss the harmful effects of pesticide on farmers in India. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Pesticides are used in farming in order to eradicate the unwanted pest which are threat to the crops. But using pesticides may cause serious
harmful effects such as

Indiscriminate use of endosulfan in kerla has resulted in deaths of many farmers .

 Pesticides reduces the quality of the crop – it reduces the nutrients content as well as taste.
It degrades soil nutritional content and in turns make farming difficult on the same land.
Farmers are suspectable to various health related issue after coming into contact with pesticides.e. g. Dermal problem, itching, skin burn
etc
Pesticides can contaminate soil, water, turf, and other vegetation.
They release harmful gases – contribute to environment pollution.
They are carcinogenic.
Indiscriminate use of pesticides cause resistance in pest – as seen in the case of orrisa recently where the pest attacked rice field because they
developed resistance.

Way forward

Limited use of pesticides should be use – soil health card can be beneficial in informing farmer to use the quantity.
Organic farming should be encouraged.
Sale and supply of pesticides needs to be regulated.
Under the Insecticides Act, 1968, which seeks to regulate the import, manufacture, sale, transport, distribution and use of insecticides,
government officials are required to train farmers in the use of these chemicals, but in reality it is the privately owned Krushi Seva Kendras
that give them advice
Central Pesticides Board be formed to advise on use and disposal of pesticides on sound lines

8) Examine the causes of rising inequality and unemployment in the manufacturing sector post economic reforms. (250 Words)

EPW

Introduction:

The economic reforms of 1991 were held a s a watershed moment in the growth trajectory of india.
However after 25 years of economic reforms the scenario has changed leading to rising inequality and unemployment in each and every
sector. The manufacturing is also not an exception to it.
The relationship between market imperfections and wage growth in the Indian manufacturing sector underscores rising inequality and
unemployment in the sector.

Causes for rising inequality and unemployment

1. Market concentration

The impact of market competition on industry wage structure is dialectical:

– firms with higher market power pay higher wages compared to competitors;

– However, if the market power translated into a monopoly position, then the company may resort to cost-cutting, leading to relatively
decreasing wage growth.

1.Liberalised eonomy brought outside competition

Stiff competition from neighbouring countries such as bangladesh in case of apparel sector,china in case of steel etc. which forces
indigenous manufacturers to cut down their employees resulting in inequality and unemployment

2.Capital intensive industry grew at the expanse of labour intensive industry

Monopoly by bigger industry in terms of machinery, technologies etc does not allow small companies to expand their business.

3.Skill set of the labour is poor

Lack of skills among the workers as compared to their counterparts in other countries

4.Lack of entrepreneurship potential

Lack of encouragement of entrepreneurship spirit among the young entrepreneurs

5.Exports affected in global volatile market

The export prospects has decreased since the global financial crisis. Also this is the period when India thought of encouraging
manufacturing industry through Make in India et al.

6.Low purchasing power domestically

The domestic market is huge, but is not viable for the manufacturing industry due to lower power purchasing capacity
Other general problems
Problems of land acquisition , ease of doing business ,credit facilities etc

Way forward

1. Neutralise negative impact of liberalisation

Countervailing and anti dumping duties on those goods which are detrimental to local manufacturing industries

2.Encourage MSMEs to absorb labour

1. Skill upgradation

Upgrading skills of workers as per the demand of contemporary manufacturing sector.

 3.Encourage entrepreneurship

Instilling entrepreneurship spirit among the youth

Robust labour reforms,flexible ease of doing business procedures,credit facilities,one stop clearances etc

4.Enhance exports

More SEZs, EEZs needs to be created along with tax holidays ,incentives etc
There is a need to diversify export locations in developin economies.
Connectivity like in North East and ASEAN through Kaladan port and other multilateral projects.
Our industrial and trade policy must b aligned

5.Integrate Bhartmala and Sagarmala for more robust and efficient manufacturing

4) It is found that providing solar-powered systems across primary health centres can improve health outcomes. Discuss. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

In rural India, PHCs provide the last-mile delivery of healthcare services.

India has around 25,000 PHCs, and of the functional PHCs, 4.6% are not electrified.
One in every two PHCs in rural India is either unelectrified or suffers from irregular power supply.
The National Health Policy 2017 reiterates the commitment to improve primary healthcare by strengthening infrastructure.
The use of renewable energy sources such as solar could help PHCs augment or even substitute traditional grid-based power systems.

Why solar – PHCs are viable?

1. Climate smart infrastructure

This would also help the transition towards a low-carbon, climate-smart healthcare system.

1. Uninterrupted power for emergency services

Solar systems can facilitate reliable and uninterrupted electricity supply critical for 24/7 emergency services, deliveries and neonatal care, as
well as inpatient and outpatient services.

1. Maintaining clod chains

The ability of solar-powered PHCs to maintain cold chains to store vaccines and drugs and operate new-born care equipment has significantly
improved.

1. Ensure comfortable environment for patients

Patients showed more willingness to get admitted for treatment at the solar-powered PHCs due to facilities like running fans.

Chattisgarh example

In order to augment electricity supply across PHCs in power-surplus Chhattisgarh, the Chhattisgarh Renewable Energy Development
Agency (CREDA), between 2012 and 2016, installed off-grid solar photovoltaic (PV) systems of 2kW each in 570 PHCs.

Topic: Effect of policies and politics of developed and developing countries on India’s interests, Indian diaspora; Important International
institutions, agencies and fora- their structure, mandate.

5) Chinese involvement in peacekeeping, along with its higher funding contributions will put Beijing in the driver’s seat in formulating
peacekeeping mandates, thereby affecting India in more ways than one. Analyse. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

China is now the third-largest contributor to the UN’s regular budget and the second-largest contributor to the peacekeeping budget.
Having made a reluctant entry in peacekeeping, when it sent a small cadre of soldiers to Cambodia in 1992, Beijing has become the largest
troop contributor among the permanent members of the UN Security Council (UNSC).

Affecting India’s interests

1. Acceptance of China’s military strength

China’s participation in UN operations offers… a low-cost means of demonstrating their commitment to global stability… and allay(s)
fears about its military and economic strength.

1. India’s decreasing share vis-a-vis China

India’s contribution is only 0.737% when compared to China’s 7.92% and the U.S.’s 22%.

India’s record of peacekeeping

India is losing out despite having provided almost 200,000 troops in nearly 50 of the 71 UN peacekeeping missions over the past six
decades.
India has also sent scarce aviation assets including Canberra bombers to a UN Mission in Congo in the 1960s and helicopters to
Somalia, Sierra Leone and Sudan.

Way forward
Peacekeeping missions are the raison d’etre of the UN and India’s generous contributions as far as peacekeeping troops are
concerned should be key in its argument to have a greater say in the affairs of the UN.
India must demand its pound of flesh.
ISSUES RELATING TO DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF SOCIAL SECTOR/SERVICES RELATING
TO HEALTH, EDUCATION, HUMAN RESOURCES.

2) Do you consider introduction of electoral bonds as an improvement over past attempts at election funding reform in India? Critically analyse.
(250 Words)

The Indian Express

Background:-

The political funding mechanism developed over the last 70 years has faced widespread criticism as people do not get clear details about how
much money comes, from where it comes and where it is spent.
Nearly 70% to 80% of the funds to the political parties are never reported and they are collected from unknown sources.
The union government recently announced details of political funding that can be routed by donors to parties through electoral bonds, a
scheme announced by it in Union Budget 2017.

Past attempts failure:-

Corporate donations were legalised in 1985 but the system had grown used to black money and there were neither tax incentives nor privacy
laws to aid corporate donations.
The political system continued to incentivise evasiveness and false declarations.
For instance, a 2003 law that capped expenditure by candidates but allowed parties and independent supporters to spend on their behalf
meant that candidates were under-reporting expenditure.
Even major political parties were spending four to six times the ceiling.

Electoral bonds scheme :-

Electoral bonds would be a bearer instrument in the nature of a promissory note and an interest-free banking instrument.
A citizen of India or a body incorporated in India will be eligible to purchase the bond.
Electoral bonds can be purchased for any value in multiples of Rs. 1,000, Rs. 10,000, Rs. 10 lakh, and Rs. 1 crore from any of the specified
branches of the State Bank of India.
Electoral bonds for political funding can be purchased from SBI for 10 days in January, April, July and October.
The bond shall be encashed by an eligible political party only through a designated bank account with the authorised bank
The bonds will have a life of 15 days during which they can be used to make donations to registered political parties that have secured not less
than 1% of the votes polled in the last election to the Lok Sabha or Assembly.
Every political party will have to file returns to the Election Commission on how much funds have been received
Electoral bonds are essentially bearer bonds that ensure donor anonymity.

How will the Bonds help?

 The current system of cash donations from anonymous sources is wholly non-transparent
The donor, the donee, the quantum of donations and the nature of expenditure are all undisclosed
According to government the system of Bonds will encourage political donations of clean money from individuals, companies, HUF, religious
groups, charities, etc. After purchasing the bonds, these entities can hand them to political parties of their choice, which must redeem
them within the prescribed time.
Some element of transparency would be introduced in as much as all donors declare in their accounts the amount of bonds that they have
purchased and all parties declare the quantum of bonds that they have received.

How it is not an improvement:-

Analysts said the move could be misused, given the lack of disclosure requirements for individuals purchasing electoral bonds.
Electoral bonds make electoral funding even more opaque. It will bring more and more black money into the political system.
With electoral bonds there can be a legal channel for companies to round-trip their tax haven cash to a political party. If this could be
arranged, then a businessman could lobby for a change in policy, and legally funnel a part of the profits accruing from this policy change to
the politician or party that brought it about.
These bonds share two characteristics with tax havens e,secrecy and anonymity.
Electoral bonds eliminate the 7.5% cap on company donations which means even loss-making companies can make unlimited donations.
The requirement for a company to have been in existence for three years (paving the way for fly-by-night shell companies) is also removed
Companies no longer need to declare the names of the parties to which they have donated so shareholders won’t know where their money has
gone.
As for political parties, they no longer need to reveal the donor’s name for contributions above ₹20,000, provided these are in the form of
electoral bonds. So a foreign company can anonymously donate unlimited sums to an Indian political party without the EC or the IT
department ever getting to know.
They have potential to load the dice heavily in favour of the ruling party as the donor bank and the receiver bank know the identity of the
person. But both the banks report to the RBI which, in turn, is subject to the Central government’s will to know.
Critics argue that such a solution pushes back decades of work to ensure that the electoral process is not captured by just the rich .

Way ahead:-

According to Former Chief Election Commissioner S.Y. Quraishi an alternative worth exploring is a National Electoral Fund to which all
donors can contribute.
The funds would be allocated to political parties in proportion to the votes they get. Not only would this protect the identity of donors, it
would also weed out black money from political funding
The best way to bring about such transparency in political funding is to put a complete ban on cash donations by individuals or companies
to political parties.
Making it mandatory for all parties to receive donations only by cheque, or other modes of money transfer.
There should be clear provisions for getting tax benefits for all those making such donations.
Make it mandatory for political parties to submit details of all donations received with the Election Commission and also with the
income-tax department.
State funding of political parties can be considered.

2) What is soft power? How does it impact diplomacy? What do you think are India’s components of soft power and are they effective in diplomatic
progress? Discuss. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Soft power is a concept developed by Joseph Nye of Harvard University to describe the ability to attract and co-opt rather than
by coercion (hard power), using force or giving money as a means of persuasion. Soft power is the ability to shape the preferences of others through
appeal and attraction.

Soft power lies in a country’s attractiveness and comes from three resources:

Its culture (in places where it is attractive to others),

Its political values (when it lives up to them at home and abroad),
Its foreign policies (when they are seen as legitimate and having moral authority).

Though slower to yield results, soft power is a less expensive means than military force or economic inducements to get others to do what we want.

Indian foreign policy analyst C Raja Mohan observed that India holds “strong cards in the arena of soft power” to further its foreign policy goals.
Indian soft power and impact on diplomacy :-

India’s Soft Power can be classified into a number of categories. The first is India’s cultural and spiritual heritage that has played a key role in
building links with other regions including East Asia and South East Asia. For instance, Buddhist and Hindu influences have helped in
building strong links with South East Asia.
The second is by way of political and ethical inheritances, among them the philosophies of Mahatma Gandhi and India’s first Prime Minister
Jawahar Lal Nehru. Gandhian concepts like non-violence and non-cooperation have a world-wide following today with two key names in this
respect being Martin Luther King and Nelson Mandela. Both followed Gandhian principles during their respective struggles. The Non-
Aligned Movement of which Nehru was a leading light showed the way forward to the entire developing world.
In the third category falls India’s film industry, especially Bollywood, and, more recently, its television soaps, which have acquired popularity
across regions, not just in the neighbourhood.
Successive Indian governments have in different ways deployed India’s Soft Power. This includes leveraging institutions like Indian Council
for Cultural Relations (ICCR) that have been increasing awareness about India, and also providing scholarships to students from a number of
countries. In 2006, the Ministry of External Affairs set up a Public Diplomacy Division to promote India overseas. India has also been
providing financial assistance for capacity building and strengthening of democratic institutions. A strong reiteration of this point is
Afghanistan where India provided financial assistance for the construction of a New Parliament building which was inaugurated in December
2015. In recent years, the presence of Indian businesses in different parts of the world, has also emerged as one of India’s sources of Soft
Power.

Are the Indian soft power component effective in diplomatic progress :-

Government has promoted recently many soft power areas. its focus has been on Ayurveda, Yoga, and Buddhism, besides reaching out pro-
 actively to the Indian Diaspora. A major success in this regard is the international recognition accorded to Yoga through recognizing 21st June
as International Yoga day.
India has been reaching out to East Asian and South East Asian countries through Buddhism in the past, one of the major steps taken in this
direction was the revival of the Nalanda University in Bihar.
Modi has also used Sufism to build links with Central Asia. The 2016 Sufi conference held in New Delhi from March 17-20, 2016, and
attended by a number of Sufi leaders from different parts of the world, including Pakistan, must be viewed in this context.
The Prime Minister has addressed the Diaspora in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada and Singapore. However, a less noticed
interaction has been with Indian workers in the Middle Eastern countries the United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia and Qatar. During his visit
to Africa, too, he reached out to communities settled there. A Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs was also set up to address issues pertaining
to the Diaspora which has recently been merged with the MEA.

Currently, India does not figure in the list of top 30 countries in terms of soft power. “India remains a minor soft power in the contemporary world”.
It is time that Indian statecraft consciously and strategically exploits its natural soft power advantages by tapping into its many such resources and
tactically employing these as valuable instruments to further its foreign policy objectives in an increasingly globalizing world. Under the Modi
administration, a soft power strategy seems to be in the making. PM Modi is promoting the country as a strong economic partner by highlighting
India’s soft power, especially its values and culture.

3) Law on Euthanasia is based on judicial precedent and requires a comprehensive legislation to address all conditionality. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Euthanasia is the practice of intentionally ending a life to relieve pain and suffering.

Euthanasia is categorized in different ways, which include voluntary, non-voluntary, or involuntary. Voluntary euthanasia is legal in some
countries. Non-voluntary euthanasia (patient’s consent unavailable) is illegal in all countries. Involuntary euthanasia (without asking consent or
against the patient’s will) is also illegal in all countries and is usually considered murder.

Legality of Euthanasia in India :-

In India, euthanasia is undeniably illegal. In most of the instances of euthanasia or mercy killing, there is always an intention on the part of the
doctor to kill the patient.
Thus, such cases would plainly fall under Section 300,clause one of the Indian Penal Code, 1860. Conversely, as in such cases, if there is the
lawful consent of the departed, then, Exception 5 to the stated Section would be engrossed.
The doctor or any mercy killer would be liable to punishment under Section 304of the Indian Penal Code, 1860, for the culpable homicide,
not amounting to murder. But this exception is applicable only in cases of voluntary euthanasia (where the patient consents to death).
The cases of involuntary and non-voluntary euthanasia would be canceled out by the first proviso to Section 92 of the IPC, which talks about
“Medical Negligence” and thus is considered illegal.

In July 2014, a five-judge supreme court bench had decided to adjudicate the legality of active and passive euthanasia and the emerging concept of
‘living will’ after shying away for decades from examining this highly emotive and legally complicated issue. The law on Euthanasia is based on
judicial precedent and requires a comprehensive legislation.

The need to legalize euthanasia can be seen as follows :-

Euthanasia means ending the life a person who is suffering from some terminal illness which is making his life painful as well as miserable or
in other words ending a life which is not worth living. But the problem is that how should one decide whether his life is any longer worth
living or not. Thus, the term euthanasia is rather too ambiguous. A comprehensive legislation will address this confusion.
Euthanasia provides a way to relieve the intolerably extreme pain and suffering of an individual. It relieves the terminally ill people from a
lingering death.
The essence of human life is to live a dignified life and to force the person to live in an undignified way is against the person’s choice. Thus it
expresses the choice of a person which is a fundamental principle.
In many developing and under developed countries like India, there is lack of funds. There is shortage of hospital space. So, the energy of
doctors and hospital beds can be used for those people whose life can be saved instead of continuing the life of those who want to die.
Article21 of the Indian Constitution clearly provides for living with dignity. A person has a right to live a life with at least minimum dignity
and if that standard is falling below that minimum level then a person should be given a right to end his life.

Arguments Against Euthanasia:

Euthanasia devalues human life.

Euthanasia can become a means of health care cost containment.
Physicians and other medical care people should not be involved in directly causing death.
There is a “slippery slope” effect that has occurred where euthanasia has been first been legalized for only the terminally ill and later laws are
changed to allow it for other people or to be done non-voluntarily.

Euthanasia is a topic which touches various aspects of our society. It requires a focussed perspective considering all the pros and cons. The
dilemmas regarding the legal issues surrounding euthanasia are often due to the ethical aspects which raises question about the rights of a person to
take someone else’s life. The debate over the ethicality of euthanasia is a never-ending one. Hence, to resolve this conflict between pain and death,
the sooner that a comprehensive law on the subject is enacted, the better it will be for society. Even if permitted, euthanasia should be used in
deserving cases only, that too sincerely, honestly and consciously under strict control and supervision of a statutory body.

2) Urban Health Disorders are a self inflection despite resource availability. Comment. (200 Words)

Down to Earth

Introduction :- India is rapidly becoming urbanized. By 2030, around 40% of the country’s population will live in urban areas. The extent to which
India’s health system can provide for this large and growing city-based population will determine the country’s success in achieving universal health
coverage and improved national health indices.

India has peculiar nutritional status where under nutrition and over nutrition coexist among urban population. While under nutrition has given rise to
vitamin deficiencies, anemia and stunted growth, over nutrition is the reason behind the rise of non-communicable diseases like cardiovascular
disease, cancer, hypertension and diabetes mellitus, among urban population.
FACTS :-

Rajasthan, Kerala, Gujarat, New Delhi, Tamil Nadu, Puducherry have the highest obesity rates in the country with 44 per cent of adult women
and 33 per cent of men being obese.
New Delhi, Andhra Pradesh and Kerala lead in hypertension rate with 31.1 per cent of men and 26.1 per cent of women being affected by it.
While 21.5 per cent of men and19.4 per cent of women are suffering from diabetes in the country, Puducherry and New Delhi have highest
number of diabetes-affected people.
About 63 per cent of men and 72 per cent of women in urban India work for eight hours per day. They mostly lead a sedentary life.

Dichotomy of resource availability and health disorder in urban area :-

Cereals form the significant part of the diet among the households in India. However, it has been found that the average intake was 320g per
day, lower than the recommended daily intake (RDI).
Consumption of milk and sugar products is also below the RDI. Intake of other micronutrients like thiamine (vitamin B1), Niacin, iron, and
energy and protein is lower.

Common urban health and social challenges include: overcrowding; air pollution; rising levels of risk factors like tobacco use, unhealthy diet,
physical inactivity and the harmful use of alcohol; road traffic injuries; inadequate infrastructure, transport facilities, poor solid waste management
systems, and insufficient access to health facilities in slum areas.

WHO has appealed for helping the Urban health matters, in critical ways, for more and more people and has requested support for promoting urban
planning for healthy behaviors and safety; improvement of urban living conditions; ensuring participatory urban governance; building inclusive
cities that are accessible and age friendly; and, making urban areas resilient to emergencies and disasters.

2) Restructuring the civil services on basis of domain knowledge has a historical precedent and parallel success in the military as examples. How
feasible is such an idea towards more effective governance? Discuss. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The generalist character of the administrative personnel in India is losing its relevance, given the many emerging challenges. The
need for domain knowledge in Indian Administrative Service personnel is being increasingly felt.

Existing progress in system so far :-

Indian civil services is inherited from British model. The tasks of it were confined only to the revenue collection, administration in early days. But
with independence the need to model bureaucracy according to Indian needs is being felt increasingly. With increase in technicality and expertise in
domains domain specific services has become the need of hour. The deeply hierarchical, rule based, “intelligent generalist” character of civil
services needs to be changed.

What needs to be done :-

The civil service should thus assess the shift from seniority and experience based system to a domain knowledge based system.

Organisational Change–
Change in the organisation of government ministries and departments is essential alongside the change in the character of the personnel
system.
This could be carried on by clustering the departments based on their needs, demands and characters.
The clusters may be categorized as security, economy, engineering, energy, social, rural, transport, science and technology, etc.

System –

It is suggested that the Indian civil service could adopt the system practiced in the defence personnel.
A person joining the Indian Army as an infantry man remains so throughout the career and cannot become an artilleryman, etc.
Similarly, once “streamed”, the civil servants can spend the rest of their careers within the clusters or sectors as specified above.

Training – Training and examination could be made mandatory to reach higher levels in the service.
The academy at Mussoorie could engage in training officers in leadership qualities and more in imparting training in the domain knowledge.

2) Political stability in Nepal is correlative to regional stability with respect to India. Discuss. (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Nepal has been through political instability, frequent change of government and political equations in the past 11 years. This is
causing problems in regional and global instability.

Political instability is harming Nepal’s struggling economy, which is expected to grow only 1.5 percent this year. Such economic instability
leads to unemployment, poverty. This will result into large scale migration of people to India.
Nepal’s geopolitical location and unfolding global security trends have made its political stability and national security a priority for groups
beyond its borders. It is the buffer state between two rival and rising power of India and China.
The instability even affected Nepal’s preparedness on many fronts like disaster. The earthquake in Nepal caused widespread havoc owing to
inability of political and administrative systems to respond in time. This has impacted India as well. India need to provide large scale aid
considering the damage caused.

Way forward :-

Nepal has to work on the following four aspects :-

National security :- Geo-strategically located between two rising powers, Nepal faces an array of traditional and non-traditional security
concerns that require a new comprehensive national security architecture.
Good governance :- Whether in the developed or developing countries is a challenge and needs to be addressed. The services provided by the
government to the people must be transparent and visible. Effective and transparent services are the need of the hour.
Corruption :- rampant corruption in all sections of the government including the security forces is visible and needs to be curbed without
 delay. Delays will cause irreversible and irrevocable damage to the professionalism, discipline, obedience and values of all the groups as
discipline is the bridge between goals and accomplishments.
Visionary leadership :- The country needs visionary leaders in the legislature, executive, judiciary, bureaucracy and security forces. The recent
appointment of the first woman chief justice is an example.

Despite the promulgation of the constitution, it seems that Nepal is doomed to face further political instability. Unless the major parties come
together, there cannot be progress on addressing the key issues facing the country, whether rebuilding after the earthquake, implementing the
constitution by holding layers of elections, or simply growing the economy.

2) Establishing an apex Constitutional Court of India and regional Supreme Courts as final courts of Appeals solves judicial delays and access
simultaneously. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The National Court Appeal with regional benches in Chennai, Mumbai and Kolkata is meant to act as final court of justice in
dealing with appeals from the decisions of the High Courts and tribunals within their region in civil, criminal, labour and revenue matters. In such a
scenario, a much-relieved Supreme Court of India situated in Delhi would only hear matters of constitutional law and public law.

It will solve problems of judicial delays and access simultaneously :-

A National Court of Appeals makes sense, with the Supreme Court being burdened with cases of all kinds. The Supreme Court was meant to
be a Constitutional Court. However, the sheer weight of its case backlog leaves the court with little time for its primal functions.
Geographical proximity to the court is definitely an aspect of access to justice. The fact that the Supreme Court sits only in New Delhi limits
accessibility to litigants from south India. High Courts meant for facilitating easy access to justice are losing their sheen in many ways.
If a court of appeal is established, the majority of appeals from high courts can be addressed in these courts.
A court of appeal can work as an excellent mechanism to sieve cases. If there are areas of law that are particularly unsettled and need
clarification, the court of appeal can club them together and send these forward to the Supreme Court. Not only can a number of individual
cases be disposed of but areas of law can also be settled and a clear precedent set.
If the Supreme Court only deals with crucial cases, the process will become streamlined and will save a lot of time and expense, for both
litigants and the courts.
It would relieve the Supreme Court of the weight of hearing regular civil and criminal appeals, allowing the court to concentrate on
determining only fundamental questions of constitutional importance.

However there are some concerns as well :-

Splitting the Supreme Court will be a very regrettable step. The Supreme Court has to be at one place and there can’t be circuit benches like
high courts.
Dilution of the Supreme Court and its aura as an apex court may not be in line with the concept of the Supreme Court envisioned by the
architects of the Constitution.
The issue of proximity is relevant only up to high courts and can’t be extended to the Supreme Court. There are enough high court benches to
address that issue.
This suggestion would require an amendment in Article 130 of the Constitution which is impermissible as this would change the constitution
of the Supreme Court completely.
Also, NCA will mean more expense and hardship to litigant.

What else can be done?

Efforts should be to strengthen subordinate judiciary (high courts) so that proper justice can be dispensed with.

The Supreme Court should discourage the usage of the High Court as a mere stepping-stone towards the end of judicial hierarchy. The glory
and resplendence of High Courts should be reclaimed.
All High Courts must entertain writs, including in the burgeoning service matters, only before Single Benches in the first instance and then to
a Division Bench in the form of a Letter Patents Appeal so as to provide at least a two-tier accessible hierarchy of approach.
The challenges to orders of tribunals, irrespective of the former status of their adjudicating Members or Chairpersons, must only be allowed to
be entertained by Division Benches of High Courts and not directly to the Supreme Court since the highest Court cannot be rendered the first
appellate Court from statutory tribunals and neither can justice be made unaffordable for our citizens.

Conclusion:

A National Court of Appeal is being advocated as an intermediate forum between the Supreme Court and the various high courts of India. But a
better solution to ease the higher judiciary’s burden may lie in strengthening that of the lower. Before adverting to a new layer, the conception of
which may be difficult to achieve, we need to strategise and reconfigure our existing judicial hierarchy to the rising challenges before us. The only
way to do it is to revitalise our High Courts and restore them to their pinnacle.

4) Iranian Stability is crucial for global stability and Indian prosperity. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- India–Iran relations refers to the bilateral relations between the countries India and Iran. Independent India and Iran established
diplomatic relations on 15 March 1950. The recent tussle between US and Iran over the nuclear deal and the signing of deals in P5+1 platform
shows growing instability.

Need of Iran’s stability for global stability :-

Geographical position of Iran is very strategic for stability of entire region of West Asia, middle east.
The power politics in west Asia need a balancing power in form of stable Iran.
Iran has been increasingly getting engaged with world powers. China, EU are Iran’s major trade partner while Russia is major defence partner.
It’s stability is crucial for maintaining it’s own growth.
A stable Iran can play a pivotal role in countering the terrorism threat of region in terms of ISIS.
Iran is nuclear capable country. It’s instability may cause danger to world nuclear security.

Need of Iran’s stability for Indian prosperity :-

 In 2011, the US$12 billion annual oil trade between India and Iran was halted due to extensive economic sanctions against Iran. Hence a
stable Iran is in much interest of India for energy security.
Iran’s trade with India exceeded US$13 billion in 2007, an 80% increase in trade volume within a year
India has many developmental and infrastructural projects like Chahbahar port, Faraz B oil field (with ONGC Videsh ltd). Iran is, with Indian
aid, upgrading the Chabahar-Milak road and constructing a bridge on the route to Zaranj.
The North–South Transport Corridor is the ship, rail, and roadroute for moving freight between India, Russia, Iran, Europe and Central Asia.
A significant proportion of Indian diaspora resides in Iran. Stability will ensure their security and flow of remittances to India.
Iran is a gateway for India to central Asia. It’s maritime and land connectivity to central Asia for India can be ensured with peace and stability
in region.

A stable Iran will not only stabilize the region there but will contribute to world order, stability and prosperity. It’s in every nation’s interest to
make efforts in this direction.

1) Plutocracy is the antithesis of democracy. Do you think India treats different classes in Indian society differently when it comes to an
development agenda? Comment. (200 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Plutocracy or plutarchy, is a form of oligarchy and defines a society ruled or controlled by the small minority of
the wealthiest citizens. Unlike systems such as democracy, capitalism, socialism or anarchism, plutocracy is not rooted in an established political
philosophy. The term plutocracy is generally used as a pejorative to describe or warn against an undesirable condition.

The National Sample Survey Organisation (NSSO) says that monthly per capita expenditure above Rs 4,610 in the year 2011-12 puts you in
the top 10% bracket of urban consumers. The Oxfam report states that the riches 1%in India own 56% of country’s wealth.
India has adult franchise. Political democracy makes sense only when there is economic equality i.e., when citizens can find contesting in
elections affordable to an extent. Here only those who have money power and muscle power can make it to contest and win the elections.
There is a limit of Rs.20 lakh to Rs.28 Lakh per candidate per constituency in the parliamentary election under Representation of People’s
Act. This amount is far beyond the reach of many citizens to spend on elections, the money spent with hope to enter into the Parliament or the
Legislative assembly is light years ahead of it. This shows India is rules by plutarchy.

Treatment to different classes in Indian Society and exercise of plutarchy :-

Plutocracy is also characterized by suborning of national institutions. Public-private partnerships (PPPs) are perhaps the best examples of how
this financing mode was used to reward private sector partners with state resources.
India’s largest commercial bank, the State Bank of India (SBI), decided to step outside its sandbox and experiment with new revenue sources:
it decided to penalize customers who failed to maintain the monthly average balance in their savings bank account.
RBI example shows how policy moves when it does not take into account customer profile, feasibility options or its impact on various income
groups. Demonetization is another example of how an autarchic policy decision affected livelihoods for a wide spectrum of the population.
The Supreme Court recently upbraided the Centre for the rapid—and, in some cases, inexplicable—rise in politicians’ assets

However few examples of misplacement and policy paralysis cant paint India as a whole as plutarchy. India has a rule of law, government has
initiated many reforms and regulations like regional development through MSME promotion, green, white revolutions, setting ambitious targets like
doubling farmers income by 2022. Government time and again initiate many welfare programs for weaker section of society like reservation for
backward classes, protection to women, SC ST etc. Indian judiciary and legislations make it sure that here the law prevails over personalization of
power. Indian constitutions guarantees the equality to it’s citizens. Hence portraying India a plutarchy is not justified.

2) Examine the role played by relevant meteorological forecasting numbers to ensure better policy formulation and grass root action. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Weather forecasting is the application of science and technology to predict the conditions of the atmosphere for a given location and
time. Many a times there are miscalculations and inaccuracies in prediction which proves detrimental to both policy formulation and grass root
actions.

In April, the IMD had predicted “near normal”, or 96%, rains and then upgraded the figure to 98% a couple of months later. This belongs to below
normal category of monsoon but the flood situation in many states indicated falsification in predictions.

Hence better policy formulation and grass root actions need relevant meteorological forecasting :-

It will help farmers to determine the period of sowing, what crops to be sowed and for government what preventive measures to take, at what
scale, in which sector etc.
Relevant meteorological data will help in planning budgetary allocations in sectors and allocating the scarce resources of nation prudentially.
Countries fishermen, disaster management authorities, scientists, policy makers will be benefitted to do their work accurately and with
efficiency.
Countries preparation in event of climate changes, extreme events better forecasting helps in making economy, infrastructure more resilient.
Ex drought, flood management
It’s role in predicting accurate data, affected areas will help in securing weaker section of society a better future as women, children get
affected the most with variations in normal weather.

Forecasting agencies must use advance technologies like supercomputers, radars, digital gadgets, precision robotics in order to enhance the accuracy
of predictions. It will not only help in better planning but also reduce impact and save monetary loss of nation.

2) Examine the impact certain literary works has had on formulation of Gandhiji’s ideas. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- “The greatest genius is the most indebted person” These words of Emerson, The American thinker are very true for M. GANDHI.
Inspirations both mould and give direction to life. There are certain books and literary works which influenced Gandhiji and helped in making of the
Mahatma.

Tolstoy’s “The Kingdom of God is within you” overwhelmed Gandhi. It left an abiding impression on Gandhi. Tolstoy manifested
independent thinking, profound morality and truthfulness.
 Ruskin, the English thinker, was perhaps the most powerful source of inspiration when Gandhi himself described Ruskin’s book, “Unto This
Last” as “the magic spell”. Gandhi was offered Ruskin’s book by Gandhi’s intimate friend Mr. Polak and Gandhi read it on his train journey
from Johannesburg to Durban. The book gripped Gandhi so much that its teaching of the book appealed to Gandhi instantaneously and
Gandhi paraphrased it into Gujarati as “Sarvodaya” (The welfare of all). Gandhi learnt the teachings of the book to be:
The good of the individual is contained in the welfare of all.
All have same right of earning their livelihood from their work.
That a life of labour is the life worth living.
Gandhi read the Gita for the first time in England, i.e. Sir Edwin Arnold’s “The song Celestial”, and it made a deep impression on his mind
and Gandhi regarded the Gita par excellence for the knowledge of Truth and it afforded him invaluable help in his moments of gloom. The
Gita became Gandhi’s life long companion and guide, especially the last eighteen verses of the second chapter of the Gita. Gandhi derived the
Gospel of selfless action or duty from the Gita. His commentary on the Gita reflects his life and mission.
Gandhi read the Bible, especially “The New Testament” and “The Sermon on the Mount” which went straight to his heart. The compassion
and renunciation of Jesus appealed greatly to Gandhi.
Leo Tolstoy’s The Kingdom of God is Within You , which rejects all sorts of violence including those sanctioned by the state or the Church,
and espouses the need for simple living. Two other Tolstoy books are recommended: What is Art? and The Slavery of Our Times . Some of
Gandhi’s views may have been influenced by the works of American philosopher Henry David Thoreau, particularly his 1849 essay ‘Civil
Disobedience’.

2) In successive elections, electoral participation in India’s big, metropolitan cities has been lower vis-à-vis semi-urban and rural constituencies. It is
argued that in big cities, it is not the middle class but the urban poor who are unable to exercise their franchise. Discuss. (250 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- Electoral participation in India’s big, metropolitan cities has been observed to be comparatively lower than that in semi-urban and
rural areas. Empirically measured in terms of voter turnout, the percentage of voters who participate in elections in cities like Delhi, Mumbai,
Bengaluru, Hyderabad, etc, has been found to be way lower than the average turnout of their respective states. The media and political
commentators often attribute this to middle-class apathy and lack of political engagement among India’s urban, educated voters.

However, empirical data gathered as a part of our National Election Studies (NES) indicate that metropolitan cities have lower voter turnouts not
because the so-called middle classes do not participate in the national elections but, rather, because the urban poor residing in these big cities do not
exercise their franchise in larger numbers.

Evidence from around the world shows that even in richer and more longstanding democracies poorer citizens participate less often and less
vigorously than their wealthier counterparts. In Third World democracies, where the rate of poverty is much higher – as high as 68 percent in
Zambia and 70 percent in Madagascar – participation and influence may be particularly skewed, resulting in a much narrower base of support for
democracy.

Reasons for the same :-

Using data from the State Election Study (SES) of Delhi, one of the largest urban agglomerations in the country, one can argue that a large
share of these urban poor are internal migrants who do not form a part of India’s democratic upsurge due to low enrolment rates and, hence,
are the reason behind the low urban turnout rate.
Based on data collected as a part of the NES on the 2009 and the 2014 Lok Sabha elections, one can argue that the assumption of middle-class
apathy is basically fallacious. There is a positive relationship between electoral participation and economic class. Hence poor are left behind
in the participation.
Another reason is the informal nature of the work that migrants are usually engaged in. Internal migrants, especially short-term migrants, are
engaged in the informal sector as construction workers, domestic servants, and security personnel; these jobs tend to be seasonal and
temporary in nature. Despite the Election Commission’s diktat that voting day be declared a public holiday, the nature of work prevents many
from taking leave. It is difficult for a migrant labour to forego a day’s earnings and exercise their political right. Thus, a process of
disenfranchisement begins, owing to the nature of their occupational engagement.
Also the high mobility of short-term migrants within cities owing to the nature of their occupation and their economic status can lead to
inaccurate voter lists; this is also a reason for why many migrant voters fail to cast their vote even if they are enrolled as voters. Studies
conducted in Delhi and other cities also confirm such inaccuracies in the voter list.
Role of literacy :- Studies undertaken in different parts of the world have shown how literacy can be one such mediating variable. Bratton and
Mattes find within six Sub-Saharan countries that education has highly positive effects on people’s attitudes toward democracy. Finkel shows
how civic education programs in South Africa and the Dominican Republic have enabled citizens to engage more actively and effectively with
democracy in these countries.
Role of information :- Information can be similarly critical for entrenching democracy better. Citizens without information can rarely
formulate interests clearly, and they know little about appropriate institutional pathways for expressing these interests, so democracy without
information can be exclusionary in effect.
In addition to wealth and education, religion and caste are also important to examine in the Indian context.
Gender is strongly and negatively associated with participation. Female representatives tend to participate to a considerably smaller degree –
15 percentage points less on average – compared to male representatives. With poverty added it exaggerate this problem.

For the poor and the marginalised, democracy is not only about universal franchise and participation in the electoral process, but about reclaiming
the state. Their increased participation has strengthened the democratic process itself in India, though it is too early to say whether this will be
successful in reducing inequality and addressing the bias in economic and social institutions. Efforts should be made to enhance their large scale
participation.

3) The Supreme Court is definitely facing an institutional crisis of the kind that it has never faced before, mainly, but not exclusively, on account of
the most ferocious attack ever on the judiciary by the executive. Comment. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The Supreme Court of India is facing its worst crisis of credibility since the Emergency. With an occasional exception, the quality
of the court’s reasoning, the inconstancy of its judgment, the abdication of its constitutional role in some cases, and its overreach in others, are
already denting its authority.

The most telling indicator of this assault on the judiciary is the non-appointment of judges. This defiance — and this kind of defiance has
never happened, where the collegiums sends a list of judges to be appointed and the government does not appoint them — is defiance of the
highest order.
 The executive wants a judiciary that is beholden to it. Politicians and governments try their best to influence judges. Earlier, there used to be
fear in approaching judges today it is not so.
There are issues of corruption in the courts. The judiciary has failed to find a mechanism to deal with allegations of corruption within its
ranks. Every justice in the court needs to be above suspicion.
The acts by executives like passing ordinances to circumvent judiciary, not following the directives given by judiciary even in critical cases
like sharing of water disputes between states etc shows the increased tendencies of attacking court by executives.

From the expansion of fundamental rights, to the invention of the basic structure of the constitution, there has been one constant about the judiciary
– its credibility. However it is being diluted on many accounts as mentioned above. The institutional crisis that the Supreme Court has now created
for itself will puncture more holes in the authority that it so valiantly tried to exert. It will also create the conditions under which it will be easier to
legitimise diluting judicial independence.

Hence need of the hour is to take some concrete steps.

If benches are being constituted on triple talaq and liquor, surely a Bench can be constituted on the appointment of judges, judges’ salaries,
and to inquire about political interference in the judiciary
The judiciary should not remain quiet in the face of such intimidation by the executive. It can evolve an enforceable code of conduct so that if
any politician or party tries to influence a judge, this will be immediately reported and punishment be meted.
The people and lawyers support the judiciary and expect judges to be resolute.

3) There is a widely held belief that voters in India, especially the poor, sell their votes in exchange for cash, liquor, saris, and many other such
goodies. Do you agree with this belief? Substantiate. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Elections in India are a hugely expensive affair. Large amounts of money are collected by political parties and spent during the
elections. Though there is a prescribed ceiling for the candidates’ election expenditure, there is no limit on the expenditure political parties can
incur. A large component of this money originates from dubious sources and most of funding is from unknown sources.

The Vote for Cash phenomenon is being increasingly used and exploited by the candidates owing to the increasing tendencies of valuing their votes
in terms of a win ability factor for elections.

The Association for Democratic Reforms’ (ADR) research on these aspects clearly brings out the influence of money which manifests itself in the
rising cost of elections, increase in number of crorepatis MPs/MLAs, assets growth of the re-elected MPs/MLAs and chances of winning for
crorepati candidates.

Factors responsible for this relationship :-

Cash is an important grease to run a smooth campaign machinery for a number of reasons. First, parties have weak organisations at the local
level and face heavy institutional constraints. Most parties do not have enough committed volunteers to mobilise votes. Money acts as a
substitute for the organisation as cash is used to engage vote mobilisers or local individuals who will seek votes for a party and/or candidate.
Institutional constraints also make money extremely critical. The Election Commission (EC) allows only 14 days of official campaigning,
which ends 48 hours before the scheduled close of polling.
Given the size of constituencies (both in area and the number of voters), a candidate requires an army of workers during the campaign period.
Even if a campaign decides to pay the current minimum wage for agricultural labourers to each of its workers during the entire campaign
period the candidate would end up exceeding the expenditure limit. To avoid this, candidates spend huge sums of money on cash, liquor and
gifts that they hand out to their middlemen.
money signals resources and power, or access to powerful networks. It allows candidates to mobilise supporters who in turn can pull a crowd
together. The role of money as a symbol of power is especially important in a hierarchical society such as India, with the state wielding
enormous power.

Competitive populism in Indian politics has led to the development of an “ante-up quid pro quo” system, with politicians and parties forced to put
money and goods into the pot before they could play a hand. And this is amplified by weak party organisations, limited campaigning periods and the
humongous size of constituencies. Thus, campaign finance reforms should begin by increasing the number of constituencies and the duration of the
official campaign period. Smaller constituencies with longer campaigning period are more likely to curb the negative influence of money in politics
in comparison to putting a cap on the expenditure limit.

3) Critically evaluate performance and outcomes of the Swachh Bharat Mission (SBM). (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Swachh Bharat Mission is a campaign by the Government of India to clean the streets, roads and infrastructure of the country’s
4,041 statutory cities and towns. It includes ambassadors and activities such as a run, national real-time monitoring and updates from NGOs.

The objectives of Swachh Bharat are to reduce or eliminate open defecation through the construction of individual, cluster and community toilets.
The Swachh Bharat mission will also make an initiative of establishing an accountable mechanism of monitoring latrine use. The government is
aiming to achieve an Open-Defecation Free (ODF) India by 2 October 2019, the 150th anniversary of the birth of Mahatma Gandhi, by constructing
12 million toilets in rural India, at a projected cost of 1.96 lakh crore.
Swachh Bharat Mission (Gramin)

The Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan has been restructured into the Swachh Bharat Mission (Gramin). The mission aims to make India an open defecation
free country in Five Years. It seeks to improve the levels of cleanliness in rural areas through Solid and Liquid Waste Management activities and
making Gram Panchayats Open Defecation Free (ODF), clean and sanitised.

Swachh Vidyalaya Abhiyan

The Ministry of Human Resource Development has launched Swachh Vidyalaya Programme under Swachh Bharat Mission with an objective to
provide separate toilets for boys and girls in all government schools within one year. The programme aims at ensuring that every school in the
country must have a set of essential interventions that relate to both technical and human development aspects of a good Water, Sanitation and
Hygiene Programme.

Rashtriya Swachhata Kosh

The Swachh Bharat Kosh (SBK) has been set up to facilitate and channelize individual philanthropic contributions and Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR) funds to achieve the objective of Clean India (Swachh Bharat) by the year 2019. The Kosh will be used to achieve the
objective of improving cleanliness levels in rural and urban areas, including in schools. The allocation from the Kosh will be used to supplement and
complement departmental resources for such activities.

Criticism of Swachha Bharat Mission:

Information on state, district and block-wise funds approved under SBM needs to be made easily available for people to know the annual
plans and allocations for making their demands. This provision is not getting required importance.
There is need to be work towards changing deep-seated individual and social attitudes that lead to open defecation and other unhygienic
practices among different communities. It is when such efforts come together that success stories such as Nadia district from West Bengal
becoming the first district in the country to achieve open defecation free status can truly be celebrated.
To enable the creation of organic demand for sanitation among communities, SBM emphasises creating foot soldiers termed as Swacchata
Doots. While this frontline work force is much desired, only 8,890 Swachhata Doots have been identified so far against the 76,108 needed in
urban areas. The rural scenario looks even worse.
The exponential increase in toilet construction in the last few months of the financial year is a serious cause of concern. A simple on-ground
verification of numbers uploaded on the MDWS website in a few areas found that many of the toilets claimed may not actually exist on the
ground.
Rural sanitation is vested within the Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation (MDWS), while urban areas fall under the Ministry of Urban
Development (MoUD). School sanitation is given to the Ministry of Human Resource Development. In reality, however, there is a lack of
coordination between the ministries and it is unclear yet on how they will work together to overcome their overlapping sanitation challenges.

Conclusion:

Sanitation needs to be seen as a life cycle issue and hence providing sanitation facilities at work, education and other public spaces is important.
This requires investing in the right place at the right time and in the most appropriate manner.

Additional informantion :-

Swaach Bharat Mission at a glance

1) Examine why November 9 is regarded as Schicksalstag (Day of Fate) in German history. (150 Words)

The Wire
Wikipedia

Introduction :- 9 November has been the date of several important events in German history. The term Schicksalstag (Day of Fate) has been
occasionally used by historians and journalists since shortly after World War II, but its current widespread use started with the events of 1989 when
virtually all German media picked up the term.

There are five notable events in German history that are connected to 9 November: the execution of Robert Blum in 1848, the end of the monarchies
in 1918, the Hitler putsch attempt in 1923, the Nazi antisemitic pogroms in 1938 and the fall of the Berlin wall in 1989.

1848: After being arrested in the Vienna revolts, left liberal leader Robert Blumwas executed. The execution can be seen as a symbolic event
or forecast of the ultimate crushing of the German March Revolution in April/May 1849.
1918: Monarchyin Germany ended when Kaiser Wilhelm II was dethroned in the November Revolution by his chancellor Max von Baden,
who published the news of abdication before the emperor actually abdicated.
1923: The failed Beer Hall Putsch, from 8 to 9 November, marks an early emergence and provisional downfall of the Nazi Partyas an
important player on Germany’s political landscape. Without sufficient preparation Hitler simply declared himself leader in Munich, Bavaria.
1938: In what is today known as Kristallnacht(or The Night of Broken Glass), from 9 to 10 November, synagogues and Jewish property were
burned and destroyed on a large scale. More than 400 Jews were killed or driven into suicide. The event demonstrated that the antisemitic
stance of the Nazi regime was not so ‘moderate’ as it had appeared partially in earlier years. After 10 November ca. 30,000 Jewish people
were arrested; hundreds of them died in concentration camps or died afterwards.
1989: The fall of the Berlin Wallended German separation and started a series of events that ultimately led to German reunification and
the Fall of Communism in eastern Europe. November 9 was considered for the date for German Unity Day, but as it was also the anniversary
of Kristallnacht, this date was considered inappropriate as a national holiday.

2) The intention to raise public expenditure to strengthen India’s healthcare have been repeated in the in many official plans with little or no action.
Identify the sources of funding that can help India spend more on healthcare. Also discuss in addition to more funds, what else is needed to address
health challenges in future. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Human endeavor creates value. Healthier people endeavor more. Thus, health is a creator of value, of prosperity. Despite of this
fact India spends only 1.3 % of it’s GDP expenditure on health. Considering the population of 125 crore and out of pocket expenditure of poor as
above 655 this is a crisis situation in Indian healthcare.

The stories like an impoverished man in Odisha who carried his wife’s body for 12 km after the hospital where she died allegedly due to failure to
provide an ambulance, stories of hospitals full of rats, death of hundreds of children in Gorkhapur hospitals etc. shows the miserable picture of
Indian healthcare scenario.
Sources of funding that can help India spend more on healthcare and what more needs to be done:-

Country-by-country estimates of revenue loss from international corporate tax avoidance are available from several studies. The leaks of
Panama Papers, Paradise papers etc. shows this money can be used to fund universal health coverage. India is estimated to be losing 2.34 per
cent of GDP due to corporate tax avoidance.
To achieve universal health coverage, India must increase health spending as a percentage of GDP through general taxation and additional
private sector payments.
The diversity of funding models that the US and Singapore follow to fund their healthcare can definitely be a better fit as it provides greater
flexibility, choice and innovation.
The U.S. relies on private insurance, paid for mostly by employers: almost half of the supersized health spending (16 per cent of GDP) is
financed by tax money for the care of the old and the very poor.
Social insurance in countries like Germany and Netherlands provide financial protection and offset high out of pocket payments.
The increase in spending should be accompanied by changes in how that money is spent. Over time, 70% of public spending should be on
primary care considering the population base.
Government efforts like Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana (RSBY) , enhancing health expenditure to 2.5% of GDP, moving towards universal
health coverage need to be accelerated.
Tapping resources from Corporate social responsibility, civil society organisations like Bill and Melinda gates foundations etc. is important.

Recommendations of Joseph Bhore Committee were noteworthy in this regard. K. Sujatha Rao, former Union Health Secretary, in her book, Do We
Care? India’s Health System, says that with the current level of under-funding for health, we will fail to meet the National Health Policy 2017
targets. According to CDC estimates, there is a $10 return on investment for every $1 spent on childhood vaccinations, of which Peru and China are
good examples. These high out of pocket payments are a major trigger for pushing people into poverty – 55 million Indians fell into poverty because
of their healthcare spending during 2011-12. This shows the need to enhance public health expenditure in India.

4) What is exit poll? Does the decision to ban exit polls by the Election Commission go against freedom of speech and expression? Critically
comment. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- An election exit poll is a poll of voters taken immediately after they have exited the polling stations. Unlike an opinion poll, which
asks for whom the voter plans to vote, or some similar formulation, an exit poll asks for whom the voter actually voted. A similar poll conducted
before actual voters have voted is called an entrance poll. Pollsters – usually private companies working for newspapers or broadcasters – conduct
exit polls to gain an early indication as to how an election has turned out, as in many elections the actual result may take hours or even days to
count.

The question of exit polls has divided the media and the Election Commission (EC) for at least two decades now. Election commission used various
ways to ban exit polls. Recently it has now invoked Section 188 of the Indian Penal Code. It criminalises disobedience of the order of public
officials and institutions. Earlier, the EC had invoked Sections 126A and B of the Representation of People Act, which prohibit actions that sway
voting while election are in progress.

However it is argued that banning exit poll goes against the freedom of speech and expression :-

In a democracy like India every voter has right to express his/ her opinions. People can’t be banned to share their opinions.
It also curb the freedom of press to conduct polls to gauge the mood of people in country for election.
It may influence the opinions of other people hence subconsciously restricting, diverting their freedom of expression.

However they have much Importance and hence should not be banned:-

Exit polls are also used to collect demographicdata about voters and to find out why they voted as they did. Since actual votes are cast
anonymously, polling is the only way of collecting this information.
Exit polls have historically and throughout the world been used as a check against, and rough indicatorof, the degree of election fraud. Some
examples in global politics of this include the Venezuelan recall referendum, 2004, and the Ukrainian presidential election, 2004.
They are used to command a mandateas well as to determine whether or not a particular political campaign was successful or not.
The distribution of votes is not even across different polling stations, and also varies at different times of day. As a result, a single exit poll
may give an imperfect picture of the national vote. Instead, the exit poll is primarily used to calculate swingand turnout.

What is the international practice?

Sixteen European Union countries ban reporting of opinion polls, with ban timeframes ranging from a full month to just 24 hours before
polling day.
Italy, Slovakia and Luxembourg have a ban of more than 7 days.
France – The French ban has been reduced to 24 hours ahead of voting day.
UK – There are no restrictions on publishing results of opinion polls — however, results of exit polls can’t be published until the voting is
over.
US – Media coverage of opinion polls is regarded as an integral part of free speech in elections, and publication is allowed at any time.
The only restriction that exists — not reporting likely outcomes from exit polls before voting is over on election day — is one that news
organisations commissioning the polls voluntarily impose upon themselves.

Way forward :-

Regulation is required than outright ban. A model of professional and ethical rules, which market researchers follow, already exists in the European
Society for Opinion and Market Research (ESOMAR), and the World Association for Public Opinion Research (WAPOR). The guidelines on
opinion polls and published surveys of these organisations set out the responsibilities of researchers to conduct opinion polls in a professional and
ethical way. Such practices can be followed.

2) Today the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT), the multilateral system faces a challenge to its very foundations. What are the
threats being faced by GATT? Discuss if GATT remains relevant today. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) was a legal agreement between many countries, whose overall purpose was to
promote international trade by reducing or eliminating trade barriers such as tariffs or quotas. According to its preamble, its purpose was the
“substantial reduction of tariffs and other trade barriers and the elimination of preferences, on a reciprocal and mutually advantageous basis.”

For 47 years, GATT reduced tariffs. This boosted world trade 8 percent a year during the 1950s and 1960s. That was faster than world economic
growth. Trade grew from $332 billion in 1970 to $3.7 trillion in 1993.

It was seen as such a success that many more countries wanted to join. By 1995, there 128 members, generating at least 80 percent of world trade.

However the GATT today faces challenges to it’s very foundation :-

There has been a rapid proliferation of bilateral and regional free-trade agreements around the world, raising concerns over trade diversion
rather than generation.
The erosion of the larger commitment to the post-war global liberal order has been accelerated with many developments in world like election
of Trump as US president.
As a result this regression, there are populist tide against the opening of the U.S. market under the North American Free-Trade Agreement
(NAFTA), portraying trade liberalisation as a zero-sum game.
Similarly, the rhetoric on the surge in Chinese imports since Beijing’s 2001 accession to the WTO seeks to play down the benefits of cheaper
consumer goods and the opportunities in outsourcing and exports.
Earlier this year, Washington quit the Trans-Pacific Partnership trading bloc, and continues to threaten taxes on overseas operations of
domestic industries and astronomical import tariffs.

Relevance of GATT :-

WTO promotes the establishment of world trade liberalization and economy globalization. After WTO was established, the world market has
experienced decline in tariff levels, WTO members experienced an average of 40% decline in tariff rate.
WTO system actually creating peace among countries. WTO created system that helps the trade process to go on smoothly and providing
countries a constructive and fair outlet for dealing with disputes between countries over trade issues.
The possibility to decrease in cost of living is one of the benefits of WTO. It is because protectionism increases the cost of the goods, in terms
of production, raw material, and so on.
Creation of WTO has provided several benefits to developing countries as well.
A rule-based system actually governs the international trade that these developing countries involved, and ensure that they would get the
greatest benefits throughout the international trade.
The Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) offers a benefit for developing countries by creating a
policy framework that helps in promote technology transfer and foreign direct investment.(WTO).
Most of the developing country relied on the special preferential access to larger developed country market under the Generalized System of
Preferences (GSP). It’s purpose is to ensure developed countries offer non-reciprocal preferential treatment to developing countries.

2) What are the features of the Government of India’s National Nutrition Strategy announced in September 2017? Does excess emphasis on
sanitation help address India’s malnutrition problem? Critically comment. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- The rationale for investing in Nutrition is globally well recognized – both as a critical development imperative, as well as crucial for
the fulfillment of human rights- especially of the most vulnerable children, girls and women.

It constitutes the foundation for human development, by reducing susceptibility to infections, related morbidity, disability and mortality burden,
enhancing cumulative lifelong learning capacities and adult productivity.

Nutrition is acknowledged as one of the most effective entry points for human development, poverty reduction and economic development, with
high economic returns. The Global Nutrition Report 2015 estimates that for investment in nutrition, there is a benefit cost ratio of 16:1 for 40 low
and middle-income countries.

Features of National Nutrition Strategy :-

The Strategy aims to reduce all forms of malnutrition by 2030, with a focus on the most vulnerable and critical age groups.
The Strategy aims to launch a National Nutrition Mission, similar to the National Health Mission. This is to enable integration of nutrition-
related interventions cutting across sectors like women and child development, health, food and public distribution, sanitation, drinking water,
and rural development.
Adecentralised approach will be promoted with greater flexibility and decision making at the state, district and local levels.
The Strategy proposes to launch interventions with a focus on improving healthcare and nutritionamong children. These interventions will
include: (i) promotion of breastfeeding for the first six months after birth, (ii) universal access to infant and young child care (including ICDS
and crèches), (iii) enhanced care, referrals and management of severely undernourished and sick children, (iv) bi-annual vitamin A
supplements for children in the age group of 9 months to 5 years, and (v) micro-nutrient supplements and bi-annual de-worming for children.
Measures to improve maternal careand nutrition include: (i) supplementary nutritional support during pregnancy and lactation, (ii) health and
nutrition counselling, (iii) adequate consumption of iodised salt and screening of severe anaemia, and (iv) institutional childbirth, lactation
management and improved post-natal care.
Governance reformsenvisaged in the Strategy include: (i) convergence of state and district implementation plans for ICDS, NHM and Swachh
Bharat, (ii) focus on the most vulnerable communities in districts with the highest levels of child malnutrition, and (iii) service delivery
models based on evidence of impact.

Linkages of sanitation and eradication of malnutrition :-

6 billion people in the world lack adequate sanitation—the safe disposal of human excreta. Lack of sanitation contributes to about 10% of the
global disease burden, causing mainly diarrhoeal diseases.
In the past, government agencies have typically built sanitation infrastructure, but sanitation professionals are now concentrating on helping
people to improve their own sanitation and to change their behaviour.
Improved sanitation has significant impacts not only on health, but on social and economic development, particularly in developing countries.

However excessive emphasis on sanitation is inadequate to address problems of malnutrition as the problem of malnutrition stems from plethora of
reasons.
Nutrition is a challenge full of complexity. There is plenty of evidence globally and in India suggesting that poor nutrition affects early childhood
development, learning and earning potential with life-cycle effects on national health and economic growth. For an emerging country with one of
the fastest economic growth rates, India needs to implement its announced strategy with a focus on evidence, results and learning hence only
excessive emphasis on sanitation will not serve the purpose.

Other measures like Integrated Child Development Services, National Health Mission- including RMNCH + A, Janani Suraksha Yojana, Swachh
Bharat including Sanitation and the National Rural Drinking Water Programme, Matritva Sahyog Yojana, SABLA for adolescent girls, Mid Day
Meals Scheme, Targeted Public Distribution System, National Food Security Mission, Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee
Scheme and the National Rural Livelihood Mission are also playing important role in reducing malnourishment.

Additional information :-

http://niti.gov.in/writereaddata/files/document_publication/Nutrition_Strategy_Booklet.pdf

4) There is an urgent need to adopt a rights-based approach by all stakeholders in seeking arrangements for safe and orderly migration to prevent
exploitation of migrants and refugees. Discuss. (150 Words)

The Wire

Introduction :- A refugee is a displaced person who has been forced to cross national boundaries and who cannot return home safely.

Migrant is a person travelling from country of origin to country of destination for work, education, marriage etc.

The world is experiences wave of refugees and migration but there are no concrete laws and conventions in place which creates favorable situations
for their exploitation.
Refugee populations consist of people who are terrified and are away from familiar surroundings while migrants in most cases are willing travelled
people. There can be instances of exploitation at the hands of enforcement officials, citizens of the host country, organisations and employees of
migrants and even United Nations peacekeepers. Instances of human rights violations, child labor, mental and physical trauma/torture, violence-
related trauma, and sexual exploitation, especially of children, are not entirely unknown. Hence a right based approach by all stakeholders in seeking
arrangements for safe and orderly migration to prevent exploitation is required.

Refugee rights encompass both customary law, peremptory norms, and international legal instruments. They include the following rights and
obligations for refugees:

· Right of return :- Even in a supposedly “post-conflict” environment, it is not a simple process for refugees to return home. The UN Pinheiro
Principles are guided by the idea that people not only have the right to return home, but also the right to the same property.

· Right to non-refoulement :- Non-refoulement is the right not to be returned to a place of persecution and is the foundation for international
refugee law, as outlined in the 1951 Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees.

· Right to family reunification :- Family reunification (which can also be a form of resettlement) is a recognized reason for immigration in
many countries. Divided families have the right to be reunited.

· Right to travel :- Those states that signed the Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees are obliged to issue travel documents (i.e.
“Convention Travel Document”) to refugees lawfully residing in their territory.

· Restriction of onward movement :- Once refugees or asylum seekers have found a safe place and protection of a state or territory outside their
territory of origin they are discouraged from leaving again and seeking protection in another country.

Measures to be taken must include :-

· Combat xenophobia and racism: The international community must uphold their responsibility to combat all forms of hate speech,
stigmatising discourses, scapegoating and measures must be taken to condemn xenophobia against migrants and refugees.
· Promoting integration: Short and long-term measures are needed to foster social and economic environments for integration. Labour market
access and mobility, pathways to citizenship, participation and social contact with the local populations are essential.

· Border management: States must respect human rights obligations at all border crossings, including the right to due process for all migrants
regardless of their status, in accordance with the principle of non-refoulement and the prohibition of arbitrary and collective expulsion.

· Irregular migration: States should ensure that all measures aimed at addressing irregular migration and smuggling of migrants do not
adversely affect the human rights of migrants and that such migrants are provided with necessary assistance and are afforded due process
guarantees.

· Exploitation and abuse: Measures must be taken to address all forms of labour exploitation and abuse, in particular, child labour. In line
with SDG (target 8.8), domestic work should be regulated by national legislation and domestic migrant workers should also enjoy rights with
respect to minimum wage, hours of work, days of rest, freedom of association, and other conditions of work, as well as the right to freedom of
movement and residence, and to retain possession of travel and identity documents.

· Trafficking in persons: It is important to adequately train all stakeholders, including public officials and law enforcement officers working in
areas of arrival of large influxes of people, to identify trafficking or risks of trafficking. States in this regard must work with United Nations
agencies and programmes, international organizations, host countries and civil society organizations.

2) The right to privacy, as conceptualised in K Puttaswamy v Union of India, addresses many concerns that feminists have had with this right.
Applied logically and robustly, this judgment has the potential to transform the landscape of women’s entitlements under the law. Discuss. (250
Words)

EPW

Introduction:

In K Puttaswamy v Union of India (2017), a nine-judge bench of the Supreme Court held that the right to privacy is a fundamental right and
that, at its core, it means the “right to be let alone.”

Feminism and privacy

Feminist legal theory has had an ambivalent relationship with the right to privacy.

1. Privacy defined through patriarchal notions

Gender structures our imagination of what is private and what is not. For example, sexual relations are generally considered to be private
matters.
Sex outside marriage, such as in adultery or sex work, is denied the same level of privacy protection as sex within marriage.
After Suresh Kumar Koushal v Naz Foundation 2014, homosexual behaviour is also within the purview of public regulation. Taken together,
these examples indicate that the understanding of privacy in the context of sexual activities is based on sexual (hetero)normativity.

2.Spatial privacy will exacerbate discrimination

Feminist scholarship has debunked the notion that there is any natural distinction between the realms of the public and the private.
Notions of privacy that shield certain spaces (such as the home) and relationships (such as marriage) from state scrutiny can leave persons
within these spaces and relations vulnerable to discrimination, coercion, and abuse.
Conceptions of the home as a place of “sanctuary” and “repose” obliterate lived experiences of women for whom these spaces are often sites
of oppression and violence.

3.Spatial privacy supposes privacy for all which is practically not the case

Spatial notions of privacy also presuppose that everyone has access to private spaces. This may not be the case for many due to economic
inability, or for same-sex, inter-caste, or interfaith couples.
In these situations, the private space of the home can be stifling in its control, whereas the public sphere might be a place of relative
anonymity and therefore, of relative autonomy.

4.Decisional and Informational privacy help women control their own lives

On the other hand, the move away from spatial and relational framings of the right to privacy, to decisional and informational privacy, has
opened up new vistas for women’s rights and empowerment.
By grounding the right to privacy in individual autonomy and control over vital aspects of one’s life, this right empowers women to question
social and legal structures that limit their ability to exercise control over their bodies, minds, and lives.
By and large, the Puttaswamy judgment embraces this notion that privacy is grounded in individual self-determination.

5.Scope for affirmative action for women opened further

If the right to privacy exists to protect the individual’s control over vital decisions affecting their lives, then non-intervention might not be
sufficient to achieve this end.
There may be need for affirmative action by the state to enable a person to effectively exercise autonomy in making fundamental
personal decisions.

6.Surveillance of women not addressed

In addition to the social surveillance of women, providing public officials control over a wealth of information about an individual can
render such persons vulnerable to active coercion, through acts like stalking or extortion.
In a social context where society judges women for their sexual and reproductive choices, mandatory disclosure of such information may not
only constrain women in making such choices, but also in accessing safe and legal reproductive health services.
The Puttaswamy judgment does not directly address the constitutionality of surveillance mechanisms.
The plurality judgment finds privacy to be an “intrinsic recognition of heterogeneity, of the right of the individual to be different and to stand
against the tide of conformity.”
3) How did the introduction of the Unified Access Services Licensing (UASL) regime in 2003 alter dynamics in India’s telecommunication sector?
Critically examine. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Between 2001 and 2007, the telecom sector went through many policy fixes including telecom licences becoming technology neutral with the
introduction of the Unified Access Services Licensing (UASL) regime in 2003.
This stipulated that telecom licences and bundled spectrum would be granted on a first come, first served basis on the price discovered in
the cellular auction in 2001.

Altering of telecom sector

Positives

1. Teledensity increased exponentially

In UASl, basic and cellular Services Licensees are permitted to migrate to Unified Access Services Licence regime with unified license.
It allowed the telecom companies to expantd their networks across the country and to the wider canvas in rural hinterlands.

2.Decreased tariffs for the consumer

Licensee could also provide Voice Mail, Audiotex services, Video Conferencing, Videotex, E-Mail , Closed User Group (CUG) as Value
Added Services over its network to the subscribers falling within its service area on non-discriminatory basis.

3.Affordable internet

An Unified Access Services licensee can provide wireline as well as wireless services in a service area,can act as a life line for the operator, if
efficiently handled with utmost care.

Negatives

1. Loss of revenue

However this policy also gave birth to the 2G scam due to ambiguity in allocating licenses.
CAG alleged a loss of Rs. 1.76 lakh crore in the grant of bundled spectrum to the new licensees at administered prices.

6) From India’s point of view, examine the significance of announcement of a free trade agreement between the Maldives and China. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Recently China and Maldives has concluded Free Trade Agreement. The announcement of a free trade agreement between the Maldives and China
is another sign of Beijing’s success in its outreach in South Asia.

This deal has raised various concerns in India for myriad reasons as follows

1. Economic – enhanced role for BRI forthcoming which India rejected

The FTA points towards economic realisation of BRI.

It is compounded by the fact that China already has an FTA with Pakistan, and is exploring or negotiating FTAs with Bangladesh, Sri Lanka
and Nepal.
Huge investments can outbid India’s investment plans in the region

2.Political – Dissatisfaction with India

India’s ongoing FTA with Maldives is at stake. Maldives political leadership has expressed displeasure over India
India also failed to tackle with Maldives domestic situation which helped China, particularly the opposition which was not taken into account
while finalising FTA with Maldives.

3.Security – militarization of South Asia

The biggest worry for India is that the FTA will draw the Maldives more closely into China’s security net.
Although Mr. Yameen has categorically stated that the Maldives will remain a “demilitarised zone”, there are concerns that the PLA-Navy
might be looking for a military base in the islands linked to projects in Djibouti, Gwadar and Hambantota.

4.Strategic – Chinese increasing footprint in South Asia

After its push for maritime linkages across the Indian Ocean, including naval exercises and port projects, and for the enhancement of
regional connectivity through the Belt and Road Initiative, China seems to be ready to ramp up business ties across South Asia.

Way forward

Collaboration with other nations for infrastructural development should be India’s top priority
Restoring sovereignty of existing world order through multilateral pacts
Break structural rigidity in multilateral engagements and induce flexibility of approach.
Developing competitive advantage to counter Chinese diplomacy of economic trap. Skill development capacity and service sector deliverable
should be strengthened.

2) India should remember that its primary area of concern is the Indian Ocean Region (IOR), not the Indo-Pacific. Comment. (150 Words)
The Hindu

Introduction:

India should be wary of any attempts at being pitted as a front in the U.S.’s efforts to check China’s rise. While the notion of the Indo-Pacific sounds
grandiose and enticing, India must not forget that its primary area of concern is the Indian Ocean Region (IOR). Securing its position here is vital
before venturing elsewhere.

Why Indian Ocean is important?

1. India’s status as balancing power

India has always been wooed by both sides and has been a balancing power on the world stage.
As its stature in global politics increases, it is in the nation’s as well as global interest that India remains a balancing power. For instance,
India’s vote in the UN General Assembly over Jerusalem should be seen in line with a “rules-based world order.”

2.Chinese assertion in Indian Ocean Region

Chinese People’s Liberation Army that is “planning to explore the possibility of more foreign military outposts in Africa, West Asia and other
areas.
For India, geographically the area of concern, and so the area of focus, should remain the IOR, stretching from the Gulf of Aden to the Strait
of Malacca.
While reiterating its commitment to upholding the established laws of the global commons, New Delhi should not go adrift in the larger Indo-
Pacific.

3.Own responsibility in its own region than depending on other powers

As more powers make inroads into this strategically crucial space, India must consolidate its position and not expect others to do its job, for it
would only mean ceding space in the long run.

Way forward

1. Capacity building in the neighborhood

The tags of net security provider and leading global power would mean nothing if New Delhi cannot undertake capacity building in its own
backyard, be it South Asia or the IOR.
While the offer of help from various countries to help expand India’s network in the region looks tempting, it actually reflects India’s failure
to establish its primacy in the region. Ideally, it should have been the other way round: India guiding outside powers in its backyard.
Over the last couple of months, there have been hectic parleys with various nations in various formats — quadrilateral, trilateral, etc. But it
cannot be at the expense of the neighbours.
In the recently resurrected Quad, except India, for the other three the primary focus is the Pacific Ocean, especially the South China Sea.

2.Expanding existing partnerships

With Singapore’s assistance, India is also working out modalities for joint multilateral exercises with the Association of Southeast Asian
Nations (ASEAN). India is also negotiating similar logistics agreements with several other countries.
Another initiative which fits the bill is the Goa Maritime Conclave hosted by the Indian navy last month where Navy Chiefs and
maritime heads of 10 Indian Ocean littoral states brainstormed on ways to improve cooperation in the region. It is an India-led initiative
where the navy has offered to share information of maritime movement in real-time.
This is the template for India to take forward to build its primacy in the IOR before venturing into adjacent waters while also making sure that
its interests are taken heed of while getting into various groupings and not end up doing someone else’s bidding.

1) Inequality in China today is considerably lower than in India. Drawing from Chinese experience, how can India reduce inequality? Examine. (250
Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

World Inequality Report 2018 asserts that there has been continuous growth in inequality here since the mid-1980s.
However, inequality in India declined for three and a half decades since 1950 even as the economy grew steadily, though maybe not
spectacularly.

Case of China

World Development Indicators data released by the World Bank show that per capita income in China was five times that of India in 2016
while the percentage of the population living on less than $1.90 a day was about 10 times less at the beginning of this decade. India has a
forbidding gap to traverse in all directions, but for now let us focus on inequality.
Since 1980, while the Chinese economy has grown 800% and India’s a far lower 200%, inequality in China today is considerably lower than
in India. The share of the top 1% of the Chinese population is 14% as opposed to the 22% reported for India.
Inequality actually declined in China from the early 21st century.

Investment in human Capital

If there is to be a meta narrative for China’s economic development, it is that its leadership combined the drive for growth with the spreading
of human capital. Human capital is a person’s endowment derived from education and robust health.
The spread of health and education in China enabled the Chinese economy to grow faster than India by exporting manufactures to the rest of
the world.
As the human capital endowment was relatively equal, most people could share in this growth, which accounts for the relative equality of
outcomes in China when compared to India.
An ingredient of this is also the greater participation of women in the workforce of China, an outcome that eludes India.
Way forward for India

India’s full panoply of interventions, invariably justified as being pro-poor, have not only not spread human capital, but they have also not
been able to prevent a growing income inequality.
The focus must be on expanding profit-sharing arrangements, without stifling or centralizing market incentives that are crucial to drive
growth.
A first step would be to give all of a country’s residents the right to a certain share of the economy’s profits
There is need to spread health and education far more widely amidst the population.

3) The latest constitutional amendment to the Goods and Services Tax allows the GST Council to establish a dispute resolution mechanism that
overlaps with the original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court. Examine the implications of this amendment. (150 Words)

EPW

GST Council is a new body created under Article 279A of the amendment; members include the union finance minister, the union
minister of state for finance/revenue, and the finance ministers of each state (including union territories).
Articles 269A and 279A(4) confer the GST Council with the power to make recommendations on several issues like the apportionment
of revenue from interstate trade, taxes to be subsumed, exempted goods and services, model GST laws, etc.

Article 131 vs GST Council

The GST Council has the power to adjudicate intergovernmental disputes inter se states, between states and the centre, or between the centre
and a few states versus the remaining states. These powers of the GST Council are worded similarly to Article 131—which deals with the
original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.

1. Article 131

Article 131 is used only when there is an intergovernmental dispute in the context of the constitutional relationship that exists between
governments and the legal rights flowing therefrom (Government of National Capital Territory of Delhi and Ors v Union of India,
2016).
The original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court under Article 131 may be invoked only after satisfying certain preconditions incorporated
into it—the first is that the disputants must be state(s) and the union, and second, the dispute must pertain to a legal right.
Over the years, the Supreme Court has reaffirmed the position that when a state, as party to a litigation, affirms a legal right of its own which
the Government of India has denied, or is interested in denying, Article 131 exists to provide constitutional solace (State of Rajasthan v
Union of India 1977).
The same intergovernmental disputes over which the Supreme Court has original jurisdiction under Article 131 appear in the text of Article
279A.

2.GST: A Legal or Political Question?

During the debate on the dispute resolution provisions of the GST Act, the opposition demanded that a specific forum like the GST
Dispute Settlement Authority, manned by retired judges, should resolve GST-related disputes.
The finance minister opined that if dispute settlement is left to a judicial body, it would mean that the power of taxation is subject to the
control of the judiciary; he added that tax disputes under GST are political issues that need political solutions.
Thus, this raises the question as to whether a dispute on taxation under GST is a political issue, and this will decide the veracity of the finance
minister’s statement.
The Supreme Court has reiterated that a dispute with political characteristics is not outside the jurisdiction of the Court if it raises issues
of constitutional determination (State of Rajasthan v Union of India 1977)
The power to impose taxes is a constitutional right granted under Article 246A, which empowers the union and states to make laws
pertaining to levying GST; any dispute over the exercise of this power is likely to be a legal question.

Judicial Review and Fiscal Autonomy

If the states or the centre are aggrieved by any decision of any mechanism of the GST Council, they can move the Supreme Court or
high courts to have it overturned.
The possibility of judicial overruling decisions made by dispute resolution mechanisms questions the fiscal sovereignty of the
legislature.
And a s power of judicial review over legislative action vested in the High Courts under Article 226 and in the Supreme Court under Article
32 of the Constitution is an integral and essential feature of the Constitution, constituting part of its basic structure. (L Chandra Kumar
v Union of India 1997)

Conclusion

The most important limitation of any mechanism established by the GST Council will be its inability to declare any legislation that
violates the harmonious structure of GST as unconstitutional or ultra vires the Constitution, or strike out such statutes.
If the GST Council constitutes an ad hoc arbitral tribunal or panel of experts, they cannot question the vires of any legislation passed by state
or central governments.
The decision in the L Chandra Kumar case would have helped if the GST Council had established a dispute resolution mechanism
under Articles 323A or 323B

2) Whatever might be the case, it cannot be denied that despite his immense contributions, history didn’t give ‘Mahamana’ Madan Mohan Malaviya
the place that he deserved. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

He was the founder of Banaras Hindu University (BHU) at Varanasi in 1916

Hewas one of the founders of Scouting in India.
He also founded a highly influential, English-newspaper, The Leader published from Allahabad in 1909.
He was also the Chairman of Hindustan Times from 1924 to 1946.
Political career

In December 1886, Malaviya attended the 2nd Indian National Congress session in Calcutta under chairmanship of Dadabhai Naoroji,
where he spoke on the issue of representation in Councils.
Malaviya became the President of the Indian National Congress in 1909 and 1918.
He was a moderate leader and opposed the separate electorates for Muslims under the Lucknow Pact of 1916.
The “Mahamana” title was conferred to him by Mahatma Gandhi.
He remained a member of the Imperial Legislative Council from 1912 and when in 1919 it was converted to the Central Legislative
Assembly he remained its member as well, till 1926.
Malaviya was an important figure in the Non-cooperation movement. However, he was opposed to the politics of appeasement and the
participation of Congress in the Khilafat movement.
In 1928 he joined Lala Lajpat Rai, Jawaharlal Nehru and many others in protesting against the Simon Commission, which had been
set up by the British to consider India’s future.
He issued, on 30 May 1932, a manifesto urging concentration on the “Buy Indian” movement in India.
Malaviya was a delegate at the Second Round Table Conference in 1931.
However, during the Civil Disobedience Movement, he was arrested on 25 April 1932, along with 450 other Congress volunteers in Delhi,
only a few days after he was appointed in 1932 at Delhi as the President of Congress after the arrest of Sarojini Naidu.
In 1933, at Calcutta, Malaviya was again appointed as the President of the Congress.
Thus before Independence, Malaviya was the only leader of the Indian National Congress who was appointed as its President for four terms.
On 25 September 1932, an agreement known as Poona Pact was signed between Dr. Ambedkar (on behalf of the depressed classes
among Hindus) and Malaviya (on behalf of the other Hindus).
The agreement gave reserved seats for the depressed classes in the Provisional legislatures, within the general electorate and not by creating a
separate electorate. Due to the pact, the depressed class received 148 seats in the legislature, instead of the 71 as allocated in the Communal
Award proposal of the British Prime Minister Ramsay MacDonald.
In protest against the Communal Award which sought to provide separate electorates for minorities, Malaviya along with Madhav
Shrihari Aney left the Congress and started the Congress Nationalist Party.

Journalistic career

n 1889, he became the Editor of the “Indian Opinion”.

When the English Government tried to bring in the Press Act and Newspaper Act in 1908, Malaviyaji started a campaign against the Act and
called an All India Conference in Allahabad.
He then realized the need of an English Newspaper to make the campaign effective throughout the country.
As a result, with the help of Motilal Nehru he started an English daily the “Leader” in 1909, where he was Editor 1909-1911 and
President 1911-1919.
In 1924, Malaviya along with the help of national leaders Lala Lajpat Rai and M. R. Jayakar and industrialist Ghanshyam Das Birla,
acquired Hindustan Times and saved it from an untimely demise

Social work

Malviya founded Ganga Mahasabha to oppose the damning of Ganges.

The slogan “Satyameva Jayate” (Truth alone will triumph) is also a legacy given to the nation by Pandit Malaviya as the President of
the Indian National Congress in its session of 1918 at Delhi, by saying that this slogan from the Mundakopanishad should be the slogan for
the nation.
Born in 19th century colonized India, this visionary had anticipated that political independence will become meaningful only when we mould
a generation of progressive and cultured young people. For this, a world-class university was the need of the hour.
He also established a women’s college. He had envisioned a number of women scholars such as Apala and Gargi in India’s future generations.
Mahatma Gandhi considered him to be his conscience-keeper and called him his elder brother on public platforms. Still, Malaviya didn’t
hesitate in disagreeing with the Mahatma when it came to principles. During the Quit India Movement of 1942, when Bapu asked students to
boycott schools, Malaviya publicly expressed his displeasure.
Rabindranath Tagore honoured him with the encomium ‘Mahamana’ (a luminous mind and magnanimous heart).

Excerpts from Sumit Sarkar

Malaviya had already annexed to his brand of politics the emotional forces of Hindi and Hindu revivalism which otherwise might have
been used by radicals
By 1909, however, a closer look had made men like Malaviya extremely critical of the excessive concessions to Muslims
On the eve of the 1926 elections, Motilal’s old rival Madanmohan Malaviya formed an Independent Congress Party in alliance with
Lajpat Rai and the Responsive Cooperators, with a programme which combined political moderation with uninhibited Hindu
communalism.
The Hindu Mahasabha, started at the Hardwar Kumbh Mela in 1915 by Madan Mohan Malaviya along with some Punjabi leaders, had
become practically defunct in the Non-Cooperation years.
A major revival began from 1922-23, and the Banares session of August 1923, which incorporated the shuddhi programme and called
for Hindu self-defence squads, represented an alliance of Arya Samajist reformers with Sanatan Dharma Sabha conservatives in a
common Hindu-communal front presided over, as usual, by Malaviya
From 1925 onwards, Malaviya made very effective use of Hindu communalism in his bitter rivalry with Motilal Nehru, organizing with
the help of Lajpat Rai an Independent Congress Party which was little more than a Mahasabha front
The basic conservatism of the makers of the Nehru Report was revealed also by their acceptance in August 1928 of an amendment by
Malaviya guaranteeing ‘all titles to private and personal property’
Orthodox Hindu opinion in Bengal bitterly attacked the acceptance of a permanent caste Hindu minority status by the Poona Pact, but
the Congress Working Committee in June 1934 adopted a compromise ‘neither rejection-noracceptance’ formula which led Malaviya
to start a breakaway Congress Nationalist Party.
The new patron-client model seems more than a little over-extended when it is used to describe both Malaviya’s connections with the
Tandon business group in Allahabad and the relations between Hindu zamindars and Muslim peasants of east Bengal.

1) It is said that not only revolutionaries, even contribution of their mothers who fought hard for India’s independence is forgotten by historians.
Examine contribution of such heroic women who helped revolutionary cause during struggle for independence. (250 Words)

The Wire
Introduction:

India prides itself on the age-old invocation, ‘the mother and the motherland are more sacred than heaven itself’.
In this context, the emotional trauma the mother of the martyers undergo was tremendously outbursting. Besides, thei mothers also had toface
the severe financial constraints and often died in and of extreme poverty.
But inspite of such gruesome harships, these mothers pushed their sons willingly to sacrifice for the motherland which was in utter despair
due to the colonial rule.

Ramprasad ‘Bismil’ mother

Moolrani, the mother of martyr Ramprasad ‘Bismil’, leader of the historic Kakori conspiracy (August 9, 1925).
Moolrani’s indomitable spirit was such that when she visited her son in prison in Gorakhpur on the eve of his hanging, she did not lose her
courage even on seeing the moistness in his eyes.
The harsh poverty that descended upon Bismil’s mother after his departure from the world turned her life into an unending ordeal.

Ashfaqullah Khan mother

The family of Kakori martyr Ashfaqullah Khan, who was hanged in Faizabad jail, was counted among the elite, well-to-do families of its
time. His mother’s family too was prosperous.
But both families were virtually destroyed by the expenses they incurred in mounting a defence for Khan. Moreover, the British government
forcibly took over many of their properties as well.
After Khan’s departure, there was no end to the tribulations of his mother Mazhoor-Un-Nisa Begum who encountered the inconsiderate face
of relatives and society. Chandrashekhar Azad who went in disguise to Shahjahanpur and helped financially.

Chandrasekhar Azad mother

Jagrani Devi, the mother of Azad who preferred to let go of his life rather than be captured by the police surrounding him in Alfred Park (now
Azad Park)
For a long time Jagrani Devi lived in poverty with nothing but kodu grains to stave off hunger. When Jawaharlal Nehru came to know
about her plight, he sent an amount of Rs 500 for her.

Bhagat Singh mother

At the time of his birth, on September 28, 1907, in Banga village (now in Pakistan), his father (Sardar Kishan Singh) and uncles (Sardar Ajit
Singh and Sardar Swaran Singh) were serving a prison term for taking part in revolutionary activities.
After Bhagat Singh’s martyrdom following the Lahore conspiracy (December 20, 1928) and Central Legislative Assembly bombing case
(April 8, 1929), Vidyawati may not have experienced many vicissitudes, but she also did not enjoy, or was deprived of, the status she
deserved – as the mother of a martyr of martyrs.

3) Examine the impact of pollution and poverty on juvenile delinquency. (150 Words)

Down to Earth

Introduction:

Inflammation caused by air pollutants can damage brain structure, neural networks and influence adolescent behaviour. This is often accentuated by
poverty.

Impact of Pollution

Iincidence of teenage delinquency with the rise in air pollution levels.

PM2.5 is particularly harmful to developing brains because it can damage brain structure and neural networks
It is widely recognised that ambient air pollution is detrimental to the respiratory and cardiovascular health of young and old alike.
But in recent years, scientists have come to acknowledge the negative impact of air pollution on human brains and behavior
Both lead and PM2.5 are environmental factors that can be cleaned up through a concerted intervention effort and policy change

Consequent effects of poverty

Poor people, unfortunately, are more likely to live in urban areas in less than ideal neighborhoods
This close proximity to roads causes health problems, such as asthma and can perhaps alters teenagers’ brain structures. This makes them
more likely to engage in delinquent behaviour.

Poverty causes a stressful family environment and if that carries on for too long, the teenager could be in a chronic state of stress.
This chronic stress makes teens more vulnerable to the effects of exposure to small particles.

3) India’s admittance into the Wassenaar Arrangement as its 42nd participating member is a big step forward in its quest for formal acceptance as a
responsible nuclear power. Comment. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Wassenaar Arrangement is a multilateral export control regime

Wassenaar Arrangement was founded in 1996, and is clubbed with mechanisms such as the Nuclear Suppliers Group (NSG), the Missile
Technology Control Regime (MTCR) and the Australia Group.
Its stated aim is “to contribute to regional and international security and stability, by promoting transparency and greater
responsibility in transfers of conventional arms and dual-use goods and technologies, thus preventing destabilising accumulations.”

India’s admission

India’s admittance into it as its 42nd participating member is a big step forward in its quest for formal acceptance as a responsible nuclear
power, as a non-signatory to the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT).
 It comes on the heels of membership last year of the MTCR.
Ever since India signed the 123 Agreement in 2005, the underlying assumption was that the United States would help chaperone New Delhi
into global nuclear acceptability after it separated its civil and military nuclear programmes and plugged the loopholes to prevent diffusion of
nuclear materials and technology in a way that is demonstrably in line with best practices followed by the members of the NSG.
However, over the past couple of years it has become evident that Delhi has to do most of the heavy lifting to gain a seat at various
global high tables.

Significance

There is hope that a fresh momentum will be imparted to a future bid for the NSG.
The Australia Group, which focusses on biological and chemical weapons, may be easier to crack given that China is not a member.
Wassenaar Arrangement will embed India deeper in the global non-proliferation architecture and enable access to critical technologies
in the defence and space sectors.

1) Critically comment on the cultural significance of ‘Padmavat’ – a poem written in Avadhi language by Sufi poet Malik Muhammad Jayasi. (150
Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction

Written in Avadhi language by Sufi poet Malik Muhammad Jayasi, ‘Padmavati’ was a tale of love, heroism and sacrifice, dotted all
along with fantastical elements giving it a larger than life imagery.
The poem narrates that a princess of unparalleled beauty called Padmini lived in the kingdom of Simhaladvipa, now Sri Lanka.
Enamoured by her beauty, King Ratansen of Chittor was engulfed with the passion to acquire her and overcame a large number of
adventurous obstacles to make her his queen.
Back in the kingdom of Chittor, Ratansen banished a sorcerer, who travelled to Delhi and told its ruler Alauddin Khalji of Padmini’s beauty.
The Khalji ruler marched to Chittor and vanquished Ratansen. But he did not manage to win Padmini as she along with other Rajput women
committed Jauhar by consigning themselves to the flames.

Cultural significance

Every year between the months of February and March, the city of Chittorgarh in Rajasthan comes together in celebration of what is
believed to be one of the most critical episodes of their community’s history — the Jauhar (self-immolation) of Queen Padmavati in
defence of her honour and virtues.
Her choice to rather die than be captured by another man has been celebrated with utmost vehemence as the symbol of Rajput valour and
integrity.
The legend of Padmavati first appeared in a piece of poetry called ‘Padmavat’ dating back to the sixteenth century.
This narrative of their past is something that has been learned through oral transmission from one generation to another and local folk tales
that have given it a sacred legitimacy.

Critical analysis

Cultural memory of a community hardly ever distinguishes between historical authenticity and fictional concepts that have over time
acquired the garb of historicity.

Contemporary relevance

The circulation and transmission of the Padmavat has been an ongoing process and its interpretation at various historical stages needs to be
located in the political context of the time in which it was being read.
The modern interpretation of the text is a result of the twentieth century rendition of it inspired by the nationalist movement of the
time.

SECURE SYNOPSIS: 14 DECEMBER 2017

NOTE: Please remember that following ‘answers’ are NOT ‘model answers’. They are NOT synopsis too if we go by definition of the term. What
we are providing is content that both meets demand of the question and at the same time gives you extra points in the form of background
information.

Topic: Role of women

1) Examine the causes of skewed gender ratio at workplaces in India. What measures will ensure better gender ratio? Examine. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

The #metoo campaign bringing to the surface a new name every week, thousands of women all over the world are openly sharing experiences of
the harassment they have faced in society and in the workplace.

Effects of Sexual Harassment at workplace

1. Careers of women affected

Careers of the women that were stunted or destroyed by such behaviour.

Mental health impacts of being a victim, from depression to loss in confidence.

1. Loss of talent

The loss of talent is real.

A woman’s career stagnates after she experiences harassment at the workplace.
These women often choose to work in an environment perceived to be safer, but perhaps disconnected from their field of interest.
 Policymakers frequently lament the dismal number of women students in science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM)
fields.
Girls formed only 8% of the total students enrolled in the Indian Institutes of Technology in 2016.
But Indian girls consistently outperform their male peers in the higher secondary examination.

1. Effects on employers

And it’s not just the employee that suffers.

In the US, employers paid about $125 million in the past two years to settle claims through the equal employment opportunity commission
(EEOC).
Data on Indian companies is also starting to emerge. The figures don’t include the loss of productivity and morale that such behaviour
imposes on the company.

Indian law

Unlike the US, India doesn’t have a body overseeing workplace equality.
The sexual harassment law, while welcome, is fairly recent, with little or no oversight. It’s not easy to bring class-action suits to hold powerful
men accountable.

Potential solutions

The increasing number of women in leadership positions has a direct effect in preventing harassment.
In male-dominated industries such as mining or construction, far more women report sexual harassment than in other fields. In comparison,
female-dominated and gender-balanced fields, such as education, harbour less tolerance of hostile behaviour.
Male-dominated management teams are more likely to tolerate, sanction or even expect, aggressive behaviour from peers.

2) Karnataka, with the sixth largest number of undergraduate engineering seats (1,00,565) in the country, is the state with the least vacancies among
the top 10 states that together account for 80 per cent of the total seats. Examine why Karnataka fares better compared to other states. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

As engineering seats go unfilled across the country, as desperate colleges lower the bar to get students, as the poor quality of graduates and
their lack of employability threaten to undermine India’s demographic dividend
Karnataka’s relative success is an exception.

Factors responsible for Karnatka’s success

1. Right ecosystem

The engineering boom first arrived in Karnataka.

In fact, the first private engineering colleges in the country — BMS College of Engineering in Bengaluru and National Institute of
Engineering in Mysore — were set up here in 1946.

1. Industrial and services base to absorb

Much before the IT industry came up in 1991, Karnataka had an ecosystem of engineering excellence.
The state had institutions such as the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) and Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL).
Currently, Bengaluru is the fourth largest technology cluster in the world after Silicon Valley, Boston and London. It also has the
largest number of R&D centres in the country.
In short, a ready market for those who graduated from its engineering colleges.
Karnataka did well to ensure that its colleges were “clustered near urban centres
Almost 100 of the state’s 192 engineering colleges are either in or around Bengaluru.

1. Controlled intake

There has been a fairly controlled enhancement of intake (in Karnataka) because the market here responds very ably.

1. Quality

Because the state had a head start in engineering education, it meant they had a much larger pool of qualified faculty to choose from.
Quality of education, as a result, has always been better in the state.
In fact, when other states went through their respective boom periods, Karnataka even provided them faculty.

1. Check on expansion

Despite the early start and though Karnataka continues to retain its position as a premier software export hub, the expansion in the number of
engineering institutes in the state hasn’t been as unbridled as in the rest of the country.
State had 192 institutes in 2016 as opposed to 527 in Tamil Nadu, 372 in Maharashtra, 329 in Andhra Pradesh, 283 in Telangana and 296 in
Uttar Pradesh. Even Kerala, a state one-fifth the size of Karnataka, had 164 colleges, with 42% of its BE/BTech seats vacant in 2016-17.
The state’s success story has a curious religious angle — the involvement in education of mutts or monasteries that are usually caste-based
and wield immense political and social clout.
Almost all of the state’s mutts have set up educational institutions as part of their ‘social service’, many of them engineering colleges.
This association has helped put the brakes on the unbridled expansion of engineering education since, unlike in other states , the
increase was based on “real and not speculative demand”.
A religious organisation usually doesn’t treat education as a business. It sees it as a social obligation.

3) The twin combination of “bail-in” clause of the Financial Resolution and Deposit Insurance Bill (FRDI) and the aggressive move towards
cashless economy pose a larger threat to the deposits of ordinary citizens. Discuss. (250 Words)

The Hindu
Why bail in introduced?

The biggest challenge for a government launching a “bail-in” attack on deposits is that depositors can promptly withdraw their money
from the bank by demanding cash.
Such an event can lead to severe bank runs and destabilise the banking system because bank deposits are only fractionally backed by
actual cash.

Impact of cashless economy

1. Stability of banks

Such rapid withdrawal of cash deposits, however, may slowly cease to be an option for depositors as the world increasingly turns away
from cash and towards digital money.
When all, or even a predominant share, of money in the world is digital, there is no question of banks having to meet depositors’ demand for
cash.
So a cashless world will, once and for all, free banks from the obligation to meet cash demands from depositors, thus protecting them
from any liquidity crisis.

1. Tax on depositors

More importantly, it would also strip depositors of the power to withdraw their deposits in the form of cash to escape any tax or other forms of
confiscation by the government.

1. Easy credit and thus depositors money at risk

Banks have been a major source of funding for governments and their economies across the world.
Most of such lending happens through loans which are not backed by savings but instead through fresh money creation, which in turn
leads to economic crises and bank runs led by depositors.
A cashless world, on the other hand, makes it easier for banks to carry out their business of credit creation without the risk of having to
satisfy the demand for cash from depositors. Consequently, it prevents recurrent crises of liquidity that are faced by banks.

1. Negative interest rates will erode value for depositors

Policies like negative interest rates, which would otherwise push depositors to rush out of banks to escape the tax imposed on their
deposits, become more feasible under a cashless banking system in which depositors are essentially locked in by banks.
Depositors in such cases will have no other option but to spend their money to escape a penalty on it.

5) The cultural ecology of Gwadar and Chabahar have the potential to become part of Indian soft-power diplomacy. Analyse. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

The geopolitics around the Indian Ocean has placed Gwadar and Chabahar at the centrestage of an engaging chess game of power. The two
ports also have the potential to become part of Indian soft-power diplomacy.
The cultural ecology of Gwadar and Chabahar, defined by the idea of “Baloch”, make them suitable for such a project.

Baloch Cultural heritage

The Baloch, a semi-nomadic and pastoral community, carry the collective memory of West, Central and South Asia along with the
recollections of their connections to the Greeks, as part of their cultural heritage.
While they are Muslims, the strains of other beliefs such as Hinduism, Zoroastrianism and Sufism influence various aspects of the Balochi
cultural heritage.
Their language, bardic traditions and traditional knowledge skills comprising linguistics, crafts, performing arts, rituals, and pastoral and
agricultural traditions recall a cultural map of different parts of Asia. They encompass an ethos forged through ideas exchanged over centuries
through land and sea routes.

Conclusion

While the association of Balochistan with economics, security and other areas of hard diplomacy is well-known, its shared cultural heritage
with communities in India makes it amenable to soft power diplomacy.
Besides being a part of road and ocean routes, Balochistan can also be a part of a skill corridor. The creation of such a corridor — facilitated
by shared cultural ecology and traditional knowledge systems — could lead sustainable skill programmes that draw on people-to-people
contact at the grass roots level.

Topic: Issues relating to development and management of Social Sector/Services relating to Health,

6) A National Technical Advisory Group on Immunisation (NTAGI) has proposed that a vaccine against the human papillomavirus (HPV), which
causes cervical cancer, be introduced in India’s Universal Immunisation Programme (UIP). Discuss the issues involved in introduction of HPV
vaccine. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

A National Technical Advisory Group on Immunisation (NTAGI) has proposed that a vaccine against the human papillomavirus (HPV),
which causes cervical cancer, be introduced in India’s Universal Immunisation Programme (UIP).
NTAGIs are a “technical resource providing guidance to national policymakers and programme managers to enable them to make evidence-
based immunisation-related policy and programme decisions”.
Globally, cervical cancer is the fourth most frequent cancer in women; among Indian women, it is the second most frequent, according to the
WHO.
India accounted for a third of all global cervical cancer deaths, with 1.32 lakh new cases diagnosed annually, mostly in advanced stages.
 While India has seen a fall in the incidence of cervical cancer over the last three decades, the number of cases remains high in rural areas, and
where sanitation and hygiene are low.

Issues

Arguments against HPV introduction

1. Cost

In India, the primary concern is cost, given the huge population and stretched healthcare budgets.
A single shot of Gardasil costs approximately Rs 3,000 and Cervarix, about Rs 2,000. Each girl requires three shots.

1. Efficacy

At present, no data suggests that either Gardasil or Cervarix can prevent invasive cervical cancer as the testing period is too short to evaluate
the long-term benefits of HPV vaccination.
India is already witnessing a declining trend in cervical cancer due to better hygiene, changing reproductive patterns, improved nutrition and
water supply.

1. Immunity not complete

Further, there are over 100 HPV sub-types against which the vaccine does not provide immunity.

1. Side effects

Vaccine can even cause rare side-effects such as regional pain syndrome.
It’s better that we strengthen the reasons behind this trend rather than expose the entire population to the vaccine.

Arguments for introduction

1. No safety issue

A WHO position paper published in May 2017 noted that the “WHO Global Advisory Committee for Vaccine Safety (GACVS), which
regularly reviews the evidence on the safety of HPV vaccines” had concluded in January 2016 that the “available evidence did not suggest any
safety concern”.

1. Globally accepted

Globally 71 countries (37%) had introduced HPV vaccine in their national immunisation programme for girls, and 11 countries (6%) also for
boys”.
Australia, which was the first country to introduce HPV vaccination in its school programme now has one of the lowest rates of cervical
cancer in the world.

3) What were the objectives of the New Delhi Declaration signed between India and Iran? Have they been realised? Critically examine. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

In January 2003, when Iran’s President Khatami visited India as the chief guest for the Republic Day celebrations, he and then-Prime
Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee signed on an ambitious roadmap of strategic cooperation.

Among the key projects agreed on was Chabahar, which held the potential to link the South Asian subcontinent to the Persian Gulf,
Afghanistan, Central Asia and Europe.

At a press conference, Vajpayee said that the two countries were determined to “consolidate, expand and diversify” bilateral relations, with
clear targets to be achieved over the “next five years”, or by 2008.

Objectives envisaged under New Delhi Declaration

1. Economic relations – Transport Corridors and Energy security

In the New Delhi Declaration they signed, the two leaders recognised that their “growing strategic convergence needs to be underpinned
with a strong economic relationship”.
In boosting the economic content of ties, the focus was on building transport corridors and deepening energy cooperation.

2. Transit to Afghanistan bypassing Pakistan

India’s ambition of reaching Afghanistan — since Pakistan had blocked land transit and access through its territory — fuelled the need for
developing the strategic project of Chabahar.

Why not realised fully?

US declaration of Iran being one of the “axis of evil” — along with Iraq and North Korea —pushed New Delhi to abandon its strategic
relationship with Tehran.
The relations gathered momentum in 2015 as the Iran-P-5+1 talks bore fruition and geopolitics took a new direction.
In 2017, the new US administration’s attitude towards Iran is again bitter.

Way forward

New Delhi appears determined to stay the course since it believes the benefits of the Chabahar project are clear. Delhi’s approach also stems
from the fact that China is aggressively pursuing its own Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) under Chinese President Xi Jinping’s One
Belt One Road (OBOR) project —many in Delhi view this as one of India’s projects to counter Xi’s BRI
Indian policymakers will have to use the Chabahar project as a lynchpin to integrate it with its larger connectivity project — the
International North South Transport Corridor (INSTC).
The INSTC, initiated in 2000 by Russia, India and Iran, is a multi-modal transportation route linking the Indian Ocean and the Persian Gulf to
the Caspian Sea via Iran, and onward to northern Europe via St Petersburg in Russia. The INSTC envisages the movement of goods from
Mumbai, India to Bandar Abbas, Iran, by sea, from Bandar Abbas to Bandar-e-Anzali, an Iranian port on the Caspian Sea, by road, from
Bandar-e-Anzali to Astrakhan, a Caspian port in the Russian Federation, by ship across the Caspian Sea, and thereafter into the Russian
Federation and further into Europe by Russian Railways.
ROLE OF CIVIL SERVICES IN A DEMOCRACY.

3) A welfare scheme seeking change is only as effective as the mentality of the final beneficiary. How do you think can merging behavioural
insights into policy making make its effectiveness better? Comment. (200 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- The behavioural economist Richard Thaler, the winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics this year went on to show that even small
departures from rationality have outsized impacts, and that limitedly rational humans don’t fit neatly into classical economics. So, he helped develop
a new branch of economics, behavioural economics, to study the interplay of human quirks and economic forces.

Behavioural economics and policy making :-

A wide set of our choices are driven and limited by our cognitive ability, attention and motivation. People are habitué in missing the
deadlines; they get impatient and often procrastinate. Over the last decade or so, these behavioural aspects of human behaviour have been
incorporated into mainstream economics.
Insights from behavioural economics can help us answer several important questions. They can help us understand why attendance rates
remain low in schools for ex often because of poor course design, why some people choose to defecate in the open like often because they
find toilets disgusting, how farmers are slow to adopt a new useful technology like often because there may not be enough know-how about
this new machine or equipment.
Development policies become measurably more effective when combined with insights into human behaviour. In example of open defecation,
practised in large parts of rural India, it is practiced in spite of toilets being available on the premises of households. There could be many
reasons for this like convenience, lack of awareness etc.
A recent survey by the Research Institute for Compassionate Economics(RICE) found that 84% of the respondents had never heard of any
village-level meeting on sanitation; and less than a third had ever seen a poster or any other form of message about toilets. The other possible
solution that can overcome the behavioural problem is construction of better designed toilets.

Way Forward :-

Some core principles in designing a behavioural intervention must be kept in mind :-

There is a need to design incentives for self-control can have powerful effects. For instance, consider the problem of low productivity among
workers in India.
We should find solutions to avoidable self-control problems. For instance, farmers face enormous financial distress before the harvest season
because of which they borrow large sums of money.
Small monetary incentives can bring in bigger change. Take the case of low rates of immunization in India. A study by Abhijit Banerjee and
 MIT students show that small incentives in immunisation drastically increased the rate of immunisation in Rajsthan.
A large number of public programmes intended for the poor do not succeed because of poor advertisement. For ex. Open defecation
Information should be framed or designed to fit the mental model of recipients; people often ignore those messages which do not conform to
their beliefs.

Introduction :- Indian society since ancient times has been deeply patriarchal. But this has not deterred the women in society to come forward. The
worship of goddess in Indian culture and religions tells the similar trends about gender subjugation.

Goddesses in Indian art and culture :-

The major festivals like Dasara, Diwali and Kali Puja shows that the goddess has always been present and it is time to acknowledge her power
and her place in our lives.
The goddess appears in many forms in popular Hinduism, from serene and domesticated Lakshmi to fiery Durga and to wrathful Kali.
In many parts of the country Dasara celebrates the victory of the goddess over the buffalo demon Mahisha.

Patriarchal culture cant envision a truly supreme goddess :-

In Indus valley civilization and Vedic civilization finds mentions of many female goddess like mother goddess figurine, Usha, Aditi,
Brahmvadinis etc. but they fail to establish their independence and true supremacy. Indian society was patriarchal in majority of time periods.
Shakti is usually depicted as having the weapons of all the gods, even the Trimurti. She holds the trident of Shiva, the Chakraof Vishnu,
the Vajra of Indra, the Gada of Yamaraaj. She is depicted the most powerful but her power is derived from male gods.
If Prakriti is celebrated as the maker of the world, she is also responsible for Maya, its illusory nature which keeps us bound in the cycle of
rebirth.
Though Durga remains independent, she is created from the surplus energy of the gods. Kali’s outstretched tongue expresses shame as she
dances on Shiva’s corpse.
Sita had to give Agni Pariksha owing to her captivity in Lanka. However without her any fault she was held responsible and impure unless she
proved her chastity.

All these examples show that the societal nature defines not only position of it’s women but also position of it’s goddess. In India’s case subjugation
for females is deeply entrenched and significantly visible.

1) Inequality is reprehensible not only because it is inherently unfair and unjust, but because it can cause harm in a number of domains of everyday
living. Discuss. (200 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :-

Our inequality materializes our upper class, vulgarizes our middle class, brutalizes our lower class

MATTHEW ARNOLD

Inequality is one of the worst form of evil in society. It leaves the poor, downtrodden helpless and hopeless as it is unfair and unjust. It can impact
the life of poor in in everyday in number of domain :-

The poor spend the bulk of their income on necessities, the marginal propensity to consume out of income is higher for the poor than it is for
the rich.
The concentration of wealth and income in the hands of a few is conducive to a market structure that is monopolistic or oligopolistic.
Monopolistic pricing is associated with deadweight losses in welfare.
Inequality is often both the source and the consequence of economic domination by one group of people over another. The ghettoization of the
Muslim community in Gujarat after the events of 2002, and the attempt at nullification of the community’s economic status, is a case in point.
Inequalities of income and wealth have a way of spilling over into other domains, such as health. Economic inequalities are known to have
stress and demoralization effects on workers. Inequality can thus dampen productivity, and so earning potential, and so productivity again in a
vicious cycle.
Public health and public education might be expected to be among the casualties of a system of self-centred vested interests wrought by large
concentrations of economic resources and political power in the hands of a few.

Way for ward :-

Income differences can be reduced via redistribution through taxes and benefits, or by reducing differences in pre-tax incomes. The
international evidence suggests that greater equality confers the same benefits on a society whether it is achieved through one of these
approaches or the other.
Forms of economic democracy, such as employee ownership, employee representation on boards, employee share ownership, mutuals and
cooperatives tend to reduce the scale of income inequality and help equality to become more embedded in a society.
To reduce inequality, policies should be universal in principle paying attention to the needs of disadvantaged and marginalized populations.
In most cases, it is the result of institutional structures that create social barriers based on: sex, age, ethnicity, social status, among other
variables that define individuals’ initial conditions. Hence creating an enabling environment is necessary with steps like spreading education,
empowering the weaker section by skilling, providing free health, food facilities etc.
Targeting helps to reduce income inequality and inequalities related to education and health. Income transfers programmes can have a greater
and longer term impact if better targeting is used, ensuring people with wider gaps in access and income inequality are participants of the
programmes. For ex. MGNREGA, PDS
Revision of legislative frameworksthat foster inequality and enacting enabling laws:-This strategy can help to identify discriminatory
laws or laws that generate inequalities among people or regions. Recently Maharashtra government has passed law against social boycott to
reduce social inequality and discrimination.

Discrimination against certain groups of population might isolate them and limit their access to opportunities for a better wellbeing. Media
campaigns and advocacy efforts, which identify this kind of discrimination and promote the participation of these sectors, can make people with
disabilities, migrants, religions groups and indigenous groups more confident about their inclusion in the State. Affirmative action can help to
reduce the impact of ancient discrimination and inequality towards social groups. Quotas for education, political participation can also improve their
voice on public policy.
 3) Does Aadhar assure unique identity and other benefits better than its predecessors? Comment. (200 Words)

The Wire

Introduction :- Aadhaar, which means ‘ foundation’ is a 12 digit unique-identity number issued to all Indian residents based on their biometric and
demographic data. The data is collected by the Unique Identification Authority of India (UIDAI), a statutory authority established in January 2009
by the Government of India, under the Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology, under the provisions of the Aadhaar (Targeted Delivery
of Financial and other Subsidies, benefits and services) Act, 2016.

Aadhaar was conceived to solve the problem of fake and ghost identities. All the present uses of Aadhaar profess to leverage this purported
capability of it. Adhaar doesn not shows dramatic improvements over the other identification programs because following criterias shows it’s
vulnerability.

To correctly understand how far Aadhaar can go towards achieving its goals, it may be pertinent to list out the key features that we should look for
in an “identity proof” and then see how Aadhaar stacks up against each of these.

It should be difficult to create fake identities:- In the case of Aadhaar, the shield of invincibility was built on the promise of biometric
technology, i.e. biometric deduplication would instantly throw out anyone trying to enroll more than once. This indeed is an undeniable truth.
A genuine person should not face difficulties in proving his identity:- The founding fathers of Aadhaar have placed the identity of all
Indians on the thin ice of biometrics. Biometrics is not an exact science. It is suitable for forensic and surveillance purposes, where it is
applied on a best-effort basis. But it would be perilous to leave the identity of an individual to the mercy of circumstances. For ex people with
leprosy faced many difficulties in proving their fingerprints.
It should be difficult to misappropriate the identity :- The strength of an identity system is determined by how difficult it is to
misappropriate someone else’s identity. The key to unlocking Aadhaar identity is biometrics, which is neither secret nor changeable, hence
not the least suited to serve as a password.

In order to strengthen Aadhaar steps like advancing Aadhaar with technological security, multiple layer of cyber security, codification,
strengthening linkages of data protection and restricting biometric misuse, up gradation and improvement in infrastructure along with robust data
laws, privacy protection laws are needed.

2) What do you understand by pluralism? In your opinion, which events in modern India have negatively impacted pluralism most? Examine. (150
Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Pluralism in theory relates to the co-existence of various religious, cultural and diverse groups of people within a definite territory. Indian pluralism
has been a source of inspiration to many countries, as, besides the cultural coherence witnessed in Indian Society, pluralism is not only protected by
the Constitution of India, but the very genesis of Indian society.

Pluralism has however witnessed disturbances in the last few decades

Religious riots

Evidenced by the Babri Masjid Demolition, Godhra riots, Indian society went regressive unlike its ethos.
The majoritarianism has no specific reference in ancient India, while it has evolved into “religious nationalism” today.

Caste conflicts

The Jat revolt in Punjab and Haryana, Patiadar and Dalit revolts in Gujarat have highlighted the sharp divide in the society at the regional
level.
However these protests were equally the result of socio-economic imbalances created due to rural economic unrest besides caste factor.
The caste reservation, which indeed has significance, has emerged as a contentious issue in respect of share in coveted government jobs.

Regional disputes

The regional identities in the subcontinent got consolidated in the medieval period, primarily on the basis of language when the Bhakti p
movement spread.
In the recent context, the disputes on the sharing of waters of rivers like between Tamil Nadu and Karanatka are issues of concern.. The
cultural antecedents of such disputes challenges plural coexistence.
The imposition of uniform language like Sanskritised Hindi in a land with more than 1600 languages and 22 constitutionally recognised
languages besides thousands of dialects has been an issue since independence.

Conclusion

Though India has made sustained and successful efforts to make the nation a thread after the independence, there is much more that needs to be
done.
VALUES

6) India produces too few entrepreneurs for its stage of development. Why promoting entrepreneurship is important for India? What are the
strategies it can adopt? Discuss. (250 Words)

Livemint

Importance of entrepreneurship

1. Absorbtion of huge labour by creating jobs

A million people join the labour force every month. This amounts to 12 millionIndians joining the labour force every year, which is more
than the entire population of Sweden.

State of India’s entrepreneurship

1. Low development of entrepreneurship

Contrary to popular belief, India produces too few entrepreneurs for its stage of development. The pace of creation of new businesses
and new start-ups in India is low compared to the rest of the world – World Bank.

1. Concentration in few places

There is huge heterogeneity in entrepreneurship within India, with new establishments concentrated in a few places. There is extensive
evidence of agglomeration economies.
Supportive incumbent industrial structures for input and output markets are strongly linked to higher establishment entry rates.
For a city, start-ups are more frequent in industries that share common labour needs or have customer-supplier relationships with
the city’s incumbent businesses.
However, strong agglomeration economies and supportive incumbent industrial structures still do not explain why heterogeneity in
entrepreneurship within India should be much bigger than what other countries have experienced.

Factors important for enhancing entrepreneurship

1. Quality of local physical infrastructure

Good physical infrastructure is essential to supporting entrepreneurship, economic growth and job creation.
Goods and services cannot be produced, or jobs created, without access to roads, electricity, telecommunication, water, education and
health.

1. Local education levels

The link between education and entrepreneurship has strong roots.

Education improves skill and spreads ideas more quickly.
Programmes that promote education in poorer districts can increase the supply of potential entrepreneurs, provide broader benefits to
the communities, and enhance equity.
There are limits to the pace at which India can accumulate physical capital and invest in physical infrastructure, but there is no limit to the
speed with which India can close the gap in knowledge.

Strategies needed

There is no one magic formula, or one size fits all, for making all districts more enterprising.

1. Effective use of market

The market should be used to determine its comparative advantage.

1. Physical and knowledge infrastructure at local levels

 Policymakers have the responsibility of providing infrastructure.
Districts become more competitive when they are livable, have good infrastructure, are well-governed, invest more in urban
knowledge generation and capacity- building and work through strengthened public and private partnerships at the local, national,
and international levels.
They will attract more entrepreneurs and create more jobs.

1. Digital infrastructure

The jobs challenge faced by India will be shaped not just by how India invests in physical and human infrastructure, but by global trends
towards increasing use of digital technologies.
Heavy manufacturing is likely to start shedding jobs first. Light manufacturing still has the potential to create some jobs.

1. Innovation in content and delivery of education

Many more new jobs will be created in modern services.

The future of jobs will be driven more by education and skills than in the past. Policymakers will need to introduce innovations in the
content and delivery of education.
The potential of technology-enabled solutions, supported by a stronger foundation of digital literacy,will go a long way in putting the
future of jobs on a stronger footing.

1. Small enterprises

The future of jobs remains positive, given that India is starting from a low base in entrepreneurship.
India’s strength in entrepreneurship lies in its small enterprises. They are now well integrated in global supply chains.
Last but not least, women-headed entrepreneurship will become the new driver of job growth in the future.
Local governments wanting to promote pro-entrepreneurial growth should focus less on firm-casing —attracting large mature firms from
somewhere else—and focusmore on encouraging entrepreneurship in their community.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

8) Write a note on the ethical issues involved in nuclear war. (150 Words)

General

Introduction :- Nuclear warfare (sometimes atomic warfare or thermonuclear warfare) is a military conflict or political strategy in which nuclear
weaponry is used to inflict damage on the enemy. Nuclear weapons are weapons of mass destruction; in contrast to conventional warfare, nuclear
warfare can produce destruction in a much shorter time-frame and can have a long-lasting radiological warfare dimension.

The application of nuclear technology, both as a source of energy and as an instrument of war, has been controversial.

Ethical issues involved :-

Use of nuclear science :- Even before the first nuclear weapons had been developed, scientists involved with the Manhattan Projectwere
divided over the use of the weapon. The question of whether nations should have nuclear weapons, or test them, has been continually and
 nearly universally controversial. For ex use of nuclear power to made Japan surrender in world war 2.
Misuse and overproduction under name of deterrence :- Deterrence is a psychological phenomenon. It involves convincing an aggressor not to
attack by threatening it with harmful retaliation. However the nuclear weapons are being misused by world powers. Ex North Korean
aggressions.
Nuclear policy of world is discriminatory :- Nuclear weapons are held by a handful of states which insist that these weapons provide unique
security benefits, and yet reserve uniquely to themselves the right.
Nuclear war results in mass destruction :- The use of nuclear weapons doesn’t discriminate between targets and civilians and wipe out entire
area mercilessly.
Environmental destruction is a very devastating outcome of nuclear warfare. The use of nuclear weapons destruct the water bodies, land and
plant system of areas beyond restoration and rehabilitation.

Nuclear warfare has been a rarest phenomenon in world history. It was only used in single case of Japan Hiroshima and Nagasaki bombing. In other
all cases it is just a deterrence but that doesn’t eliminate the threats it can possess to the humanity and planet earth. Hence efforts at all levels of
community, government, organisations should be made to reduce and ultimately eliminate the nuclear weapons production. International Campaign
to Abolish Nuclear Weapons has won Noble Peace Prize amidst scaling tensions of a nuclear war warfare is a right sign in this direction.

1) Multiplicity of agencies and functional overlap deter effective urban governance. With reference to the recent incident in Mumbai, critique on
how urban governance can become more seamless. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Cities like Mumbai are facing disasters in form of urban floods, pollution menace etc. The “resilient Mumbai spirit” in the face of
crisis has been lauded by many. But when crises keep occurring frequently, it is a sign that something has gone badly wrong with the city’s
governance. The recent stampede at Elphinstone station shows this.

Impact of multiplicity of agencies and functional overlap :-

Cities in India are governed by multiple organisations and authorities which have their own jurisdictions; thus Indian cities are characterised
by multiple boundaries.
The governing authorities in a city include urban local bodies (ULB) with the primary functions of service delivery, planning for socio-
economic development and regulation of development.
Large cities also have development authorities, urban development authorities or improvement trusts responsible for planning and
development that divide cities into various planning zones.
This all results in lack of co ordination among various agencies and confusion in charge of work. This makes the public suffer as they don’t
get effective and necessary infrastructure.
This also means lack of an adaptive and flexible planning process in response to the economic forces that drive demand for land and land use.
Coordination and cooperation among all public authorities concerned needs to take place not just in response to a crisis but as a regular and
routine feature of the governance set-up. This requires a single coordinating agency.

CASE STUDY DELHI :-

Until 2012, Delhi was governed by three municipal corporations — the Municipal Corporation of Delhi (MCD), the New Delhi Municipal
Council (NDMC) and the Delhi Cantonment Board. The area under the MCD was further sub-divided into 12 zones.
In 2012, the MCD area was divided into three municipal corporations — the North Delhi Municipal Corporation, the South Delhi Municipal
Corporation and the East Delhi Municipal Corporation. Thus the NCT is governed by five bodies.
In 2012, the administrative boundaries were reformed to include two more districts — South East and Shahdara — to form 11 districts. The
Master Plan for Delhi, 2021, notified in 2007 and formulated by the Delhi Development Authority (DDA), identifies 15 planning zones.

It is crucial that the agency have a clear functional mandate and adequate autonomous power for planning and decision making. Further, it should
have jurisdiction over certain functions such as transport for the entire metropolitan region. Besides transit, other functions such as solid waste
disposal and water supply, that require provisioning at a regional level, could be delineated to be undertaken by this agency. It needs to have
representatives from other public organisations and domain experts from outside the public sphere. Finally, it needs to be accountable to citizens for
the functions in the region. This could be done by having direct or indirect elections to appoint the political head for this agency.

Introduction :- The recent incidence of NTPC Unchahar power plant in Rae Bareli took toll of 32 people and caused sever injuries to security
personal. The ethical issues involved in it stems from various concerns :-

Lack of legal accountability :- The basic objective of the Indian Boilers Act, 1923 is to ensure the safety of life and protection of property by
mandating uniform standards in the quality and upkeep of these units. This is violated in this accident.
Negligence and carelessness :- The accident was entirely preventable because boilers are designed to provide warnings as soon as dangerous
pressure builds up and trigger automatic safety devices at a critical point if periodic inspections are done.
Corruption and malpractices involved :- At the Unchahar plant, the blocking of an outlet for waste gases by ash, unusual in a fairly new boiler,
calls for an inquiry into the quality of the equipment and the fuel used.
Lack of transparent regulatory mechanism :- The slack industrial regulation in country has resulted in inefficiency and corruption which is
also exaggerated by governments slackening of safety rules.
Compromise on safety of life :- Rigorous quality checking, accident reporting, prompt responsive actions are necessary which seemed to be
lacking in this incidence. Rise of such incidents shows professional irresponsibility and lack of accountability on administration part.
Suffrage to families of dead and injured :- Such incidences renders the families in broken state. State though compensate financially can’t
reverse back their permanent emotional loss.

Human disasters are very much avoidable if proper care is taken on all fronts. It’s occurrence and then repeated, increased incidences shows
deterioration of ethical administration in their management along with technical. Hence proper guidelines, internationally recognized frameworks
and constant improvisation of ethical administration is required.
EFFECTS OF GLOBALIZATION ON INDIAN SOCIETY

6) What are the components of integrated flood management? Is poor governance the cause of flooding of Chennai and Mumbai during heavy rains?
Discuss strategies to prevent floods in these two metros. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Integrated Flood Management (IFM) integrates land and water resources development in a flood plain, within the context of
Integrated Water Resources Management (IWRM), with a view to maximise the efficient use of the flood plains and minimise loss of property and
life.

The aim of IFM is to put in place well-functioning integrated measures for flood management, which enhance the benefits of floods and minimise
their destruction. For this, the linkages between various relevant sectors become very important.

At the core of integration is effective communication across institutional and disciplinary boundaries, which can take place only if there is a
perception of common interest.

Major integrated flood management measures aim to reduce flood risk and flood hazard across the flood plain and can be grouped into 4 classes

Land-use measures; – aimed at “keeping people away from floods”.

Structural measures;- aimed at “keeping flood waters away from the people”.
Flood preparedness measures; aimed at “getting people ready for floods”.
Flood emergency measures; – aimed at “helping affected people cope with floods”.

Urban floods and poor governance :

Regular flooding and water-logging in our cities indicate that the municipal administration and administrative coordination has collapsed.

Problems of over urbanization like slums mushrooming, illegal construction, in adequate drainage system, waste management system exaggerate the
urban flood situation.

Similar flooding has been seen in Bhopal, Mumbai, Bangalore, Nashik and Chennai.
Their role in prompt actions, grievances redreassal, implementing preventive measures for flooding like planting trees, checking, cleaning drainages
is alos not satisfactory hence a major responsibility for urban flooding goes to municipal corporations.

Strategies to prevent floods in these two metros :-

· Introduce better flood warning systems :- The Central governmental agencies and city administration must “improve our flood warning
systems”, giving people more time to take action during flooding, saving lives and property damage.

· Modify homes and businesses to help them withstand floods :- The focus should be on “flood resilience” rather than defence schemes

· Construct buildings above flood levels :– Metro cities, Smart cities should construct all new buildings one metre from the ground to prevent
flood damage

· Protect wetlands and introduce plant trees strategically :– The creation of more wetlands – which can act as sponges, soaking up moisture
– and wooded areas can slow down waters when rivers overflow. These areas are often destroyed to make room for agriculture and development, the
WWF said.

· Restore rivers to their natural courses :- Many river channels have been historically straightened to improve navigability. Remeandering
straightened rivers by introducing their bends once more increases their length and can delay the flood flow and reduce the impact of the flooding
downstream. Ex Mithi river in Mumbai.

· Other measures like Introduce water storage areas, Improve soil conditions, Put up more flood barriers must also be implemented.

Municipal bodies of our cities have to come out with consistent and coherent urban policy. Water-logging and flooding is as much a result of
incoherent urban policy as it is of poor implementation. In the absence of a coherent urban policy, citizens would continue to suffer and be stranded
in their vehicles for hours on a rainy day.

Additional information :-
INDIAN CULTURE WILL COVER THE SALIENT ASPECTS OF ART FORMS, LITERATURE AND
ARCHITECTURE FROM ANCIENT TO MODERN TIMES.

7) On December 18, 2017, the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) issued a draft notification to amend the
Environment Impact Assessment Notification (2006) and subsequent amending notifications such as those issued in 2014 and 2016. Discuss these
amendments and their significance.(250 Words)

Down to Earth

Note that this is a draft notification and thus is not required to learn verbatim, but it is very important to appreciate the policy trends on
‘Environment Impact Assessment , which is a particularly mentioned topic in the syllabus.

Introduction:

Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) is used as an instrument to assesses the environmental damage due to industrial and other
developmental activities and minimizing adverse impact on environment by suggesting changes in the design, land use, technology and
sometimes refusing the clearance for development activity.
On December 18, 2017, the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) issued a draft notification to amend the
Environment Impact Assessment Notification (2006) and subsequent amending notifications such as those issued in 2014 and 2016.
The latest amendment increases the ambit of state government authorities to grant environmental clearances (ECs) to development
projects.
The draft notification particularly relates to mining projects involving non-coal minerals and minor minerals, as well as river
valley/irrigation projects.
The draft notification, which is in public domain, now puts more mining projects under the ambit of State Environmental Impact
Assessment Authorities (SEIAAs) and State Expert Appraisal Committees (SEACs), for clearance.

Changes proposed for mining projects

Non-coal mining projects

The Central government can now clear only those non-coal mining projects requiring 100 or more hectares of land lease.
Until now, the EIA notification of 2006 (and subsequent amendments) required the Centre to clear all such projects which required 50
or more hectares of land.

Minor minerals

For minor minerals, including sand mining, both for individual and cluster projects, the ones requiring more than 25 but less than 100
hectares of land will require state clearances, while those above 100 hectares requiring central clearances.
Proposals regarding lease areas of less than five hectares, however, remain under district authorities such as District Environmental Impact
Assessment Authority (DEIAA) and District Expert Appraisal Committee (DEAC), as per the 2016 amendment.

River valley and irrigation projects

River valley and irrigation projects, involving cultural command area (CCA) of 2,000-10,000 hectares, were initially to be cleared by state
agencies whereas those involving more than 10,000 hectares were to be cleared by the Centre.
The new notification, however, expands this range of projects vastly by allowing states to clear projects involving CCA between 5,000 to
50,000 hectares. Projects involving CCA of less than 5,000 hectares would be classified under ‘minor irrigation projects’.
For those river valley projects falling in more than one state, the Central government would be the appraising authority.
Moreover, project proposals, involving changes in irrigation technology (which have environmental benefits) by existing projects leading to
an increase in CCA but no increase in dam height or submergence, will no longer require ECs.

Conclusion

The purported changes are part of a series of notifications which have, over the years, steadily increased the responsibility of states to clear
more and more projects by reducing the burden on the Centre.
However, there are problems are especially with respect to state-level clearance authorities, the SEIAAs and SEACs. These agencies neither
have the capacity to handle increased work load, nor is there a system of accountability in place to ensure some transparency in how
clearances are issued.

1) Why did Chola rulers constantly shift their capital cities? Write a note on the architectural style of Chola temples. (150 Words)
The Hindu

Introduction:

The Chola dynasty was one of the longest ruling dynasties in the history of southern India.

Their dynasty is well know for its elaborate architectural finesse, bravery shown by Kings like Rajendra 1 their Capital was earlier located at
Uraiyur(Southern Andhra Pradesh) and was later shifted to Tanjor(Northern Tamil Nadu)

The reasons for the frequent capital shift can be traced as follows

To maintain naval hegemony over Srilanka,Maldives, Indonesia and other maritime ambitions.
To conduct trade. As Kaveripatnam ( early capital) acted as a port of trade. Silk cotton trade was the reason for shift to Uraiyur
As a mark of victory to define their mighty strength. Rajendra Chola I built new capital Gangaikonda to celebrate his victory over
northern Indian rulers. As invaders looted the Capitals of dynasties they set foot in, Cholas shifted capital to Tanjor to save temples and
architecture from destruction.

Chola temple architecture

Chola art saw culmination of dravida temple art resulting in most sophisticated buildings

Cholas followed the architectural style of the Pallavas deducting essential features of Pallavas such as lion motifs, for tigers, adding greater
refinement etc. and were mostly involved in the construction of temples (Dravidian Style)
They used material of stone instead of bricks due to its greater durability. Neatly detailed frescos including birds, dancing figurines and
other pictorial stories from Puranas. Some temples have potraits of the Kings and queens themselves.
The temples had a Garbhaghriha(Deity room); Vimana(Brihadeshwara Temple); Shikhara(Stone weighing 90 tonne); Mandap. Metal
Art(Nataraja at Chidamabaram Temple) Lofty Gates
Dvarpalas at the entrance of the mandap became a unique feature
Temples were covered with exquisite well composed sculptures and frescoes
Ganas are the most memorable figures were built during the chola period
Yazhi a recurring pattern of the sclupted mythical animals were also a unique features
Examples include Brihadweswara , Vijayalaya temples
Presence of water tank is the unique feature of chola architecture..
ETHICS IN PRIVATE AND PUBLIC RELATIONSHIPS. HUMAN VALUES – LESSONS FROM THE LIVES AND
TEACHINGS OF GREAT LEADERS, REFORMERS AND ADMINISTRATORS;

7) A strong presence of knowledge ecosystem is sine qua non for robust economic growth. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The knowledge economy is a system of consumption and production that is based on intellectual capital. The knowledge economy
commonly makes up a large share of all economic activity in developed countries. In a knowledge economy, a significant part of a company’s value
may consist of intangible assets, such as the value of its workers’ knowledge (intellectual capital), but generally accepted accounting principles do
not allow companies to include these assets on balance sheets.

Knowledge ecosystem and economic growth :-

Lesser-developed countries tend to have agriculture and manufacturing-based economies, while developing countries tend to have
manufacturing and service-based economies, and developed countries tend to have service-based economies.
By the 1960s, American economists such as Kenneth Arrow and Robert Solow had begun to notice that growth and productivity could not be
explained only by capital and labour. This differential they attributed to the knowledge content of an economy.
It is no accident that the U.S. accounts for 33% of global output of knowledge-intensive services, China 10%, but India only 2%. In high-
technology manufacturing, India barely exists.
The creation of a knowledge ecosystem that allows for robust institutions that focus on information gathering, planning, research, teaching,
credit supply, and ensuring that people are filled with hope rather than derision for the society in which they live will make a society
wealthier.

Other side :-

The heartening thing is that even with a rather low funding to research as percentage of GDP, with very few Indians taking to formal learning
and research, India still accounted for 4.4% of the global output of science research publications in 2013.
Translating this research into technology remains the weak link. For that to happen, the latest suggestion in the choice-based credit system is
to include project work at all levels in higher education institutions.
We also need to ensure ease in movement of personnel between universities and industry.
We need to provide more autonomy to public institutions in hiring and firing people.
Once an institution is given a grant, we need to ensure that it is utilised for the purpose given.

8) Gandhiji said that his life was his message to humanity. What are the important lessons that you can learn from the life of Gandhiji? Discuss.
(150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Gandhiji was a living saint. He not only revolutionized the history of countries like South Africa and India but revolutionized the
humanity through his thoughts, ethics and principles.

It is said that our lives must be a message to others and Gandhiji is the perfect example for this.

One can learn an ocean of lessons from his life directly and indirectly :

Adhering and living life according to principles :- Gandhiji adorned principles of truth, non violence, Satyagraha, honesty, integrity. He lived
his life woven around these principles which made him distinct. Gandhiji used to say Honesty, integrity is difficult to practice but not
impossible hence one must try to set life with such principles.
Consistency in saying and doing :- He followed what he used to say. His famous story about the child and his habit of eating sugar, his
withdrawal of Non Cooperation movement owing to use of violence shows this.
Redefining the existing concepts and refusal to accept established norms :- He turned the all out colonial war against British into a moral
ethical warfare and used the weapons of non violence to fight most powerful colonial power in world which no one believed would be
successful in the start.
Inspiration for sacrifice, zealous work for weaker section, downtrodden and leading from the front :- He sacrificed even his clothes, he worked
both against British and against existing evils of Indian society like untouchability both in active and inactive (Constructive work) phase of
India’s freedom struggle.

Gandhiji’s ideas, Talisman, Seven sins concept etc shows that his life is full of messages if one deeply listens to it. These lessons were learnt by
Indians as well as all over world leaders like Nelson Mandela, Martin Luther King to lead their country towards freedom, progress.

7) What are the prerequisites for India to achieve its full digital potential? What lessons India can learn from European digital economies? Discuss.
(250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

In the next three years, India will add more than 300 million new mobile subscribers—and, by 2025, it is highly likely that the country will be
the largest mobile market in the world.
Like other countries in Asia, India is developing a “mobile-first” digital culture, with smartphones fuelling a boom in e-commerce and
other forms of business.
With a rapidly growing middle class, and a young, tech-savvy population, online personal services are about to take a big jump and
international companies are ready to radically increase their investment in India’s digital economy.
Just as many Indian information technology (IT) service companies have become global leaders, there is a good chance that the next
decades will see new Indian entrepreneurs shaking up the global digital economy.

Prerequisites

1. Diffusing the digital revolution to wider masses

Digitization will boost the economy if it includes communities and regions that may have previously been distant from the information
and communication technology (ICT) advancement.
Improved telecom infrastructure as well as new affordable smartphones now give everyone the opportunity to benefit from mobile digital
technologies.
And that is helping to spur a revolution in how people can access services such as banking and retail that so far have been closed to
them.
India has about three million companies that are owned by women, and the lion’s share of those are micro-enterprises whose No.1 barrier to
growth is lack of access to formal financial services.

2.Regulations be streamlined
 It is equally important that sectors be opened up to new digital business models through reductions in regulatory restrictiveness.
India has among the most restrictive regulations for product markets in the Asia-Pacific region.
But for countries to reap the digital dividend, there must be space in the economy for new digital competition, experimentation and
entrepreneurship—especially in traditionally non-digital sectors.
All the economic growth that can be sparked by digitization will remain a promise if regulators aim to protect incumbent firms from digital
competitors, rather than removing red tape that burdens digital entrepreneurs with unnecessary costs or adopting an embracing attitude to
every actor, local or foreign.

European experience

Europe’s experience with the digital economy is an interesting example.

1. Example of Estonia

Take a country like Estonia.

A quarter-century ago, it was a poor outpost in the Soviet Union, but now it is Europe’s digital leader.
For sure, the country has ploughed a lot of capital into building high-tech infrastructure, but the success of the country is equally about a
regulatory culture that encouraged new digital competition.

2.Other countries in Europe

And contrast the example of Estonia with several countries on the European continent that are struggling to compete in the new digital
world—despite having access to world-class digital infrastructure.
Europe has several digital protectionists that have protected markets from digitization because they have feared new competition.
With ideas about preventive restrictions on new technological platforms like Amazon or Uber, or regulators that chase companies for
competing too successfully, the digital dividend has shrunk.
Unlike other comparable economies, countries like France and Germany have not experienced the quick spread of new digital
technologies in many companies and sectors.
Small- and medium-size firms in countries like Italy and Spain get bruised because they are blocked from having easy access to the
digital technologies and services they need in order to compete.
While these European countries have invested substantial resources in building up technological capacities for digital success, the
restrictive regulatory environment has lowered the economic pay-off of all that investment.

Lessons for India

India should adopt policies that serve the interest of the entire economy and avoid repeating the mistakes of some European countries.
Just like other countries that are growing their digital economy fast, India should aspire to have full and open competition between
different business models.
India has great opportunities to prosper as a digital economy, but those opportunities will diminish if it gets trapped in a regulatory culture that
is suspicious of foreign competitors and that champions the view that success must be indigenous.
Technological innovation is a boon for India—and the great thing about innovation is that the only thing that matters is how much it is
allowed to change the economy, not where it comes from.

7) What do you understand by deep learning neural network? What are its applications? Examine. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Deep learning is part of a broader family of machine learning methods based on learning data representations, as opposed to task-specific
algorithms. Neural network depicts the complex interlinkages of the different data that is accumulated over time, like in a brain.
The preprint describes the careful process of doing away with the false positives and systemic blips before coming up with the true
signals

Applications

1. Automatic machine translation

2. Deciphering complicated scripts
3. Language modeling.
4. Automatic Game Playing – AlphaGo.
5. Examination of huge amount of space data to come out with patterns and new discoveries.Recently exoplanets have been discovered
using readings made by NASA’s Kepler Space Telescope, which are archived
6. Image recognition
7. Speech recognition
8. Natural language processing.
COUNTRY

7) How do companies evade taxes through offshore companies set up in so called tax havens? In the light of ‘Paradise Papers’, discuss critically.
(250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- A trove of 13.4 million corporate records, primarily from Bermuda firm Appleby, as well as from Singapore-based Asiaciti Trust
and corporate registries maintained by governments in 19 secrecy jurisdictions, often referred to as “tax paradises” has once again highlighted the
issues of tax heavens and taxes evasion by off shore companies.

How do companies evade taxes through offshore companies :-

· An individual or company transfers assets or cash to the nominal ownership of an offshore company, with the transaction facilitated by a law firm
such as Mossack Fonseca.

· The offshore company is registered in a tax haven regime such as the British Virgin Islands, which doesn’t disclose who the beneficial owner is
and which doesn’t co-operate with other tax authorities. So the owner of the assets can avoid national taxes in their resident country – whether
income tax, capital gains, or corporation tax – which might otherwise be due.

· To access the money, the offshore company could lend money with a zero interest rate to a company based in the home country of the individual
which is also ultimately owned or controlled by the individual or company that is avoiding tax. This individual or company can then extract cash
from the recipient company while paying minimal tax

Laws specifying general anti-avoidance rule (GAAR) are in force in countries like the UK, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa and Hong
Kong. There is FATCA in the US. In Europe, anti-tax avoidance measures in the pipeline include a blacklist of offshore tax havens and a common
consolidated corporate tax base (CCCTB) for the EU, meant to block transfer of profit to low-tax jurisdictions.

In India Direct Taxes Code Bill, 2010, GAAR came into effect from April 1, 2017. India introduced this retrospective clarification to the I-T Act to
ensure that cross-border transactions of assets and have signed double taxation avoidance agreement with many countries.
LINKAGES BETWEEN DEVELOPMENT AND SPREAD OF EXTREMISM.

5) India–China relations have always been shaped by contradictory factors, with forces of cooperation limited by competing geopolitical ideas and
interests. Comment. (200 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- The history of India–China relations has witnessed it all. Nearly every facet of strategic interaction: from learning to coexist after a
prolonged period of colonial debilitation, groping for a new framework in a common neighbourhood, colliding at their common frontiers, engaging
in ideological competition, and cooperating to reform the fraying United States (US)-led order.

This relationship has always been too complex to classify under a single theme. Competition–cooperation–conflict is an often evoked typology
underscoring the contradictory nature of the relationship.

These forces of Co-operation and competing geopolitical ideas, interest are reflected in many areas :-

Some common order-building endeavors that have brought India and China together in recent years. For ex non-Western multilateral
institutions and networks—such as the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) and BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa)
—have seen co-operation of Indi China due to material and ideological convergence.
Unsatisfied with the Bretton Woods approach to development finance or the G7’s stranglehold over the levers of global governance, China
and India have discovered enduring reasons to promote new institutions that can make up the governance deficit with respect to the
developing world, as well as create real bargaining leverage to persuade the West to reform its institutions and beliefs on the world order.

These co-operative aspects get affected when the geopolitical ideas and interests gets into swing :-

The suspicions date to 1962, when India lost a short but decisive war to China. China occupies territory claimed by India, India occupies
territory claimed by China, and both compete for access to scarce water and energy resources.
China’s aggression over One road One belt projects, implementing CPEC through Indian territory, remarks over Dalai Lama visits in Tawang,
skirmishes in border areas, recent Doklam standoff, obstruction to India’s entry into NSG etc. shows this conflicting aspect of relationship.

Conflict and cooperation are not mutually exclusive in international relationships. The most realistic arrangement for India–China relations is,
therefore, one that enables both sides to manage their contradictions and positive aspects of their interactions, while keeping the door open to a new
modus vivendi should international circumstances change.
IMPORTANT INTERNATIONAL INSTITUTIONS, AGENCIES AND FORA- THEIR STRUCTURE, MANDATE
2) Railways, being the largest employer in the world, must also be the most accountable. Comment. (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Indian Railways (reporting mark IR) is a state-owned national transportation system, and is responsible for rail transport in India. It
is owned and operated by the Government of India through the Ministry of Railways. It is the fourth largest railway network in the world
comprising 119,630 kilometers. IR is the world’s eighth biggest employer and largest employer in railways had 1.33143 million employees at the
end of 2015-16.The rail budget 2016 further enhanced the employment prospects to generate employment of 14 crore man-days in 2018-2019
However the accountability is diminishing in railways now a days:-

Its present railway network is overburdened and inadequate to meet the new challenges of a fast developing economy.
Some regions are beyond the reach of railways due to unfavourable geographical conditions. These areas need to be opened to railways for
removing regional inequalities in economic growth.
Railways are facing stiff competition from road transport and thus its share in passenger and goods traffic is declining.
Railways are overburdened with surplus staff on its regular pay roles. This burden hinders the further development of railways.
The railways have to develop uneconomic projects due to political pressures and interferences.
Railways have huge outstanding payments to diesel and electric power supply companies.
The State Electricity Boards and NTPC increase the tariffs arbitrarily and thus adds to the burden of railways.
Railways are the largest consumer of diesel. Any increase in the rates of diesel, adversely affect the financial resources.
Most of the equipment used by the railways are now obsolete and need immediate replacements.

Way Forward :-

Create distance between the owner and the manager, as in all professional enterprises. The owner, in this case the ministry, should only lay
down policy for the rail sector and give operating autonomy to those who run trains.
Unbundle Indian Railways into two organizations — one responsible for the track and infrastructure and another to operate trains in
competition with others. Each will have its own board with independent and executive directors.
Establish an umpire or regulator to ensure fair and open access to the track, set access charges, establish tariffs, and ensure safety.
Open up both freight and passenger trains to competition with Indian Railways. An independent regulator and track organization are essential
to attract private competition.
To be competitive, Indian Railways must focus only on core activity of running trains and divest all peripheral activities running schools,
hospitals, police forces, printing presses, bottling water which fritter away resources and distract employees.
Grant autonomy to production and construction units so that they can independently raise capital from the market and compete for business
from railway companies in India and abroad.
Give general and divisional managers greater autonomy and accountability in all functions, including tendering, procurement, and finance.
Move to modern, commercial accounting for better decision-making and raising funds from investors. Today, it is impossible to assess real
profitability or real return on investment.
Let suburban and local passenger services which lose money be run as joint ventures with state governments, who must bear the cost of
subsidy in the spirit of cooperative federalism.
Leverage land banks, airspace above stations, and other assets to raise capital with the help of investment banks to become a healthy,
commercial enterprise.

4) Teachers need to be taught how to teach well. In light of the recently guidelines issued by a State government, how can teacher quality be
improved in school education? Examine. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The guidelines for teachers quality in India has been much debated. First of all there is a lack of comprehensive consensus and
criteria for teachers quality, capacity etc. The recent guidelines by Telangana State for recruiting teachers through a test by Telangana Public Service
Commission has started a much needed step.

How can quality of teachers be improved in school education :-

More rigorous accountability, including calling for teacher ed programs to do a better job of monitoring their programs, ensuring they are up
to par, and guaranteeing they are meeting the needs of the school districts filling teaching jobs.
Strengthening Candidate Selection and Placement, with a careful eye to making teacher recruitment programs more selective and more
diverse.
Revamping Curricula, Incentives, and Staffing, with a commitment to couple practice, content, theory, and pedagogy in the place.
Emphasis on teachers education and testing the capabilities of teachers through TET, compulsory assessments on various fronts like
communication skill, capacity to get involved with students etc. before recruitment.
Though this sound mammoth task if the 600 odd District Institutes of Education and Training used for this purpose then this vibrant system
can be the basis for a transformation of our in-service teacher education.
Teachers must be incentivized to do a better job, punishment for lack of improvement in learning levels of children or better pay for clear
improvements. This can be seen in “No Child Left Behind” in the US.
Reasonable compensation, good recruitment practices, conditions to support professional satisfaction—are important in order to attract better
talent in Indian education system.
Developing the capacity of teachers currently serving in the system is needed in order to keep the ongoing education system on track. This can
be done to mid-career reviews, tests and skilling, training of teachers.

4) Critically evaluate performance of the Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana. (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana is a government-run health insurance programme for the Indian poor. The scheme aims to provide
health insurance coverage to the unrecognized sector workers belonging to the BPL category and their family members shall be beneficiaries under
this scheme. It provides for cashless insurance for hospitalization in public as well as private hospitals. The scheme started enrolling on April 1,
2008 and has been implemented in 25 states of India.

Success :-

The number of families that are enrolled in RSBY has gone up from 4 million on 31st March 2009 to 34.16 million on 28th February 2013.
 Beginning with 12,500 hospitalization cases in the financial year 2008-09, it has increased to 1.75 million such cases in 2011-12.
There are about 171 million persons living-in-households-with-a-RSBY-Smart Card and 119 million of them are enrolled in the scheme.
Enrolment of Females in the scheme has increased by 20% from Round 1 to Round 4. Also, for the enrolled females, the average female
hospitalization ratio (total female hospitalization cases/total females enrolled) has increased from 4.53% to 6.6% during the same period.

In just five years, India’s Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana (RSBY, translated as “National Health Insurance Programme”) has expanded
health-care access. RSBY provided social security to the workers in the unorganised sector. A total of 36 million families have been enrolled
as of February 2014.
RSBY enables patients to seek care at any hospital participating in RSBY, even in hospitals outside their district of residence—a critical
benefit given that there are an estimated 100 million people in India living and working in a place that is not their official residence. This has
created competition among hospital for better healthcare and nearly 5 mn patients have been benefitted.
The scheme has won plaudits from the World Bank, the UNand the ILO as one of the world’s best health insurance schemes. Germany has
shown interest in adopting the smart card based model for revamping its own social security system, the oldest in the world, by replacing its
current, expensive, system of voucher based benefits for 2.5 million children.

Failures :-

As per report from Council for Social Development, it was found that this scheme has not been very effective. Increase in outpatient
expenditure, hospitalization and medicines have compelled insurance companies to exclude several diseases out of their policies and thus
making it not affordable for BPL families. Report also has found that most of the beneficiaries are from higher classes and not targeted
beneficiaries.
The study found that despite high enrolment in RSBY, catastrophic health expenditures, hospitalisation expenditure and the percentage of
total household outgo on out-of-pocket (OOP) expenses have steadily increased, for both in-patients and outpatients, over the last two
decades.
Many States are reserving significant proportion of procedures for government hospitals (especially in Andhra Pradesh & Tamil Nadu) to
contain the costs. With RSBY, there is a serious concern of rampant systemic leakage of resources.

In many cases doctors and hospitals are found perform unnecessary surgical operations to claim the money of insurance.
Major design flaw in RSBY and other such state health insurance programs is their narrow focus on secondary and tertiary care
hospitalization.

Despite falling short of covering the entire BPL population of the country, the excellent work done by the Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojna cannot
be denied. According to recent news reports, the total number of hospitalisation recorded under the RSBY scheme amounted to about 11.8 million
(as on 31 March, 2016).

The scheme and its outreach, the benefits imparted to millions of poor people in the country has attracted praises and accolades from international
organizations

7) The union government has been pushing for changes in the labour law ecosystem by replacing all the labour laws with just four labour codes –
the first of which is the Wage Code, which is being opposed by trade unions across India. Examine the components of the new wage code and
reasons why it’s being opposed. (200 Words)

The Wire

Introduction :- As part of labour law reforms, the Government has undertaken the exercise of rationalisation of the 38 Labour Acts by framing 4
labour codes viz Code on Wages, Code on Industrial Relations, Code on Social Security and Code on occupational safety, health and working
conditions.

Wage code :-

It subsumes 4 existing Laws, viz. the Minimum Wages Act, 1948; the Payment of Wages Act, 1936; the Payment of Bonus Act, 1965; and the
Equal Remuneration Act, 1976.
The Code would ensure universal minimum wage for all industries and workers. Moreover, it will also cover those workers who are getting a
monthly pay of higher than Rs 18,000.
Seeks to empower the Centre to set a minimum wage across sectors and states will have to maintain that.
The minimum wage would be applicable on all classes of workers. At present, it is applicable for scheduled industries or establishments in the
law.

Why it is being opposed :-

The Bill makes a mockery of the idea of a ‘national minimum wage’ by providing for different national minimum wages to be fixed for
different states – instead of providing for a uniform national minimum wage for the entire country.
Trade unions are demanding the same minimum wage of Rs 18,000 per month for all workers. But the Wage Code Bill does not provide for
that.
The formulation of minimum wage has been kept under the sole discretion of the government without taking into consideration all
stakeholders.
Another concern is that the Code has removed the Schedule of Employment, which lists the industries governed by labour laws.
Moreover, the Code significantly weakens the Equal Remuneration Act, one of the four laws it seeks to replace.
Significantly, the Code seeks to render trade unions toothless in a number of ways.
For one, the Code does away with the right of trade unions to legally access the audits of the establishment’s accounts, The Code also deems
workers who are participating in a strike to be absent.
As for revision of the minimum wages, the Code sets five years as the standard time for wages to be revised, while currently five years is the
maximum period for the revision of wages.

2) Why in your opinion, there is an increased interest in Dr Ambedkar’s philosophy these days? Critically examine. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Bhimrao Ambedkar, known as Baba Saheb & the ‘Father of the Indian Constitution’, was an erudite scholar. Due to being born in a low Mahar
caste, he was subject to social and economic discrimination of the highest order. Despite this, he pursued an academic life and became the first
‘untouchable’ to graduate from the University of Bombay as well as Columbia University (USA). His life and memoirs have continued to inspire
many Indians more than six decades after his death;

Ambedkar rejected the ‘Vedic School of Hinduism’ that sought to uphold fourfold vertical classification of society into Brahmins, Kshatriyas,
Vaishayas & Shudras. Such a system perpetuated social, economic and political discrimination of a majority by the minority elite. He instead
opted for the ‘Carvaka School of thought’ that similar to Buddhism preached an ideology that sought for equality of all regardless of caste,
language & gender. Ambedkar supported Gautama Buddha’s view that ‘One became great by one’s work & not by birth’.
Ambedkar called for a ‘horizontal division of caste’ rather than the vertical one, where dignity for all individuals was a given. He supported
inter-caste and inter-faith marriages too as these unions meant that people had come out of ‘mental barriers of caste’ and loved ‘each other’s
souls’.
Ambedkar wanted universal education for all including untouchables. Ambedkar felt separate electorates where ‘Dalit’ voters voted for a Dalit
leader would solve their problems. Despite reluctantly supporting reservation, Ambedkar envisaged an India that would abandon religious
superstition, dogma and superiority to embrace equality, justice and fraternity, ideals that are now a part of the Indian constitution.

There is renewed interest in the philosophy of Dr. Ambedkar is due to following reasons:

The issue of Dalit emancipation still resonates in the socio-political discourse even after years of independence. The political parties of all
hues therefore appreciates the ideas of Ambedkar on Dalit issues in various forms.
There have been demands to “indigenise” the constitution of India in view of the continous civilisation inherited by us. Thus, the ambiguity
arises on issues like uniform ( common) civil code or the definition or practice of secularism in inherently plural India. The fact that
Ambedkar was pinnacle personality in the formation of the constitution, references to him are bound to occur.

3) Do you think linking of Aadhaar with most of the schemes would inevitably end up infringing rights of citizens? Critically comment. (150
Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

Aadhaar number is a 12-digit random number issued by the UIDAI (“Authority”) to the residents of India after satisfying the verification
process laid down by the Authority. Any individual, irrespective of age and gender, who is a resident of India, may voluntarily enrol to obtain
Aadhaar number.
Person willing to enrol has to provide minimal demographic and biometric information during the enrolment process which is totally free of
cost.
An individual needs to enrol for Aadhaar only once and after de-duplication only one Aadhaar shall be generated, as the uniqueness is
achieved through the process of demographic and biometric de-duplication.

Aadhar to plug leakages

In 2010, when the first Aadhaar was issued, the then Prime Minister Manmohan Singh said that the economically and socially
backward people will be the biggest beneficiaries, who, till then, couldn’t avail the benefits of government welfare schemes due to lack
of identity proof.
The founding premise of Aadhaar was to recognise the exact beneficiary of government subsidies and weed out duplicates and forgeries.
But enrolling for Aadhaar was an individual’s choice.
Today 12-digit unique identity number has created unique problems by making it a must-have for almost every facility a citizen wants to
avail, irrespective of his or her social and economic status.

Problems

1. Accessing services through mandatory Aadhar

In March 2014, Supreme Court said Aadhaar was not mandatory to avail social welfare schemes.
But in August 2015, it agreed to make Aadhaar mandatory for cooking gas subsidy.
Later in October that year, it also allowed the use of Aadhaar for Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act
(MGNREGA), Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY), the Employees’ Provident Fund scheme and pensions by central and
state governments.
The same confusion prevailed over making Aadhaar-PAN linkage mandatory for filing income tax.

2.Aadhar Bill introduced as money bill to avert debate

On March, 2016, the government presented Aadhaar (Delivery of Benefits, Subsidies and Services) Bill as a money bill to avoid voting in
the Rajya Sabha.
It also introduced last-minute amendments to the Bill to make Aadhaar mandatory.
The upper house recommended a provision, wherein, if an individual chooses not to enroll for Aadhaar, he should be offered
“alternate and viable means of identification” for delivery of subsidy and other benefits. The Bill, however, was passed with-out
considering the recommendation.

3.Not foolproof

Many poor people have been excluded from dicrepencies that occur one time or anothr in Aadhar database.

4.Privacy issue

Most developed countries have already dropped the idea of having Aadhaar-like identification system to protect people’s privacy.
Even the US, one of the first countries in the world to have a national identification number for its citizens, does not collect
fingerprints or scan iris to create social security number (SSN)
Unlike India, the US has a privacy law that makes it unlawful for government agencies to deny benefits just because the individual
refuses to disclose his SSN.

5.Various oganisations are reluctant

No office is willing to link all this information with the Centralised Data and Information System. That destroys their power.
3) Critically evaluate ASEAN’s contribution to regional peace and security. (250 Words)

The Wire

Introduction:

ASEAN was created with the Declaration of Bangkok in 1967 by its original members Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore and
Thailand.
It subsequently expanded to include Brunei Darussalam, Cambodia, Laos, Myanmar and Vietnam.

1. Success despite cultural diversity

The general summary is that four waves of cultural influence shaped Southeast Asia: Indian, Chinese, Muslim and Western – the fact
that some of these are civilisational descriptors with a variety of ethnic influences within the larger civilisations is an additional factor of
complexity.

2.Solved ethnic conflicts

Modern Southeast Asia, comprising mainland and maritime countries including Brunei Darussalam, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia,
Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Timor Leste and Vietnam, presents an example of varied cultures living together and thriving,
despite the region experiencing decades of conflicts.

Despite its diversity, ASEAN has created a sense of community and identity which is unique from other regions.

3.Sustaining globalisation

At a time when western internationalism is in retreat and the future of regional organisations have been questioned

As the fear of communism faded, the founding leaders opened their markets by embracing a market-oriented economy integrating
the entire Southeast Asian region into a larger East Asian region.
An open regionalism, in the way of accommodating external powers, has been the most visible manifestations of ASEAN.

4. ASEAN-led processes

Through this, regional and extra-regional multilateral platforms that engages ASEAN with its dialogue partners were created.
These include the Annual Ministerial Meeting (AMM), Post-Ministerial Conference (PMC), Asia-Pacific Economic Partnership
(APEC) and ASEAN Regional Forum (ARF)
Through these multilateral initiatives, ASEAN has maintained stable relations with the great powers in Asia.

Conclusion

Ownership of the organization must shift from the governments to the people
Change the current stunted and severely limited secretariat into a vibrant institution that will serve ASEAN as well
Promote ASEAN as a new beacon of hope for humanity
ISSUES RELATING TO POVERTY AND HUNGER.

3) Studies have shown that husbands’ participation and involvement in maternal health makes life more satisfactory for women worldwide.
However, commitment to the policy and strategic changes are needed to achieve men’s participation for more suitable health results. Discuss. (200
Words)

EPW

Introduction :- There has been a lot of attention on men’s role now a days in women’s maternal health. For ex in Bangladesh, some mHealth
activities have sought to recognise the roles of men as gatekeepers to women’s health. Instead of only sending SMS messages to pregnant women,
they also send them to husbands or other significant men who have been identified by the women. Nepal has one of the highest maternal mortality
ratios in Asia, at 281 deaths per 100,000 live births. In rural Nepal, studies have shown that male involvement in maternal health and safe childbirth
is complex and related to gradual and evolving changes in attitudes taking place.

Benefits of such approach :-

It encourages and make men aware about their role and responsibilities towards maternal health foe a healthy family.
It pave the way for an integrated approach in patriarchal society which otherwise will be neglected.
Men can affect pregnancy and childbirth through responding to complications, seeking medical help, paying for transport, and allocating
household resources.
With men’s due attention and care the reproductive health care can be improved with much ease.

Despite global efforts towards creating awareness and involving men in maternal and reproductive health of women, their participation remains low,
particularly among the tribal population. Hence commitment to policy and strategic changes are needed.

Understanding men’s role and responsibilities in the maternal health of women is a multidimensional exercise. To make it a reality will not
only need efforts from below but force from above owing to the deeply patriarchal nature of Indian society.
In South Asian contexts, research has found that men possess little knowledge and experience regarding maternal health. A comprehensive
policy will make it easy for them to understand their role.
To address the issue strategically internal reforms in systems are required. There is a need to grant paternity leave, paternity allowances,
removing ego issues related to men’s role towards their wives in society etc

Increasing men’s or husbands’ participation in maternal healthcare is one of the crucial aspects that contribute towards safe motherhood for women.
Recognising the value of their roles is a key step towards no longer seeing men on the periphery but as part of the solution. A sensitive husband with
adequate information regarding maternal health would provide better financial support, help in household chores, accompany the wife for routine
care during pregnancy, and provide appropriately nutritional food to his wife.

5) The National Human Rights Commission (NHRC) is a toothless tiger. Comment. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- The Rights Commission (NHRC) of India is an autonomous public body constituted on 12 October 1993 under the Protection of
Human Rights Ordinance of 28 September 1993. It was given a statutory basis by the Protection of Human Rights Act, 1993 (TPHRA). The NHRC
is the National Human Rights Commission of India, responsible for the protection and promotion of human rights, defined by the Act as “rights
relating to life, liberty, equality and dignity of the individual guaranteed by the Constitution or embodied in the International Covenants”.

Why it is called toothless tiger :-

NHRC’s recommendations do not percolate to the ground level as the NHRC does not have the backing of the Protection of Human Rights
Act to penalise authorities which do not implement its orders.
The Act does not extend to Jammu and Kashmir and hence the commission has to keep its eyes closed to human rights violations there.
The Act does not categorically empower the NHRC to act when human rights violations through private parties take place.
The Act requires that three of the five members of a human rights commission must be former judges but does not specify whether these
judges should have a proven record of human rights activism or expertise or qualifications in the area. Regarding the other two members, the
Act is vague, saying simply: “persons having knowledge and experience of human rights.”
Under the Act, human rights commissions cannot investigate an event if the complaint was made more than one year after the incident.
Therefore, a large number of genuine grievances go unaddressed.
The powers of the National Human Rights Commission relating to violations of human rights by the armed forces have been restricted to
simply seeking a report from the Government, (without being allowed to summons witnesses), and then issuing recommendations.

Way forward :-

The effectiveness of commissions will be greatly enhanced if their decisions are immediately made enforceable by the government. This will
save considerable time and energy as commissions will no longer need to either send reminders to government departments to implement the
recommendations or alternatively to approach High Courts through a cumbersome judicial process to make the government take action.
A large number of human rights violations occur in areas where there is insurgency and internal conflict. Not allowing NHRC to
independently investigate complaints against the military and security forces only compounds the problems and furthers cultures of impunity.
It is essential that commission is able to summons witnesses and documents.
As non-judicial member positions are increasingly being filled by ex-bureaucrats, credence is given to the contention that NHRC is more an
extension of the government, rather than independent agency exercising oversight. If it is to play a meaningful role in society, it must include
civil society human rights activists as members. Many activists have the knowledge and on-the-ground experience of contemporary trends in
the human rights movement to be an asset to the Commission.
NHRC needs to develop an independent cadre of staff with appropriate experience. The present arrangement of having to reply on those on
deputation from different government departments is not satisfactory as experience has shown that most have little knowledge and
understanding of human rights issues. This problem can be rectified by employing specially recruited and qualified staff to help clear the
heavy inflow of complaints.
A culture of human rights ought to be promoted through education. Human rights education in India is extremely important, given the fact that
society is witness to numerous violations and abuse of powers and that the ability of the people to fight these injustices is limited. The strategy
for inculcating human rights culture among the people needs to be based on a number of factors: social, legal, political, judicial, and
institutional.
5) India’s openness to both the quad and triad (India, China and Russia) suggests not the construction of new alliances, but Delhi’s return to the
original conception of non-alignment. Analyse. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Quad is the new forum of co-operation among countries of India, United States, Japan, Australia etc. While triad refers to India’s
political coalition with Russia and China that later became the BRICS to include Brazil and South Africa.

Recently the renewed quad did this week was to identify their shared interests on promoting connectivity, countering terrorism, addressing
proliferation of nuclear weapons, and encourage respect for international law.

India’s openness to both the quad and triad suggest Delhi’s return to the original conception of non-alignment :-

If the explicit purpose of the triad was to promote a multipolar world, the quad has the big task of preventing the emergence of a unipolar Asia
dominated by China.
Conception of quad as an alliance to contain China must be discarded. None of the four countries are interested in containment. In fact, the
US, Japan and Australia have much deeper economic and political ties with China than India.
The persistent Indian anxieties on the quad are not about the high principle of strategic autonomy. They reflect the entrenched political
distrust of America that expresses itself on any issue involving partnership with the US — whether it was the multilateral nuclear initiative,
mini-lateral regional coordination through the quad, or the bilateral defence framework.
Contrary to the popular view, distrust of America was not written into independent India’s DNA. India’s founding fathers did not define non-
alignment as anti-Americanism.
 It decreed that working with Soviet Russia was progressive and cooperation with America meant surrendering national sovereignty. In utter
perversity, non-alignment was interpreted as aligning with Soviet Russia.
The original conception of non-alignment was about building strong ties with all the major powers and making independent judgements about
international affairs which is being followed by India’s openness to quad and triad.

Discarding the ambiguities inherited from the 1970s, Delhi now appears ready to expand cooperation with the West or East on the basis of
enlightened self-interest. If the quad helps India improve its ability to defeat terrorism, improve regional connectivity and extend its its naval reach,
Delhi is not going to thumb its nose. If China is ready to cooperate on terrorism and stop blocking India’s rise, Delhi will be happy explore the
multiple possibilities with Beijing.

2) Placing convicted disabled people in solitary confinement with no support violates their right to life, bodily integrity and autonomy under Article
21. In the light of recent observations made by the Supreme Court on the right to privacy issue, critically comment on the issues involved in putting
convicted disabled people in jails. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- In the Supreme Court’s right to privacy judgment ( Justice K.S. Puttaswamy v. Union of India ), Justice D.Y. Chandrachud held:
“Life and personal liberty are inalienable to human existence.”

Context :- In 2014, Delhi University professor G.N. Saibaba was arrested under the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act and held in Nagpur
Central Jail till the Supreme Court granted him bail in 2016. He was convicted by the Gadchiroli sessions court to life imprisonment for alleged
offences under the same Act, and returned to custody in the Anda cell of Nagpur Central Jail.

Apex court in the Prem Shankar Shukla case pronounced: “The guarantee of human dignity, which forms part of our constitutional culture, and the
positive provisions of Articles 14, 19 and 21 spring into action when we realise that to manacle man is more than to mortify him; it is to dehumanise
him and, therefore, to violate his very personhood, too often using the mask of ‘dangerousness’ and security…” and that the right to life cannot be
restricted to mere “animal existence”.

It is needed to place a person in solitary confinement even though he/she is disabled in order to secure others from threats, on reasons of medical
problems etc. However in many cases it becomes too costly for the convicted disabled person.

Convicted disabled person in solitary confinement and right to privacy :-

The prison conditions in India are very poor and for persons with disability it becomes even more problematic to live in such conditions.
The convicted prisoners can be deprived of personal liberty but that does not include a derogation of their right to dignity.
As supreme court said privacy is an integral part of the right to human dignity is comprehended within the protection of life as well. So it’s
very important for courts to understand what constitute human dignity and protection for life with people from different social order like
disabled.
Court observed bail norms for disabled person on different ground from that of medical ground. In conditions of custody, such persons must
be protected from any hindrance to the exercise of bodily integrity and autonomy with dignity — this lies at the core of his right to privacy.
Unavailability of such a guarantee within custodial facilities entitles the prisoner with disabilities to bail.

In the words of Mr. Saibaba No one understands 90% disabled person is behind bars struggling with one hand in condition and suffering with
multiple ailments. Their family members conditions and their treatments like an animal is inhumane way of handling disabled convicted people.

Our criminal system is restorative and not retributive. Hence suitable steps and measures need to be taken in order to make jails disabled friendly.
Solitary confinement option can be made more adaptable with presence of doctors, psychiatrists on board.

1) Why did communism fail? Does modern world need communism? In the light of 100th anniversary of the Russian Revolution, critically
comment. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Communism is the philosophical, social, political and economic ideology and movement whose ultimate goal is the establishment
of the communist society, which is a socioeconomic order structured upon the common ownership of the means of production and the absence
of social classes, money and the state.

It revolutionized the world political systems with it’s advent in 1917 Russian Revolution. But it failed owing to some inherent contradiction in it’s
composition and it’s performance in public sphere :-

Creativity was not a priority in the communist society:- Communist party used utilitarian approach. This meant that every action performed
within the state had to have a palpable ending. This restricted the individual and states diversity.
Collectivization :-It denied right to property, private farming. The produce was to be distributed equally.
Lack of Rights :- In communism, individualism makes room for the collective.Ideals like freedom of speech were considered dangerous to
the Communist party. Hence all civil rights were negated in the hope of establishing a society what functioned without any deviation
Adaptation was overrated :- One of the main reasons why the communist ideology ceased to exist is because it was not able to adapt to outside
conditions. Certain forms of communism, like the one practiced in China, managed to survive this long because it was able to react to outside
stimuli such as the global economy and social changes.
Lack of innovation:- Innovation is one of the most important aspects that offers cohesion to society. Without change, society will fall prey to
archaic practices. As a closed society, the Soviet Union focused more on production than actual innovation, an action that led to its early
demise.
Poor economic calculation :- Economy dictates that the price of a product is formed when the offer meets demand.Also, there are other
financial mechanisms used to determine prices and to regulate competitiveness on the global market.

On the other hand, the communist doctrine thought that the only way of distributing wealth was to form a so-called command economy, an organism
that would determine how the resources should be spent.

Naturally, this type of economy will substantially increase the disparity between those who were in charge and the layman.

Need of Communism in modern world :-

Communism believes in equal distribution of resources which is hardly seen today as richest 1% in India has wealth of bottom 56% of population,
it gives welfare orientation to State as State is actively involved in economic, political and social life of people, also it is result and reaction of evil
results, consequences of Capitalism hence it is very much appealing to modern world but there are some hurdles.

Why communism is not needed in modern world :-

Any modern society needs a left to articulate the needs of the poorest. But the progress made by liberal political systems since 1990s negate
this notion as they have achieved spectacular reduction in poverty incidences.
The working class in these countries has seen its incomes stagnate as industrial jobs were shipped abroad or lost to automation. This working
class has veered towards nationalist parties rather than the traditional left to articulate its grievances.
The experience over the decades show that free economy and mixed economies are producing better results. China modified it’s economic
system which proved beneficial compared to it’s earlier communist economy.
In the era of globalization, digitalization and increased awareness about individual rights a totalitarian system will not appeal to majority of
the people which controls minute activities of individual.

Communism though a revolutionary development in existing political systems of world could not remain adaptable and hence declined. Other
political systems both communist and other learn important lessons and modified themselves. Some has even been able to adopt good elements of
communism hence need of pure communism stands negated.

2) Kashmir and Kashmiri’s need autonomy, not azaadi. Comment. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The autonomy of Kashmir has always been a boiling issues in India. The integration of Kashmir and the subsequent agreements on
autonomy of states need to be understood in order to distinguish between autonomy and azaadi and not to label Kasmir’s problem as a separatist
one.

Article 370, as it stands, assures Jammu & Kashmir a very special autonomous status in the Indian constitutional scheme. Owing to the special
circumstances in which the former princely State was able to negotiate its accession to India, severe limitations were placed by the
Constitution itself on the Centre’s powers vis-à-vis Jammu & Kashmir.
Article 35A of the constitution is a derivative of Article 370, which allows the Jammu and Kashmir Assembly to define who is a permanent
resident, who is eligible to vote and work for the state, who can own land and get admission in colleges.

Due to various interpretations like art 35 is a set of laws those are discriminatory in nature and in conflict with Article 14, 15 and 16 of the Indian
constitution and Art 370 is a stumbling block in unity and integrity of India also the role of Separatists who want that people of Jammu and Kashmir
should be given a right to choose whether they want to live in India, Pakistan or remain sovereign people at large view the protest and demands of
Kashmir people as a demand for Azaadi.

However a closer analysis will point out that it’s the States encroaching steps and other measures which has created a feeling of fear and sense of
losing out autonomy in Kashmir like

Over the years, a series of undemocratic measures and practices beginning with the 1954 Constitution Order eroded the rights and vital
powers devolved by Article 370 on the State.
Presidential orders reduced the state’s autonomy like extending the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of India and Election Commission of
India. Presidents rule has been used numerous times in Kashmir.
The central laws were implemented and state’s powers were subsequently reduced to what was called the “state list’’.
Supreme court is recently hearing a petition by NGO We the Citizen on repeal of Art 35.
The draconian laws like AFSPA haunts the Kashmir badly etc

There is a need to understand the deep fear about the autonomy in Kashmir and measures should be taken to strengthen it and restore the confidence
shown by Sheikh Abdullah in India Kashmir relationship at that time, in order to ensure Azaadi in the form of Autonomy following steps are
required :-

Problems in Kashmir must be handled with dialogue more than the use of force as this is taken by people as encroachment on their rights
recent cases like tying up of Farukh Ahmad Dar to jeep front by Army must be avoided.
Any changes if necessary to be made in existing constitutional arrangements must be consulted with State of Kashmir first and also with all
major stakeholders involved rather than proclaiming unilateral statements and creating unnecessary controversies.
The trust deficit must be breached between the government and people through financial and political devolutions, schemes like Nai Roshini,
USTAAD, opening more IITs NITs and AIIMs in State in order to negate the efforts of separatists, states and non states actors to radicalize
Kashmir youth.
Role of draconian laws like AFSPA, frequency of curfew situations, atrocities by army must be reduced and needs to be made more human
respecting the rights of Kashmir people as recently stated by Supreme Court in many verdicts.

India will have to grant real autonomy to all her states, including Kashmir. The restoration of autonomy to Kashmir within the framework of the
Delhi Agreement of 1952 would give a sense of fulfillment to the people of Kashmir. The people must be assured that no erosion of the state’s
autonomy in terms of Article 370 will take place.

1) Unless we confront the inequality challenge head on, social cohesion and democracy itself will come under growing threat. Comment. (150
Words)

Livemint

Inequality

The alarming level of economic inequality globally has been well documented by prominent economists, including Thomas Piketty,
François Bourguignon, Branko Milanović and Joseph E. Stiglitz, and well-known institutions, including Oxfam and the World Bank.

Against democracy

If a wealthy person does have a particularly strong work ethic, it is likely attributable not just to their genetic predisposition, but also
to their upbringing, including whatever privileges, values and opportunities their background may have afforded them.
So there is no real moral argument for outsize wealth amid widespread poverty.
Against social cohesion

There is another dimension to profit-sharing that has received little attention, related to monopolies and competition.
With modern digital technology, the returns to scale are so large that it no longer makes sense to demand that, say, 1,000 firms
produce versions of the same good, each meeting one-thousandth of total demand.
A more efficient approach would have 1,000 firms each creating one part of that good.
But a monopoly of production need not mean a monopoly of income, as long as the shares in each company are widely held . It is thus
time for a radical change, one that replaces traditional anti-monopoly laws with legislation mandating a wider dispersal of shareholding
within each company.

Conclusion

Differential rewards do indeed create incentives for people to learn, work and innovate, activities that promote overall growth and
advance poverty reduction.
It is recognized how unacceptable severe inequality is, both morally and economically.
The focus must be on expanding profit-sharing arrangements, without stifling or centralizing market incentives that are crucial to
drive growth.
A first step would be to give all of a country’s residents the right to a certain share of the economy’s profits. But it is particularly vital
today, as the share of wages in national income declines, and the share of profits and rents rises—a trend that technological progress is
accelerating.
Unless we confront the inequality challenge head on, social cohesion and democracy itself will come under growing threat.

1) India is in the midst of an epidemiological transition, whereby poverty-linked infectious, maternal and nutritional diseases exist in conjunction
with non-communicable chronic illnesses. Analyse the causes and trends in spread of non-communicable diseases and their risk factors. (250
Words)

EPW

Introduction:

In recent years, India’s liberalised economy has spurred rapid diet and lifestyle changes and propelled a swift epidemiological transition,
whereby the non-communicable diseases (NCDs) now account for a majority of deaths in India (WHO 2015).
However, while India’s burden of chronic disease is also severe and growing
Clearly, India still faces major challenges of pervasive poverty, resulting in a high burden of pre-transitional infectious and nutritional
diseases.
As such, India’s “double burden of disease” advances challenging questions in terms of how to allocate resources between acute and
chronic care.

Trends

NHFS–3 conducted in 2005–06 and NHFS–4 conducted in 2014–15 provide one of the strongest sources of data regarding nationwide
overweight and obesity trends.

1.Increase of NCDs across India

In the past 10 years, on average, overweight and obesity prevalence rates have rapidly increased across India to bring the national
average prevalence to approximately 20% for both women and men (20.8% and 19.9%, respectively).

2.Non-uniform distribution

However, these changes have not taken place uniformly throughout India; certain populations have experienced greater increases in
overweight and obesity than others

3.Poor states have higher increase

In states with low average per capita income, men and women both experienced higher percentage of increases in overweight and obesity
than in more affluent states.

4.Rural states have higher increase

States with higher percentages of rural people also experienced much greater percentage changes in overweight and obesity as compared to
urban states.

5.Undernourished states have higher increase

States with greater percentages of underweight children also exhibited higher percentage changes in overweight and obesity among
women

Causes for such trends

Obesity and other NCD risk factors are precipitated and perpetuated by socio-cultural and political–economic factors.

1. Globalisation culture

The changing norms and lifestyles that come with India’s increasing engagement with the global economy are in a sense “vectors” of
NCD

2.Processed food availability

With economic growth, more processed food is easily available

3.Labour pattern mechanised

 Labour and other daily activities have become more mechanised.

Government efforts

National Programme for Prevention and Control of Cancer, Diabetes, Cardiovascular Disease and Stroke (NPCDCS), launched in
early 2000s, is India’s primary national programme to address NCDs.
This programme advances a two-pronged approach emphasising

– prevention and control through the promotion of healthy lifestyle changes

– early detection and treatment of common NCDs

However, due to underlying questions regarding its relevance, almost 10 years after the inception of the programme, it remains in its
infancy, underfunded, and under-implemented.
ISSUES RELATED TO DIRECT AND INDIRECT FARM SUBSIDIES AND MINIMUM SUPPORT PRICES;
PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM- OBJECTIVES, FUNCTIONING, LIMITATIONS, REVAMPING;

4) It is said that to chalk out the future course of action in view of the disputes regarding the use of Mahanadi river water, a well-rounded strategy
that includes both the people and policymakers is needed. Discuss the nature of Mahanadi river dispute and strategy needed to resolve this dispute.
(250 Words)

EPW

Introduction:

The construction of the Kelo dam on Mahanadi was approved in 2009.

The problem came about because a joint control board was not formed as per an interstate agreement between Odisha andMP in 1983, when
Chhattisgarh was a part of MP.

Nature of dispute

1. Feasibility of Hirakud dam will be impacted

The construction of dams and barrages in the upper catchment area of the Mahanadi river gives rise to the looming fear that the flow of water
into the Hirakud dam will slow down and, consequently, a massive spat between the states of Odisha and Chhattisgarh will ensue, with all its
political overtones.

2.Potential ecological imbalance

The ecological balance of the river has been gravely affected by the rapid industrialisation undertaken by both states.

3.Dependence of people

On the one hand, the Mahanadi is the means of survival for the people of Odisha. The government will not be able to cater to the
 developmental needs of the state if the flow of water decreases.
On the other hand, Chhattisgarh, which speeded up its developmental work after its separation from Madhya Pradesh (MP), has a huge water
requirement. Both states are now at loggerheads over their right to the Mahanadi water.

Strategies needed to resolve the issue

1. Cooperative governance of Mahanadi basin

The states should prepare a cooperative plan to meet irrigation demands and to drought-proof the river basin.
Instead of arguing about water utilisation, both governments should discuss the setting up of a Mahanadi basin governance plan with mutually
agreed upon terms and conditions.
The haphazard planning of water extraction will increase drought, farmer suicides, aggravate flood devastations, and increase disasters in the
Bay of Bengal
Joint management of the river under a board or commission might even allow Odisha to find better water storage facilities in Chhattisgarh
and, consequently, control the downstream flooding in the monsoon season and increase irrigation potential in the dry season.
At the moment, both the states are competing with each other and are treating the Mahanadi as a tradable commodity and not as an ecological
entity.

2.Make Mahanadi a comprehensive waterway

The Mahanadi river can also be an addition to the river projects undertaken by the union shipping ministry for the navigation of small ships.
If the Mahanadi becomes a waterway, it will facilitate mineral transport and contribute immensely to making Paradip a bigger port.
Therefore, the Odisha and Chhattisgarh governments should join hands to resolve the conflict in a peaceful manner and make the Mahanadi a
river of wealth for both states and not a “river of sorrow”.

3.Empower tribunal over courts

Proper adjudication of the dispute also necessitates that the state governments approach the central government to set up a tribunal whose
decisions will be final and binding on the parties.
Arbitration and negotiation should be considered as methods of conflict resolution .
A system of cooperative mechanisms or agreements that allows states to manage the river must be established without going through court
procedures, which is dilatory and expensive. Courts are generally not well-equipped to decide on extremely complicated problems involving
hydrology, economics, engineering, and law.

4.People centred river network

A multi-stakeholder forum around the Hirakud dam is urgently required, which can facilitate communication among people and help explore
new pathways to a win–win solution, thereby minimising contention
A river network is of grave necessity, consisting of people and institutions from different fields, like academicians, activists, farmers, river
users, students, and other like-minded groups. Academia, civil society, and intelligentsia all need to be involved to develop an
interdisciplinary and holistic approach to dealing with water.
EFFECTS OF LIBERALIZATION ON THE ECONOMY, CHANGES IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY AND THEIR
EFFECTS ON INDUSTRIAL GROWTH.
5) Convergence of the armed forces in an egalitarian manner can address the mechanics of national security. Comment with reference to the
prospect of integrating Armed Forces. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The recent comments by Indian Air Force, Vice Chief of Air Staff, Air Marshal S.B. Deo that “Ours is a growing country, our
budget is limited. We cannot afford duplicating capabilities. We cannot have an Air Force with the Army, an Air Force with the Navy and another
Air Force.” Has created debate over the possibilities of integration of Armed forces.

Advantages and need for integration :-

Chief of Defence staff post :- India’s strategic weaknesses that have emerged in the wars since 1947 centre on lack of war preparedness, poor
intelligence and crippling processing of defence requirements. Subrahmanyam Committee proposed having a CDS for the first time after the
review of Kargil war. Such post under integration will prevent any mis-communication and inefficiency in handling war like situations.

India’s land borders and threats are predominantly land-based and oriented. Despite technological advances India’s defence requirements
would be man-power extensive based on the Indian Army. Hence integration under Army is needed.
The three Armed Forces function largely as separate executive entities without adequate coordination and wastage of resources. For ex. the
army, air force and navy wastefully have their own separate logistics networks which results in considerable redundancy and even more waste.
Close monitoring and candid joint assessment of emerging situations, their implications and responses instead of three separate assessments is
a must in the national interest, and this can only occur through better management of higher defence.

It will ensure service specific approach to operations towards a system which avoids duplication, ensures optimum utilisation of available
resources, brings in greater jointness, leads to timely and mature decisions to developing situations and ensures flawless execution of orders to
achieve success in battle.

Way forward :-

After much deliberation, the consensus has turned towards a Permanent Chairman Chiefs of Staff Committee (CoSC), a four star officer
equivalent to the three service chiefs, while ideally what the country needs is a full-fledged five star officer. The four star officer would serve
no real purpose except adding to the already existing protocol nightmare and complicating the situation further.
The Defence Ministry is yet to form a view on the subject. But experience from the US, Russia and China shows that the decision to
create integrated theatre commands will have to be a political one, which will then be executed by the defence services.
A precursor to the creation of integrated theatre commands has to be the appointment of a Chief of Defence Staff or Permanent Chairman,
COSC. This was first proposed by the GoM in 2001, but hasn’t been implemented so far. Even the last Combined Commanders Conference at
Dehradun in February, chaired by the Prime Minister, was inconclusive on the subject, with a consensus on taking the proposal forward.
The recently released ‘Joint military doctrine of the Indian armed forces 2017’ made the right noise on jointness and integration, but much
work is needed on the ground to achieve desired goal.

5) Discuss critically features of India’s foreign policy vis a vis Central Eurasia. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

Delhi is yet to come to grips with continental Eurasia.

Indian political and policy establishment, long brought up on the notion that Europe and Asia are different, must adapt to their slow
but certain integration into a single geopolitical theatre.

India’s options

1. Chabahar port

The Chabahar port on the south-eastern coast of Iran opens up not just an alternative route to Afghanistan but also facilitates India’s
overland connectivity with Central Eurasia.

2.SCO

Shanghai Cooperation Organisation covers the heart of Eurasia but is named after a city on China’s Pacific coastline.

3.Partnership with Russia

In Russia, the Eurasian idea has a special resonance. Eurasia is supposed to represent a unique cultural, spiritual and geographic space
that is neither east nor west.
For many in Russia, Eurasia invokes either the memories of the vast Russian empire or rekindles nostalgia for the Soviet Union.

India losing

1. C-CEEC Summit

Annual summit of an organisation called C-CEEC that promotes cooperation between China and 16 Central and East European
Countries. It is more popularly known as “sixteen plus one”.
That India is hardly interested in this new forum underlines the problem it has in dealing with a changing Eurasia.
2.Chinese overtures through infrastructure

What is new to the debate, though, is China. Much in the manner that the rise of China is connecting up the Pacific and Indian Oceans,
Beijing is breaking down the idea that Europe and Asia are two different continents.
More immediately, it is about the expanding Chinese economic and political influence in spaces that were once dominated by either the
West or Russia.
But in exporting large amounts of capital for infrastructure development, drawing its economies east ward, and creating new political
groupings, China has begun to undermine the Western hubris and Russian self-regard in Central Europe.
It also widens the strategic options for Central European states.
Way forward – India’s approach

There is indeed a Eurasia Division in India’s ministry of external affairs that deals with a significant part of the post-Soviet space.
That is quite close to the most common usage of the term.
Delhi’s world-view, traditionally defined in terms of an irreconcilable tension between “East and West”, “North and South” or
“Europe and Asia” is becoming unsustainable as China’s massive Silk Road Initiative begins to integrate Europe with Asia.
The old metrics of foreign policy purity in Delhi — distance from the West and solidarity with the East — make no sense as Chinese
expansion and American retrenchment reshape the political and economic geography of Eurasia.
If the Great Himalayan barrier and post-Partition geography have made it hard for India to develop connectivity with inner Asia,
Delhi has been reluctant to walk though the open door in Europe.
Focused as it is on bilateral relations with France, Germany and Russia, Delhi has neglected the European Union and ignored Central
Europe.
Correcting this imbalance is the first step towards a more purposeful Indian engagement with Eurasia.
ETHICAL CONCERNS AND DILEMMAS IN GOVERNMENT AND PRIVATE INSTITUTIONS

7) What are bots? How are they shaping internet today? Examine. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- An Internet bot, also known as web robot, WWW robot or simply bot, is a software application that runs automated tasks (scripts)
over the Internet. Typically, bots perform tasks that are both simple and structurally repetitive, at a much higher rate than would be possible for a
human alone. The largest use of bots is in web spidering (web crawler), in which an automated script fetches, analyses and files information from
web servers at many times the speed of a human. More than half of all web traffic is made up of bots.

Positive role of bots :-

One of the typical good bot uses is to gather information. Bots in such guises are called web crawlers. Another good use is automatic interaction
with instant messaging, instant relay chat, or assorted other web interfaces. Dynamic interaction with websites is yet another way bots are used for
positive purposes.

Negative role of bots:-

Malicious bots are defined as self-propagating malware that infects its host and connects back to a central server(s). The server functions as a
command and control center for a botnet, or a network of compromised computers and similar devices. Malicious bots have the worm-like ability to
self-propagate and can also:

Gather passwords
Log keystrokes
Obtain financial information
Relay spam
Capture and analyze packets
Launch DoS attacks
Open back doors on the infected computer
 Exploit back doors opened by viruses and worms

Bots are usually used to infect large numbers of computers. These computers form a botnet or a bot network.

Their role in shaping internet today:-

Last year was the first time in history that bots outnumbered people on the web. According to research from Distil Networks, almost 60% of
2014’s web traffic consisted of automated bits of code, 23% of which exist to do dirty work for fraudsters and hackers.
Facebook uses bots to grab the headline, first paragraph, and image from a story when you share it on your news feed. Meanwhile, Google
uses bots to crawl and catalog the web so when you run a search, the site can deliver appropriate results.
But hackers also use bots for all sorts of nefarious reasons, from lifting credit card numbers from an online store to scraping the text off an
article and posting it on some random blog.
Bad bots make up 78% of the traffic put out by Amazon, whose simple-to-setup cloud services power much of the web. T-Mobile, China
Mobile, China Telecom, and China Unicom are being overrun by bad bots on the mobile web.

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella has said, “Bots are the new apps.” Interestingly, according to technology research and advisory firm Gartner, by 2021
more than 50% of enterprises will be spending more per annum on bots and chatbot creations than traditional mobile app developments. Hence their
proper regulation and use is necessary. Simple steps like not jailbreaking devices, making sure to research apps before one install them and closing
programs that one is not running. On the desktop, it means never using the same username and password combination twice, only entering the credit
card information on secure sites, keeping the software (including browser plugins) up to date, and actually installing virus software will help.

7) Why is India, the country with the world’s third largest coal reserves , facing coal shortages? Examine why and suggest measures to overcome
shortages. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Coal mining in India began in 1774 when John Sumner and Suetonius Grant Heatly of the East India Company commenced
commercial exploitation in the Raniganj Coalfield along the Western bank of Damodar river. As on 31 March 2015, India had estimated coal
reserves of 306.6 billion metric tons (338.0 billion short tons).

Due to high demand and poor average quality, India is forced to import high quality coal to meet the requirements of steel plants. India’s coal
imports have risen from 43.08 million metric tons in 2006-07 to 199.88 million metric tons in 2015-16.

Reasons due to which India is facing coal shortages :-

To produce the coal is only one part of the process. Transporting the coal to the power plants is another challenge altogether. India has a vast
railway network, yet connectivity from the coal mines to the power plants on the coastal regions is a major bottleneck.
Problems in mining :- Mining has faced multiple problems in recent years. There have been problems in acquiring land for new mines and
delays in government approvals. Increased judicial scrutiny following corruption scandals in the allotment of mining blocks and
environmental degradation caused by illegal mining have made matters worse.
Environment and forest clearances and land acquisition problems pose the biggest challenges to mining, impact of open cast mining, thermal
heating of surroundings etc. becomes hurdle in full fledge extraction of coal.
The international price for coal has lowered considerably in the last several years as has the shipping freight charges. Imported high-energy
coal is now a lower cost than similar coal purchased from Coal India for a large number of coal-fired power plants. Hence rather than
investing in technologies that can extract coal domestically India opt for import of coal.
Way forward :-

Allow more private players in coal mining or as mining operators.

Allow private coal users to own or lease and run their own private rakes.
Allow road movement of coal in addition to rail, at least in the monsoon months. This is prohibited on environmental grounds, but during the
rainy season it should be less of a hazard.
Increase the penalty for FSA non-compliance.
Make it mandatory for power companies to have a minimum inventory of, say, two weeks of coal at all times.
Speed up completion of rail links from pitheads to nearby power users on high priority.
Since electrons travel smoothly and without pollution, improve the national grid for electricity so that surplus power is never stranded, unlike
surplus coal at pitheads.

Last, improve the health of discoms. This last suggestion is actually a big reform agenda already initiated as UDAY (Ujwal Discom Assurance
Yojana). Let’s not forget that coal is an integral and large part of our energy for the foreseeable future.

Additional info :-

Introduction :- Cheating, misconduct, deception and other forms of unethical behavior are widespread today, not just in business but in sports,
government, schools, and many other arenas.

While the media often focuses on extreme cases of cheating and sensational scams (such as Bihar cheating cases in past)​​, less attention is paid to
what researchers call ordinary unethical behavior of cheating in day to day life. For example: not reporting income on one’s taxes, buying clothing
with the intention of wearing it once and returning it, stealing from one’s employer, or cheating on an exam.

Is cheating unethical :-

Cheating is a result of ordinary people giving into the temptation to cheat when confronted with the opportunity to do so. When combined,
these behaviors are extremely costly for both individual and society. It sets a very bad practice and precedence in place for others to follow.
It creates a distortion of level playing field. For ex Cheating is unfair to honest students. A cheater receives through deception what honest
students work hard for.
It is unethical in sense that if it is justified out of practicality of situation or broader perspective of it’s practice for a good reason them it gives
people an excuse to cheat. For ex Lord Krishna played many tricks in Mahbharata but justified it for “winning of right”.

Why do people cheat :-

Cheating is viewed as one of the best short cut by lazy, unethical people and hence it is adopted to pass away from hard work.
The lack of self confidence, increased level of competition, fear of failure, maintaining the standard of living or reputation in economic terms
are also some of the factors which drive a person to opt for cheating.
Absence of broader understanding of ethics, morals, integrity, honesty, patience, emotional intelligence are also responsible for increased
cheating.
Miseries of life like poverty, unemployment, health hazards etc. may also become a cause for a person to go on adopting cheating as a means
to get out of these problems.
Cheating may yield results in short terms but for long term perspective it is very unsustainable and unethical way to look for things. Hence must be
avoided.

Introduction :- Distributive justice concerns the nature of a socially just allocation of goods in a society. A society in which incidental inequalities
in outcome do not arise would be considered a society guided by the principles of distributive justice. The concept includes the available quantities
of goods, the process by which goods are to be distributed, and the resulting allocation of the goods to the members of the society.

Five types of distributive norm are defined by Donelson R. Forsyth :-

Equity: Members’ outcomes should be based upon their inputs. Therefore, an individual who has invested a large amount of input (e.g. time,
money, energy) should receive more from the group than someone who has contributed very little.

Equality: Regardless of their inputs, all group members should be given an equal share of the rewards/costs. Equality supports that someone
who contributes 20% of the group’s resources should receive as much as someone who contributes 60%.
Power: Those with more authority, status, or control over the group should receive more than those in lower level positions.
Need: Those in greatest needs should be provided with resources needed to meet those needs. These individuals should be given more
resources than those who already possess them, regardless of their input.
Responsibility: Group members who have the most should share their resources with those who have less.

Utilitarianism :-

Utilitarianism is an ethical theory which states that the best action is the one that maximizes utility. “Utility” is defined in various ways, usually in
terms of the well-being of sentient entities. Jeremy Bentham, the founder of utilitarianism, described utility as the sum of all pleasure that results
from an action, minus the suffering of anyone involved in the action. Utilitarianism is a version of consequentialism, which states that the
consequences of any action are the only standard of right and wrong. Unlike other forms of consequentialism, such as egoism, utilitarianism
considers the interests of all beings equally.

Distributive justice and utilitarian :-

Utilitarianism shows interest in distribution of goods only if this has some impact on maximisation of overall happiness.
Approximately equal distribution of resources has the best effect. This is so, they believe, because a certain good is of less value to someone
who already has a lot of it, than to someone who possesses a very short supply of the good (e.g. one extra dollar means much less to a
millionaire than to a beggar).
The loss of happiness of the rich is much smaller than the gain of happiness of the poor, if some reasonable amount of goods is taken from the
former and given to the latter. Therefore, a redistribution of resources increases general happiness of a society.
However, utilitarians do not advocate strict equality because it would have an adverse influence on the working motivation of the able
individuals, and thereby on the overall wealth of the society. The main task is to find a balance between factors that point towards equality and
those ones that go against it.

7) Examine the causes of increasing incidences of pest attacks on crops in India. Do you think biological pest control would address pest problem
effectively? Write a note on other pest control measures. (250 Words)

Down to Earth

WIkipedia

Introduction :- A pest is a plant or animal detrimental to humans or human concerns (as agriculture or livestock production). alternative meanings
include organisms that cause nuisance and epidemic disease associated with high mortality (specifically: plague). In its broadest sense, a pest is
a competitor of humanity.

India has witnessed increased pest attacks in recent times :-

After a series of farmer suicides in Odisha’s Bargarh districtover pest attack, the state government finally acknowledged that there are nearly
200,000 hectares of area, on which paddy is grown, has been damaged across nine districts.
Punjab is not a major producer of cotton, Maharashtra is the second-biggest grower of the fiber. Both observed increases attack of Whitefly,
pink bollworm.
Papilio Demoleus Linn (Lemon Butterfly or the Citrus Butterfly) is causing severe damage to citrus fruits in India.
Cosmoplites Sordidus, Germere (The Banana Weevil) is damaging Banana plants.

Causes of increasing incidences of pest attack :-

Overuse of pesticides :- With farmers using pesticides more and more insects develops resistance.
Fertilizers are being used indiscriminately which makes crops more vulnerable to pest attacks. Organic soils and fertilizers increases crop’s
resistance to pest attacks. In Japan, the density of whitebacked planthopper (Sogatella furcifera) immigrants in organic rice fields was
significantly less than their density in conventional rice fields.
Climate change :- The rising levels of CO 2and temperatures are having direct effect on pests and diseases in crops. Elevated CO2 can increase
levels of simple sugars in leaves and lower their nitrogen content. These can increase the damage caused by many insects, who will consume
more leaves to meet their metabolic requirements of nitrogen.
Warmer temperatures in temperate climates will result in more types and higher populations of insects. Some insects like arctic moths take
several years to complete one lifecycle.

Biological control is a method of controlling pests such as insects, mites, weeds and plant diseases using other organisms. It relies
on predation, parasitism, herbivory, or other natural mechanisms, but typically also involves an active human management role. It can be an
important component of integrated pest management (IPM) programs.

Advantages :-

Biological control is a very specific strategy. The vast majority of the time, whatever predator is introduced will only control the population of
the pest they are meant to target.
after the initial introduction, very little effort is required to keep the system running fluidly. It also means that biological control can be kept in
place for a much longer time than other methods of pest control.
 Biological control can be cost effective in the long run. Although it may cost a bit to introduce a new species to an environment, it’s a tactic
that only needs to be applied once due to its self-perpetuating nature.

However there are many drawbacks too.

It’s a slow process. It takes a lot of time and patience for the biological agents to work their magic on a pest population, whereas other
methods like pesticides work provide immediate results.
As it is very targeted only handful of pests are controlled that too very small in sample size.

Hence other method can be explored :-

Cultural control :- Mechanical pest controlis the use of hands-on techniques as well as simple equipment and devices, that provides
a protective barrier between plants and insects. This is referred to as tillage and is one of the oldest methods of weed control as well as being
useful for pest control; wireworms, the larvae of the common click beetle, are very destructive pests of newly ploughed grassland, and
repeated cultivation exposes them to the birds and other predators that feed on them.
Trap cropping :- A trap cropis a crop of a plant that attracts pests, diverting them from nearby crops. Pests aggregated on the trap crop can be
more easily controlled using pesticides or other methods.
Inter cropping and crop rotation :- inter-cropping. This practice consists of alternating rows of crops that are planted in fields. This reduces the
attacks of pests and is easy to implement and provides room for diversity and adaptability depending on where farmers are located. Crop
rotations or diversification is another practice that involves planting different crops after a season, so as to not exhaust the soil of nutrients, or
to deprive newly hatched insect pests of their food. In China this is highly used for rice cultivation.

6) Recently, the Union ministry of power advised the Central Electricity Authority (CEA) to set up a committee to look into issues related to open
access and brought out a consultation paper based on the committee’s findings. What do you understand by open access? Examine the merits and
demerits of this policy. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Open Access means the non-discriminatory provision for the use of transmission lines or distribution system or associated facilities
with such lines or system by any licensee or consumer or a person engaged in generation in accordance with the regulations specified by the
Appropriate Commission.

Salient features of OA

Commercial mechanism for transmission pricing for long , medium and short term open access including UI and transactions through
exchange.
Approval of open access for the desired quantum and period of supply.
Non-discriminatory open access.
Freedom for scheduling of power.
Freedom to revise the open access or cancellation thereof.
Policies could be different for ‘Advance Scheduling’, ‘Day-ahead Scheduling’ or ‘Booking of Open access’, as the case may be.
Freedom to market that could boost the growth.
Appropriate settlement mechanism.

Categorization of open access customers

Long-term access customer :- A long-term open access customer is one who avails open access for a period of 12 years to 25 years.
Medium-term open access customer :- A medium-term open access customer is one who avails open access for a period of 3 months to 3
years.
Short-term open access customer :- A short-term open access customer is one who avails open access for a period upto one month at one
time.

Open Access: Key Success Factors and advantages

It fosters competition and set the authorities free to access the electricity rather than asking for Discoms.
Control area demarcation & boundary metering is done to bring about transparency and efficiency.
Robust transmission system is in place.
Assessment of Transfer Capability is done.
Balancing mechanism is established.
Methodology for transmission charge sharing
Treatment of transmission losses can be improved.
Streamlined scheduling and settlement mechanism
Dispute redressal mechanism can be used to addressed the flaws and faults.

Negatives of open access :-

Instead of being an avenue to allow large consumers choice of supplier on a sustained basis, open access has become a way to allow such
consumers to move back and forth between the discom and the market as and when they want.
It also does not allow competitive suppliers to develop a stable customer base, defeating the purpose of open access.
The term “open access” itself is a misnomer for consumer choice, muddling the discussion. Open access to the T&D network is required by
generators and suppliers, but not by consumers.
While open access is a prerequisite for choice, consumer choice is about more than open access. Choice also requires well-defined rules that
govern the relationship between the discom and the consumer exercising choice, defining the rights and responsibilities of each. Not enough
attention has been paid to these rules in state regulations.

7) What do you understand by helicopter money? Examine how demonetisation affected helicopter money in India. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Helicopter money is a tool of unconventional monetary policy that has been proposed as an alternative to quantitative easing (QE)
when interest rates are close to zero and the economy remains weak or enters recession. It is a hypothetical, unconventional tool of monetary
policy that involves printing large sums of money and distributing it to the public in order to stimulate the economy. Helicopter drop is largely a
metaphor for unconventional measures to jumpstart the economy during deflationary periods.

Impact of demonetization on helicopter money :-

Though demonetization was a surgical strike against tax cheats and counterfeit currency it became an attack on a large informal economy that
ran almost entirely on cash.
86% of total currency was wiped out of market with a single stroke. The decrease in liquidity of market was the immediate result of
demonetization.
since the central bank spent resources on both mopping up the deluge of liquidity in the banking system and printing of new currency notes,
its dividend payment to the government fell by more than half
It created a situation of cash starvation, killed aggregate demand particularly in light of heavy cash reliance of our economy.
The more enduring effects of the demonetization experiment were felt in asset prices and in supply chains.
The cash that the rich would otherwise have used to finance property or jewellery purchases, or deployed in lengthy working-capital cycles of
informal businesses, has gotten corralled into equities.

Like in the West, where a decade of monetary adventurism has altered people’s portfolio choices and made risky assets frothy, India has reached the
same end point, though by flying the money helicopter in reverse. Moreover, unlike quantitative easing, which is a reversible stimulus for the
demand side of the economy, India’s cash ban—and now the GST—are seeking to permanently alter the supply side.

6) The Ministry of Environment and Forests has approved a 10-year research project that will attempt to develop an immunocontraceptive to bring
down the populations of Asian elephants, Nilgais, wild pigs and rhesus macaques. Discuss the challenges that India faces in controlling ‘problem
animals’ and the issues involved in controlling such animals. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

The National Wildlife Action Plan (2017-31) calls for “comprehensive, science-based species-specific and region-specific, conflict
mitigation plans that can help in prevention of human-wildlife conflict situations and reduce the adverse impacts on both humans and
wildlife”. These plans should focus on “scientific management of wildlife populations” and on land-use practices that aid and abet these
conflicts.
The Ministry of Environment and Forests has approved a 10-year research project that will attempt to develop an immunocontraceptive to
bring down the populations of Asian elephants, Nilgais, wild pigs and rhesus macaques. Rs 10 crore have been allocated to develop what will
essentially be birth control for India’s “problem” wild animals.
Dehradun-based Wildlife Institute of India (WII), the nodal agency for the project.

Challenges

1. Lack of research

This is a completely new area and needs to be explored through research and development
identifying the drug of choice, and establishing how it will be administered to the animals has to be worked out.

2.Nature of drug

Themajor challenge for the project lies in the nature of the drug itself.
Right now, the vaccine is developed from egg-protein and sperm-protein that can be administered in two dosages, one month apart, with a
subsequent annual booster shot. This vaccine can be altered for the specific species since it is a combination of proteins.
It is similar to what has been tested in the US and South Africa, where the vaccine is administered through a sensor or, for large animals,
through a dart gun from helicopters.
Now there has also been a push for a “single shot vaccine However, it may have only 30% efficacy, against the current one with 80% efficacy.
The making of specific brand of immunocontraception used on South Africa elephants — the porcine zona pellucida, or PZP, vaccine is a
labour-intensive process that involves chemically isolating the proteins from the egg cells of pigs. It will also be very costly. The vaccines is
however 100% effective

3.Administrating the drug

For five years leading up to 2012, wildlife experts fired contraceptives from the air at female elephants in South Africa’s Tembe Elephant
Park.
The vaccine was the least disruptive way to limit the animals’ fertility.
For small herds the vaccines are delivered by darts shot from a car. Larger herds are often treated by helicopter

Issues

Limited success in countries like South Africa

But a fair amount of R&D is required since there is absolutely nothing on Asian elephants at this point
The logistics of implementing it are huge.
The ethics of the technology and its use is least debated.
Relevant provisions already exist in India. Under The Wildlife Protection Act, 1972, states can request the Centre to declare some species as
“vermin” if their population becomes unmanageable, thereby removing protections assured by the Act. Essentially, the species can then be
hunted or culled.

7) What is DNA fingerprinting? What are the steps involved in it? Examine how this technology has become so crucial in establishing both
culpability and innocence. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

DNA fingerprinting is a method used to identify an individual from a sample of DNA by looking at different patterns in their DNA.

Steps involved
 1. Collection of DNA sample

DNA can typically be extracted from blood and semen stains on clothes or on the body, from hair and teeth (with roots), and even
from bones and flesh if they are not completely charred.
Under the Indian criminal justice system, there are broad guidelines on how DNA samples are to be collected from a crime scene.

1. Cutting up DNA using enzymes

2. Separating DNA fragments on gel by electrophoresis
3. Transferring DNA onto paper
4. Adding the radioactive probe
5. Setting up the x ray film
6. DNA is identified to establish unique identity.

Why the technique has become crucial

Aarushi Talwar murder case of 2008 is a prime example where the technique could have been used.

1. DNA fingerprinting is a way to establish unique identity as every individual has unique pattern of DNA
2. DNA testing can help solve crimes by comparing the DNA profiles of suspects to offenders samples
3. Ease of collection from the crime scene as DNA sampling can be done from saliva,blood,hair etc
4. Accuracy in results is profound.

7) The obsessive attention on conserving tiger has diverted attention from saving other important species of birds and animals that are endangered or
nearing extinct. Comment. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Several smaller species die, or are near extinction, or are threatened in India.
The National Board for Wildlife in 2012 identified more than 15 species, including the magnificent Hangul of Kashmir and the
Barasingha of Madhya Pradesh, as critically endangered.

Snow leopard

Excellent conservation work has led to greater siting of the snow leopard in the snowy reaches of Ladakh and Himachal Pradesh.

Hog dear

The hog deer, which are prolific breeders, were the principal food of the tiger in the grasslands of Corbett National Park in the sixties.
There was an abundance of them and it was a major species of the park, vital for the survival of the tiger.
Now there may be just 20 of them in Corbett and no one seems concerned.
Though the preferred food of the tiger is the chital, there were not enough of them in the sixties to provide sustenance for the tiger, so
the focus was on the hog deer.

Great Indian Bustard

One of the rarest species and undoubtedly one of the most endangered is the Great Indian Bustard, which is the State bird of Rajasthan.
Endemic to Jaisalmer and Pokhran, its habitat was severely damaged by the nuclear tests in 1974 and 1998.
In Gujarat, not a single adult male has been sited.
In the Naliya area of Kutch, the last bastion of the bustard in the State, power lines are pushing out the bird. In Maharashtra too, they are
missing.
The world population of the bird may be just 80.

Mouse deer

The mouse deer (scientific name Chevrotain) is a miniature, just a foot high and tiptoes like a ballerina.
It can be found in the Sal forests of south India, Madhya Pradesh and West Bengal.
Mouse deer meat is said to be delectable and before the Wildlife Act came into existence, it cost thrice the price of any other meat.
The mouse deer raises its young in the hollow of the fallen Sal, but unfortunately these trees are used as fuel wood.

Caracal

The caracal has disappeared from the Kuno sanctuary of Madhya Pradesh.
However, there are records of it being seen in Ranthambore in Rajasthan and in Kutch, Gujarat.
Malabar Civet

It is feared that the Malabar civet cat may have gone into extinction.

Pangolin

The pangolin, which can be found all over India, seems doomed because its scales, which are said to have medicinal value and are more
expensive than gold, are sheared ruthlessly.
Its meat too is in demand in China.
Illegal trade continues not just in parts where there are tigers but also in parts where there are musk deer, otter, mongoose and other animals.

Slender Loris

The slender loris, a nocturnal animal found in the Western Ghats, and the tortoise are traded in the pet market.

Hangul

Now with reports of nomadic Gujjars making forays into Dachigam, the Hangul, the only deer species of its kind, is down to around 200.

Sangai

Manipur’s State animal, the brow-antlered deer or Sangai, which lives on the floating morass of Loktak Lake, is also fighting for
survival with numbers down to around 200.
However, with Sangai festivals and Sangai tour services, Manipur is going all out to protect them.

Conclusion

With so many small animals on the verge of extinction, it is time we gave priority to animals on the basis of the threat perception to them.
Today, we have the expertise to save them but lack the political will. They are perched on a precipice and unless we act, they will become as
dead as the dodo.
ACTIONS

9) “The young lacking experience of the world, should not study ethics, for ethics is not a science.” Comment. (150 Words)

General

Introduction :- Ethics are the moral principles that govern a person’s behaviour or the conducting of an activity. Ethics and ethical behaviour is
often linked with experience and thereby to age. It has no rigid laws and rules to govern. It can be relative and subjective like killing a person is
unethical but if it is done by State under law it is ethical. The practice and conduct of ethical behaviour and understanding needs maturity. Young
people are often impatient, lacks broader perspective about things and could not view situations holistically hence may fall to practice ethical
behaviour.

Hence it is said that the young lacking experience of the world, should not study ethics, for ethics is not a science.
However ethics is an inherent need of human existence. It can’t be taught like a subject. It is being built in a person through many factors like family
background, parents, educational systems, societal norms etc. A person’s own observation and learning capacity also determines the ethical
absorption in him/her.

Every wise man today was a young person lacking maturity in past. The young should not study ethics as such but they must learn it through
everyday incidences and people in contact. They need to up grade their understanding gradually to be experienced. Young people are more
vulnerable to the negative things like crime, addiction, indulgence in misconducts hence they need to learn ethics more than the experienced.

7) Environmental concerns by the public and state institutions should be weighed in proportion with the universal right to dissent. Comment in the
light of the National Green Tribunal’s (NGT) ban on protests at Jantar Mantar Road. (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- The National Green Tribunal (NGT) ban on protests at Jantar Mantar Road has justifiably raised apprehensions and concerns about
the shrinking spaces for democratic dissent in the country’s capital.

Ban on basis of three criteria :-

Jantar Mantar is not an authorised site for protests

Jantar Mantar Road is marked as a residential area in the Delhi Master Plan and hence cannot be allowed to be used for other purpose
the protestors and agitators cause pollution, particularly noise pollution, because of unregulated use of loudspeakers and amplifiers, public
address systems, drums

However though the above stated reasons are just environmental concerns by the public and state institutions should be weighed in proportion with
the universal right to dissent.

Issues of littering, sanitation, and even of cow protection groups bringing cows and carts to the area have been mentioned in the NGT order as
justification for the ban However, what the NGT has clearly overlooked in its zeal to sanitise the area is that master plans and zoning laws are
open-ended documents.
Cities have an organic life of their own; it is restrictive and even absurd to insist that they be bound and confined by the imperfections of
masterplans conceived long ago.
The Jantar Mantar area became the preferred site for those protesting against government policy and injustice when authorities banned them
from the Boat Club lawns citing security reasons.
Jantar Mantar turned out to be a hospitable site for dissent since it is easily accessible to citizens while being close to Parliament, unlike the
Ramlila Maidan, an open ground in a chaotic and congested locality of the city.

Jantar Mantar turned out to be a hospitable site for dissent since it is easily accessible to citizens while being close to Parliament, unlike the Ramlila
Maidan, an open ground in a chaotic and congested locality of the city.
ATTITUDE:CONTENT, STRUCTURE, FUNCTION; ITS INFLUENCE AND RELATION WITH THOUGHT AND
BEHAVIOUR; MORAL AND POLITICAL ATTITUDES; SOCIAL INFLUENCE AND PERSUASION.

7) There is a growing support for either regulating or breaking big tech companies such as Facebook and Google. Discuss the reasons. Should they
be broken up? Comment. (250 Words)
Livemint

Problems and respective solutions with Big tech

Big Tech like Google, Facebook and Amazon are being blamed for a number of things.

1. Monopoly

They are engaging in monopolistic practices.

In the last year, 85% of the increase in ads online was shared by Google and Facebook.
As a disproportionate beneficiary of online advertisement revenue, Google and Facebook have effectively become gatekeepers of
information that is accessible to users of their platforms.
Joseph Schumpeter wasn’t greatly enthused by perfect competition based on prices.
He laid higher emphasis on competition from the next disruptor with a new method of production or organization. One needs to
understand Schumpeter to explain why Kodak was beaten not by Fujifilm but by mobile phones with camera.
There are examples of how intervention by competition authorities in the cases of AT&T, IBM and Microsoft helped generate
competition in those markets. Some similar kind of intervention is required.
There are others who have advocated breaking up these tech giants.
But the threat of competition emerging directly in the same market or, obliquely, in a different market keeps these tech giants on their toes,
innovating constantly. The goal, remember, should be consumer welfare, whether it is delivered through competition or monopolies.

2.Not Curbing fake news

not doing enough to curb fake news.

One particular concern has been centred on the lack of content curation by social media platforms.
What Google and Facebook provide is high speed of dissemination—a feature that can be skilfully used to counter fake news.

3.Violating the privacy of users

Since there is no direct user fee, Google and Facebook end up monetizing the personal data of consumers. Users are mostly unaware of
how much of their data is used and how exactly.
Regulators around the world should frame rules to make it mandatory for these tech firms to seek user consent before using personal data and
be more open about how the data is used.

4.Wages of employees

They have also been blamed for stagnation in wages and the decline in labour’s share of gross domestic product (GDP).
The industries in which these superstar firms emerge are also the ones which have experienced high levels of innovation, as measured by
citation-weighted patents or total factor productivity growth.
DISASTER AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT.

4) Pesticides aid in sustaining agricultural production as well as disease control. Examine the need to regulate pesticides with ways to do so. (200
Words)
The Hindu

Introduction :- Pesticides are substances that are meant to control pests (including weeds). The term pesticide includes all of the
following: herbicide, insecticides (which may include insect growth regulators,
termiticides, etc.) nematicide, molluscicide, piscicide, avicide, rodenticide, bactericide, insect repellent, animal
repellent, antimicrobial, fungicide, disinfectant (antimicrobial), and sanitizer. The most common of these are herbicides which account for
approximately 80% of all pesticide use. Most pesticides are intended to serve as plant protection products (also known as crop protection products),
which in general, protect plants from weeds, fungi, or insects.

Benefits of pesticides :-

Controlling pests and plant disease vectors

Improved crop/livestock yields

Improved crop/livestock quality
Invasive speciescontrolled

Controlling human/livestock disease vectors and nuisance organisms

Human lives saved and suffering reduced

Animal lives saved and suffering reduced
Diseases contained geographically

Controlling organisms that harm other human activities and structures

Drivers view unobstructed

Tree/brush/leaf hazards prevented
Wooden structures protected

However their overuse and uncontrolled use has created many problems :-

They are mobile in the environment and often move through water, air and soil. The problem with pesticide mobility is that when they travel,
the pesticides come in contact with other organisms and can cause harm.
Pesticides have also been shown to disrupt the balance of an ecosystem. In many situations, when a pesticide is used, it also kills non-pest
organisms.
Another major problem associated with pesticide use is bioaccumulation and biological magnification. Many synthetic pesticides are not able
to be broken down. Once they enter the body of an organism, they are permanently stored in the body tissue.

Way Forward :-

Some measures and precautions, regulations are needed in order to control use of pesticides in order to curb their impacts and disastrous incidences
like Yawatmal tragedy in Maharashtra.

Need to provide education or awareness about the precautions to be taken while spraying toxic pesticides.
The corporates can use their CSR spending in educating the farmers about the right usage of pesticides.
Union Agriculture Ministry must launch an awareness campaign about the harmful effects of pesticides across the country.
Knowledge about the science of the soil will help the sons of the soil.
Regulating the sale of pesticides to ensure that they are cleared after safety checks
Provide and train farmers to adopt protective gears such as masks and gloves while spraying pesticides.
Government must scrutinise recommendations of pesticide firms that prescribe formulae to farmers to enhance quality and quantity of crops.
Creating a policy framework involving all the stakeholders for providing guidelines for the proper use of pesticides.
Rather than selling pesticides, the selling agency must provide the pest control services on the field which is followed in many developed
countries.
There is a need to improve upon application of pesticides. Use of pesticides per hectare of net sown area in Japan is 10 times of what it is in
India. But the pesticide residue on food is not beyond the permissible limits.
The government must constitute pesticides development and regulation authority for regulation of the pesticide sector as recommended by
Parliamentary Standing Committee on Agriculture
Developing resistant varieties, use of bio pesticides and integrated pest management

6) While it is legitimate to question the ethics and rules surrounding autonomous weapons, the idea that their development will necessarily usher in
an apocalyptic future may not be accurate. Comment. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

The debate on lethal autonomous weapon systems (LAWS) first began circa 2013, polarized opinions and doomsday prophesies have hindered a
more nuanced analysis of the issue.

There are real concerns and were key points for discussion at the UN group of governmental experts (GGE) that met last month in Geneva.

Arguments for ban on Autonomous weapons

1.To prevent war

The development of autonomous weapons will reduce combat fatalities for the aggressor, driving militaries to engage more frequently.

2.Authoritarian regimes using them

These weapons will proliferate rapidly, ultimately falling into the hands of authoritarian regimes.

3.Start of AI arms race

 They will kick- start an AI arms race.

Arguments against ban on autonomous weapons

1.Autonomous weapons not factor of war

For one thing, autonomous weapons by themselves are unlikely to lower the threshold for war.
Political, geographical and historical drivers are far more likely to influence a state’s decision to enter into an armed conflict.
If anything, calls for a pre-emptive ban might hinder the deployment of autonomous weapons in defensive capacities, such as the SGR-
A1 gun used by South Korea along its demilitarized zone or Israel’s semi-autonomous Iron Dome that intercepts incoming rockets
and artillery. These weapons can, in fact, increase the cost of aggression, thereby deterring conflict.

2.Dual use may not prevent falling to authoritarian regimes

Second, LAWS rely on advancements in AI and machine learning.

Most developments in AI are taking place in the civilian sector, with the potential for “dual-use” military capabilities.

3.Advancements in AI are in civilian sector majorly

Moreover, autonomous weapons are likely to be developed progressively—with autonomy being introduced gradually into various functions
of weapon systems, such as mobility, targeting and engagement.

4.False comparison with nuclear and biological weapons

Comparisons between autonomous weapons and biological, or even nuclear, weapons rely on a false equivalence. The latter, by their very
nature, are incapable of distinguishing between combatants and non-combatants, thus conflicting with well-established IHL principles of
distinction.
LAWS, on the other hand, given enough technological sophistication and time, can meet the IHL thresholds of distinction and
proportionate response.
Initially, new autonomous weapons are likely to be deployed in areas where civilian presence is minimal or absent, such as the high seas or
contested air-spaces.

5.Arms race already underway

Finally, while the idea of a new arms race is cause for concern, it is undeniable that it has been under way for some time now.
US, UK, Russia, China, Israel and South Korea—are already developing and testing autonomous weapons, while another 44, including
India, are exploring their potential.

Way forward

India, an emerging power, should not fall prey to the insecurity plaguing smaller nations, like Pakistan and Cuba, who have been joined by 20
other countries in calling for a ban.
A pre-emptive ban is only likely to compound inequity in military capability, with the bigger powers employing these weapons anyway.
Rather than mischaracterizing LAWS as new weapons of mass destruction or harbingers of a dystopian future, it is critical to develop
principles and norms to govern their use.
SECTORSERVICES

5) What are the aptitudes, capabilities, skills and qualities that a university teacher/researcher – particularly in the domain of humanities and social
sciences – needs to cultivate, and is the National Eligibility Test (NET) in tune with this spirit? Critically examine. (250 Words)

The Wire

Introduction :- The National Eligibility Test (NET) is a test to determine eligibility for college and university level lecturership and for award of
Junior Research Fellowship (JRF) for Indian nationals. It aims to ensure minimum standards for the entrants in teaching professions and research.
On behalf of the University Grants Commission (UGC), the Central Board of Secondary Education (CBSE) holds the test for determining the
eligibility of Indian nationals for the Eligibility for Assistant Professor only or Junior Research Fellowship and Eligibility for Assistant Professor
both in Indian universities and colleges.

NET becomes very crucial in the light that it recruits the change makers in society the teachers hence assessing it’s tuning with aptitude, capabilities,
skills and qualities required for a teacher is a must :-

· A teacher has to be a good communicator capable of retaining the autonomy of a vibrant classroom interaction. This is possible only when a
teacher has something of his/her own – say, intellectual depth, critical consciousness and creative thinking and NET by it’s examination pattern
doesn’t check this.

· The pattern of questions in NET is more unnecessarily objective rather than analytical or subjective checking candidates actual depth of
understanding about the topic.

· A good teacher is not a quiz master or machine of objectivity but his/her primary task is to invite the young learners to the world of
ideas. This skill is not developed or assessed by NET.

· a teacher as a catalyst needs to have sufficient open/dialogic space within to encourage students to cherish ambiguities. For instance, it is not
about whether Gandhi was wrong and Ambedkar was right; it is rather to make students think whether ‘modernist’ Ambedkar’s engagement with
Buddhism and eventual realisation that the abolition of caste requires a moral/spiritual transformation was taking him closer to ‘spiritualist’ Gandhi.
NET discourages development of such approach by candidate by it’s rotten pattern,

· Far from living with the certainty of a ‘correct’ answer, a good teacher encourages students to rethink what appears to be ‘correct’. Analytical
thinking and empathic understanding, alert observation and self-reflexivity, seeing the values beneath the facts and creatively organised writing are
some of the qualities required to be in a university teacher.

The NET, it seems, is a cumulative manifestation of these beliefs trying to measure the solidity of one’s knowledge. This is a dangerous trend.
Hence, unlike the fact-centric/non-reflexive/objective questions are being modelled with requirements of teachers NET won’t serve it’s real purpose
and would be detrimental for nation’s educational system in long run.
ROLE OF FAMILY, SOCIETY AND EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS IN INCULCATING VALUES.

7) Urban transport investments have a limited understanding of the interrelationships between gender and transport. Discuss. (250 Words)

Livemint
Introduction:

Urban transport system defines the the structure and skelton of the city. However, according to the International Labour Organization
(ILO), transport is one of several sectors that has traditionally been regarded as having ‘no place for women’. December 16 Delhi
gangrape should have awakened us to the issues of women in regard to transportation in cities.
There are broad issues faced by women when accessing urban transport, which should be discussed as follows

1. Security

Women are mostly concerned with the safety and security aspect of the transport which shall be the most important and critical aspect of
decision making process.

2.High mobility to ease access to workplace

The location of the household influence the travel pattern of women. Integration of land use and transportation planning will reduce
negative environmental effects and access to more jobs and services will be ensured.
Intermediate and connecting mass transport system is another big issue and shall be taken care into planning to ensure gender
Ultimately, transportation is the fulcrum that allows women to participate in the workforce; a societal shift to transform the entire world
economy.

3.Decentralised planning

Usually the centralised planning leaves gender mainstreaming awashed. The comprehensive data collection and rigorous analysis shall be the
basis of planning.
Urban transport is not the responsibility of one ministry or department, but requires interventions at multiple scales and coordination with
a number of ministries and departments.
74th amendment in the constitution provides us a framework to aggregate information from the below.

Conclusion

Gender mainstreaming and gender integration are the way forward to a sustainable urban infrastructure ecosystem. The Habitat III also promotes
the discussion of gender integration to urban infrastructure investment at global level.
CHALLENGES TO INTERNAL SECURITY THROUGH COMMUNICATION NETWORKS, ROLE OF MEDIA
AND SOCIAL NETWORKING SITES IN INTERNAL SECURITY CHALLENGES, BASICS OF CYBER
SECURITY

8) Employing army resources for civilian works is an acknowledgement of civilian institutional failure to the larger public and also has long-term
costs. Comment. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- Indian Army is used in many works of civilian institutions like maintaining law and order situation, helping and rescuing people in
disaster etc.
It is required owing to the fact that Army personnel are rigorously trained in handling crisis situations, it is resource rich, can be mobilized quickly,
have superior expertise and enjoys a wide public trust.

The examples like in 2016, the government had asked army engineers to make a pontoon bridge in the Yamuna flood plains for a mega event of Sri
Sri Ravi Shankar, in 2010, when a foot-bridge fell days before the Commonwealth Games in Delhi, the army engineers came in to erect a bridge in
double-quick time, the army also makes pontoon bridges during the Kumbh mela, and to restore communication in inaccessible areas after natural
disasters, the recent announcement of using army engineers to construct three railway footbridges in Mumbai shows increased dependence of
government on Army.

However Employing army resources for civilian works is an acknowledgement of civilian institutional failure to the larger public and also has long-
term costs :-

· The immediate calling of Army in crisis situations and transfer of control of situation to it shows subjugation and underestimation of civilian
institutions to tackle the situation for example rioting conditions like Dera Saccha Sauda Chief arrest protest.

· Frequent restoration to use of Army strengthens people’s faith in them and weakens their faith in civilian institutions and creates an
impression that Army is more capable to handle such crisis compared to civilian institutions. It reinforces the belief that only the army can provide
an effective substitute.

· Besides forestalling a badly needed reappraisal of civilian institutions, it is a trend which holds potentially negative consequences for the
delicate balance of civil-military relations, if extended to other spheres of governance.

An unthinking diversion of the armed forces for routine civilian tasks seems highly affordable but has long-term costs for the country. The
government should remember the lessons from the 1950s and hence take steps to shun such practices. Efforts to upgrade, train and regularly inspect
civilian institution’s capabilities must be taken.
SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY- DEVELOPMENTS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS AND EFFECTS IN
EVERYDAY LIFE

6) Upgrading existing infrastructure and not creating new is the key to socio-economic transformation. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Infrastructure sector is a key driver for the Indian economy. The sector is highly responsible for propelling India’s overall
development and enjoys intense focus from Government for initiating policies that would ensure time-bound creation of world class infrastructure in
the country. Infrastructure sector includes power, bridges, dams, roads and urban infrastructure development. In 2016, India jumped 19 places in
World Bank’s Logistics Performance Index (LPI) 2016, to rank 35th amongst 160 countries.

The social infrastructure is crucial for countries overall economic growth. However considering slow down of Indian economy greater public
investment must now flow into the repair and reconstruction of infrastructure rather than starting new projects.

Increased public investment in new projects leads to a higher deficit, which is the gap between the government’s expenditure and its receipts.
Government’s efforts to ensure a good living habitat for the poor in the country and launching of new flagship urban missions like the
Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (Urban), Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation (AMRUT), and Swachh Bharat Mission
 (Urban) under the urban habitat model need further up gradation in order to enhance it’d reach and impact.
The development of road infrastructure is getting funding and up gradation with government support and innovative methods like the National
Highways Authority of India (NHAI) launched its first overseas issue of Masala Bond at the London Stock Exchange
The Ministry of Shipping plans to undertake development of 37 national waterways (NWs), out of the 111 NWs declared under the National
Waterways Act 2016, in the next three years, which would have positive impact on reduction of overall logistics cost.
The Central Electricity Authority (CEA) expects investment in India’s existing power transmission sector to reach Rs 2.6 lakh crore (US$
38.85 billion) during the 13th plan (2017-22), and to enhance the transmission capacity of the inter-regional links by 45,700 megawatt (MW).

Such investment in existing infrastructure project will save precious government financial resources, will enhance prudent allocation of money and
will help in upgrading the critical infrastructure needed for country’s overall development. However neglect of new projects should not be done.
India also need to explore modern options like bullet trains, green field regional airports, shipping waterways etc to lead country in global
developments.

6) “If we don’t have a system that gives everyone a chance to gain the necessary skills, differences in education and family background will lead to
even greater inequality.” Discuss in the context of fears being expressed about computers replacing humans in workplaces. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- The IT services industry alone is set to lose 6.4 lakh low-skilled positions to automation by 2021. Automation threatens 69% of the
jobs in India, while it’s 77% in China, according to a World Bank research.

In India fear of automation and computerization becomes still difficult situation owing to fact that we have 22% BPL people and we are
experiencing demographic dividend. We are requiring 1.5 crore non agricultural job per year.

Skilling is as low as less than 3% in India and difference between the education and family backgrounds leads to greater inequality if we don’t have
a system that gives everyone a chance to gain necessary skills all these inequalities are bound to take horrible form.

Efforts needs to be taken like :-

Implementing the current schemes and policies of government like Skill India, Start Up India and Stand Up India, MUDRA etc
Bridging the divide created on basis of education and family background. Providing English medium education, spreading software skilling
since school through computer labs.
Implementing reservation policy with suitable modifications and making it more inclusive to advance the weaker sections of society.
Making the higher educational institutions more relevant to present market and industry needs is important by linking academia, vocational
centers and corporates. Currently only 18% engineers are employable.
Tying up with international countries like Singapore to make India skill capital of the world. Opening Global Skill centers in four main cities
of states to have regionally balanced skilling.
Roping in NGO and Civil Society like Udyogini, Swayam Shikshan Prayog in order to create chains of rural entrepreneurs

4) Recently, Prime Minister of India asked farmers to cut urea consumption by half by 2022. What is the rationale behind this request? Is it possible
to achieve in India? Critically examine. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Prime Minister Narendra Modi asked farmers to cut urea consumption by half by 2022.
India is an important market, consuming about 30 million tonnes (MT) of urea annually, of which about 24.5 MT is domestically
produced and the rest is imported.

Rationale to decrease Urea Consumption

1. Imbalanced use of nutrients, particularly NPK

Urea prices in India are among the lowest in the world (hovering around $ 86 per tonne).
Also, the price ratio of urea to DAP and MOP is highly skewed. No wonder, Indian farmers are using higher doses of urea (nitrogen)
compared to phosphate (DAP) and potash (MOP), and not getting the best results in terms of yields.
Also Indian soils are deficient in micronutrients, especially zinc (about 48 per cent) — a fallout of which is zinc deficiency in wheat
and rice, which, in turn, contributes to stunting in children.

2.Smuggling to other uses and countries

Extremely low prices of urea also lead to its diversion to non-agricultural uses — as well as smuggling to neighbouring countries —
that needs to be checked.

How to achieve this?

1. Neem Coated Urea

NCU, in fact, has been in place since 2008, when only 20 per cent urea was permitted to be neem coated. This was raised to 35 per cent
in 2010, and to 100 per cent in 2015. The underlying assumption is that NCU can improve nitrogen use efficiency (NUE) by about 10
per cent by slowing the release of nitrogen.

2.Soil Health Card Scheme

The SHCs, which have now crossed the 100 million mark, can also help rationalise the use of urea, provided they are backed by a
massive extension programme.

3.Correct pricing through DBT

Pricing should be corrected to reflect the true cost of production.

If the government decides to shift the money equivalent of the current fertiliser subsidy bill of Rs 70,000 crore plus directly to
farmers’ accounts, and lets the prices of fertilisers be decided by the full play of demand and supply forces, it can immediately stop all
diversion to non-agri-uses as well as to other countries.
 The move will also give the right signals to farmers to use N, P and K in appropriate ratios.
It will also excite industry to innovate and bring new products.

6) India and its neighbours Nepal, Bhutan and Bangladesh have decided to conduct a joint census of their tiger population. Discuss the significance
of this initiative. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

India and its neighbours Nepal, Bhutan and Bangladesh have decided to conduct a joint census of their tiger population.
Tigers are specified as endangered by the IUCN (International Union for Conservation of Nature) Red List of Threatened Species.

Significance

1. Subcontinent has highest population

The Indian sub-continent is home to about 80-90% of world’s tiger population

2.Better calculation and conservation efforts

A joint census will lead to not only more verified numbers but also greater coordination and conservation efforts among the four
nations.
It will result in better estimation of their population as there are tiger habitats that fall in two countries like Sundarbans
All neighbouring countries Bangladesh, Bhutan, Nepal and India will follow the same protocol using camera traps which will result in
much precise and accurate estimates of tiger numbers.

3.Indian practices will be useful which saw increase in tigers

According to the tiger census of 2014, India was home to 2,226 tigers which is about 60% of the world’s wild tiger population of about
3,890.
After India are: Russia (433 tigers), Indonesia (371), Malaysia (250) and Nepal (198).
The number marks the success of India’s efforts to protect its national animal. A decade back, pressure on their habitat and poaching had
seen tiger numbers hit a low of 1,411 (in 2006).
Indian government launched Project Tiger in 1973. India now has 50 tiger reserves that cover 2.12% of the country’s total geographical
area.

India’s attempt with tiger diplomacy is not new. It is already a leader in tiger conservation efforts among the 13 tiger range countries.
South-East Asian nations like Cambodia are already working with India on tiger conservation.
About 100,000 tigers roamed the forests of the world in 1900, but their numbers dwindled steadily, hitting a low of 3,200 in 2010.

4.Combat illegal trade jointly

Tigers face threats from poaching and habitat loss.

Statistics from TRAFFIC, the wildlife trade monitoring network, show that body parts of a minimum of 1,590 tigers were seized by the
law enforcement officials between January 2000 and April 2014 across tiger range countries; the big cats were feeding a multi-billion dollar
illegal wildlife trade.

7) Discuss the possible geographical, environmental and national security implications for India of diverting the river Yarlung Tsangpo by China.
(250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

China is planning to divert the waters of the Yarlung Tsangpo (the upper stream of India’s Brahmaputra) to its water-starved Xinjiang
province

Geographical and environmental implications

1. 1. Impact on downstream ecology and people

Indian and Bangladeshi water experts have, understandably, raised alarm bells over the plan for the adverse impacts it would have on
downstream areas.

2. River interlinking affected

Brahmaputra is an important resource for India’s own water diversion plans – the national river interlinking project
River interlinking project envisage to meet irrigation and other demands particularly, which now will have to be met with exploitation of
groundwater.

3. Energy production will be affected

It is considered a powerhouse to meet India’s energy demands in the future.

Since India has higher use of fossil fuels, it was imperative to shift to renewable energy sources like hydropower. Obviously, the
environmental impact will be considerable in case Brahamputra is obstructed in China onlt.

National Security implications

1. Data sharing on Brahmaputra – a strategic ploy

One, the Brahmaputra agreement between China and India is a suboptimal arrangement within broader bilateral relations.
As per the current agreement, China has thus far agreed to share hydrological data on the Yarlung Tsangpo/Brahmaputra (YTB) during the
 monsoon season.
Why did China agree to cooperate in the first place when it has clearly resisted doing so for years, and with other riparian countries through
which the Mekong flows? One of the explanations could be that this gesture of cooperation aligns well with China’s broader political
strategy of portraying an image of a ‘responsible neighbour’.

2. Chinese multilateralism on water sharing

Three, departing from the past, China’s approach to transboundary water sharing is shifting towards multilateral arrangements.
In 2015, China signed the Lancang-Mekong Cooperation (LMC) framework along with five other countries through which the Mekong
flows.
This China-led multilateral agreement is an alternative to the Asian Development Bank-led Mekong River Commission, which China never
signed.
The LMC aligns with China’s Belt and Road Initiative and focuses on land and water connectivity, besides river management.
In South Asia, China has been insistent in establishing greater ties with Bangladesh on flood forecasting, water technologies, and water
management.
India, on the other hand, prefers bilateral relations, as it has with Pakistan, Nepal, Bhutan, and Bangladesh.
By way of improving relationship with Bangladesh, China could well be aiming to encircle India to reach a deal on the sharing of YTB
that favours China’s objective of economic expansionism.

Way forward

A decade ago, India started planning multiple hydropower projects on the Brahmaputra as a reactive strategy against Chinese dam-
building activities on the upper reaches of the river.
This strategy is informed by the international law of ‘prior appropriation’, which states that the first user gets the rights to continue
using that quantity of water.
It needs to de-emphasise China’s role for the time being and restrengthen its relationship with Bangladesh. It needs to push the
impending Teesta river agreement and restore its image as a responsible upper riparian.
India needs to mirror its strength and firmness in negotiations with China on water rights.
DELIVERY

8) What is Long Short-Term Memory in Artificial Intelligence (AI)? Will AI rule humans? Examine. (250 Words)

The Hindu

What is Long Short-Term Memory?

It’s a technique in speech recognition and translation that many major companies — Facebook, Amazon, Samsung — are using.
It’s a recurrent network, a little bit like in the brain. The brain has a hundred billion neurons and each is connected to 10,000 others.
That’s a million-billion connections.
There are feedback connections that make it (the network) like a general-purpose computer and one can feed in videos through the input
neurons, acoustics through microphones, tactile information through sensors, and some are output neurons that control finger muscles.
A ‘feed-forward’ network is used. There are layers of neural networks arranged to mimic neurons in the brain.
The programe makes decisions based on how information moves up these layers. If there are no feedback layers and they cannot ‘learn’
 sequences.

How is long short term memory developed in a machine?

Initially all connections are random and the network, perceiving all this, outputs rubbish.
There’s a difference between the rubbish that comes out and the translated sentence that should have come out.
We measure the difference and translate it into a change of all these connection strengths so that they become ‘better connections’
and learn through the Long Short-Term Memory algorithm to adjust internal connections to understand the structure of, say, Polish,
and learn to translate between them.

AI vs Humans

They won’t really rule us.

They will be very interested in us — ‘artificial curiosity’ as the term goes.
As long as they don’t understand life and civilisation, they will be super interested in us and their origins.
In the long run, they will be much more interested in others of their kind and it will expand to wherever there are resources. There’s a
billion times more sunlight in space than here. They will emigrate and be far away from humans.
AWARENESS IN THE FIELDS OF IT, SPACE, COMPUTERS, ROBOTICS, NANO-TECHNOLOGY, BIO-
TECHNOLOGY AND ISSUES RELATING TO INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

5) Climate Change and Disaster Risk Reduction are correlated and should be simultaneously addressed. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:- In recent times, Category 5 hurricanes in the Caribbean and in the American mainland; record floods across Bangladesh, India and
Nepal; and drought emergencies in 20 countries in Africa have damaged these regions, killed hundreds, and ruined the lives of millions. These
events show the co-relation of climate change and disaster risk.

Climate change is a change in the statistical distribution of weather patterns when that change lasts for an extended period of time (i.e., decades to
millions of years). Climate change may refer to a change in average weather conditions, or in the time variation of weather within the context of
longer-term average conditions. Climate change is caused by factors such as biotic processes, variations in solar radiation received by Earth, plate
tectonics, and volcanic eruptions. Certain human activities have been identified as primary causes of ongoing climate change, often referred to
as global warming.

Disaster risk reduction (DRR) is a systematic approach to identifying, assessing and reducing the risks of disaster. It aims to reduce socio-economic
vulnerabilities to disaster as well as dealing with the environmental and other hazards that trigger them.
Both are co-related hence should be simultaneously addressed :-

While 4.2 million people dying prematurely each year from ambient pollution, the effect of heat-trapping greenhouse gases on extreme
weather events is coming into sharper focus.
During the last two years, over 40 million people, mainly in countries which contribute least to global warming, have been forced from their
homes by disasters.
There is clear consensus: rising temperatures are increasing the amount of water vapour in the atmosphere, leading to more intense rainfall
and flooding in some places, and drought in others.
While carbon emissions are expected to drop as countries meet their targets, the impacts of climate change may be felt for some time, leaving
the world with little choice but to invest, simultaneously, in efforts to adapt to climate change and reduce disaster risk. This will require
international cooperation.

Way forward :-

6) Discuss in detail the features of Tripura model of development which has resulted in better human development outcomes for the state. (250
Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Tripura is a state in Northeast India. The third-smallest state in the country. Tripura is a landlocked state in North East India. The
physiography is characterised by hill ranges, valleys and plains. All this coupled with insurgencies, instabilities had rendered. Tripura on sloppy
path of development and progress. But now the Tripura models of developments are being considered as the hallmark. The detailed features of this
model of development are as follows :-

Investment in human development and people’s participation in the implementation of socio-political and economic policy was the base idea
of Tripura model of development.
 Targeting illiteracy :- illiteracy was one of the basic problem of the state owing to the problem of separatist militancy but with the growing
time, there has been rapid increase in the literacy rate as evident from the Census report which reflected the increase of literacy rate from 735
to 87% between 2001 -2011.
Emphasis and efforts on economic growth :- With reference to the performance of the State, which is reflected in the form of growth rate of
per capita State Domestic Product (SDP), Tripura stands at the rate of 9%-10% p.a wherein per capita Net Domestic Product of India is
growing only at around 5% p.a.
Improved status of labourers and employment :- There has been an increase in the labour force participation and work force participation in
the state, especially among women. Tripura has also been continuously ranked first among the States of India in last 5-6 years with respect to
the implementation of the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA).
Enhances social measures :- The state had put much efforts in terms of health facilities, sanitation and social security measures, making it a
pioneer on the human development index (HDI). Besides, Tripura’s rural road connectivity is apparently one of the best in the country.
This model has adopted focussed programmes and clear objectives with proper review and feedback system at place and region suited tailored
program like agricultural program are being followed.

The landmark repeal of the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act, or AFSPA, in 2015 in the State was an outstanding symbol of the success of this
policy. Tripura continues to achieve new milestones due to adoption if this model of development.

6) As a traditional public health intervention, vaccines have been costing more money in recent years when a couple of newer generation of products
are exhausting governments’ budgets largely due to their monopoly situations thanks to patent thicket and evergreening. Comment. (250 Words)

The Wire

Introduction :- A patent is a legal right to the sole use of an invention for 20 years after its creation. This includes a right to license it to others, to
prevent others from using the product and to sell the patent to another.

While Evergreening is any of various legal, business and technological strategies by which producers extend their patents over products that are
about to expire, in order to retain royalties from them, by either taking out new patents (for example over associated delivery systems, or new
pharmaceutical mixtures), or by buying out, or frustrating competitors, for longer periods of time than would normally be permissible under the law.

The WIPO report has either overstated or overlooked the role of patents in the context of vaccine access and innovation. Vaccines have been
costing more money in recent years. Recent researches have suggested that patent thicket and evergreening, among others, have played an
instrumental role.

However, the newly launched report by World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) Global Challenges division (herein the WIPO report) has
concluded with several contestable remarks and downplayed the role of patents in hindering vaccine competition.

The WIPO report has either overstated or overlooked the role of patents in the context of vaccine access and innovation.
On one hand, it states that the control derived from patents ‘can help ensure vaccine quality and safety’. It is commonly known that it is rather
good manufacture practice standards and government regulations that can ensure quality and safety of any medical products including
vaccines. A patent, on another hand, is governed by different legal framework and criteria.
On another hand, it holds the view that ‘the various forms of IP rights have not posed a significant barrier to the manufacture and distribution
of vaccines’.

A recent report published by Medicins sans Frontieres (MSF) suggests that new generation of vaccines are prone to a high concentration of patent
ever greening.

One such example is a composition patent applied by Pfizer on its 13-valent pneumococcal conjugate vaccine (PCV-13 vaccine) concerns
comprising more serotypes to a PCV vaccine based on obvious technologies known for vaccine producers.

It is under disputes in multiple jurisdictions including India, South Korea, US and Europe. The broad patent, if granted without national law
scrutiny, could effectively block follow-on developers to launch their own version of PCV-13.

It is, therefore, oversimplification for the WIPO report to conclude that patent plays the only insignificant role in the lack of competition in the
current vaccine market.

Way forward :-

Applying patentability criteria that could restrict expansive claims, and easing public scrutiny mechanism such as patent opposition
procedures are among the critical measures that national patent laws should consider.
Claims concerning age groups or vaccine dose regimens, for instance, could be systematically rejected upon strict patentability.
Procedural safeguards such as pre-grant and post-grant oppositions could also increase public scrutiny on excessive practices.

WIPO needs to retreat this report to give a more professional analysis on the concrete patent barriers facing the new vaccine market, and the legal
and policy tools that countries could use in tackling evergreening practices.

5) Does India need a new institutional architecture to deal with multi-state problems such as air pollution? Discuss. (150 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Air pollution in India is quite a serious issue with the major sources being fuelwood and biomass burning, fuel adulteration, vehicle
emission and traffic congestion. A 2013 study on non-smokers has found that Indians have 30% lower lung function compared to Europeans.

Air pollution has been a multi-state problem in India. As In autumn and winter months, large scale crop residue burning in agriculture fields a low
cost alternative to mechanical tilling is a major source of smoke, smog and particulate pollution.

Need of a new institutional architecture to deal with such problems :-

Hasty and temporary solutions to such sever problem are not in the long term interest of people. Their effectiveness and impacts are very
limited and they cant address the root causes hence results into ad hoc measures. There is a need to adopt a new institutional architecture.
The state governments of Delhi, Punjab and Haryana should consider the representative agencies for their respective citizens. They should
negotiate on how the cost of changing farming practices will be shared. A first step will be to estimate the amount to be paid for every hectare
of farmland that is shifted away from stubble burning.
 The lack of an institutional structure to deal with such federal negotiations, especially when the three state governments are run by three
different political parties need to be addressed. This is where the Union government needs to step in as a coordinating agency. It can also offer
to bear half the fiscal costs of any green bargain between the three states.
A better solution over the long term is to set up a federal agency like the Environmental Protection Agency in the US, with powers to get
states to the bargaining table.
The exact contours of such an agency will need to be debated by climate change scientists, economists, environmental activists and political
parties. The current institutional vacuum needs to be filled.

The winter smog that chokes millions of people every year needs to be dealt with through a long-term institutional strategy rather than hasty
administrative responses each time citizens choke.

8) Critically comment on the objectives and utility of the union government’s move to “de-regulate” bamboo production by amending the definition
of “trees” under the Indian Forest Act (IFA), 1927. (150 Words)

The Hindu

4) Do you think diplomacy is the only and final solution to resolve North Korea crisis? Justify. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

The fresh round of economic sanctions imposed unanimously by the UN Security Council on North Korea is a predictable response to
mounting international frustration over the nuclear stand-off.
The sanctions include an 89% curb on refined petroleum imports into North Korea, stringent inspections of ships transferring fuel to the
country, and the expulsion of thousands of North Koreans in other countries
The stated aim of the sanctions regime has been to force North Korea to halt its nuclear programme and start disarmament negotiations.

Why diplomacy is the only solution

1. North Korea military and nuclear capabilities

Pyongyang now has the capability to hit parts of mainland America and its intermediate-range missiles can easily target U.S. military bases in
Japan and Guam
North Korea asserts that it will root out the United States threat and blackmail of nuclear war and solidly defend the peace and stability of the
Korean peninsula and the region
In September, North Korea detonated its sixth underground nuclear device, which it claimed was a hydrogen bomb.
The development has served as a reminder to the U.S. that the scope for military options may be increasingly narrowing.
The old carrot and stick policies will not work.

2.Avert nuclearisation of Japan and South Korea

Military action may lead to nuclearisation in Japan and South Korea.

3.North Korea trade dependent on China than US

Sanctions have limited utility because China accounts for 90% of North Korea’s foreign trade

4.China hesitant

For China, a nuclear North Korea is a lesser threat than a regime collapse that could lead to a unified Korea allied to the U.S.

US hard stance

U.S. has also charged the North Korean government with the world-wide ‘WannaCry’ cyberattacks in May.
Trump warned that the U.S. would be willing to take unilateral action if China was not able to rein in its neighbour

China and Russia approach

As on previous occasions, Beijing and Moscow were able to impress upon the Security Council the potentially destabilising and hence
counterproductive impact of extreme measures.
However, even as China and Russia approved the latest measures, they continued to state their preference for diplomatic engagement.
The last thing that China, which shares a long border with North Korea, wants is a war on its doorstep and U.S. troops on its borders.
This is significant given the intercontinental ballistic missile that Pyongyang launched in November, which could deliver nuclear warheads
anywhere in North America.
China and Russia have been critical of North Korea’s missile and nuclear tests, proposing that if the U.S. and South Korea were to suspend
their joint military exercises, North Korea could agree to suspending its tests, opening the way to a dialogue

Way forward

The old objectives of ‘denuclearisation’ and ‘reunification’ have to be set aside. North Korea’s nuclear capability will have to be accepted, at
least for the foreseeable future.
Mutual recognition will have to precede reunification and for this, the two Koreas need to begin a dialogue in due course. Managing this
requires closer understanding between the U.S. and South Korea than is currently on display.
For Mr. Kim, the stakes are existential and parallel negotiations on political and nuclear tracks are needed if the current crisis is to be averted.
Against this backdrop, a revival of stalled peace negotiations between the P-5 nations and North Korea may be the only realistic
alternative on the horizon.
The successful conclusion of the 2015 civilian nuclear agreement between the P-5 plus Germany and Iran affords a constructive template to
move ahead with North Korea.

6) In the light of the apprehensions expressed against some of its provisions, critically analyse aims and rationale of the proposed new Financial
Resolution and Deposit Insurance Act (FRDI) law. (250 Words)
The Indian Express

The Wire

FRDI Bill provisions

The FRDI Act defines the resolution mechanisms being pushed by the government as an alternative to recapitalisation.

1. Creation of independent Resolution Corporation

At the centre of the new scheme is the creation of a new independent corporation that would take over the task of resolution of
bankruptcy in banks, insurance companies and identified “systemically important financial institutions” (SIFIs).
The Resolution Corporation will also take over the task of insuring bank deposits, compensating depositors up to a specified maximum
amount (at present Rs.1 lakh) in case of bank failure.

2.Classification of financial institutions

As part of its responsibilities, the corporation is to be mandated to classify the financial institutions under its jurisdiction under
different categories based on risk of failure, varying from “low” and “moderate” (where the probability of failure is marginally or well
below acceptable levels) to “material” or “imminent” (implying failure probabilities that are above or substantially above acceptable levels)
and, finally, critical (being on the verge of failure).

3.Imminent firms under the radar

In cases of financial firms placed under the material or imminent category, the Resolution Corporation is to be given the power to: (i)
inspect the books to obtain information on assets and liabilities; (ii) restrict the activities of the firm concerned; (iii) prohibit or limit
payments of different kinds; and (iii) require submission of a restoration plan to the regulator and a resolution plan to it, if necessary
involving a merger or amalgamation.

4.Critical firms to be taken over

In cases identified as critical, the Resolution Corporation will take over their administration and proceed to transfer their assets and
liabilities through merger or acquisition or liquidation with permission from the NCLT.
Closing all options, the law prohibits recourse to the courts to stay the proceedings at the NCLT or seeking alternative routes to
resolution.
Since liquidation involves compensating stakeholders according to their designated seniority, depending on the net assets available, any
stakeholder can be called upon to accept a “haircut” or loss, including holders of deposits more than the maximum amount insured against
loss.

Issues with the bill

1. Scrapping of DICGC

The Bill proposes the scrapping of the Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation (set up in the early 1960s in the aftermath
of the collapse of two banks), which guarantees repayment of bank deposits up to Rs. 1 lakh in case a bank is liquidated.

2.No amount stated to be returned to depositors

A new Resolution Corporation under the Finance Ministry will steer financial entities out of the woods and offer a similar cover for
deposits.
The silence of the Bill on the extent of deposits to be guaranteed is a key source of concern , and may necessitate the need to revisit the
existing Rs. 1 lakh deposit guarantee, which hasn’t been revised since 1993.

3.Categorisation will precipitate failure instead of solvution

Since mere categorisation in the “material” or “imminent” category will send out a signal, banks so designated can become the target of a
run, as depositors fearing failure would want to move out their deposits. Instead of resolving the problem of vulnerability to failure, the
mechanism may actually precipitate failure.

4.No recourse for employees in case of resolution plan

The restoration and/or resolution plan, to be acceptable, may “force” a financial firm to accept amalgamation or merger.
This would have implications for parties that are not responsible for the state of the firm, including officers, employees, creditors and small
shareholders.

5.Conflict between resolution corporation and firm under scrutiny may arise on resolution plan

To start with, while the Resolution Corporation and the regulator concerned will determine whether a financial firm is to be placed in
the “material” or “imminent” category, the task of working out an acceptable restoration or renewal plan rests with the firm under
scrutiny.
That is, the responsibility of restoring viability is that of the bank, insurance company or SIFI, with the regulation and resolution authority
retaining the right to determine whether it has managed to reduce the probability of failure.

Way forward

1. Use bail in sparingly

Bail in should typically be used where continuing a firm’s services is considered vital but its sale is unviable — not as a lazy default
option.
If lenders don’t believe that a bail-in plan would salvage a firm, triggering the clause could end up causing a run on the bank instead of
preventing one.
With its thrust on initiatives such as the Jan Dhan Yojana and demonetisation, the government has nudged more people towards the formal
banking system.
 To ensure that those gains are not lost, the government must communicate more clearly the rationale behind the bail-in provision, and
the circumstances in which it may ultimately be used, if at all.

2.Enhance the deposits to be returned in case of bankruptcy

Most importantly, it must enhance the amount of bank deposits that will remain safe under the new dispensation.

3.Lesson from Financial Stability Board

This resolution framework is merely the replication in the Indian context of a regime recommended by the Basel-based Financial Stability
Board (FSB)
The FSB was established in the aftermath of the global financial crisis of 2007-08, which was centred round the United States, the
United Kingdom and Europe.
However, in those jurisdictions, the resolution of the post-crisis problem of potential insolvency of banks came through government
purchases of equity and liquidity infusion by Central banks, unlike the FRDI Bill.
TECHNOLOGY MISSIONS, ECONOMICS OF ANIMAL-REARING.

7) Are investments in education and agricultural research and development, and in rural infrastructure development and health provisions have
improved farm income and reduced poverty levels in India? Examine. (200 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- Poverty reduction requires economic growth which, when accompanied by sound macroeconomic management and good
governance, investment in critical areas results in sustainable and socially inclusive development.

Asian Developmental Bank 1999

Greater access of the poor to education and health services, water and sanitation, employment, credit, and markets for produce is needed in order to
reduce poverty. Moreover, the vulnerability of the poor to economic shocks and natural disasters must be reduced to enhance their well-being and
encourage investment in human capital and in higher-risk and higher-return activities.
Investment in critical areas of education, health, infrastructure and poverty performance :-

Public expenditure on investments and subsidies is assumed to impact agricultural growth and poverty through several channels: by improving
technology and the availability of inputs and by increasing irrigation, relative prices, wages, and non-farm employment.
Investing in infrastructure creates income opportunities and generates jobs. Directly as employment can be created during the construction and
maintenance of infrastructure by using labour-based methods. An increased use of local resources (labour and materials) in addition will have
backward and forward linkages further stimulating the local economy. Indirectly as the assets created by themselves will improve access to
income and employment opportunities hence poverty reduction.
Education is not only an influential role in every individual’s personal life, it also benefits society as a whole. If everyone in the world had an
equal opportunity at an education, the world would no longer have to face the horrible issue of global poverty.

Economists like Fan, Sen, Ahluwalia has emphasized ublic investment, if rationally targeted, helps in reducing poverty directly and/or indirectly
through pro-poor growth.

The paper produced by Seema Bathla, Sukhadeo Thorat, P K Joshi, Bingxin Yu states that education and agricultural research and development
produced the highest marginal returns for promoting agricultural income, while investments in rural infrastructure development and health
provisions are the most effective in reducing rural poverty.

6) Analysis of the Central Pollution Control Board’s AQI bulletin archives has revealed that the air quality has clearly deteriorated across the
northern-Gangetic plain. Examine the causes and consequences. (200 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- The northern Indian plains have again come into focus as one of the globe’s most-polluted regions, with nine of the world’s 20 most
polluted cities in the 2016 WHO urban air pollution database from this swathe of land.

It’s a confluence of factors to make this region so foul with geography, climate, population, agricultural practices as well as fossil fuel emissions all
playing a part.

Causes of air quality deterioration in Northern plain :-

Geography :- A major reason for high pollution in the Indo-Gangetic plains is its geography. Located next to the Himalayas, this is a wind
convergence zone which transports pollution from other places into these region.
Weather and seasons :- The convergence factor shows up the most in winters, when the region sees spells of dense fog due to cold winds
coming from the west. Fog traps pollutants, leading to sharp deterioration in air quality. Cold winds also leads to `inversion’, wherein
pollutants are trapped near the surface.
Population :- The northern plains also have among the highest population densities in the world. This translates to higher pollution from
human activities.
Unsustainable practices :- The other major source of pollution is the practice of crop burning. During winters, soot from these fires hang in the
air longer. The region also sees high use of coal and wood, which are very polluting, for cooking.
Soil :- The region’s fertile alluvial soil, which attracted people to this belt, also contributes to its pollution. Alluvial soil is highly dusty when
dry.
Low rainfall :- Many parts of this region do not get much rain — the average for Delhi is 40 days in a year -which is why these places are
very dusty.
These natural causes have combined with growing vehicular and industrial emissions to make the plains the pollution hotspot of the world.

Consequences of high pollution in northern Indian belt :-

 Health effects :- Air pollution is a significant risk factor for a number of pollution-related diseasesand health conditions including respiratory
infections, heart disease, COPD, stroke and lung cancer. The health effects caused by air pollution may include difficulty in breathing,
wheezing, coughing, asthma and worsening of existing respiratory and cardiac conditions. These effects can result in increased medication
use, increased doctor or emergency room visits, more hospital admissions and premature death.
Mortality :- The World Health Organizationestimated in 2014 that every year air pollution causes the premature death of some 7 million
people worldwide. India has the highest death rate due to air pollution. India also has more deaths from asthma than any other nation
according to the World Health Organization. In December 2013 air pollution was estimated to kill 500,000 people in China each year. Most of
these deaths belong to north India.
Agricultural effects :- In India in 2014, it was reported that air pollution by black carbonand ground level ozone had cut crop yields in the
most affected areas by almost half in 2010 when compared to 1980 levels.
Economic effects :- Air pollution costs the world economy $5 trillion per year as a result of productivity losses and degraded quality of life,
according to a joint study by the World Bankand the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME) at the University of Washington.
Acid Rain:Harmful gases like nitrogen oxides and sulfur oxides are released into the atmosphere during the burning of fossil fuels. Acid
rain is causing great damage to human, animals and crops.

4) Formalisation without preparation leads to exclusion. Critically comment. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

The Hindu

Introduction :- According to NSSO data, there have been more jobs created in the informal sector than the formal and more than 90% of the
population is employed in informal jobs.

Formalization without preparation will have disastrous impacts :-

Formalization of the economy is often sought as the informal economy can enable illicit activities and create a safe space for tax evaders.
But it also supports the livelihoods of millions of workers who have no opportunities in the formal economy. These are the roadside vendors,
marginal farmers, construction workers, cobblers, artisans, fishermen, landless labourers.
In many countries, employment in the informal sector is growing faster than in the formal sector.
In India, according to the 2015-16 Economic Survey out of the 10.5 million new manufacturing jobs created between 1989 and 2010, only 3.7
million — about 35% — were in the formal sector. This indicates that the informal sector is not some aberration that we can simply wish
away. It is an integral part of India’s economic framework and we need to pay far more attention to it.

Following steps must be taken by government in order to increase the scope of formal sector without exclusion:-

Financial Inclusion- Access to formal credit, banking facilities and impart financial knowledge. The recent push for promoting digital cashless
economy, Scehems such as Jan Dhan Yoajana, Bank Mitras, Lead Bank Scheme, Priority Sector Lending are good steps by the government
towards promoting formal economy
Improve quality of human capital- Boosting education and skill levels will provide necessary foundation for the formalization of economy.
The Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan, Mid Day Meal Schemes, SWAYAM, Skill Inida Mission are some good initiatives by the government.
Providing robust infrastructure: Improving connectivity through better roads and railways, improving access to cheap electricity would act as
an incentive for setting up of formal companies.
Labour laws :- In India there are multiple labour laws and many outdated laws. Easy to understand and coherent set of law is necessary to
enable formal sector to comply with it. Focus on increasing Ease of Doing business is also important.

4) It is said that the entire Board examination system and the culture associated with it constitute an endemic problem. Discuss critically these
problems and their solutions. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

A vast number of India’s adolescents feel seriously unhappy and resentful.

Ignoring or oppressing adolescents is not uncommon in other countries, but India’s case is somewhat extreme. Over more than a century, our
system of schooling has honed its tools to oppress and defeat the adolescent.
The tool used to subdue the rebellious adolescent mind is the Board examination.

Issues with Board exam

1. Tends to decide future of child unfairly

The term ‘board’ has acquired connotations of terror for the young on account of the darkness into which it pushes them before some are let
back out into normal light and further education.
Fear of failing in it and thereby closing all doors to a worthwhile future figures in many autobiographies written during the colonial period.

2.Secret procedures of marking

Boards of examinations maintain a tight secrecy over how a young student will be marked and declared either ‘pass’ or ‘fail’.
A tight cover of confidentiality is maintained to conceal the abysmal quality of the marking system, question papers and the evaluation
process.

3.Learning distorted

Popular understanding of education, which is widely shared in political and official circles, equates learning with performance on tests.
The nationwide industry that specialises in offering help in passing examinations and entrance tests makes no distinction between cramming,
cheating and learning.

4.Abysmal teacher training

Teachers are taught about these common symptoms, and those who learn them well enough to discuss them correctly get through their B.Ed.
(Bachelor of Education) examination without much cramming.
 When they become teachers, they soon realise that passing the B.Ed. examination is a lot easier than dealing with real adolescents — boys or
girls.

Conclusion

Plenty of ideas for reforming the Boards and the examination system they govern have been given over the years. Some of these ideas have
been put into practice here and there, as isolated steps lacking a wider frame of reference to curricular reform.
The National Curriculum Framework, 2005 insisted on coherence between reforms in curriculum, examinations and teacher training.
This perspective continues to pose a challenge to an institutional structure marked by rivalry and turf wars.
PUBLIC/CIVIL SERVICE VALUES AND ETHICS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION: STATUS AND PROBLEMS

8) In a recent report, the Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) household finance committee found the average Indian household keeps just 5% of its
wealth in financial assets. What measures can be taken to nudge households to invest more in financial assets? Also examine, from economy point
of view, why is it important to push households to invest in financial assets. (200 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- Households’ Savings correspond to the total income saved by households during a certain period of time. Savings and investments
in banks, stock markets, Post office schemes, company deposits etc., are considered as Financial Assets / Financial Savings. Investments in
properties, gold, silver etc., are Physical Savings / Physical Assets.

According to RBI report the average Indian household keeps just 5% of its wealth in financial assets.

The report Indian Household Finance found many barriers faced by households to participating in the formal financial system. While some of these
barriers are cultural, such as low trust in financial institutions, many are supply-side frictions. Banks’ “one-size-fits-all” products don’t account for
the complexity of Indians’ financial lives, and transaction costs are high.

Some statistics :-

From 1990 to 2000, a very high proportion of Indian households savings were invested in Financial assets when compared to Physical assets.
From 2000 to 2007, more household savings were routed to Physical assets.
Interestingly in 2007/08, more investments were made in Financial assets. This shows that retails/small investors participated in stock markets
when their valuations are at peak. The markets eventually crashed in 2008.
From 2008 to 2014, physical savings are preferred to financial savings.
The total amount of Financial Savings made by households was Rs 8,194 billion in 2014. This is an increase of 18% when compared to
financial savings of 2013.
The total amount of savings in Physical Assets was at Rs 12,123 billion, a decrease of around 5% when compared to previous year’s data.
It is very clear that households savings are routed to investments in physical assets but the gap between Financial savings and Physical assets
is slowly shrinking, which is a very good sign.

Why it’s important to push household to invest in financial assets :-

Such pushing will increase the formal economy and will boost the high household saving assets and rates into productive channels.
 It will not only help household to gain better returns but also will save government from financial crisis.
This can be utilise to fund critical sectors of economy like infrastructure, manufacturing base, recapitalisation of banks etc.
The gold obsession can be converted into meaningful asset generation and investment patterns considering the volume of household
investment in gold.

Measures needed to nudge households to invest in financial assets :-

While innovation is thriving in India with an active fintech landscape, regulators need to keep pace with the brand-new business models that
are rapidly emerging.
Indian investors are very sensitive to tax. A small change can result in multiple-crore Rupees moving from one instrument to another. To
ensure a shift away from bank deposits, Go I has made all dividends, including those from Mutual Funds, tax free. This needs to be
implemented on larger scale.
Financial literacy, the ability to process financial information and make informed decisions about personal finance, needs to be increased and
penetrated in Indian society to make people more aware about diverse options to invest.

6) “Contrary to belief, demonetisation was not a case of a ‘good idea, bad execution’. It was a fundamentally flawed idea borne out of overriding of
institutions and circumventing consensus.” Critically comment. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- The 8 November 2016 decision by the Prime Minister to extinguish nearly nine-tenths of the value of currency in circulation and
render Rs500 and Rs1,000 banknotes worthless overnight was a misguided act of coercion that shocked and had an impact on every single Indian.

Demonetisation though had many positive impacts like :-

Black money :- Out of 17 lakh crore money in circulation black money consists of 3 lakh crore. With a single stroke of demonetization this
black money can be significantly wiped out.
The Rs 400 crore black money could be curbed effectively which has injection rate of Rs 17 crore per year in Indian economy.
The financing to terrorist, naxalite and Kashmiri insurgents was reduced to some extend.

However it was fundamentally a flawed idea with damage in not just economic but social, institutional and reputational sphere.

The economic impact of demonetization is quite evident in the slowing of GDP growth and deterioration of other economic indicators. The
current economic slowdown triggered by a liquidity shock due to demonetization was needless and entirely self-inflicted.
It is said that money is an idea that inspires confidence. Similarly, a sudden withdrawal of money can dent confidence. The business
confidence was plummeted due to demonetisation.
At a time when individual and regional economic inequalities in India are rapidly widening, measures such as demonetisation have only
exacerbated such inequalities.
A pretentious pursuit of a ‘less cash economy’ to justify a fundamentally flawed act neither recognizes nor solves the twin economic
challenge of unequal and jobless economic growth.
The democratic institution of India like parliament, legislative assembly, Judiciary, Election commission, Central Reserve Bank etc
forms bedrock of country. Independence, credibility and trust of these institutions is of utmost importance to India’s sustained growth and
development. Decisions like demonetization taken so secretly and immediately negate institutional democracy and imparts the authoritarian
tone to it.

The father of our nation, Mahatma Gandhi, exhorted us to “recall the face of the poorest and the weakest” while contemplating policy decisions. A
truly liberal society is one that strives to ensure that not even a single innocent is punished unfairly. The role of institutions is vital in ensuring such
order. It is indeed time to move on from demonetisation but not move away from institutions, procedures and processes.

8) How can be India competitive in cereals, pulses and oilseeds? Discuss the measures that government should implement in this regard. (250
Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- India though one of the highest producer of cereals, pulses and oilseeds is suffering from many problems. Agricultural imports have
been rising since 2004-05. Edible oils ($11.3 billion), pulses ($4.3 billion), and fruits, nuts, vegetables ($3.1 billion) accounted for $18.7 billion of
the total agri-imports of $25.4 billion in 2016-17.

Hence India needs to adopt few steps In order to be competitive in cereals, pulses and oilseeds :-

India has to promote agri-exports and the country’s policymakers must build global value-chains for some important agri-commodities in
which the country has a comparative advantage.
India is competitive in cereals but the country can also be competitive in groundnut and mustard oil, provided there is an open and stable
export policy.
The country has a great potential to export fish and seafood, bovine meat, and fruits, nuts and vegetables. Infrastructural reforms like
connecting export houses directly to farmer producer organisations (FPOs), sidestepping the APMC-regulated mandis, removing stocking
limits and trading restrictions are needed.
Structural reforms in agriculture are also required like land distribution, land leasing, contract farming, corporate farming etc
Export-oriented value-chains to create jobs in rural areas, or to assist in adhering to sanitary and phytosanitary standards would make them
more resilient to future price shocks.
In import India loses much in oilseeds. The import policy must, therefore, be designed such that the landed price of palm oil and yellow pea
never goes much below the domestic prices of their nearest rivals, say, soybean oil and chickpea
For oilseeds, Measures like relay croppingof mustard can be taken up which will use residual moisture, and could yield an additional 3.5 to 4
million tonnes of rapeseed-mustard.
Community level planning processes and institutional frameworks have enabled better utilisation of scarce resources like groundwater for
emergency irrigation for groundnut cultivation in states like Andhra Pradesh. These need to be replicated on a large scale.
Steps like inclusion of cluster demonstrations in rice fallows for pulses cultivation in rabi season from 2015-16 under BGREI (Bringing Green
Revolution in Eastern India) scheme in order to increase production of pulses in Eastern India in states of Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh,
Jharkhand, Odisha, Eastern U.P. and West Bengal is noteworthy.
To keep pace with the population, cereal production must grow by at least 4.2% a year, more than twice the current rate. For this irrigated land
needs to be increases, and efficient allocation and use of existing stock is crucial.
Agriculture is the backbone of India. The production of cereals, pulses, oilseeds needs to be competent not only to feed the growing population but
also to make agriculture a remunerative business and curb agricultural distress.

8) What do you understand by moral hazard? It is said that recapitalisation of banks adds to the risk of moral hazard. Elaborate. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :-In pure economic terms Moral hazard is a situation in which one party gets involved in a risky event knowing that it is protected
against the risk and the other party will incur the cost. With recapitalization of banks the debtor enjoys a situation of semi write off of loans which
is hazardous to their disciplined behaviour and also to the honest loan payers gets feel that their efforts are in vein. Banks also have hazard. They are
now allowed to do bad lending again. It also distort the level playing field between government banks and private sector banks with government
helping.

Linkages between recapitalization and risk of moral hazard :-

As was observed in case of IDBI recapitalization by FITCH-Such bailouts create “moral hazard” by weakening incentives for state-run
lenders which are struggling to meet bond payments to recapitalise by raising equity on a more timely and pro-active basis.
In the case of public sector banks, the implicit guarantee of their books by the government only worsens this cyclical problem by adding to it
the risk of moral hazard.
As nationalised banks are allowed to tap into taxpayer money whenever they are in deep financial trouble, they have very little reason to be
careful while lending and more reason to take huge risks with their balance sheets.
The same moral hazard problem happens whenever the government protects private sector banks from the negative consequences of their
actions.

As stated by Arvind Subramaniyam “To some extent, moral hazard is unavoidable. In the real world there are no costless actions, policy makers
have to balance the perverse incentives created against the necessity of reviving the economy and creating growth and jobs. But moral hazard must
be minimized and that is where reforms come in”

Government is supplementing the recapitalization with other steps like Indradhanush scheme, Bank Board Bureau establishment, S4A scheme,
restructuring ARCs, consolidating banks like SBI mergers etc.

Introduction:

Prime minister decried the “chalta hai” culture in the nation and called upon the people, especially the youth, to embrace a “badal sakta hai”
attitude. In this respect, the role of IAS becomes significant not only because it occupies the centre of the administration, but also because IAS is at
centre of the callousness, venality and corruption that define our governance as well.

IAS must regain its moral stature. There must be introspection on where and how the service lost its ethical moorings and what should be done to
reverse the degradation.

The service has to focus on reinventing both its character and its personality.

Chnaging the character

It will happen only by each and every IAS officer internalising the ethos of the honour code and conforming to it no matter the provocation or
the temptation to infringe it.
It means championing change, pursuing public good with passion and professionalism, acting without fear or favour, accepting challenges, no
matter how daunting, and letting actions and results speak for themselves.
It means reviving the old esprit de corps where officers stand up for each other in order to uphold public good. It means shunning ostentation,
luxury and frills.

Changing the personality

On the personality front, the IAS must adopt and adhere to a code of conduct of work ethics and behaviour. This means diligence and
application, punctuality, disciplined work habits, willingness to learn, accepting responsibility for mistakes with humility, going to meetings
well prepared, communicating clearly and effectively and being courteous and humble.
It also means being properly attired and well groomed.

Changing administrative norms

They should delegate the authority to the subordinate officials and to the local levels as they cannot have the sufficient knowledge of
intricacies of development.
Values like empathy, courage, emotional intelligence should be imbibed.

Conclusion

Once the IAS begins on this mission of reinventing itself, its effects will ripple through the system, galvanising change across the administrative
hierarchy. It will soon find that it is well on its way to bringing out a transformation from “chalta hai” to “badal sakta hai” in the larger society.

6) Urban growth should address needs of children from poorer sections of society. Analyse. (150 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction:

India is urbanising fast with over 7,000 cities and towns of different population and sizes. The country’s cities and towns constitute 11 per
cent of the world’s urban population. Various studies predict that 40 per cent of the country’s population will be living in cities and towns
by 2030.
As per the UN’s projections, India’s share in the world’s urban population will rise to 13 per cent by 2030.
Making smart cities inclusive is also consistent with Goal 11 of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

Smart City Project deficiency

 A smart city plan should provide for core infrastructure, which while ensuring a decent quality of life to its citizens, also focuses on a creating
a sustainable and inclusive environment.
However, while current smart city plans seem to focus on tangible outcomes that pertain to physical aspects of development, they fall short of
addressing the requirements of the country’s human capital, including the welfare and well-being of all children.
One such reality is the issue of migration from rural to urban centres. Such migrations almost always include children, many of whom get
displaced and end up in street situations.

Children in cities

More than 3.6 crore children (in the age group of 0 to 6 years) live in urban areas, of whom at least 81 lakh live in slums.
According to Save the Children’s recent report, ‘Life on the Street’, there are well over 20 lakh children on the streets of India.
Save the Children and The National Commission for Protection of Child Rights recently developed a Standard Operating Procedure
(SOP) for children in street situations. The SOP has been endorsed by the Union Ministry of Women and Child Development and needs to
implemented on a pan-India basis.

How to make cities children friendly?

According to the UN’s Smart City Framework, a “child-friendly city” should be a multi-dimensional and comprehensive concept, where,
children are active agents and their opinion influences the decision-making process.
A child-friendly city is one that has a system of local governance, and is committed to fulfilling children’s rights, which include influencing
decisions about the city, expressing their opinion, participating in social life, receiving basic services, walking and playing safely, living in an
unpolluted environment and being an equal citizen.
Reaping of the demographic dividend will require focus on urban governance, health, nutrition, water, sanitation and education.
The focus needs to be on smaller towns and cities in India. This is important because 68 per cent of India’s urban population does not live in
metros but in towns that have a population of less than 100,000.

Conclusion

The smart city concept in India is at a nascent stage. It could still include components that will make it amenable to children’s needs. It could
aim to ensure that children do not end up in street situations. This would require comprehensive planning and partnership among various
policy-makers and stakeholders.
The country’s young population is its biggest strength. But realising the full potential of this section will require including children from the
most vulnerable and marginalised classes in the nation-building process.
Addressing the needs of 20 lakh children in street situations, as well as other children across all smart cities, is not merely a question of their
survival and dignity, but is vital for ensuring a peaceful, prosperous and just India.

7) It is argued that more lives of fisherfolk would have been saved if disaster management action plans were implemented properly during the
recent cyclone Ockhi event. Examine how this disaster could have been managed effectively. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:
There are some basic failings in the government’s response: the cyclone warning was delayed; the warning, when it came, was ineffective
because it could not be conveyed to thousands of fisherfolk who were already out at sea; and once the cyclone struck, there was no war-like
mobilisation and action, which are the hallmarks of good disaster management.

Deficiencies in handling the cyclone disaster

1.Cyclone warning delayed

Many fisherfolk have diversified into deep-sea and long-distance fishing.

Considering that their fishing voyages sometimes last from ten days to more than a month, the Indian Meteorological Department’s timing
of the cyclone forecast was futile.

2.Central institutions not used for rescue

Action plans should have kicked in and the Indian Coast Guard, with its seaborne vessels and helicopters, should have launched
emergency search and rescue operations.
Coast Guard ships should have taken along a few fishermen from the villages as navigation assistants (because they knew where to look for
missingpeople) and should have intensely combed the area.
Indian Navy with its vast array of ships, aircraft and state-of-the-art technology should have stepped in immediately.

3.Ineffective Disaster Management infrastructure

National Disaster Management Act (2005),

the National Policy on Disaster Management (2009),
the National Disaster Management Plan (2016) and
the National Disaster Response Force

Way forward
The cyclone has also resulted in massive losses to the livelihoods of people living in the coasts due to the destruction of crops, banana,
rubber, coconut and forest trees.
Relief and rehabilitation is going to be a monumental task and the State government alone cannot take the huge burden of providing a
decent compensation to the victims of the cyclone.
Central Relief Commissioner should immediately visit the district, make realistic assessments, and award reasonable compensation
immediately.
FOOD PROCESSING AND RELATED INDUSTRIES IN INDIA- SCOPE AND SIGNIFICANCE, LOCATION,
UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM REQUIREMENTS, SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT.

5) Determining age of consent has intense ramifications on marital rape as well as choice. Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The age of consent is the age at which a person is considered to be legally competent to consent to sexual acts and is thus the
minimum age of a person with whom another person is legally permitted to engage in sexual activity. The distinguishing aspect of the age of
consent laws is that the person below the minimum age is regarded as the victim and their sex partner as the offender. The purpose of setting an age
of consent is to protect an underage person from sexual advances by mature age persons.

Section 375 of the Indian Penal Code says sex with a girl who is below 18 is rape but it has an exception, which says sexual intercourse by a man
with his wife, who is 15 or above, is not rape even if it is without her consent.

However the recent ruling by Supreme Court which held that sexual intercourse by a man with his wife, who is below 18 years of age, is rape is a
good step in the direction of clearing legal ambiguity over age of consent.

It’s ramification on marital rape and choice :-

The court read down Exception 2 to Section 375 (rape) of the Indian Penal Code (IPC), which allowed the husband of a girl child — between
15 and 18 years of age — blanket liberty and freedom to have non-consensual sexual intercourse with her.
Previously her willingness or consent was of no concern. The husband in such cases was not punished for rape.
It reiterated the notion that a child remains a child whether she is described as a street child or a surrendered child or an abandoned child or an
adopted child. Similarly, a child remains a child whether she is a married child or an unmarried child or a divorced child or a separated or
 widowed child.
Earlier an unmarried girl child can prosecute her rapist, but a married girl child aged between 15 and 18 could not even do that this will
change now.
Refrained from dealing with the issue of marital rape of a woman aged above 18.

With this judgment, considered by experts as trigger to declaring child marriage void ab initio, the court ended the decades-old disparity between
Exception 2 to Section 375 IPC and other child protection laws.
IMPORTANT ASPECTS OF GOVERNANCE, TRANSPARENCY AND ACCOUNTABILITY, E-GOVERNANCE-
APPLICATIONS, MODELS, SUCCESSES, LIMITATIONS, AND POTENTIAL

1) Examine how can all the stakeholders work together more effectively to achieve the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
(250 Words)

Livemint

Background:-

As the problems such as persistent poverty and inequality, poor health, and environmental degradation that the SDGs aim to solve are
systemic issues ,there is a need for effective collaboration from multiple stakeholders.

Issues with traditional approach:-

One size does not fit all does not work.

The many different capabilities that must be brought together to address systemic issues are unable to collaborate with each other easily on the
ground .
The people, have inadequate voices in the design and management of expert-driven, top-down programmes.

Solutions:-

Strong institutions founded on principles of partnership, cooperation, and universal justice are essential.
People must have a much greater say in governance.
Only if local people will take responsibility for implementing the SDGs in their community and their region do we have a realistic
change of accomplishing the audacious task set by Agenda 2030.
Dedicating to a human-centric, rights-based approach across all the sustainable development goals will not only end poverty but also bring
dramatic improvements in quality of life, the environment and governance for everyone.
Hunger can be eliminated better opportunities for farmers are created.
Technology can help us to fundamentally transform education delivery .
There is a need to move beyond “first study, then work” to a model based on lifelong learning.
Content and quality must change, with the emphasis on critical thinking, collaboration and flexibility alongside “hard skills”.
Business must play a critical role in the constant skilling, reskilling and upskilling of employees and broader communities and focus on
the needs of undernourished groups.
Sustainability means using fewer natural resources to produce food and reducing food waste and loss. Improved nutrition means
reducing both hunger and obesity through improved education, and access and availability of quality foods.
 Tackle wastewater especially in towns and cities as 80% of it is currently not treated.
Accelerating technology, partnership models and financing mechanisms to scale wastewater treatment solutions can create
“new” reuseable sources of water for industry and agriculture and free up lots more fresh water for humans and nature.
Well-functioning and transparent institutions that effectively protect property rights, reduce red tape, combat corruption and keep
nepotism in check are essential. Doing this will create a stable and predictable business environment,fuel investment, create jobs and
facilitate the production of higher value goods and services in an economy.
Through a resilient, trusted digital infrastructure 2 billion people could be added to the innovation process. So a collaborative innovation
processes focused on eliminating waste of resources instead of replacing labour with technology is needed.
Healthy oceans :
There is a need to form new partnerships for fishing, acidification, waste, marine transport
Forge new forms of regional and global governance to manage blue commons.
Agriculture needs:
sustainable intensification and climate-proofing of agriculture
scaled land-use planning with satellite observation
ecosystem economics and natural capital modeling
empowering rural, indigenous and forest people
sorting land tenure and enforcing law, including for trafficking endangered species.

3) The Supreme Court judgments reinforce the fact that merely enacting legislations to empower persons with disabilities will not suffice. Analyse
how the Supreme Court of India is shifting the paradigm on disability rights. (250 Words)

The Wire

Background:-

The Rights to persons with disabilities act was enacted to give effect to the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with
Disabilities, a convention enacted to change attitudes and approaches towards persons with disabilities. But hardly anything changed in Indian
scenario.

Merely enacting will not help :-

In many cases, this reservation for higher educational institutions was only confined to paper as even established and reputed institutions
failed to implement it.
For example, , the petitioner ( Shamnad Basheer v Union of India case )has highlighted that not even one seat was reserved for persons with
disabilities by some national law universities.
Discrimination, silent judgment and charitable treatment have become all too common for India’s 70 million disabled persons.
In their everyday lives, the disabled in India are forced to grapple with a lack of autonomy, and a nagging feeling of insecurity and frustration.

How SC is shifting the paradigm on disability rights?

The original petition in the Disability Rights Group casewas only confined to law schools. However, SC extended the decision to all
educational institutions.
To ensure that the reservation mandated is not confined merely to paper ,the court mandated all institutions to submit a list of the number
of disabled persons admitted each year in each institution to the chief commissioner for persons with disabilities or the state
commissioner.
The court also explicitly states that it will also be the duty of the chief commissioner or the state commissioner to enquire if educational
institutions are fulfilling their obligation with regard to reservation.
By creating checks and balances, the court has devised a simple reporting mechanism to prevent institutions from flouting the provisions on
reservations in the RPWD Act and
An audit report in 2016 revealed that not a single public building in India is accessible to disabled people .So SC directed the UGC to
complete an accessibility report and study in a time bound manner.
SC notes that to ensure the level playing field, it is not only essential to give necessary education to the persons suffering from the disability,
it is also imperative to see that such education is imparted to them in a fruitful manner.
In the SC judgments, elements of the social model of disability which recognises them as equal and competent members of society are
introduced into the jurisprudence of disability rights discourse in India.
SC recognised persons with disabilities as individuals with rights on par with their able bodied counterparts, and has opened up the
doors to inclusive education
Real equality does not merely mean absence of discrimination.It is equally imperative for the state to provide the disabled access to
opportunities through affirmative action and reasonable accommodation.
The real reason why the disabled feel handicapped because their ability to realise their full potential is hampered by the inability of
society to meaningfully assimilate them into the mainstream.
It grounded the rights of the disabled in the Constitutional value of human dignity, and held that what the disabled seek is not sympathy, but
a recognition of the fact that they too should be allowed to enjoy the freedom on a footing of equality with their able-bodied counterparts.
What really sets this judgment apart is the court’s nuanced enunciation of the covert forms of discrimination against the disabled that far too
often go unnoticed

Conclusion:-

Real change occurs only on effective implementation and on tackling the attitudinal barriers of society. The eloquently articulated
observations of the Supreme Court are likely to pave the way for the creation of a more egalitarian social order, not just in law, but also in
reality.

1) Discuss the nature and significance of the events that led to liberation of Goa i 1961. (200 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- The Goa liberation movement was a movement which sought to end Portuguese colonial rule in Goa, India. The movement built on
the small scale revolts and uprisings of the 19th century, and grew powerful during the period 1940-1961. The movement was conducted both inside
and outside Goa, and was characterised by a range of tactics including nonviolent demonstrations, revolutionary methods and diplomatic efforts.
However, Portuguese control of its Indian colonies ended only when India invaded Goa in 1961 and incorporated the territories into the Indian
Union.
Nature and significance of events leading to liberation of Goa :-

Ending the colonial rule :- While India attained independence from the British Raj on 15 August, 1947, Goa was still languishing under four
and a half century of Portuguese rule. The Portuguese were among the very first to colonise parts of India, and were the last to leave. Hence it
was very much important to liberate Goa from colonial rule.
Diver nature of fight and efforts from all sections :- Goa was liberated from Portuguese rule on December 19, 1961. Armed guerrillas,
satyagrahis, journalists and even legendary film artists fought for Goa’s independence.Leaders like Dr Ram Manohar Lohia, Dr Juliao
Menezes, young leader Prabhakar Vitthal Sinari (just 13 year old in movement), revolutionaries like Nana Kaajrekar, a wrestler from Pune,
Sudhir Phadke, a music director and nationalist from Bombay and many others joined it.
Diplomatic efforts :- In December 1947, independent India and Portugalestablished diplomatic ties. In January 1948, Indian Prime
Minister Jawaharlal Nehru met the Portuguese consul and raised the issue of Goa’s integration into the Indian Union. In January 1953, the
Indian delegation in Portugal, sought to negotiate with Portugal on the issue of its territories in India. The Indian government offered a direct
transfer; however, the Portuguese refused and diplomatic relations between the two countries deteriorated. Despite Nehru clearly stating
India’s policy in relation to colonial outposts, Portugal and France refused to cede their colonies. Subsequently, India launched a campaign
through the UN in an attempt to persuade the Portuguese to leave India peacefully.
Initial hesitation by nascent Indian government :- The involvement of the young Indian government in this was very low initially. Since
Portugal was a part of North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO) and Indian government was not ready to get into a conflict with a NATO
nation.
Subsequent aggressive actions and Operation Vijay :- In November 1961, the Portuguese provoked India by firing at Indian steamers and
fishing boats, killing one fisherman and they also tried to pull out villagers and take them hostage. Krishna Menon, the then Defence Minister
prevailed upon Jawaharlal Nehru that it was time to use force. 30,000 Indian troops with full air and naval support were sent to fight, and in
less than 48 hours, Goa was liberated from Portuguese rule.

3) While cooperative mechanisms are crucial to maintain stability in the Indian Ocean Region, it would be prudent on India’s part to do a cost-
benefit analysis of building such grand alliances in such uncertain times. Comment. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The Indian Ocean region comprises all the littoral and island states of that ocean. Some of these nations also share borders with the
Persian Gulf and Red Sea.

The Indian Ocean matters today. It is a major conduit for international trade, especially energy. Its littoral is vast, densely populated, and comprised
of some of the world’s fastest growing regions. The Ocean is also a valuable source of fishing and mineral resources. Today, 95 per cent of India’s
trade by volume and 68 per cent of trade by value come via the Indian Ocean

However its governance and security are under constant threat of being undermined, whether by non-state actors such as pirates, smugglers, and
terrorists, or by furtive naval competition between states.

External affairs minister Sushma Swaraj recently marked in Indian Ocean Conference 2017 in Colombo that countries in the Indian Ocean bear the
primary responsibility for its peace, stability and prosperity as she underlined the need to keep it safe and secure.

Need of co-operation to maintain stability in Indian Ocean Region :-

If the revitalised maritime economy of the Indian Ocean region is to be a force for global economic growth, it is essential that the waters
remain peaceful, stable and secure.
The Indian Ocean Rim Association has broad oversight, but most initial effort is through the Indian Ocean Naval Symposium. However, there
is some scepticism about the symposium’s ability to make a broader contribution to maritime security.
There is too much focus much on naval cooperation risks, diverting attention from real requirements. The efforst for co-operation must
include coastguards and equivalent national agencies of regional members. These include maritime governance, capacity-building, developing
national legislation, development, and poverty alleviation. A regional forum of civil agencies involved in maritime security might help
overcome this challenge.

However India must do cost benefit analysis :-

Indian interest in Indian Ocean revolves around three important areas :-

It enjoys a privileged location at the crossroads of global trade, connecting the major engines of the international economy in the Northern
Atlantic and Asia-Pacific. The energy flows through the Indian Ocean are of particular consequence. Some 36 million barrels per day—
equivalent to about 40 per cent of the world’s oil supply and 64 per cent of oil trade—travel through the entryways into and out of the Indian
Ocean.
The Ocean’s vast drainage basin is important in its own right, home to some two billion people. This creates opportunities, especially given
the high rates of economic growth around the Indian Ocean rim, including in India, Bangladesh, Southeast Asia, and Eastern and Southern
Africa
The Indian Ocean is rich in natural resources. Forty per cent of the world’s offshore oil production takes place in the Indian Ocean basin.
 Fishing in the Indian Ocean now accounts for almost 15 per cent of the world’s total and has increased some 13-fold between 1950 and 2010
to 11.5
Finally there is a strong security dimension to India’s engagement with the Indian Ocean, beyond traditional naval considerations. One of the
worst terrorist attacks in recent Indian memory—the 2008 assault on Mumbai happened through se lines.

India must take into account following measures as well :-

The recent move by Mr. Trump shows the dichotomy in American policy, and India should exercise caution before jumping on to the
bandwagon. It must await policy clarity from the U.S. both on Afghanistan and beyond.
On the other hand, Russia has asked India to join its International North-South Transport Corridor, arguing that it would be a gateway for
India to connect with Central Asia through Chabahar port in Iran and via Afghanistan.

India’s Indian Ocean Region strategy—which in only just taking shape—conforms closely to global priorities for preserving the Ocean as a shared
resource: an important channel for trade, a sustainable resource base, and a region secure from heightened military competition, non-state actors, and
catastrophic natural disasters. Achieving these objectives will require further investments in capacity, greater transparency and confidence-building
measures, and enhanced institutional cooperation.

The very countries which are pushing India into alliances are deeply intertwined with China in terms of trade. Excessive dependence on multilateral
frameworks to fulfil national objectives may seem lucrative in the short term but could prove to be a costly mistake in the long term and comprise
Indian sovereignty.

3) It is said that it is time for Indian investigators to update their understanding of encephalitis and look at outbreaks through a wider lens. Examine
why. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Encephalitis is a potentially life-threatening but rare disease causing “acute inflammation” of the brain.

The disease can occur in people of all ages, but children and the elderly are more at risk of being afflicted with the disease. The usual cause of the
rare disease is either a viral inflection. Sometimes it is caused when the brain’s own immune system mistakenly attacks brain tissue. In rare cases,
encephalitis is caused due to bacterial infection, parasites, or may be prompted from other infectious diseases. It is a non-communicable disease.

Updating knowledge about encephalitis needed

JE was indeed the biggest cause of encephalitis in India for decades, and today the public health diagnostic machinery is built around this
illness.
As JE vaccination rates have grown, incidence has shrunk, and a host of other causes of encephalitis, like dengue, scrub typhus, herpes
simplex and the West Nile virus, have emerged to the forefront.
Yet, investigating agencies such as the National Centre for Disease Control and the National Institute of Virology have persisted in focussing
on JE.

1. Odisha unexpected cause

Recently an unexpected cause for the inflammatory brain disease — encephalitis — found in Malkangiri district of Odisha. For many years,
this recurring outbreak, which killed over 100 children last year, was thought to be due to the Japanese encephalitis (JE) virus.
Now researchers say it was likely due to the consumption of a wild bean, called Bada Chakunda, which grows freely in the region. Like
several natural toxins, the anthraquinones in the bean don’t harm healthy people, but cause fatal dysfunction of the liver, heart and brain
in underfed children.

2.Similar cases elsewhere

This finding draws on the researchers’ previous work in Uttar Pradesh’s Saharanpur district, where too a recurrent encephalitis outbreak was
traced to this bean.
An illness around for three decades in U.P.’s Gorakhpur turned out, primarily, to be scrub typhus last year, while epidemics in Bihar’s
Muzaffarpur were linked to lychee consumption, again among emaciated children.
In all these cases, the suspicion of JE, though the epidemiology and symptoms didn’t match, delayed the discovery of the cause.

Conclusion

If an encephalitis case cannot be confirmed as JE, doctors tag it as Acute Encephalitis Syndrome (AES). But AES is no diagnosis, just a
temporary label for different unnamed diseases.
If JE made around 2000 Indians sick this year, the mysterious AES is reported to have affected six times as many.
A fixation with JE means the numerous patients in the second group may never get a diagnosis.

4) Discuss the potential of large-scale groups of women, such as self-help groups (SHGs) in strengthening of women’s civil rights and addressing
crimes against women. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

NCRB reports point towards the increase in the number of crime against women in different parts of the country.
As criminal justice solutions have largely been inaccessible to socially precarious women, a more inclusive alternative is to have collective-
based resolution mechanisms.
The potential of large-scale groups of women, such as self-help groups (SHGs), becomes critical in the Indian context.

Role of women collectives

1. Work with government, community and private sector

 They work with governments, community groups and the private sector

2.Implementation and evaluation of projects

They develop and implement programs, monitor and evaluate their progress

3.Train women

They help train people working on those projects.

4.Reach upto most vulnerable women

They’re considered more nimble than other institutions in accomplishing development goals because they can reach the most vulnerable or
disaffected people in a community and find innovative solutions to problems.
Although their funding streams and institutional decision-making structures are typically multinational, NGOs’ legitimacy, indeed,
often rests on perceptions of them being “local” and “close to the people.”

5.Act as dispute resolution platform for crime against women

India has experimented with many models of community dispute resolution mechanisms — the Nari Adalats (women courts) in various
States, Women’s Resource Centres (Rajasthan), Shalishi (West Bengal), and Mahila Panchayats (Delhi) — which have seen intimate
partner violence, IPV as a public issue rather than a personal problem.
Several NGOs have co-opted these models so that women can resolve cases of violence without getting entangled in tedious legal processes

Conclusion

The SHGs have shown good results in socio-economic conditions in different parts of India. But most of these are only concentrated in certain
pockets of country.
So there is need to address this imbalance and use them as conduit to reach the marginalized sections of women for their empowerment.
Collectives of women need adequate investment for building their capacities; there must be investment in specific training, and gender
analysis processes. SHGs are mostly seen as administrative entities. Their social role can be enhanced to tackle the widespread problem of
IPV.

2) Should state governments have the power to enact their own data protection laws? Substantiate. (250 Words)

The Wire

Determining which list should contain a particular subject

None of the entries in the schedule specifically mention the subject matter of data protection. This does not automatically mean that it falls
within the residuary subject matter
Courts use the test of “pith and substance” to identify the essence of a legislation and identify which of the entries in the three lists best
covers the issue.
This doctrine was recognised by the Supreme Court in its early days in the case of The State of Bombay and Another vs F.N. Balsara
where the court had to decide on whether the Bombay Prohibition Act was within the ambit of List I or List II.

The ‘pith and substance’ of a data protection law

The “pith and substance” of a data protection law is a slightly complicated issue because such a law deals with records which are an
intrinsic part of every aspect of governance and administration. There are, however, a few parliamentary legislations which deal
exclusively with data and information held by the government and those can serve as a starting point for the discussion.
The pith and substance of a data protection law, in the context of the state, is basically the right to regulate access to state records.

Reasons for allowing states to make data protection laws

1. Regulation of public data under the state control

When it comes to records maintained by the state government in context of state taxes, financial records, state services governed by
state laws, employment records of state employees, land records, educational records and lower court records, a data protection law
can be enacted only by the state legislature and not the parliament.

2.Regualtion of private data of sectors in the state list

The next question to be examined is that of data protection for the private sector.
The question of a central or state law will again depend on which legislature can regulate that particular sector under Schedule VII.
So, for example, Entry 31 of List I covers, “post, telephone, telegraph, wireless, broadcast” etc. This clearly means that the parliament
will have the right to enact a data protection law for the telecom and internet sector regulating how that data may be accessed or
used.
Same goes for Aadhaar, which is a centrally-funded project.
However, for other sectors like hospitals, hotels, casinos which fall under List II, where only the state legislature enacts legislation
creating the public/private record, it is only the state legislature that can enact a data protection law.
The pith and substance in these cases is regulation of those sectors and transparency or secrecy of those records goes to the core of regulating
any particular sector.
Any other outcome will lead to a rather strange scenario where states can regulate certain sectors without having the power to define
the transparency of those sectors.

3.Decentralisation of information for policy formulation needed

This may become a prickly issue between the Centre and the states in light of the State Resident Data Hubs (SRDHs) that will be a
goldmine of data for state governments from a financial perspective as well as a surveillance perspective.
These hubs will contain data of all beneficiaries of various government schemes and as the system is populated with more data, it will become
a critical tool of governance.
 Allowing states to retain control over the SRDHs will help to prevent this concentration of information.

4.International experience

Other countries with a federal scheme of governance follow a similar template for data regulation.
Germany, for example, has different data regulation laws at the federal and provincial level.
The same is true for the US, where the Privacy Act, 1974 regulates only the federal government’s records, while different states have their
own privacy laws based on either common law or state constitutions.

5) Discuss critically the impact of Aadhaar on welfare programmes. (250 Words)

EPW

Aadhar to plug leakages

In 2010, when the first Aadhaar was issued, the then Prime Minister Manmohan Singh said that the economically and socially
backward people will be the biggest beneficiaries, who, till then, couldn’t avail the benefits of government welfare schemes due to lack
of identity proof.
The founding premise of Aadhaar was to recognise the exact beneficiary of government subsidies and weed out duplicates and forgeries.
But enrolling for Aadhaar was an individual’s choice.
Today 12-digit unique identity number has created unique problems by making it a must-have for almost every facility a citizen wants to
avail, irrespective of his or her social and economic status.

Problems

1. Accessing services through mandatory Aadhar

In March 2014, Supreme Court said Aadhaar was not mandatory to avail social welfare schemes.
But in August 2015, it agreed to make Aadhaar mandatory for cooking gas subsidy.
Later in October that year, it also allowed the use of Aadhaar for Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act
(MGNREGA), Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY), the Employees’ Provident Fund scheme and pensions by central and
state governments.
The same confusion prevailed over making Aadhaar-PAN linkage mandatory for filing income tax.

2.Aadhar Bill introduced as money bill to avert debate

On March, 2016, the government presented Aadhaar (Delivery of Benefits, Subsidies and Services) Bill as a money bill to avoid voting in
the Rajya Sabha.
It also introduced last-minute amendments to the Bill to make Aadhaar mandatory.
The upper house recommended a provision, wherein, if an individual chooses not to enroll for Aadhaar, he should be offered
“alternate and viable means of identification” for delivery of subsidy and other benefits. The Bill, however, was passed with-out
considering the recommendation.

3.Not foolproof

Many poor people have been excluded from dicrepencies that occur one time or anothr in Aadhar database.

4.Privacy issue

Most developed countries have already dropped the idea of having Aadhaar-like identification system to protect people’s privacy.
Even the US, one of the first countries in the world to have a national identification number for its citizens, does not collect
fingerprints or scan iris to create social security number (SSN)
Unlike India, the US has a privacy law that makes it unlawful for government agencies to deny benefits just because the individual
refuses to disclose his SSN.

5.Various oganisations ae relectunt

No office is willing to link all this information with the Centralised Data and Information System. That destroys their power.

3) Critically analyse various issues related to morality and constitutionality of Section 497 of the Indian Penal Code (IPC). (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

An act that breaches the sanctity of a pure social institution such as marriage is criminalised under Setion 498 of the IPC.
Section 497 provides that if a man (the offender) has sex with the wife of another man without his consent, he is punishable with
imprisonment of up to five years. The wife of the other man is not punishable even as an abettor.

Constitutionality

1. Supreme Court and Law Commission view

In Yusuf Abdul Aziz v. The State of Bombay (1954), a constitutional bench held then that Section 497 did not violate the right to equality
as enshrined in Articles 14 and 15 of the Constitution.
Sex is a sound classification and although there can be no discrimination on such account, the Constitution itself provides for special
provisions with regard to women and children. Thus, Articles 14 and Article 15 read together validate Section 497 of the IPC.
42nd Report of the Law Commission continued it

2.Gender equality

Even within the narrow confines of the heteronormative definition of marriage as recognised under Indian law, the provisions of the IPC
regarding adultery seem particularly medieval.
 Constitution guarantees the fundamental right to equality and that is inconsequential of gender
It only criminalises the conduct of the man while excusing the woman.
It is liable only the male offender, keeping in mind “the condition of the women in this country” and the law’s duty to protect it.
A welfare-oriented and inclusive country like India, while demanding that a marriage be registered in order to acknowledge and protect the
rights of the parties involved, cannot do away with a crime which undermines the same legally recognised institution.

3.Human dignity

Constitution also gives right to life and liberty. From it flow many rights to secure the principle of human dignity.

Morality

1. Women status in marriage undermined!

Under Section 497, what stands out is that only a man can prosecute another man for adultery. The power is vested in a husband to control
the sexuality of his lawfully wedded wife.
The wife being the sole and exclusive property of a man must be protected from any other man is the basic premise.
A woman cannot bring this particular charge against a man as she is an object of possession in this entire flawed discourse. She has no
say not only over her own body but even the body of the man to whom she is legally wedded.

2.Bodily integrity

That any woman may choose to have a sexual relationship disregarding the institution of marriage does not lend itself well to
patriarchy or our laws.
Even if the argument is that marriage as an institution must not be breached, it is not understandable why an unmarried woman having sex
with a married man should not be culpable.
No marriage or alliance can take away one’s right over one’s own body.

3.Criminalisation

Criminal law everywhere in the world serves as a guardian of the moral principles of society, protecting a society’s historical roots
while leading it towards a progressive social order.

Criminalisation as a rule doesn’t work in practice in altering social behaviour.

It only targets the most vulnerable — in this case, the woman who would be castigated even though she is not considered to be criminal.
The wrong should only be considered to be civil wrong and be the basis of divorce only.

4) “What is illegal from the point of view of administrative law may not necessarily be an offence from a criminal court’s perspective.” In the light
of recent 2G scam verdict by special CBI court, comment on the statement. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Administrative law determines what government agencies may do. The state or central government has law making power, some of which they
can delegate to agencies in setting the particulars. The president and governors can do this to some extent too. Admin. law tells us what can be
delegated to agencies, what those agencies can do, and how you as a private citizen can challenge agency decisions through the courts.

Administrative law proceedings may be initiated by the state or by an individual and can result in fines, various remedies such as
injunctions, but cannot result in imprisonment.

In this case, the violation of adminsitrative law came from the fact that the spectrum auction was done at a cheap rate to benifit certain telecom
companies. However, the administration refuted these charges as they held that the loss for the administration was gain for the citizen as the reduced
costs are ultimately passed on.

However, Criminal law determines what acts you can be imprisoned or fined for by the government. Most criminal acts require some sort of
bad or evil intent. If it’s a criminal law, it will be enforced by a prosecutor working for the state or central government. It has to be proved beyond
reson doubt.

In criminal law, the state brings and prosecutes the case in the name of the people against the defendant. Only criminal law proceedings can result
in imprisonment as a punishment for crime.

Sometimes, the ambits of both overlap in cases of crony capitalism, but often, the fear of criminal action adversely affects administrative
decision making leading to policy paralysis. It is crucial for the government and the state to navigate this crucial juncture to fasten adminsitrative
decision making without paralysis of the government

2G scam involved administrative policy decision and was allegedly an arbitrary exercise of power. The policy was nullified by SC but CBI and ED
prosecuted the accused under criminal law. The failure of conviction has resulted in a dent to credibility of these institutions. Challenges of
prosecuting policy makers would also mean that no one will come forward with genuine risk taking innovative policy.

The fair and just procedure also calls for greater responsibility on public prosecuting agencies to be more cautious and do their proper homework to
collect accurate and assertive evidences before filing a chargesheet and also have a clear understanding of the laws under which the accused to be
prosecuted e.g. whether to prosecute under IPC or Prevention of Corruption Act. The public agencies shall always act in good faith and under the
colour of their office so that no innocent suffers horrendous side of malicious prosecution.

2) How does rapid urbanisation affect temperature patterns in cities? Discuss with examples. (150 Words)

The Hind

Introduction:

Rapid and unplanned urbanisation of cities and concomitant reduction in vegetation results in increased rise in temperature compared to non-urban
areas.

Why?
 Rapid urbanisation combined with changes in land use pattern has led to land use change.
With heavily built-up areas and concrete structures, most cities in India and in the world are warmer than surrounding non-urban
areas due to the urban heat island effect.

1. Decrease in dense vegetation

2. Decrease in water bodies
3. Decrease in crop fields

These changes have led to increase in the urban heat island effect.
All the losses mentioned negatively impact the thermal and radiative properties of the surface and make cities hotter than
surrounding non-urban areas.

Example

Delhi is 4-12°C warmer due to the urban heat island effect.

Way forward

With proper planning we can minimise the impacts. So urban dwellers may not suffer from excessive changes to heat and rainfall patterns.

2) India’s actions since the outbreak of Rohingya violence in Myanmar have negated its position as a regional, subcontinental and Asian leader, and
it has also undermined its democracy. Comment. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

There has been a flurry of diplomatic activity on he Rohingya issue across the world except India.
India in fact should be showing the most initiative in this crisis.
The government began to dispatch humanitarian aid in an operation rather grandly named “Operation Insaniyat(Humanity)”, but was only one
of several countries including the U.S., Turkey, Azerbaijan, Malaysia and others to do so.
Foreign Minister Sushma Swaraj’s visited Bangladesh, where she didn’t even spare time for a trip to the camps, stands out not just in
stark contrast to other nations, but to India’s own record.
In every way, the Rohingya crisis is mammoth, with around a million men, women and children in Bangladesh and Myanmar living
perilously.

How India lost the diplomatic cause?

1. Vacated the space for other countries to intervene in her neighbourhood

US, Britain, Canada, Singapore, Germany, Sweden and Japan sent their Foreign Affairs Ministers to Rohingya camps in Bangladesh.

1. Opportunity for partnership with ASEAN in new domain missed

The role of ASEAN was explored to resolve the crisis.

1. China asserted itself and relegated India

China successfully mediated and “forced” Bangladesh and Myanmar to sign an agreement to resettle Rohingyas in Rakhine State.

1. India’s soft power dimnished

India, which has a tradition of rushing humanitarian aid and medical assistance, doctors and volunteers to other nations — for
example, after the 2004 tsunami, the 2008 Cyclone Nargis that hit Myanmar, and the 2015 Nepal earthquake — has been seen to visibly hold
back during the Rohingya crisis.

1. India’s principles at the pedestal of UN compromised

At the UN too, India’s voice has been consistently muted, ceding space to other countries to take the lead on the issue.
It doesn’t mark itself out for principled leadership of any kind.

1. Bangladesh’s favourable leadership not heeded its due

It also had a bearing on India’s standing in Bangladesh, one of its closest allies in the region, whose leadership is struggling to cope with the
flow of refugees as Ms. Hasina braces for a tough election next year.
All of India’s actions since the outbreak of this round of violence in Myanmar have negated its position as a regional, subcontinental and
Asian leader.

1) How did the Cold War affect space exploration. Also write a note on Outer Space Treaty. (250 Words)

Livemint

Introduction:

Space exploration dictated by cold war

In 1957, the launch of Sputnik 1 by the USSR marked the dawn of the space age.
A space race between the US and USSR followed.
Space rivalry between the US and USSR was not just a race to outdo one another in terms of science, technology and engineering, but also a
matter of national honour and prestige.

UN intervention
 United Nations Committee on the Peaceful Uses of Outer Space (COPUOS) was established in 1959 (shortly after the launch of Sputnik)
as an ad hoc committee.
In 1959, it was formally established by United Nations Resolution 1472.
The aim of COPUOS was to govern the exploration and use of space for the benefit of all humanity; for peace, security and development.
Just after Yuri Gagarin became the first human to enter space, the UN General Assembly adopted the “Declaration of Legal Principles
Governing the Activities of States in the Exploration and Use of Outer Space”.
It recognized “the common interest of all mankind in the progress of the exploration and use of outer space for peaceful purposes”.
Outer Space Treaty was largely based on the aforementioned declaration

Outer Space Treaty – an outcome of Cold War

The Soviet Union, however, did not separate outer space from other disarmament issues, nor did it agree to restrict outer space to
peaceful uses unless U.S. foreign bases at which short-range and medium-range missiles were stationed were eliminated also.
The Western powers declined to accept the Soviet approach; the linkage, they held, would upset the military balance and weaken the security
of the West.”.
The Soviet position changed when the US signed the Limited Test Ban Treaty in 1963.
After that, both powers agreed that they had no intention of orbiting weapons of mass destruction, installing them on celestial bodies, or
stationing them in outer space.
Once that happened, the UN General Assembly unanimously adopted a resolution on 17 October 1963, welcoming the Soviet and US
statements and calling upon all states to refrain from introducing weapons of mass destruction into outer space.

In 1967, when the Outer Space Treaty was signed, the Cold War was in full swing.
Both the US and USSR wanted to prevent the expansion of the nuclear arms race into a completely new territory.

In January 1967, the Outer Space Treaty was opened for signature by the three depository governments—the USSR, the United
Kingdom and the United States of America.
Entering into force in October 1967, the treaty provided a basic framework of international space law.

Principles established

It states that the exploration and use of outer space shall be carried out for the benefit and in the interests of all countries, and shall be the
province of all mankind.
It also outlines that states shall not place nuclear weapons or other weapons of mass destruction in orbit, or on celestial bodies, or
station them in outer space in any other manner.
Further, the treaty saw astronauts as envoys of all mankind.
Outer space is not subject to national appropriation by claim of sovereignty, by means of use or occupation, or by any other means.
It further cautions that states shall be liable for damage caused by their space objects and dictates that they avoid harmful contamination of
space and celestial bodies.
STATUTORY, REGULATORY AND VARIOUS QUASI-JUDICIAL BODIES

4) Discuss the significance and findings of the recent India State-level Disease Burden Initiative. (150 Words)

The Hindu
Introduction :- The India State-level Disease Burden Initiative, a joint initiative between the Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR), Public
Health Foundation of India (PHFI), and Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME) in collaboration with the Ministry of Health and Family
Welfare, Government of India along with experts and stakeholders associated with over 100 Indian institutions, released the first comprehensive set
of state-level disease burden, risk factors estimates and trends for each state in India to inform health planning to reduce health inequalities amongst
states in India. These estimates are based on analysis of all identifiable epidemiological data from India over quarter of a century.

Significance and findings of report :-

The data and results shared by the India State-level Disease Burden Initiative today in its report, scientific paper, and the online visualization
tool will serve as a useful guide for fine-tuning data driven health planning specific for health situation of each state of the country.
The estimates released, which are based on utilization of all available epidemiological data, show that the per person burden due to major
infectious disease.
The disease profile of each state released today showing the contribution of specific diseases and risk factors to the overall health loss can be a
useful guide for states when they develop their Project Implementation Plans for health.

Particular findings :-

For instance, life expectancy at birth in the country improved significantly during 1990 to 2016 — from 59.7 years and 58.3 years for females
and males respectively in 1990 to 70.3 years for females and 66.9 years for males in 2016.
In a measure of the continuing inequalities, life expectancy for females in Uttar Pradesh was 66.8 years — below the national average and 12
years less than in Kerala, where it was 78.7 years.
Men in Kerala enjoyed a life expectancy of 73.8 years, but the corresponding figure for men in Assam was 63.6 years.
The study found that while under-5 mortality was improving in every State, there was a four-fold difference in the rate of improvement among
States, which again indicated health inequalities.
The per person burden from many of the leading infectious and non-communicable diseases varies 5-10 times between different States and
malnutrition continues to be the single largest risk for health loss in India
CONTRIBUTIONS OF MORAL THINKERS AND PHILOSOPHERS FROM INDIA AND WORLD.

7) The complementary phenomena of executive abdication and judicial activism have created an ugly spectacle of environmental mismanagement in
India. Critically comment. (200 Words)

Livemint

Introduction :- In recent years, there has been a sustained focus on the role played by the higher judiciary of India in devising and monitoring the
implementation measures for pollution control, conservation of forests and wildlife protection. Many of these judicial interventions have been
triggered by the persistent incoherence in policy due to executive abdication.

In modern India, failure of the state agencies in effective enforcing the environmental law non- compliance of the polluters, degrading norms
has resulted in degrading of the environment, responsibility of environmental protection upon the Judiciary.
In some instances the judiciary has to not only exercise its role as an interpreter of the law, Judicial Activism in Environmental protection
especially by means of various Public Interest Litigation has been initiated in various courts has gained importance.
In accordance with the growing national awareness and with the global perspectives of environment and development, Right to healthy
environment is established in constitutional interpretations of Article 21 of the Constitution of India.
The provisions inserted in the Constitution by the 42ndAmendment which is relating to the protection of environment. It is the part dealing in
Directive Principles of State Policy as Article 48A and Article 51A (g) imposes duty on citizens to protect the environment and improve it.

However all this has created an ugly face of environmental mismanagement in India which can be seen from following cases

The Supreme Court recently banned the firecrackers in Delhi. The decision requires weighing trade-offs, which would depend on numerous
inputs from scientific organizations, regulatory institutions, public policy experts and civil society. Since a court of law does not have in-house
expertise in these domains, it should leave such matters to the executive. As bans are rarely effective the firecrackers were bursted and
environmental pollution was not in control. The manner in which the Supreme Court has dealt with this particular case also raises a number of
concerns.
Supreme Court had increased the entry tax on trucks entering Delhi without factoring in the demand elasticity of goods (carried in those
trucks) transported to Delhi, an overwhelmingly consumption-heavy state.
Supreme Court had ordered the conversion of the public transport fleet in Delhi from diesel to CNG. Even as the order was passed without the
requisite infrastructure being ready, it was lauded widely and did indeed improve the quality of air over the next few years. But questions still
remained. Pratap Bhanu Mehta, a leading political scientist, for example, has asked whether the court achieved the lowering of air pollution in
a cost-effective manner.

WAY FORWARD :-

It is high time the executive returned to take charge at the wheel. The elected government is in the best position to elicit scientific and
economic inputs and take a call, even if it involves expending political capital.
The governments at the Centre and the states should involve different agencies like the Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation and the
pollution control boards and invest in setting regulatory standards for the medium to long term.
In the past few years, there are several judgments have not been implemented for lack of political or administrative will or because of other
lacunae. Nevertheless Judiciary is actively playing its role in spite of repetitive failure of other organs.
In public perception, the judiciary is the last hope and it is necessary that the executive enforces its orders. In addition, the role of concerned
citizens, NGOs and the media visual enactment of various provisions of the law, especially related to development and environmental issues,
have become phenomenal.

8) Write a critical note on the “Kochi Initiative” of fisheries management. (200 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- The Kochi Initiative resulted in agreements between the fishermen and scientist community for the problems occurring in the
fisheries for small pelagics such as oil sardines and mackerel.

The reduction in migratory fish stocks has induced both small-scale fishers and their mechanised boat counterparts to approach the scientific
community and agree to codes of conduct for both ring seining and trawling.

These codes include “scientifically proven” regulations to reduce overfishing. Moreover, the state is argued to be buying into the initiative, creating
conditions for responsible co-governance.

Positives of the initiative :-

Tamil Nadu has seen the number of its fishers increase over the years, with innovations contributing to higher catches, but—alarmingly—also
to serious evidence of overfishing. This has led to predator species becoming scarcer and sizes and numbers of catch declining. Kochi
initiative can address this problem.
The willingness of fishers to engage with management is unique, they also overlook the strong traditions and practices of management that
exist within the fishing population.
It will not only maintain the health of the ecosystem and of important fish stocks but also the need to have fairness in the distribution of access
to and proceeds from the fisheries

However there are concerns too :-

Calling upon state agencies to take decisive action, fisher populations are frustrated by what they see as indecision and a proclivity for
symbolic gestures, leaving core problems unaddressed.
While co-management policy, which gathers fishers and government officials in a common decision-making structure, is gaining adherence in
 both Kerala and Tamil Nadu, state agencies find it difficult to engage with fisher populations in policy discussions, which necessarily involves
the application of science but also practitioner knowledge.

While the Kochi Initiative is a worthwhile endeavour, it is unlikely to be replicated on a broad scale. With a future in fisheries being experienced as
highly uncertain, many fisher families in Kerala and Tamil Nadu are sending their children to school and hoping that they will eventually find jobs
outside the sector. It is unlikely, however, that they will succeed in the short term. It is for this reason that realising a sustainable management
regime in fisheries is so incredibly important.

6) It is said that we need global norms to address the rise of machine autonomy in armed conflict. Discuss the issues posed by the rise of
autonomous machines and the challenges of regulating their role in conflicts. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Recently United Nations (UN) group of experts in Geneva kicks off the first formal inter-governmental discussion on what machine
autonomy means for the laws of armed conflict and the future of international security.

Throughout history, the capacity to wield new technologies from gunpowder to nuclear weapons to long-range missiles has changed how wars are
fought, and the strategic balance between attack and defence maintained. However the increased use of machines in warfare posses many issues :-

With concept of Artificial intelligence on rise the concepts like killer robots and conscious synths demanding their rightful place in society.
The American tech billionaire Elon Musk and over 100 others recently signed a letter warning that the weaponisation of AI-based
technologies risks opening a Pandora’s box.
Questions as legal liability when autonomous vehicles share the streets with pedestrians, predictive analytics subverting due process, and the
algorithmic entrenchment of human biases are also being taken into considerations.
The major powers are developing autonomous missiles and drones that will hunt ships, subs, and tanks, and piecing together highly automated
battle networks that will confront each other and have the capability of operating without human control. This is leading to arms race and
humanity is moving towards destructivity.
Unethicality is very much involved in machine use in armed warfare. Autonomous weapons could malfunction, kill innocents, and nobody be
held responsible.

Owing to all above issues their regulation must be done in order to keep check on their misuse, overuse. But there are many challenges in this :-

In spite of the fact that laws and regulations for their use are in place they get frequently violated and bended.
Self interest of global powers to maintain their dominant position in world through increased production and use of machines in armed
conflicts will not allow them to develop comprehensive and egalitarian rules for their regulation.
Their increasingly complex developments and multifold advance functions of machines day by day makes it challenging to regulate them
completely.

9) What is machine learning(MI)? How do machines learn? Examine the impact of MI on humans. (150 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction:

Machine learning is part of a broader family of machine learning methods based on learning data representations, as opposed to task-specific
algorithms. Neural network depicts the complex interlinkages of the different data that is accumulated over time, like in a brain.
The preprint describes the careful process of doing away with the false positives and systemic blips before coming up with the true
signals

How have machines learnt to learn?

Computer science in the 1990s had laid much of the theoretical background for machine learning namely via developing neural networks.
This involved, in essence, reviving a philosophy of designing circuits to simulate the way neurons connect in the brain.
The brain with its billions neurons and each connected to a 1000 others is now the dominant metaphor for how ML programs are organised.
Rather than older approaches that tried to program the most ‘efficient’ way to solve a problem (like what’s the best sequence of moves to
checkmate) Machine Learning systems are increasingly organised around letting the systems figure out the rules from scratch.
Circuits achieve their goals — differentiating cats from dogs and recognising signatures on cheques—by repetitively blitzing through
‘rewards’ and ‘penalties’ and are limited only by the efficiency of the underlying algorithms and computing power at their programmer’s
disposal.

AI vs Humans

They won’t really rule us.

They will be very interested in us — ‘artificial curiosity’ as the term goes.
As long as they don’t understand life and civilisation, they will be super interested in us and their origins.
In the long run, they will be much more interested in others of their kind and it will expand to wherever there are resources. There’s a
billion times more sunlight in space than here. They will emigrate and be far away from humans.
Using approaches of Deep Learning — an approach where layers of ‘neurons’ are hierarchically arranged to recognise an object — machines
can beat human champions of games that require computation and intuition, such as Go.
More usefully, it can look at pictures of biopsies and picking out possible cancers.

7) India must establish a concrete cybersecurity strategy that takes into account the views of central government departments, universities,
industries, international allies and partners, and state and local governments. Discuss. (250 Words)

EPW

Indian cybersecurity efforts

Currently, cybersecurity relies mainly on new and innovative tools.

These tools need to be integrated into the existing framework of governmental structures and the private sector.
The NCSP suggests creating a national nodal agency to coordinate all matters relating to cybersecurity.
 1. National Critical Information Infrastructure Protection Centre

GoI established the National Critical Information Infrastructure Protection Centre (NCIIPC) to safeguard critical infrastructure and
key resources in 2014.
The NCIIPC acts as a nodal agency for all measures to protect critical information infrastructure (CII), defined in the IT Act (2000) as
“the computer resource, the incapacitation or destruction of which, shall have debilitating impact on national security, economy, public health,
or safety.”

2.CERT-In

Meanwhile, to handle emergency situations and ensure crisis management, another institution—the Computer Emergency Response
Team-India (CERT-In)—has been created.
It operates 24/7 to help users respond to cybersecurity incidents.
CERT-In has established links with international CERTs and security agencies to facilitate the exchange of information on the latest
cybersecurity threats and international best practices.

3.Defence cybersecurity

An increase in the volume and scale of cyberattacks on defence infrastructure has heightened the need for cybersecurity.
A proposal is already pending before the Ministry of Defence to set up a dedicated tri-service command with the Indian Air Force, army
and navy for cybersecurity.
It is time to enhance cyber capabilities so that the defence forces can deploy both defensive and offensive cyber operations to protect vital
national interests.

4.National Cybersecurity Policy, 2013

Cyber-policies provide an overview of the measures required to effectively protect information, information systems, and networks.
They also provide insight into the government’s strategy for protecting cyberspace and outline how key players can work collaboratively in
public and private to safeguard the country’s information and information systems.
This policy aims to ensure a secure and resilient cyberspace for citizens, businesses, and the government. Its mission envisions a multipronged
strategy to “protect information as well as information infrastructure, reduce vulnerabilities, build capabilities to prevent and respond to cyber
threats and minimise damage from cyber incidents”
The NCSP offers a 14-point strategy to establish a secure cyber-ecosystem and assurance framework.
It centres on product, process/technology, and the personnel that form the basic building blocks of any cybersecurity system.
It seeks to promote global best practices in information security (IS) and compliance through standards and guidelines—the International
Organization for Standardization/International Electrotechnical Commission (ISO/IEC) 2001 is the best known standard in the family
providing requirements for an information security management system (ISMS)—it includes IS system audits, penetration testing and
vulnerability assessments, formal risk assessments and risk management processes, as well as a cyber-crisis management plan for all entities
within the government and critical sectors.
The document envisioned the creation of a 5,00,000-person workforce (cyber-warriors) skilled in cybersecurity within five years.
However, there appears to be a glaring skill gap in the cybersecurity industry, and to compound the problem, cybersecurity professionals
are in great demand in the public as well as private sectors.
Moreover, there are very few academic programmes on cybersecurity at the university level, and existing curricula do not address
emerging trends and challenges.
The NCSP needs an overhaul to grapple with new technological innovations and, in turn, challenges in the field.

5.Information Technology Act, 2000

The IT Act, 2000 was designed in response to the increasing risk of cyberattacks.
It seeks to reduce the digital divide to bring about societal transformation.
The IT Act is an umbrella legislation that primarily aims to regulate electronic commerce as well as to gradually promote a culture of e-
governance in India.
It seeks to effectuate the 1997 United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) Model Law on E-Commerce and
refers to it in its preamble.
An amendment in 2008 to the act widened the definition of cybersecurity to include “protecting information, equipment, devices,
computer, computer resources, communication device, and information stored therein from unauthorised access, use, disclosure,
disruption, modification, or destruction”
The law seems to make a reasonable effort to tackle two areas of policy in need of reform: cybersecurity and data privacy.
However, it lacks detailed architecture to establish an effective cybersecurity system.
As such, it calls for a comprehensive cybersecurity legislation to address growing threats to information infrastructure systems and networks
and suggests a new specialised professional institutional structure to meet the cybersecurity challenge.

9)How can DNA analysis help identify the identity of people who built the Indus Valley Civilisation? In the light of recent excavations carried out
at Rakhigarhi, analyse. (250 Words)

The Hindu

The many puzzles of ancient human history lies in ancient DNA (aDNA). But it was only within the last eight years or so that technology
advanced enough for geneticists to confidently sequence aDNA extracted out of human skeletons that are thousands or even tens of
thousands of years old.
But one problem still remained: DNA preserves far better in cold climates than in warm climates and, therefore, all the early aDNA
studies were done on fossils recovered from cold regions.
Extracting and analysing aDNA in Africa, India or West Asia remained a formidable challenge.
In 2014, it was found that DNA taken from the inner ear region of the petrous bone could yield up to 100 times more DNA than other skeletal
elements – a vital advantage, especially in poor DNA-preservation contexts.
This discovery was followed by the development of new techniques to enrich the extracted DNA and filter out microbial and non-
informative human DNA.

Rakhigari remains

Four ancient skeletons excavated from a village called Rakhigarhi in Haryana.

 The four people to whom these bones once belonged — a couple, a boy and a man — lived roughly 4,600 years ago when the Indus Valley
civilisation was in full bloom.
The site was excavated and the skeletons were recovered in the beginning of 2014
The DNA analysis will also help figure out their height, body features, and even the colour of their eyes.
Once the skeletons are excavated, they should be documented and packed for analysis immediately.

Identification of Indus Valley people

Scenario 1: The Harappans as Vedic Aryans

In the ancient DNA from Rakhigarhi, if scientists identify R1a, one of the hundreds of Y-DNA haplogroups (or male lineages that are
passed on from fathers to sons).
They also identify H2b — one of the hundreds of mt-DNA haplogroups (or female lineages that are passed on from mothers to daughters)
— that has often been found in proximity to R1a.
Such a finding would go against the current understanding of the spread of Indo-European languages across Eurasia and also against current
genetic evidence.
R1a is the haplogroup most closely associated with Indo-European language speakers in a vast swathe of the Eurasian landmass,
ranging from Ireland and the U.K. to Italy, France, Germany, Poland, Russia, Iran and northern India.
In the majority of European countries, especially in central and eastern Europe, R1a has a frequency of 40-60%.
In India, it has a frequency of about 17.5% — it is most common among north Indian Brahmins and least common among the tribals and the
northeastern populations.

Scenario 2: The Harappans as West Asian migrants who may have brought the Dravidian languages to India

If scientists discover Y-DNA haplogroups J2 and L1a among the Rakhigarhi residents, along with mt-DNA haplogroups such as HV, K1
and T1.
All these haplogroups are often associated with the origins and spread of agriculture and urbanisation in the earliest cradle of human
civilisation, the Fertile Crescent in West Asia.
Non-discovery of R1a and the discovery of haplogroups with West Asian affinities would suggest that when the Indus Valley
civilisation was thriving, Indo-European language speakers were not present on location.

Scenario 3: The original settlers of India as Harappans

If scientists discover Y-DNA haplogroup H and mt-DNA haplogroups M2 and M36 in the Rakhigrahi ancient DNA.
All these haplogroups are indisputably autochthonous, or indigenous.
In other words, they are descendant lineages of the original OOA migrants. These lineages are spread far and wide across India today,
though they vary significantly in their distribution.
Female mt-DNA haplogroups that are descended from the OOA migrants dominate the Indian population with a frequency of 70-80% today,
while Y-DNA lineages of the same descent are present at a far lower percentage, of around 10-40%, depending on the population group. This
asymmetry is not necessarily surprising — male lineages die out and get replaced at a faster rate than female lineages because of the male-
biased nature of human conflicts and wars, at least from the Neolithic period onwards.

Scenario 4: The Mundas in the Indus Valley

If scientists discover Y-DNA haplogroup O2a and mt-DNA haplogroup M4a in the Rakhigarhi ancient DNA.
These haplogroups are associated with the speakers of Austro-Asiatic languages such as Mundari, Santali and Khasi. These haplogroups
and related languages are also present in Southeast Asia.
In India, speakers of these languages are currently found mostly in Central and East India.

7) Many of the greatest scientists that independent India has produced are little known, like hidden figures in their own homeland. Briefly discuss
contributions of such scientists. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Contribution of scientists in Independent India

Har Govind Khorana – He was the first person to segregate the DNA PARTS and chains of nucleotides
Salim Ali – He studied birds life, known as bird men of India. He conducted systematic bird surveys across India.
Vikram Sarabhai – He started a project for the fabrication and launch of an Indian satellite which led to launch of the first Indian
satellite, Aryabhata.
Visvesaray – His efficient method of river bed management ,block irrigation system a novel idea to irrigate land.
Birbal Sahni- an Indian paleobotanist who studied the fossils of the Indian subcontinent.
Amal Kumar Raychaudhuri in cosmology
G.N. Ramachandran in protein crystal structures
C.K. Majumdar and Dipan Ghosh who extended the quantum Heisenberg spin model
E K Janaki Ammal- was a renowned botanist and plant cytologist who made significant contributions to genetics, evolution, phytogeography
and ethnobotany.
B Vijayalakshmi- she studied relativistic wave equations and their proportions.
A Chatterjee- her area of interest was natural products with special reference to the medicinal chemistry
Anna Mani- the only woman scientist to work with C.V. Raman, is well known for her work in atmospheric physics and instrumentation.
Lalji Singh- worked in the field of DNA fingerprinting technology in India, where he was popularly known as the “Father of Indian DNA
fingerprinting”

Why Indian scientists are less publicized?

C.N.R. Rao said in context of science leadership, “There is really a crisis of leadership in the country… There is a need to get in some
fresh blood.

1. Bureaucratization of Science institutions

The system is run by scientists-turned-bureaucrats, who have absorbed the culture of government.
 Independent India’s project of building a national science establishment has led to internal standards of judgment: the scientists in power
certify each other’s work. Dependent on political patronage for continued funding, these leaders groom loyalists and yes-men rather than
cutting-edge researchers
This has led to an insider culture, reproducing privileges rather than promoting excellence

2.Poor innovation standards

The two conditions which are required for innovation – guarantees of long-term funding and scientists’ collaboration with each other.
Funding varies with the political climate
And collaboration is a social process, not an intellectual one

Conclusion

Durable institutions and cultures of innovation are not widespread in the Global South.
But India is the most successful of all the nations in the Global South, with a more affluent diaspora than virtually any other countr y.

9) Recycling is the only option to handle plastic waste at present. Examine the different ways through which plastic waste can be used to clean
environment. (150 Words)

Down to Earth

Introduction:

Plastic indifferent forms is found to be almost 5% in municipal solid waste, which istoxic in nature.
It is a common sight in both urban and rural areas to findempty plastic bags and other type of plastic packing material littering theroads as
well as drains.
Due to its non-biodegradability it creates stagnation of water and associated hygiene problems.
The indiscriminate burning of plastic results in emission of deadly gases and carcinogens into the environment.
Dumping them in landfills results in leaching of toxins into ground and surface water resources.
Recycling is the only option to handle plastic waste at present.

Use of Plastic waste

1. Plastic waste to decontaminate water

Plastic waste can be used to develop a low-cost magnetically responsive adsorbent material which can be used to remove an antibiotic
cephalexin from water.

Upcycling polyethylene terephthalate (PET) waste into a magnetically responsive carbon nano-material by carbonization and
activation of the PET char under controlled conditions and magnetic modification by a simple chemical precipitation route.
This technique of magnetic separation for spent adsorbent decreases the secondary pollution problems associated with the non-
magneto active adsorbents.

2.Plastic waste for rural road construction

Union Ministry of Rural Development has even recommended and issued guidelines to construct roads in rural areas of the plastic waste.
waste plastic, when added to hot aggregate will form a finecoat of plastic over the aggregate and such aggregate, when mixed with
thebinder is found to give higher strength, higher resistance to water and betterperformance over a period of time.
Therefore, it is proposed that we may use waste plastic in the construction of Rural Roads.
Plastic Roads, are found to perform better compared to those constructed with conventional bitumen. Further it has been found that such
roads were not subjected to stripping when come in contact with water.

9) “Telecom data holds the power to resolve issues—from preventing the spread of dengue to driving financial inclusion.” Discuss. (250 Words)

Livemint

Scope for using telecom data

A billion mobile phone users in India

This is the next stage towards increasing automation and introduction of Artificial Intelligence based on digital data.
With the world’s second largest telecom subscriber base, professionally run telecom operators with large customer databases, and
several social problems waiting to be solved, telecom data in India could unleash a new transformation.

Telecom data can be anonymized, aggregated and used to reveal the movements of populations and economic and psychological
profiles—all without putting individual privacy at risk.
By merging telecom data with other relevant data—such as the number of new cases of a disease—and using visualization tools,
governments and development organizations can make better-informed public-policy decisions.

Examples

1. Mapping diseases locations

Mapping the movements of a population across an entire country, matched with malaria-infection data, can help zero in on problem
areas.
Zambia – With the location pinpointed, public authorities and medical staff were able to effectively prioritize interventions in this area.

1. Regulating traffic

Most municipalities do not have up-to-date granular data on the movements of populations on and off the roads.
Telecom data can be used to map and test the impact of changing or optimizing road infrastructure on actual traffic.
For instance, the municipality of Kampala, Uganda

Issues
Using data, especially telecom data, for social impact is still a relatively new concept.

1. Privacy of consumers

1. Concerns of telecom companies

Concerns that competitors may benefit from the strategic insights emanating from their data.
Analysing the data within the databases of telecom operators, rather than extracting it so that it is kept secure within their own
networks.
Anonymizing the data to avoid any possibility of individual tracking.
Aggregating the data across dimensions like geographies or communities, to prevent any possibility of identifying individual patterns.

Conclusion

Issues ranging from preventing the spread of dengue and chikungunya, to prioritizing the next batch of rural roads, to placing bank mitras to
drive financial inclusion, are all waiting to be solved using the power of telecom data.
ETHICS AND HUMAN INTERFACE:ESSENCE, DETERMINANTS AND CONSEQUENCES OF ETHICS IN
HUMAN ACTIONS; DIMENSIONS OF ETHICS;

6) Restricting fireworks during festivities prevents a high usage tenure but still does not solve the larger problem of air pollution effectively.
Comment. (200 Words)

The Hindu

The Hindu

Introduction :- Delhi, the sixth-most populated metropolis in the world (second largest if the entire NCR is included), is one of the most heavily
polluted cities in India, having for instance one of the country’s highest volumes of particulate matter pollution. In May 2014 the World Health
Organization announced New Delhi as the most polluted city in the world.

For the second time since November 2016, the Supreme Court has temporarily banned the sale of firecrackers in the National Capital Region. The
idea is to test whether it cuts the deadly pollution levels seen in Delhi during and after Deepavali.

However such restriction prevents a high usage tenure but doesn’t solve larger problem of air pollution :-

To forecast pollution levels on October 19, 20 and 21 as a result of this ban, a research group, Urban Emissions, simulated three scenarios
using weather and emissions data. In the first, the ban led to no reduction in firecracker use; in the second, there was a 25% reduction while in
the third, the drop was 50%.
The high pollution despite the ban also showed that other pollution sources, such as vehicular emissions, stubble burning have been neglected
by the government
This shows that a knee-jerk reactions can’t give us cleaner air. A slower, evidence-based approach will. Hence efforts need to be taken in this
regard.

· The first fact we have to recognise is that this is not a Delhi problem. Hundreds of cities in the country are as badly or worse polluted
than Delhi. We have to ensure that four or five multidisciplinary centres for data gathering, research and policymaking are set up in academic
institutions in the NCR with assured funding for the next five years. Accurate data predictability plays a very crucial role in tackling the
problem.
· To address vehicular emissions efforts has to be taken to set emission standards that debar unwanted vehicles automatically irrespective
of the fuel used. Adopting EURO 6 norms is a right step in this direction. Other measures can be to start with an annual pollution tax of Rs 10
per cc of engine size for all vehicles, a parking fee of Rs 100 per day in all offices and banning free parking on government property.
· Strict monitoring of air polluters such as industries, stone crushers, construction industry, should be done with protocols, procedures
and practices implemented.
· the practice of crop stubble burning needs to be seriously looked at and a solution worked out. Crop stubble is biomass which can be
used for a variety of purposes and we need to encourage research, innovation and adaptive use of this biomass, rather than simply burning.

7) Global Environmental Policy need stability as much as it needs consensus. With reference to the Paris Agreement, identify the key outcomes of
the same with India’s take towards them. (200 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- The Paris Agreement or Paris climate accord or Paris climate agreement is an agreement within the United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) dealing with greenhouse gas emissions mitigation, adaptation and finance starting in the year 2020. The
language of the agreement was negotiated by representatives of 196 parties at the 21st Conference of the Parties of the UNFCCC in Paris and
adopted by consensus on 12 December 2015.

The 23rd UNFCCC conference being held at Bonn in Germany. The meeting will primarily concentrate on various aspects associated with the
implementation of the Paris Agreement (PA), which was negotiated at COP-21.

Treats of instability and inconsistency :-

In June 2017, U.S. President Donald Trump announced his intention to withdraw the United Statesfrom the agreement, causing widespread
condemnation both internationally and domestically. Under the agreement, the earliest effective date of withdrawal for the U.S. is November
2020.
There is speculation whether the formal withdrawal of the U.S. would alter the stance taken by Europe, Australia, and large countries at the
COP and what role, if any, the U.S. would play behind the scenes.
The target set in COP21 refers to adhering limits of 1.5 Celsius. However many scientist and scholars argue that this limit is no way suitable
to the changing challenges of global warming. Soon planet needs to prepare to limit 4 Celsius fall in temperature.

India’s stance :-

India is responsible for 6% of the global CO2 emissions following China, which accounts for 28%, the United States for 16% and the
European Union 10%. In terms of per capita CO2 emissions, 10 other countries are ahead of India.
As part of the initial commitments to the agreement, India also plans to reduce its carbon emission intensity – emission per unit of GDP – by
33-35% from 2005 levels over 15 years. It aims at producing 40% of its installed electricity capacity by 2030 from non-fossil fuels.
This would mean India will have to shift significantly from coal-based power generation to renewable energy sources. It will have to produce
100 gigawatt from solar, 60 gigawatt from wind, 10 gigawatt from biomass and 5 gigawatt from small hydropower by 2022.

Additional information :-

Bonn meet agenda :-

The meetings in Bonn will cover a wide range of issues, including adjusting to living in a warmer world with the associated impacts, known
as adaptation to climate change and reduction in greenhouse gases, referred to as mitigation.
They will also include sessions on loss and damage, or the means of addressing economic and non-economic forfeitures and potential injury
associated with climate change.
Finally, the discussions will be about the implementation of targets that were decided by each country ahead of the Paris meeting, referred to
as the nationally determined contributions (NDCs), and the finance, capacity building and technology transfer required by developing
countries from rich nations.

6) Low – End Manufacturing has the potential for productive skill friendly employment and enhancing national policy goals. Analyse. (200 Words)
The Wire

Introduction :- China currently dominates the global market of textiles and apparel, footwear and furniture which is low end manufacturing.
However China’s move up the value chain and the relocation of low-end manufacturing to cheaper countries will continue to create opportunities
and support strong economic growth in some of Asia’s frontier emerging markets.

Benefits offered by low end manufacturing :-

India should shift focus to low end manufacturing like China to take full advantage of its demographic dividend which stands nearly at 65% to
avert an unemployment crisis in future.
The myth that India can bypass manufacturing stage and become developed has to be sidelined and steps for low end manufacture ng can be
the first game changer.
For the sake of creating more jobs to accommodate the growing working population, India should not neglect the manufacturing sector,
especially low-end labor-intensive industries. This could also help absorb a large number of workers who are employed in unorganized
sectors.
China lifted millions of people out of poverty in the last three decades by focusing on developing its own manufacturing industry India must
learn and try to follow it.
According to a 2014 Boston Consulting Group report, the cost of Indian labour has remained virtually flatover the past decade when adjusted
for productivity gains. By contrast, labour costs in China’s coastal provinces have nearly tripled due to low end manufacturing opportunities.

Low end manufacturing in national policy goal :-

India is striving hard to enhance the output of it’s manufacturing sector. The services sector absorbs only about a quarter of the labor force in
India despite the fact that it accounts for more than half of GDP. On the other hand, manufacturing accounts for about 15 per cent of the
country’s GDP and employs 11 per cent of the labour force. Hence low end manufacturing will provide ample scope.
Skill India aims to skill population of 40 crore by 2022. Such huge workforce will need to be absorbed accordingly for which sectors like
apparel, textile, footwear are needed.
Another clear positive for India is the large size of its domestic market. It is not only the third largest economy in Purchasing Power Parity
terms, it is also currently the fastest growing large economy. All this growth phenomenon will enhance with focus on low end manufacturing.

Challenges :-

Bangladesh and Vietnam already have strong footholds in these sectors – together they accounted for 8% of global clothing, footwear and
furniture exports in 2015.
Such manufacturing base will require much work on backward and forward linkages in terms of market connectivity, skilling of workers,
availability of infrastructure etc.
Indian labour laws, market regulatory system, ease of doing business environment will not favour a rapid enhancement of such low end
manufacturing.

7) Scientific storage facilities and a judicious trade policy will go a long way in helping onion farmers. Comment in the light of reports showing
huge losses incurred by onion farmers in a bumper crop year. (250 Words)

The Indian Express

Introduction :- In August last year, the nation was crying for onions which sold at Rs 100 to Rs 80 per kg. Today, the same onion is being sold in
the wholesale agricultural at 5 kgs for Re 1. Reason is a bumper crop with an average yield of 70-80 quintal per acre.

The onion prices ups and downs are well seen. There is a need to lan scientific storage facilities and judicious trade policies for the same.

One of the prime reasons behind high volatility in onion prices stems from a lack of storage facilities that have not kept pace with rising
production. Also, the traditional storage practices incur losses as high as 40 per cent.
modern cold storages, as being set up by Allround India, a subsidiary of Allround Holland, and other such companies, can bring down
wastage within the 10-15 per cent range.
While a bulk of the storage has to be undertaken by the private sector, the state can do some stocking under a price stabilisation fund. They
can hire the services of specialised private sector agencies to carry out such operations on the government’s behalf.
Trade policy can also help. In case of a bumper crop, promote exports and in case of a deficit crop, encourage imports. This has to be done
well in advance — as soon as one comes to know the advance estimates of production.
Encouraging the setting up of onion dehydrating units and promote demand for dehydrated onions amongst large consumers (restaurants, fast
food chains, army, hospitals, etc) will be helpful. Gujarat has already emerged as the main centre for dehydration units with 85 out of 100
units located there, while Maharashtra has just five units.
It can also promote and boost international trade. Dehydrated onions are being exported to Japan, Europe, Russia, US and some African
countries. The Ministry of Food Processing and state governments can encourage entrepreneurs to avail grants for setting up onion
dehydration and processing units.

Thus, instead of raiding traders or banning exports et al, the Centre and the states would do better if they promote investment in scientific storage
and processing facilities, and use trade policy more judiciously.

7) Is global instability from proliferation and weaponisation of nuclear weapons imminent? Examine the measures taken and the challenges that
exist to ban nuclear weapons. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :– Nuclear proliferation is the spread of nuclear weapons, fissionable material, and weapons-applicable nuclear technology and
information to nations not recognized as “Nuclear Weapon States” by the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons, commonly known
as the Non-Proliferation Treaty or NPT. Proliferation has been opposed by many nations with and without nuclear weapons, the governments of
which fear that more countries with nuclear weapons may increase the possibility of nuclear warfare (up to and including the so-called “counter
value” targeting of civilians with nuclear weapons), de-stabilize international or regional relations, or infringe upon the national sovereignty of
states.

Nuclear proliferation and global instability :-

States with nuclear weapons are now engaged in efforts to modernize their arsenals to be useful for decades to come. Many other states are being
increasingly indulged in brinkmanship policies as can be seen from the policies of North Korea.

The U.S. is considering building smaller nuclear weapons to target buried facilities.
Pakistan has tested nuclear weapons that could be deployed on the battlefield.
Russia may be developing new, intermediate-range missiles in contravention of an arms control treaty with the U.S.
India has been deploying nuclear weapons on new submarines.
China is fielding new long-range missiles with multiple nuclear warheads.
North Korea is racing to test and field a scary array of nuclear missiles.

All this suggest an increased risk and threat to global stability.

Measures taken in order to ban nuclear weapons :-

The U.N. General Assembly’s very first resolution on Jan. 24, 1946, discussed how to abolish weapons of mass destruction. Ever since,
activists, NGOs, governments and the U.N. have been relentless in putting in place planks of an increasingly sophisticated normative
architecture to limit the spread of nuclear weapon technology, materials and arsenals.
At the centre of the effort lies the NPT itself. But additional planks include the Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty (CTBT) following earlier
successes in proscribing atmospheric and underground testing; the Nuclear Suppliers Group set up after India’s testing breakout in 1974;
various regional nuclear weapon-free zones that cover the southern hemisphere and extend to a limited extent into the northern hemisphere in
Central Asia and Mongolia; the Proliferation Security Initiative; etc.
In addition, the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) acts as the U.N.’s nuclear watchdog to ensure compliance with non proliferation
obligations.

Challenges which exist in banning nuclear weapons :-

One hundred and twenty-seven states have signed the NPT and said with common voice that their security is directly threatened by the 15,000
nuclear weapons that exist in the arsenals of nine countries, and they are demanding that these weapons be prohibited and abolished. However
many of the nations have not signed and opting out of it.
Treaties will close only a legal gap with regard to nuclear weapons by making it unequivocal that no state has a legitimate claim to possess,
build, test, deploy, use, or threaten to use them. However their implementation and actual adhering needs a strict regulation. Many countries
violates the treaties secretly.

Way forward/ steps required :-

The nuclear-weapon States possessing the largest nuclear arsenals bear special responsibility for nuclear disarmament. They should continue
to reduce drastically their respective nuclear arsenals on the principle of irreversibility.
All the nuclear-weapon States should renounce the nuclear deterrence policy based on the first use of nuclear weapons, undertake
unconditionally not to be the first to use nuclear weapons and conclude an international legal instrument to such effect.
All the nuclear-weapon States should commit themselves unconditionally not to use or threaten to use nuclear weapons against non-nuclear-
weapon States or nuclear-weapon- free zones, and a relevant international legal instrument should be concluded.
The nuclear-weapon States concerned should undertake to withdraw all the nuclear weapons deployed outside their territories.
All the nuclear-weapon States should support the efforts to establish nuclear-weapon-free zones, respect the status of those zones and assume
the relevant obligations.
The nuclear-weapon States and the non-nuclear-weapon States concerned should forego the “nuclear umbrella” policy and the practice of
“nuclear sharing”.
The Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons (NPT) should be observed in full and in good faith. Those countries which have not
yet acceded to the NPT should do so without delay and without conditions, so as to make the treaty truly universal.
The states which have not yet signed and ratified the Comprehensive Nuclear-Test-Ban Treaty (CTBT) should do so as soon as possible, so as
to promote the early entry into force of the CTBT according to the treaty provisions.
A universal and verifiable fissile material cut-off treaty (FMCT) should be negotiated and concluded.
On the basis of the above-mentioned efforts, a convention on the complete prohibition of nuclear weapons should be negotiated and
concluded.

8) Loan waivers do not result in farmers’ welfare. Discuss. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Farm loan waiver is the practice of writing off the loans given to farmers owing to their inability to pay them back due to reasons
like calamity, disaster, political policies etc. Recently many governments like Maharashtra, Uttar Pradesh have done it.

Farm loan waiver are necessary for farmers welfare :-

Agriculture in India has been facing many issues — fragmented land holding, depleting water table levels, deteriorating soil quality, rising
input costs, low productivity. Add to this vagaries of the monsoon.
Output prices may not be remunerative. Farmers are often forced to borrow to manage expenses. Also, many small farmers not eligible for
bank credit borrow at exorbitant interest rates from private sources.
When nature rides roughshod over debt-ridden farmers in the form of erratic monsoon and crop failures, they face grim options. Indebtedness
is a key reason for the many farmer suicides in the country.

Loan waivers don’t result into farmers welfare rather cause many other problems :-

Loan waivers provide some relief to farmers in such situations, but there are debates about the long-term effectiveness of the measure.
Farm loan waivers are at best a temporary solution and entail a moral hazard even those who can afford to pay may not, in the expectation of a
waiver.
Such measures can erode credit discipline and may make banks wary of lending to farmers in the future. It also makes a sharp dent in the
finances of the government that finances the write-off.
Also a recent study by the International Food Policy Research Institute reveals that at the national level, 48% of agricultural households do not
avail a loan from any source. Among the borrowing households, 36% take credit from informal sources.
A negative relationship between the size of farm and per capita consumption expenditure (a proxy for income) further underscores the
importance of formal credit in assisting marginal and poor farm households in reducing poverty hence farm loan waivers fail to result into
farmers welfare.
Way Forward :-

It is more important to make agriculture sustainable by reducing inefficiencies, increasing income, reducing costs and providing protection
through insurance schemes.
Extending reach of minimum support price which has been dedicated to few crops and in a narrow geographical area is important.
The agro-processing industry and warehousing needs to expand so that agricultural produce can be stored when prices plunge.
Credit products for agriculture need to be tailor-made based on cropping and rain cycle, specific to a particular region. The regional offices of
commercial banks should contribute in this exercise.
The period of crop loan should be extendable to four years, given that, on average, every second or third year the spatial distribution of rain
pattern is erratic in India.

Urjit Patel recently commented that farm loan waiver undermines honest credit culture and discipline. It endangers moral hazard and entails transfer
from tax payers. Hence alternative to blanket waivers need to be explored and adapted.
5) Access to justice” is a part of the fundamental right to life and personal liberty under Article 21 of the Constitution. Discuss in the light of recent
events. (250 Words)

EPW

Introduction :- Article 21 reads as: “No person shall be deprived of his life or personal liberty except according to a procedure established by law.”

According to Bhagwati, J., Article 21 “embodies a constitutional value of supreme importance in a democratic society.” Iyer, J., has characterized
Article 21 as “the procedural magna carta protective of life and liberty.

This right has been held to be the heart of the Constitution, the most organic and progressive provision in our living constitution, the foundation of
our laws.

Article 21 can only be claimed when a person is deprived of his “life” or “personal liberty” by the “State” as defined in Article 12. Violation of the
right by private individuals is not within the preview of Article 21.

Access to justice and Art 21 :

Judgment of Justices Gautam Patel and Nutan Sardesai ​ruling has raised issues that have wider implications for the way justice is delivered in this
country. They ruled that “access to justice” is a part of the fundamental right to life and personal liberty under Article 21 of the Constitution. Given
this, a step that places hurdles in the path to access justice is a denial of this right.

The recent Goa government’s attempt to move the state’s environmental cases to the bench in Delhi flies in the face of the basic nature of the NGT
violate the right to access to justice.

The question of accessibility to justice is not just a matter of the physical location of the courts but the very system that governs the justice system.
Even if courts are easily accessible, they remain out of reach for the majority of citizens because of the circuitous nature of the conduct of trials, the
expense involved, and the long delays.

Hence judiciary must initiate reforms in many areas to provide true access to justice :-

With the increase in rate of pending cases and declination of pronouncement of justice, society now considers Justice delayed is Justice
denied. A whopping 2.8 crore cases are pending in district courts across the country.
Judges-Population Ratio & Vacancies of Judges :- India has 15 judges for 10 mn population compared to US 107. Presently, for dealing with
the pending cases there must be required number of judges present to entertain the matter laid before them. But in Indian judicial system there
is number of vacancies existing which ultimately affects the efficiency of rendering justice.
Accountability of Judges :- In India, judiciary is a separate and independent system. Legislature and Executive are not allowed by the
Constitution to interfere in the functioning of judiciary. The courts on the other hand check the acts of these two bodies. The functioning of
judiciary is independent but it doesn’t mean that it is not accountable to anyone. Woolf Report of 1996, emphasized to make judiciary
accountable for their functioning by generating accurate judicial statistics, revised on daily basis.
Lack of utilizing the applications of information technology for the case management also hampers the accessibility of justice. The options
like e-Courts, Online cases tracking must be enhanced.
Alternative means of justice delivery like arbitration, conciliation, mediation should be strengthened and highlighted for spreading awareness.
Improving the Quality of Justice: Specialization, Training and Qualification :- The Committee suggested that the cases must be assigned
according to the specialized area of the judges. Assigning cases without considering specialization results into delay in deciding the matters.
Also some specialized tribunal must be established to deal some matter pertaining to tax, services, and labour etc. separately. It suggested that
the specialization provide consistency, certainty, speedy and quality judgments.

6) ‘Lone wolf’ attacks are a security and political challenge. How should governments and other stakeholders deal with such attacks? Discuss. (150
Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- A lone wolf, lone-wolf terrorist, or lone actor, is someone who prepares and commits violent acts alone, outside of any command
structure and without material assistance from any group. He or she may be influenced or motivated by the ideology and beliefs of an external group
and may act in support of such a group. In its original sense, a “lone wolf” is an animal or person that generally lives or spends time alone instead of
with a group.

There have been a series of lone wolf terrorist strikes across the world. The 2014 Sydney hostage crisis, Boston Marathon bombing, US church
bombing, London pop show attacks are among the prominent incidents.

In India people like Mehdi Masroor Biswas, a techie based in Bangalore who was ISIS tweeter handler, Areeb Majeed, Salman Mohiuddin of
Hyderabad shows the increased threat of Lone Wolf in India.

They are a security and political challenge :-

The political challenge is to find the root causes of radicalisation and address them. This cannot be done without support from community
members and leaders.
The security challenge is to be more efficient when it comes to preventive measures. For ex in the case of Saipov, officials say he had been
planning for a year to strike civilians.

How should governments and other stakeholders deal with such attacks :-

The approach must follow the sequence of awareness of the contagion, detection of potential and existing recruitsand finally remedial action.
The recent attacks in France and the large scale recruitment to IS has contributed to raising awareness regarding radicalisation the world over.
However, there is a need to focus attention on potential target groups through monitoring and infiltration of social media sites that are the
principle source of radical propaganda.
Big data analytics must be used to discern the level of radicalisation of potential recruits, their networks and sources of information, funding
and leadership in order to help unravel the roots of radicalisation.
The police and intelligence services are neither trained nor equipped to handle the vital aspect of rolling back radicalisation in society.
Helplines should be created and manned by professional counsellors and psychologists who can help reverse the process as part of the efforts
of Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs) supported by the state.
While the above is a suitable course of action for potential and raw recruits, the hardened ideologues must be prosecuted under the counter
terrorism laws of the state.
The example of the IS suggests that their legal advisors carefully exploited existing loopholes and gaps in legal mechanisms to continue with
propagation of radical ideologies in Europe. This raises the need for regular revision and tightening of laws to ensure that the same cannot be
attempted in India.
The formation of National Security Guard regional hubs in the aftermath of 26/11 is a welcome step to neutralise future terrorist strikes.
However, recent attacks indicate that the reaction time to a terror strike is likely to be of the utmost essence in minimising casualties. There is,
therefore, a need for specialised police teams to be trained and organised in every state to act as first-responders.
The nature of threat that groups like the IS represent is transnational in nature. Therefore, the momentum created in the aftermath of the Paris
attacks must be carried forward to strengthen the “coalition of willing” to improve intelligence sharing mechanisms, reduce time for
 processing information requests, strengthen countering the finance of terrorism measures, and facilitate the extradition of hate mongers from
their chosen place of immigration. The example of Sikh and Kashmiri groups in Europe and Canada is a case in point.

Attacks by home grown terrorists is a threat that has proved its nefariousness in the recent past. This is likely to be expanded through volunteers
encouraged to undertake lone wolf attacks. It is therefore important to undertake suitable proactive measures to limit the potential damage that can
be caused by such attacks.

Introduction :- Torture is inflicting pain or injury to a living entity mentally, physically or emotionally. It is practiced as a deterrence, punishment
or revenge etc. Torture can be formal or informal. The prisoners, anti social elements like terrorists experience formal torture inflicted by authorities
but in day to day life one can experience torture like in patriarchal society a wife has to bear torture or a in case of bonded labour he/she has to face
torture in heinous conditions of work.

On international front efforts are being made in order to regulate, minimize this torture inflicted on criminals, prisoners of war, illegal migrants.
United Nations Convention against Torture (UNCAT)) is an international human rights treaty, under the review of the United Nations, that aims to
prevent torture and other acts of cruel, inhuman, or degrading treatment or punishment around the world.

Efforts are being taken in that directions as torture is unethical in many ways :-

In words of Supreme Court in D. K. Basu case torture is a wound in the soul so painful that sometimes you can almost touch it, but it is also
such intangible that there is no way to heal it.
Torture as an instrument of “human degradation” used by the state. It results into devastation of life of the person on whose it was inflicted.
Torture treats the victim as a means to an end and not an end in themselves. It treats the victim as a ‘thing’, not as a person with all the value
that we associate with persons.
Imposition of torture and the severity depends mainly on the authorities who enjoys discretion hence torturers often explicitly dehumanise
their victims to make it easier to torture them
The person under torture gets double jeopardy with assuming the torture as a right of authority by inflicting it the way they want and also the
person live in fear, pain and uncertainty about life.
Torture is sometimes used to destroy the autonomy of the victim.
Torture violates the rights and human dignity of the victim, including the legal right to remain silent when questioned.
Torture many a times results into custodial deaths which is against human laws.

Torture is held necessary by public many times. It enjoys more than twice the public support in the US that it does in France, Spain, and the
UK. However torture is a slippery slope – each act of torture makes it easier to accept the use of torture in the future

hence opinion across the glob must be mobilized to eradicate it.

9) With the advent of new age digital and social media, fake news has pervaded all spheres of life, political, economic and social – with negative
implications. What measures need to be taken by various stakeholders to combat fake news menace? Discuss. (250 Words)

The Hindu

Introduction :- Fake news is a type of yellow journalism or propaganda that consists of deliberate misinformation or hoaxes spread via traditional
print and broadcast news media or online social media. It has pervaded all spheres of life, political, economic and social – with negative
implications.

· On November 8, 2016, India established a 2,000-rupee currency bill on the same day as the Indian 500 and 1,000 rupee note demonetization.
Fake news went viral over Whatsapp that the note came equipped with spying technology that tracked bills 120 meters below the earth. It had
created much fear with already looming rumors about demonetization.

In July, 2017, News18 India published a photograph of a flag alleged to be the Pakistani flag being raised over Uttar Pradesh. The story caused
widespread outrage in India, but the flag in question was revealed to actually be a green Islamic flag, not the Pakistani flag.

· The Muzaffarnagar riot in Uttar Pradesh happened as a fake video went viral and people charged with emotions attacked people and property.

Measures need to be taken:-

· Using algorithms :- Algorithms are part of what spreads fake news. From an algorithmic perspective it’s possible for social media sites to
recognise that website was only created two weeks ago, therefore it’s probably likely that this is a less trustworthy site

· One of the steps is the enlisting of the International Fact Checking Network (IFCN), a branch of the Florida-based journalism think
tank Poynter. Facebook users in the US and Germany can now flag articles they think are deliberately false, these will then go to third-party fact
checkers signed up with the IFCN.

· Innovative measures like one started by facebook that Facebook is to step up its efforts to fight fake news by sending more suspected hoax
stories to fact-checkers and publishing their findings online must be encouraged.

· Government needs to enhance their capabilities of cyber infrastructure and cyber human resource in order to tackle the fake news in time and
in totality. Responsible vigilance, legal taping and filtration, watch of social media circulations are required

· Individuals should use their discretion instead of herd following tendencies to just forward the sensitive things and spread tensions.

The lack of uniform guidelines, regulation and policy regarding such fabricated content needs to be addressed urgently. Considering the rapid
penetration of mobile phones and the rise in use of social media in India, the dissemination of fake news is no longer a problem limited to the online
world, especially because it has political, social and economic ramifications on the ground. Technology is always value neutral. It’s use by humans
institutions determines it’s usefulness so it’s very much required to minimize the negative impacts of fake news through steps like mentioned above.

6) India has off-late witnessed a surge in insurgency related incidents in the Kashmir Valley. The nature of local support for the Kashmir insurgency
is changing and the lack of other approaches barring the military one ensure that insurgency as an enterprise is feasible and the recurring cost of
violence is borne by India. In this regard, what should be India’s counter-insurgency strategy in Kashmir? Examine. (250 Words)

The Wire
 India has off-late witnessed a surge in insurgency related incidents in the Kashmir Valley. The military response has been swift and the
counter-insurgency campaign has gone full throttle.
The magnitude of local support for the insurgency has increased tremendously in the last couple of years. Though the authorities have
been providing the youth with skill training and vocational opportunities, and engaging the populace through various welfare programs,
they view the functional state apparatus only in the gun-toting uniformed men.

However in September 2017, Home Minister Rajnath Singh spelt out the contours of a plan of engagement in Jammu and Kashmir.
He said that a permanent solution to the Kashmir problem was based on five Cs, which he would define as “compassion, communication,
coexistence, confidence building and consistency”.
Also Dineshwar Sharma has been appointed “as the Representative of the Government of India to initiate and carry forward a dialogue with
the elec​ted representatives, various organisations and concerned individuals in the State of Jammu and Kashmir”

Lack of political outreach

In Kashmir, the conflict cycle operates like a sine or cosine wave; there is always limited time for a congenial environment under which
reconciliation efforts can take place.
The lack of a political initiative that complements the tactical military effort is a consistent feature in India’s handling of the conflict.

1. Compassion

On the political front as had been indicated at the height of the 2016 summer uprising when he tried to reach out to the separatist camp.
However, the hard-line approach that advocated and pursued a security-oriented approach.

2.Communication

Communication has been missing.

The line of communication has been not kept open for all
By not engaging in a political dialogue with forces such as the All Parties Hurriyat Conference, the Government of India is also giving them
an excuse to not do anything.
Having a line of communication and putting their ability to test would have helped people think about the capacities of the leadership, but that
perhaps cannot come without communication that has no precondition.

3.Coexistence

There is no coexistence on the ground. Particularly in the past few years, the effort has been to isolate the community.
New Delhi has defeated the idea of Jammu and Kashmir being an “integral part of India” on the ground by not showing any respect for
coexistence.
Use of military power, that too, indiscriminately against the civilian population, putting them under curfew for 54 days at a stretch, and
protecting those who commit human rights violations are some of the hard facts that talk about a different existence.

4.Confidence building

Confidence-building measures have been another casualty. Confidence has been shaken for a long time now.
Deploying more and more forces does not help to build confidence; it dents the very essence of it.
Confidence comes from measures that are aimed at addressing the concerns that are directly linked to people’s existence, their daily life, and
their rights.
When institutions fail to deliver justice, there can be no hope of confidence building. By treating the people as the “other”, confidence-
building measures can become far-fetched and that is how it has played on the ground.
The finest example of confidence building vis-a-vis Kashmir was when former Prime Minister A.B. Vajpayee took a giant step by extending
a hand of friendship to Pakistan from Srinagar on April 18, 2003. This gesture was followed by opening the roads between the divided Jammu
and Kashmir, starting trade exchanges across the Line of Control (LoC) and allowing people on the borders to live peacefully.

5.Consistency

Consistency is the only requirement in dealing with an issue like Kashmir.

No matter what happens, foreign policy has to be consistent.

Need for military

The security environment within Jammu and Kashmir has largely improved on account of India’s information asymmetry with respect to
the militants. Security forces are successfully locating and initiating encounters against militants.

Way forward

Not acknowledging or addressing the issue of local support ensures that there is a recurring security cost for India, regional deterrence
stability is cyclically impacted and external actors both state and non-state view the insurgency as a feasible enterprise.
The nature of local support for the Kashmir insurgency is changing and the lack of other approaches barring the military one ensure that
insurgency as an enterprise is feasible and the recurring cost of violence is borne by India